re titre SF). in atin Getaldied abiainatataeabebel A thong _ . Sew yr on ~ xy J atten nat preptened atdtat a aeieenes + —— aah Yi iy "UL ae ‘ van) Ne PROCEEDINGS OF THE California Academy of Sciences FOURTH SERIES VoL. XXIII SAN FRANCISCO PUBLISHED BY THE ACADEMY 1935—1947 COMMITTEE ON PUBLICATION Dr. F. M. MacFarianp, Chairman Dr. CHARLES R. Camp Dr. E. P. MEINECKE No. No. No. No. No. No. No. No. 10. ot bs simon 13. 14. a: CONTENTS OF VOLUME XXIII . ANDERSON, FRANK M., and G. Datitas HAnna, Cretaceous Geology of Lower California. (Plates 1-11; 2 text figs.). Published, Decemiber:23j3:19355.05:3 s setaarcetrerd | ecotern st AG . SwartuH, Harry S. A List of the Birds of the Atlin Region, British Columbia. Published June 19, 1936............ . Swartu, Harry S. Origins of the Fauna of the Sitkan Dis- trict, Alaska. (1 text fig.) Published June 19, 1936...... . SLEVIN, JoSEpH R. A New Central American Snake. Pub- fishedsAmeust 125 19SGrerainel/. do.seyail-dusedinetons . . Compton, LAWRENCE V. The Cranium of the Miocene Gan- net Moris vagabundus Wetmore. (1 text fig.). Published Aust Lactose oi aolhana.<) rotgureld sehinenyl) . . SEALE, ALvin. A New Member of the Blenny Family. Pub- lished: Adeorist:l2;<1936 10. trahath.wevt Ay. Ting anol. aat . PEARSON, NATHAN E. The Fishes of the Atlantic and Pacific Slopes near Cajamarca, Peru. (Plates 12-13; 1 text fig.). Published April 2651937 sas lous, tT REO) ae . PEARSON, NATHAN E. The Fishes of the Beni-Mamoré and Paraguay Basins, and a Discussion of the Origin of the Paraguayan Fauna. Published May 28, 1937.......... . GRINNELL, JOSEPH. Mammals of Death Valley. Published WG St MOTOS TSO EGE SUELO HED OR Ut Peet has 8 GILMORE, CHARLES W. A New Marine Turtle from the Miocene of California. (Plate 14). Published December OOS Mer edie tcea ss Me Le, ATE RRC Ble Od ite NE NP I SLEVIN, JOSEPH R. Contributions to Oriental Herpetology: V. Honshu or Hondo, the Neighboring Islands of Sado and Awaji, and the Seven Islands of Idzu. Published Decem- DEI SO a OTe ree peacoat, Ore AE ac On ae Oe eet! Stronc, A. M. Marine Mollusca of San Martin Island, Mexico. Published December 30, 1937.5. 205.000.0683. WETMORE, ALEXANDER. A Record of the Fossil Grebe, Colymbus parvus, from the Pliocene of California, with Remarks on Other American Fossils of this Family. (15 text figs.). Published Decmeber 30, 1937.............. Stronc, A. M. New Species of West American Shells. (Plates 15-16). Published May 24, 1938.............. BAKER, FreEp, G. D. Hanna and A. M. Stronc. Some Mol- lusca of the Families Cerithiopsidae, Cerithiidae and Cyclostrematidae from the Gulf of California and Adja- cent Waters. (Plates 17-23). Published May 24, 1938... PAGES 83-84 85-86 87-98 99-114 115-169 171-174 175-190 191-194 195-201 203-216 217-244 No. No. No. No. No. 16. ive ro. £9: 10 21. De. aos wi oe Os S20. seit 230. oes PAGES BAKER, Frep, G. D. Hanna and A. M. Strone. Columbel- lidae from Western Mexico. (Plate 24). Published May 24, 1938s. ami esntiscl oh bugs. Mea epee 245-254 Davipson, M. E. McLellan. On Some Birds Rare in, or Hitherto Unrecorded from, Chiriqui Province, Panama. Published ‘September 131938. ic. Jah) A.c.vgaah axa 255-261 LinsLEey, E. Gorton. Studies in the Andrenidae of North America—I. (Hymenoptera). Published September 1, 1938 O80! Ol oonl bode ( aritves Cy. nests eames 263-282 Hewatt, Wiuis G. Notes on the Breeding Seasons of the Rocky Beach Fauna of Monterey Bay, California. Pub- lished September 11, 1938 .2)<:04'T. ME seceun tr} seeded 283-288 UsInGER, RosBert L. Review of the Genus Gastrodes (Lygaeidae, Hemiptera). (2 text figs.). Published Septem- bert 1,,0938% scnesitt veld Goleriest thot Boe ae ees 289-301 Orr, Ropert T. A New Rodent of the Genus Nesoryzomys from the Galapagos Islands. (Plate 25). Published Sep- tember! 1 1938 ot xt niGy zeigt bho oheds sropttelereO 18H creado) abate t at OY, ME-FOR ., Joy VES mtotoO-penleiidnT be ental] ) ‘anaelail fi, | cenhalredit stidauraol) ott Fo clams .T rasaost -anQid DBE cH EH Bh sation di Bortendad .0b-dh <24 alt) sodabEoy 4 | ine seria. sits Yo cake, 2) poe) ae Pee-tte . hee et CBRE St tang bodatiduD {8% o55!F) olebt a . Oa 2 predeed to shale ody Jo eniaisestO a ncncea GREE. ve WPRHRee. foo. PROT, OO veinguaA herieiktndat ait dao 1) aah a spade Batista omee no esto .xamO-anaT uae tik “tbecxtl) often! oth riot elontlol/, saath De ana, 7 vies Maes (biecromor? avant s;! AVOKAIE BOOTED exo . oe F aaron rend ‘arse sont Horde hioeikiD id! estooye ban ert? WE-FHE oy! SBOE Pa denna hotieites WT dai tee) 0) diva ik Baeie Bich yeINiranMee. ve Ta aad? sbadeo eal : Bytes nos orgs 4 Onl tty rot cori rLimmgotnensvi fo tress aereat to | & iit sshibroe th lo phenmetedid, WO mM et dive io eodhiartatttl i iiestt ons Te taco) oitd Brin kloussne¥ sion soioage ban sims bodies anor: ay vxtons oY) Prodeticast, (gh frog) Odoee sett) stioxtvGure ? © Ot 1 ry at Be at)". Sat VLE Beet 1/2 eps atl, BoonioF Ter vee ahs As Pn ie ef. dndosra heralded. HOZ1-0s41 Io \cormslt iget Ws oe Deer cosh 2 Aaa fey... « ae mea 2 Ee MOUTON va tec osc 0iy cdch sient ae, las Mies stn: Uni) Le va Fe . O72 BY Se Ae HARRY S. SWARTH Late Curator, Department of Ornithology and Mammalogy California Academy of Sciences In the following pages there is presented a list of the birds of the Atlin region, British Columbia. Under each species there is given a brief statement of the manner of occurrence and all available migra- tion dates, nothing more. A bare list of this nature requires justi- fication, and it is found here in the fact that this region is far re- moved from any place in North America whence similarly extended series of observations have been recorded. I believe that this list will be useful in any future generalizations on the distribution and migrations of North American birds. There are many important conclusions and implications to be drawn from the manner of occur- rence of certain species in this region, and these I may hope to pre- sent at some future time. There are certain species here listed, the classification of which is debatable, and where my treatment of these differs from current usage. I will endeavor to present my views at some length elsewhere, as cannot be properly done in this place. There are 166 species and subspecies here listed upon a sat- isfactory basis of identification, plus two (Cormorant and Great Blue Heron) that are uncertain. An asterisk preceding a name in- dicates one specimen or more collected. Attention should be drawn to dates of arrival in the spring of the matty species of water birds. This is dependent upon the thawing of the lakes, which may vary considerably through the years. Many of these species occur on the nearby coast of southeastern Alaska, where they may usually be found at an earlier date than inland, many of them through the winter. Some ducks are known to come * Printed from the John W. Hendrie Publication Endowment. June 19, 1936 36 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES {Proc. 4TH SER. directly inland from the coast, but others, and most of the waders, I believe, come from the southeast. Anyway, swimmers and waders may be looked for just as soon as a little open water or a stretch of snow-free sandbar appears, and dates of arrival will consequently vary as do the seasons. The town of Atlin, in extreme northwestern British Columbia, has served as a center for my observations. Descriptive details of the region, from the standpoint of ornithological study, I have pre- sented elsewhere (Swarth, 1926). I have here included also such information as was available from the surrounding region, includ- ing the inland slope of the White Pass, and Carcross, Yukon Terri- tory, to the west, and as far as Lake Teslin to the east, an area roughly one hundred miles square. The appended bibliography includes only the publications known to me dealing with the local birds from a regional standpoint. Dr. L. B. Bishop (1900) was probably the first to report upon birds from this region, and this was only from marginal localities, in the White Pass and at Caribou Crossing (Carcross), while en route to the lower Yukon. F. Ker- mode and E. M. Anderson (1914) and Anderson (1915) made the first important collections about Lake Atlin. My own field work has been as follows: May 21 to September 24, 1924; June 16 to September 19, 1929; July 1 to October 23, 1931; March 27 to Sep- tember 11, 1934. Major Allan Brooks, who accompanied me in 1924, made valuable observations at Log Cabin, in the White Pass, in August of that year. In the spring of 1930 Mr. Ronald M. Stewart, of the British Columbia Provincial Police, was stationed at Atlin, and has been there since that time. His keen interest in birds, which had already resulted in important additions to the col- lection of the Provincial Museum, inspired enthusiastic collecting in his new post. My own subsequent visits to Atlin have been ren- dered infinitely more profitable through his whole-hearted codpera- tion, and he has generously allowed me, too, the free use of his col- lection and note-books in compiling this list. Two species new to British Columbia, Hudsonian Godwit and White-rumped Sand- piper, were collected by him at Atlin, and, as will be seen, he has made many important records. Mr. W. T. Irvine, of the Royal Canadian Mounted Police, stationed at Nisuttlin Bay, Teslin Lake, has collected specimens for Stewart, and has obtained some unex- pected records. His post isin Yukon Territory, a few miles north of the British Columbia boundary. My work at Atlin was only possible through the generous privileges and assistance received year after year from the British Columbia Game Commission and from the National Parks office of the Depart- ment of the Interior, Ottawa, for which I wish here to express my appreciation. Various museums and individuals have assisted me in one way or another in the problems that arose, but I wish espe- cially to acknowledge the opportunities I have had of examining the Atlin collections in the Provincial Museum, Victoria. Vor. XXIII] SWARTH—BIRDS OF THE ATLIN REGION, BRITISH COLUMBIA 37 *Gavia immer. Common Loon. Summer resident in small num- bers. Most commonly seen in July and August. Latest noted: September 23, 1931. No observations for May, when the species may be assumed to arrive. Gavia arctica pacifica. Pacific Loon. Transient, irregularly and in small numbers. Reported at Carcross, May 22, 1924; Atlin, June 23-24, 1924; July 30, 1931; June 1, 1934. Not known to nest in the region. Gavia stellata. Red-throated Loon. A transient, of rare and irregular appearance. Exact records: June 20, 1924; July 24 and October 5, 1931; June 1, 1934. *“Colymbus grisegena holboelli. Holboell Grebe. Summer resi- dent. Earliest arrivals: May 28, 1924; May 24, 1934. Last seen: September 24, 1924. *“Colymbus auritus. Horned Grebe. Summer resident. Earliest arrivals: May 8, 1931; May 9, 1933; May 11, 1934. Last seen: Octo- ber 24, 1931. Newly hatched young, July 18, 1924. [Phalacrocorax auritus? Cormorant. A cormorant of some kind was seen by Stewart on Lake Atlin, May 29, 1930. Indians have described to Stewart waterbirds seen by them at the south end of Lake Atlin and at Lake Teslin, that were apparently cormorants. The species that I would expect to see here is P. auritus; the occur- rences, of stragglers from the east.] [Ardea herodias? Great Blue Heron. Mr. W. T. Irvine told me that in the summer of 1933 a Teslin Indian had reported to him the sight of two strange birds on the shore of Teslin Lake, birds that the Indian then identified as Great Blue Herons, from the colored plate in Taverner’s “‘Birds of Western Canada.” I know of no occur- rences near Atlin. Herons that I saw on the upper Stikine River some two hundred miles to the southward, I assumed to be of the coastal subspecies, fannini, stragglers that had wandered up the river. Great Blue Herons that reached Teslin would be likely to have strayed from the Mackenzie basin to the eastward.] Cygnus columbianus. Whistling Swan. A fairly regular spring migrant. Dates of arrival: April 13, 1931; May 5, 1933; April 24, 1934; April 29, 1935. On the 1934 date a flock of about two hundred birds passed overhead. I have no fall records. Branta canadensis leucopareia. Lesser Canada Goose. Large geese of this species, presumably of the subspecies leucopareia, mi- grate commonly along the Teslin drainage, but they are extremely rare at Atlin. At Gladys Lake (perhaps forty miles northeast of Atlin), September 8, and at Teslin Lake, September 10-13, 1924, 38 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. these geese were present in great numbers. Two small flocks flying high overhead, on September 21, 1924, and October 14, 1931, re- spectively, are all I have seen at Atlin. *Branta canadensis minima. Cackling Goose. A small flock alighted in a slough at Atlin, May 15, 1931, and Stewart collected one specimen. A crippled bird from the same flock remained in the slough, where I shot it later in the summer. This is my only record from the Atlin region, which is probably outside the normal migra- tion route of this goose. Anser albifrons. White-fronted Goose. Single birds seen at Atlin, April 29 and May 4, 1931 (R. M. S.). No other records. *Chen hyperborea hyperborea. Lesser Snow Goose. Two birds seen, one collected, May 9, 1932 (R. M. S.); one bird collected, May 5, 1933 (R. M. S.); all in the immediate vicinity of Atlin. No other records. Anas platyrhynchos platyrhynchos. Mallard. Common summer resident. First arrivals: April 29, 1933; April 21, 1934; April 22, 1935. Common through September; last recorded October 5 (1931), but probably remains to a later date. Mareca americana. Baldpate; Widgeon. No nests have been found or young birds seen, but a few adults are present through the summer. A common migrant. Earliest seen, April 20, 1934; April 25 51935: Dafila acuta tzitzihoa. American Pintail. Abundant summer resident. Earliest arrival: April 23, 1934; April 11, 1935. Latest seen: October 3, 1931. Newly hatched young seen June 23, 1924. Nettion carolinense. Green-winged Teal. Common summer resident. Earliest arrivals: April 30, 1933; April 20, 1934; April 22, 1935. Last seen October 5, 1931. A brood of newly hatched young seen July 11, 1934. *Querquedula discors. Blue-winged Teal. Although the species has not before been found breeding nearly so far north as this, never- theless, Stewart has seen Blue-winged Teal at Atlin regularly each summer since he has been there. Together we have seen broods of downy young in 1931 and 1934. Earliest arrival noted, May 27, 1934; and I have a specimen collected September 9, 1931. Of regular occurrence but not common. Spatula clypeata. Shoveller. Not common, though of yearly occurrence. Probably breeds, as a few birds may be seen through the summer. Earliest arrivals: May 14, 1934. Latest seen: Sep- tember 11, 1913 (E. M. Anderson). Vot. XXIII] SWARTH—BIRDS OF THE ATLIN REGION, BRITISH COLUMBIA 39 Nyroca valisineria. Canvas-back. Single birds seen July 12, 1914 (E. M. Anderson), April 30, 1931 (R. M. S.), and May 9, 1933 (R. M. §S.). Nyroca marila. Greater Scaup Duck. A transient, of uncertain status due to its close resemblance to N. affinis. Stewart regards it as of fairly regular occurrence in migration, but has collected no specimens. (See Brooks, 1927, p. 112.) *Nyroca affinis. Lesser Scaup Duck. A common summer resi- dent. Earliest arrivals: May 3, 1933; May 5, 1934. Last seen, October 17, 1931. Sets of eggs were collected July 2, 1924. Glaucionetta clangula americana. American Golden-eye. A migrant, of regular occurrence in spring but in small numbers. Earl- iest arrival, April 28, 1934; May 6, 1935. *Glaucionetta islandica. Barrow Golden-eye. Summer resident; the most abundant and most generally distributed species of duck in this region. First arrivals: April 29, 1933; April 23, 1934; April 27, 1935. Last recorded October 21 (1931), but probably remains to a later date. First downy young were seen July 3, 1924, July 6, 1931, and July 6, 1934. Charitonetta albeola. Buffle-head. A regular and fairly abundant migrant. Seen at Carcross, May 22-24, 1924. Seen at Atlin, April 22 to May 16, 1934; October 7-19, 1931. *Clangula hyemalis. Old-squaw. A migrant, irregularly of great abundance. Seen May 10, 1932; May 10 to June 19, 1934 (in great numbers the latter part of May); September 16, 1931. Found breed- ing at Log Cabin, in the White Pass, about fifty miles east of Atlin (Brooks, 1927, p. 112), and may prove to do so on Atlin and Tagish lakes. *Histrionicus histrionicus. Harlequin Duck. A fairly common migrant. Breeds in small numbers throughout the region, along rushing streams and apparently only above the 3,000 foot level. Earliest arrival, May 14, 1934. Last seen, October 4, 1931. *Melanitta deglandi. White-winged Scoter. An abundant mi- grant. The White-winged Scoter breeds regularly (from ten to twenty pairs) about Lake Como, three miles northeast of Atlin, but I have not found it nesting elsewhere in the region. This body of water (about a mile long) is peculiar in that it has no stream flowing in or out, and contains no fish. Dates of arrival of the White-winged Scoter: Carcross, May 24-26, 1924; Atlin, May 17, 1934. Latest seen, October 21, 1931. Broods of newly hatched young appeared July 20, 1924, July 24, 1929, and July 25, 1931. 40 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. Melanitta perspicillata. Surf Scoter. A regular and fairly com- mon migrant. Seen May 8, 1931; May 11-24, 1934. In late summer: July 29 and August, 1914; July 21, 1924. Lophodytes cucullatus. Hooded Merganser. One record, of an adult male seen near Atlin, June 17, 1924. Mergus merganser americanus. American Merganser. A mi- grant, of regular occurrence in the spring but in small numbers. Dates of record: Carcross, May 24, 1924. Atlin, May 2, 1931; April 29, 1933; April 22, 1934; September 30, 1931. A breeding record for this species at Atlin (Anderson, 1915, p. 9) properly per- tains to M. serrator. *Mergus serrator. Red-breasted Merganser. Fairly common summer resident. Earliest arrival, May 16, 1934. A nest with eight eggs was collected by Mr. Wilson C. Hanna and myself on Third Island, Atlin Lake, July 16, 1931. A young bird unable to fly was collected on Surprise Lake, September 15, 1924. *Astur atricapillus atricapillus. Eastern Goshawk. Presumably nests in the region, as a few Goshawks may be seen through the sum- mer. Most abundant on migration, in August and September. Earliest arrival noted: April 15, 1934. Latest seen: November 6, 1931. *Circus hudsonius. Marsh Hawk. A common migrant. The Marsh Hawk should nest here, of course, but I know of no midsum- mer occurrences, even, of the species. Spring arrivals: April 27, 1932; April 12 to May 14, 1934; April 29, 1935. Fall: August 26 to September 21, 1924; September 13-19, 1931. Pandion haliaetus carolinensis. Osprey. Uncommon summer resident. Nests, old and new, may be seen at various points around Atlin Lake. I have seen Ospreys as late as September 13 (1931). *Falco rusticolus candicans. Gyrfalcon. A rare summer resident at high altitudes. In late July and early August, 1924, Gyrfalcons were seen on a high ridge west of Otter Creek, and on July 31 Allan Brooks collected an adult female. In other years since then I have had occasional glimpses of what appeared to be Gyrfalcons, but only once or twice when I could feel reasonably certain of their identity. Stewart has one that was shot in September, 1934. Falco peregrinus anatum. Duck Hawk. Probably a rare summer resident. The only data obtained relate to the sight of occasional birds from Tagish Lake to Teslin Lake, at widely scattered intervals between the dates May 27 and September 12. *Falco columbarius columbarius. Pigeon Hawk. Presumably nests in the region, but I have no information to this effect and VoL. XXIII] SWARTH—BIRDS OF THE ATLIN REGION, BRITISH COLUMBIA 41 record of only an occasional bird seen in midsummer. A regular migrant, rare in the spring, of almost daily occurrence in late August and early September. Dates of arrival: April 23, 1931; April 19, 1934. Latest seen: October 11, 1931. The above statements cover both Falco columbarius columbarius and the so-called Black Merlin, F. c. suckleyi1. The two names may represent no more than two color phases, which occur in the Atlin region in about equal abundance. F. c. bendirei I look upon as a synonym of F. c. columbartus. *Accipiter velox. Sharp-shinned Hawk. Abundant on migration. Presumably nests in the region as a few birds are seen at intervals through the summer. Dates of arrival: April 18, 1933; April 20, 1934. Latest seen: October 19, 1931. *Buteo borealis harlani. Harlan Hawk. Fairly common summer resident, nesting in the lowland forest. Earliest arrival: April 1, 1934. Latest seen: September 21, 1924. In two nests under ob- servation the eggs had been laid about the first week in June. *Archibuteo lagopus s.johannis. American Rough-legged Hawk. Definitely identified only in the fall migration of 1931. An adult female was collected on September 19, and one or two hawks sup- posed to be of this species were seen later in the same month. In the dark phase the Rough-legged Hawk is sufficiently like the Har- lan Hawk to make recognition uncertain. *Aquila chrysaetos. Golden Eagle. Fairly common and probably resident through the year. I have examined several nests that appeared to have been recently vacated, built in low bluffs, one at the level of Lake Atlin, others above timber-line. A Golden Eagle was seen soaring overhead above the summit of the White Pass, March 27, 1934, where mid-winter conditions still prevailed. *Haliaeetus leucocephalus alascanus. Northern Bald Eagle. Of uncommon occurrence east of the Coast Range, though a few pairs nest about Lake Atlin, and probably about other large lakes. A nest with downy young was found near the Warm Springs about fifteen miles south of Atlin, July 4, 1914 (E. M. Anderson). The species may be resident throughout the year. I saw two Bald Eagles side by side on a tree-top overlooking the winter portage between lakes Tagish and Atlin, March 28, 1934, when the lakes, of course, were frozen over and the country deep with snow. *Falco sparverius sparverius. Eastern Sparrow Hawk. A com- mon summer resident, mostly in the lowlands. Earliest date of arrival, April 22, 1934. Latest fall record, September 20, 1931. *Dendragapus obscurus richardsoni. Richardson Grouse; Blue Grouse. Permanent resident. Nests mostly in balsam fir woods 42 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER about at timber-liné; sometimes appears at low levels in the late summer. About Atlin the species was fairly abundant in 1924, it was almost totally absent in 1929, and has been slowly recovering numbers since that time. Broods of young appear about the middle of July. *Canachites canadensis osgoodi. Alaska Spruce Grouse; Fool Hen. Permanent resident of the spruce forests in the valleys and foot-hills. Nests even on islands in Lake Atlin. Reported as abun- dant in 1914 (E. M. Anderson); in 1924 it was not common though seen on many occasions; in 1929 it was almost totally absent; in 1931, decidedly abundant; in 1934 in fair abundance. The first young are hatched about the last week in June. *Bonasa umbellus umbelloides. Gray Ruffed Grouse; Willow Grouse. Permanent resident in the valleys, almost entirely in “‘pop- lar’ (quaking aspen) woods. In 1914 Ruffed Grouse were reported as not common (E. M. Anderson); in 1924 they were not common; in 1929 almost totally absent; in 1931, abundant; in 1934, in fair abundance. *Lagopus lagopus albus. Willow Ptarmigan. Permanent resi- dent in varying numbers. Nests in willow-grown bottom lands at about 3,000 to 4,000 feet elevation, between the lowland forests and the timberless summits. Of common occurrence in winter through- out the lowlands; seen in the town of Atlin as late as April 4 (1934). Nests with eggs were found June 26, 1914 (E. M. Anderson), and June 30, 1924. The Willow Ptarmigan was abundant in 1914 (E. M. Anderson), in great abundance in 1924; rare almost to extinction in 1929; increasing in 1931; and numerous in the fall of 1934. *Lagopus rupestris rupestris. Rock Ptarmigan. Permanent resident locally at high altitudes. Fairly numerous in 1924, ex- tremely rare in 1929, and slowly increasing since that time, as ob- served in 1931 and 1934. Not known to visit the lowlands in winter. *Lagopus leucurus leucurus. White-tailed Ptarmigan. Locally known as ‘‘Rock Ptarmigan.’”’ Permanent resident in small num- bers on the highest peaks and ridges, usually in exposed, rocky localities. Descends to the valleys in winter. A nest with eight eggs found June 15, 1934. Grus canadensis. Little Brown Crane. Migrating flocks seen May 22 and 25, 1931 (R. M. S.). No other records. Fulica americana. American Coot. Single birds seen April 27 and September 15, 1931 (R. M. S.). On April 25, 1934; one was reported by an Indian, who gave an accurate description of what to him was a strange bird. VoL. XXIII] SWARTH—BIRDS OF THE ATLIN REGION, BRITISH COLUMBIA 43 *Charadrius semipalmatus. Semipalmated Plover. Usually an abundant summer resident. First arrivals: May 14, 1930; May 6, 1933; May 11, 1934. Leaves about the end of August; last seen August 21, 1924. In 1934 the species was present in very small numbers. Oxyechus vociferus vociferus. Killdeer. An irregular summer resident. Seen about Atlin from May 28 to July 10, 1924; single birds on June 26, 1929, and May 10, 1932; in 1934 the first arrived on April 21 and a good many were seen thereafter through the sum- mer; in 1935 two arrived on May 2. Not seen at all in 1930, 1931, and 1933. *Pluvialis dominica dominica. American Golden Plover. A rare migrant, reported by Stewart as follows: May 4, 1932, two males collected; May 16, 1933, birds seen; August 5, 1934, birds seen; September 23, 1934, one bird shot at about 5,000 feet elevation above Wright Creek; May 19, 1935, a flock of twenty-eight birds. *Squatarola squatarola. Black-bellied Plover. A rare migrant, thus far recorded as follows: September 28, 1913, three birds seen (E. M. Anderson); September 29, 1933, one bird seen (R. M. S.); October 1, 1933, a male bird collected (R. M. S.). *Aphriza virgata. Surf-bird. One record for this general region, of a bird collected by Allan Brooks at Carcross, May 27, 1924. *Arenaria melanocephala. Black Turnstone. One record, of a single bird, immature (now in Stewart’s collection), collected by W. T. Irvine at Teslin in the late summer of 1933. This is the only instance known to me of the occurrence of this species away from salt water. *Gallinago delicata. Wilson Snipe. Generally an abundant sum- mer resident. In small numbers in 1934. Dates of arrival: May 2, 1930; April 27, 1931; May 2, 1933; April 18, 1934. *Phaeopus hudsonicus. Hudsonian Curlew. I saw a mounted Hudsonian Curlew that was shot at Atlin about the middle of May, 1924; Stewart has observed the species there May 31, 1931, and June 3, 1933; and W. T. Irvine shot two male birds at Teslin May 30, 1934. *Actitis macularia. Spotted Sandpiper. Common summer resi- dent. Migration dates: May 22 to September 15, 1924; May 24, 1934. *Tringa solitaria. Solitary Sandpiper. Common migrant. A few Solitary Sandpipers assuredly nest in the region; for though we have found no nests or any very young birds, females have been 44 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [PRoc. 4TH SER. collected that contained partly formed eggs. Migration dates— Spring: Carcross, May 25, 1924. Atlin, May 2, 1931; May 12, 1933; May 10, 1934. Last seen: August 6, 1924; August 6, 1934. *Heteroscelus incanus. Wandering Tattler. In all probability a few Wandering Tattlers nest in suitable localities throughout this general region. A single bird was collected by Allan Brooks at Car- cross, May 25, 1924. Stewart collected the male of a pair near the head of McKee Creek (about ten miles south of Atlin), June 19, 1932. In my company he collected a male that was approaching breeding condition, June 5, 1934, on a reef in the middle of Atlin Lake. *Totanus melanoleucus. Greater Yellow-legs. A migrant, apparently in very small numbers, though of this it is difficult to be sure, due to the close resemblance of this species to the abundant Lesser Yellow-legs. One specimen collected April 23, 1934 (R. M.S.). There is a sight record for May 2, 1932 (R. M. S.), and of others seen in May, 1934, by Stewart and Swarth together. *Totanus flavipes. Lesser Yellow-legs. Common summer resi- dent. Besides the nesting population, many non-breeding birds remain in flocks through the summer. Spring arrivals: May 3, 1930; May 2, 1933; May 5, 1934; May 3, 1935. Last seen: August 14, 1914 (E. M. Anderson); August 14, 1924; August 19, 1934. Newly hatched young collected June 17, 1924. In 1931 the Lesser Yellow-legs was much scarcer than during other years. *Arquatella ptilocnemis couesi. Aleutian Sandpiper. An im- mature female that was collected by Stewart at Atlin, October 29, 1932, is, so far as I know, the only recorded occurrence of this sand- piper away from salt water. *Pisobia melanotos. Pectoral Sandpiper. A common migrant. Migration dates: Spring—June 4, 1924 (last spring migrant); May 12, 1930; May 9, 1933; May 12 to May 23, 1934. Fall—September 9 to October 4, 1931; August 5, 1934. *Pisobia fuscicollis. White-rumped Sandpiper. One record, a male bird collected by Stewart at Atlin, May 16, 1931. This is the first recorded occurrence of the species in British Columbia. *Pisobia bairdi. Baird Sandpiper. A common migrant in the spring. So far not observed in the fall. Dates of passage: Carcross, May 22, 1924. Atlin, May 11, 1931; May 10 to 20, 1932; May 6, 1933; April 19 to May 13, 1934. *Pisobia minutilla. Least Sandpiper. A common migrant. Spring: Carcross, May 22, 1924. Atlin, May 9, 1930; May 12, 1933; May 11-16, 1934. Fall: June 29 to August 27, 1924; July 30, 1931; August 6-26, 1934. VoL. XXIII] SWARTH—BIRDS OF THE ATLIN REGION, BRITISH COLUMBIA 45 Pelidna alpina sakhalina. Red-backed Sandpiper. A single bird seen May 21, 1930 (R. M. S.). Three seen, one secured, May 7, 1935 (R. M. S.). *Limnodromus griseus scolopaceus. lLong-billed Dowitcher. Appears in small numbers during the spring migration. Dates of arrival: May 1, 1930; May 9, 1932. A single bird on May 14 was the only one seen in 1934. *Ereunetes pusillus. Semipalmated Sandpiper. A regular mi- ’ grant in small numbers. Spring: May 18, 1930; May 18, 1931; May 18, 1933; May 12-21, 1934. South-bound: July 17, 1924; July 23, 1929; August 3, 1931; August 2, 1932; August 12-15, 1934. Teslin, September 12, 1924. *Ereunetes maurii. Western Sandpiper. Of extremely rare oc- currence. Recorded by Stewart as follows: April 29, 1931, one bird seen; May 14, 1933, two birds seen; May 19, 1933, one bird, female, collected. *Tryngites subruficollis. Buff-breasted Sandpiper. A male bird collected by W. T. Irvine at Teslin June 1, 1934. *Limosa haemastica. Hudsonian Godwit. One occurrence: A single bird, male, was collected by Stewart at Atlin, May 6, 1932. This is the first record for this species in British Columbia. *Crocethia alba. Sanderling. One occurrence: A single bird, an immature female, was collected by Stewart at Atlin, August 28, 1931. *Lobipes lobatus. Northern Phalarope. A common migrant. There are reasons for suspecting that it may sometimes nest as far south as Carcross and Atlin. Migration dates: Spring arrivals, May 15, 1931; May 22, 1932; May 12, 1934. South-bound: July 21-September 1, 1924; July 18, 1929; July 26, 1934. *Stercorarius pomarinus. Pomarine Jaeger. A specimen of Pomarine Jaeger in the collection of R. M. Stewart was collected by W. T. Irvine on Lake Teslin, thirty miles north of the British Col- umbia boundary, in the summer of 1933. In view of the estab- lished identity of this bird, three Jaegers seen by Stewart on Lake Atlin in the summer of 1932, and one seen by myself on Lake Tes- lin, September 11, 1924 (recorded as S. parasiticus), may be assumed to have been of the same species. *Larus argentatus smithsonianus. Herring Gull. Common sum- mer resident. Known to nest on islets in Lake Atlin, and may be assumed to do so in similar surroundings in other large lakes. First arrivals: April 29, 1933; April 29, 1934. Seen up to September 11 (1924); probably remains to a later date. Incomplete sets of eggs found June 5, 1934; fresh eggs, July 8, 1914. 46 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. *Larus canus brachyrhynchus. Short-billed Gull. Common summer resident. Known to nest on islands in Lake Atlin, and may be assumed to do so elsewhere in this general region. First arrivals: May 7, 1932; May 3, 1933; April 22, 1934. Last seen, August 29, 1929. *Larus philadelphia. Bonaparte Gull. Common summer resi- dent. Nests on islands in Lake Atlin and about small lakes on the mainland. First arrivals: May 7, 1930; May 5, 1933; May 6, 1934. Last seen: August 7, 1924; August 12, 1934. Sets of eggs were taken May 31 (1934), and July 4 (1929). *Sterna paradisaea. Arctic Tern. Common summer resident. Nests on islands in Lake Atlin and other large lakes. Earliest arri- val: May 11, 1934. Latest seen: August 8, 1924; August 4, 1929; August 13, 1931. Fresh eggs were found June 5, 1934. *Zenaidura macroura marginella. Western Mourning Dove. A rare transient. Two specimens in Stewart’s collection were collected by W. T. Irvine at Teslin, in October, 1933, a young male and an adult female, the latter on October 6. I have had the Mourning Dove described to me by several people, as having occurred in Atlin at different times. The two specimens examined are definitely of the subspecies marginella. *Bubo virginianus subarcticus. Great Horned Owl. A common resident, sometimes occurring in considerable abundance. On March 28, 1934, I saw at a mink farm on Tagish Lake the remains of about twenty-five Horned Owls that had been shot there during the preceding winter. The Horned Owls of this region exhibit a wide range of color va- riation. A majority of the birds are of the dark mode that has received the name leucomelas (Bishop, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 1931, vol. 44, p. 93), others are quite as pale as Alaskan examples of sub- arcticus. Both types may occur in the same brood of young (see Swarth, 1926, p. 114). The proper nomenclatural usage under the circumstances is a question. *Surnia ulula caparoch. American Hawk Owl. Probably resi- dent, though no winter records are available. During the summer months in fluctuating numbers from year to year. ‘‘Common”’ in September, 1913 (Kermode). ‘‘Tolerably abundant” in the summer of 1914. Parent birds with downy young collected June 14 (E. M. Anderson). In 1924 I saw one bird several times at the same place during the last week in May; and I saw a good many between Aug- ust 19 and September 19. In 1929 I saw none; in 1931 a single bird on August 12. In 1934 I saw none, but heard of one that was shot nearby. VoL. XXIII] SWARTH—BIRDS OF THE ATLIN REGION, BRITISH COLUMBIA 47 *Glaucidium gnoma, subsp. Pygmy Owl. Just one record, of a female collected by myself September 16, 1931, on the Lake Como road, about two miles from Atlin. I believe that this is the northern- most recorded occurrence of this species. *Scotiaptex nebulosa nebulosa. Great Gray Owl. In 1924 I saw a mounted Great Gray Owl in Atlin that I was told had been shot nearby. My only other record is of an adult female collected near the town July 28, 1929 (Swarth, 1930, p. 216). Asio flammeus flammeus. Short-eared Owl. This species should nest, and not uncommonly, in this general region, but, whatever the reason, I have few definite records of occurrence, of a bird seen October 2, 1931, and of others through December, 1934. *Cryptoglaux funerea richardsoni. Richardson Owl. Stewart has three specimens collected at or near Atlin in 1932, on February 10, February 26, and March 11, respectively. These are our only records. *Cryptoglaux acadica acadica. Saw-whet Owl. Stewart has two specimens collected in buildings in Atlin, on January 23, 1932, and February 20, 1932, respectively. These are our only records. *Chordeiles minor minor. Eastern Nighthawk. Common sum- mer resident in the lowlands. Migration dates: Arrivals, June 12, 1924; July 3, 1934. Latest seen, September 6, 1924; August 24, 1929; September 1, 1931. Sets of eggs were found during the first week in July. The Nighthawk was last heard ‘‘booming”’ on July 25. *Selasphorus rufus. Rufous Hummingbird. Of rare occurrence in summer; may be supposed to breed in the region but no nest has been found. Two or three birds are as many as may be expected to be seen ina summer. Dates of occurrence, all from the immediate vicinity of Atlin, range from May 12 (1934) to August 20 (1931). Megaceryle alcyon caurina. Western Belted Kingfisher. A sum- mer resident, of regular occurrence but in distinctly small numbers. Earliest date of arrival, May 14 (1934). *Colaptes auratus borealis. Northern Flicker. Fairly common summer resident in the lowlands. Migration dates: Arrivals, May 11, 1931; May 3, 1933; May 13, 1934. Latest seen: September 16, 1929; September 10, 1931. *Dryobates villosus septentrionalis. Northern Hairy Woodpecker. Resident but always extremely rare. In 1924 I saw three birds, on July 6, July 7, and August 22, respectively. In 1929, one was seen on July 19, two on August 19, and one each on August 24 and Sep- tember 8. In 1931, one was seen on July 28, one on September 9. 48 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. In 1934, during field observations extending from March 28 to September 10, not one was seen. Stewart has specimens collected January 5 and December 31, 1931, demonstrating mid-winter occurrence. *Dryobates pubescens nelsoni. Nelson Downy Woodpecker. Of about the same status as the Hairy Woodpecker. Probably resident in poplar woods (though we have no midwinter records), but always extremely rare. I have records of birds seen or collected in 1924, 1929, and 1931, on scattered dates ranging from June 8 to September 8. A nest with young was found July 9, 1929. *Picoides arcticus. Arctic Three-toed Woodpecker. Resident in small numbers; in lesser numbers than the Alaska Three-toed Woodpecker. Both species are most likely to be found in recently burned woods. A record for March 11, 1932, indicates residence through the winter. *Picoides tridactylus fasciatus. Alaska Three-toed Woodpecker. Resident, in fluctuating numbers during different years and never at allcommom. A specimen collected January 7, 1932. *Sayornis saya yukonensis. Northern Say Phoebe. Common summer resident. Nests almost exclusively about human habita- tions, occupied or abandoned. Dates of arrival: May 10, 1930; May 11, 1934. Latest seen: Teslin, September 10, 1924; Atlin, September 2, 1929. *Empidonax flaviventris. Yellow-bellied Flycatcher. One record: An adult male collected at Pike River (south end of Atlin Lake), August 3, 1914 (E. M. Anderson). *Empidonax trailli trailli, Alder Flycatcher. Common summer resident in willow thickets in the lowlands. Dates of arrival: June 12, 1924; June 6, 1934. Latest seen, August 29, 1924; August 31, 1929. *Empidonax hammondi. Hammond Flycatcher. Generally an abundant summer resident, as observed in 1924, 1929, and 1931. In 1934 it was extremely rare.- Dates of arrival: June 1, 1924; May 17, 1934. Latest seen, August 31, 1924. Inhabitant of poplar woods. *Empidonax wrighti. Wright Flycatcher. A summer resident. In 1924 three specimens were collected, all at high altitudes and all that were seen. In 1929 and in 1931 the species was not observed atall. In 1934it was frequently seen, and in the poplar woods of the lowlands, where, that year, it seemed to replace the nearly absent Hammond Flycatcher. First arrival: May 22, 1934. Latest seen: August 17, 1924; August 17, 1934. Vo.. XXIII] SWARTH—BIRDS OF THE ATLIN REGION, BRITISH COLUMBIA 49 *Myiochanes richardsoni richardsoni. Western Wood Pewee. Common summer resident. Dates of arrival: Carcross, May 22, 1924; Atlin, May 24, 1934. Latest seen: Atlin, August 28, 1924; August 26, 1929; September 1, 1931. *Nuttallornis mesoleucus. Olive-sided Flycatcher. Of regular occurrence in summer but insmall numbers. Dates of arrival: Car- cross, May 26, 1924; Atlin, May 17, 1934. Last seen, Atlin, August 28, 1924; September 2, 1931. A nest with four eggs was collected June 21, 1914 (E. M. Anserson). *Otocoris alpestris arcticola. Pallid Horned Lark. Common summer resident on the ridges above timber-line. A few migrants visit the lowlands in the spring; I have never known any to do soin the fall. Arrivals at Atlin: May 1, 1930; April 18, 1933; April 19 to May 5, 1934; April 12, 1935. Latest seen: September 13, 1931. *Tachycineta thalassina lepida. Violet-green Swallow. Common summer resident, nesting mostly about houses and in bird boxes in town. Earliest arrivals, May 1, 1933; April 21, 1934; May 2, 1935. The southward migration begins during the last week in July. Latest date of record, September 1, 1924. Iridoprocne bicolor. Tree Swallow. Common summer resident. The only nesting pairs that I have seen have occupied bird boxes in town, but in late July flocks of young birds gathered in preparation for southward migration are of such large numbers as to indicate a numerous breeding population in the surrounding region. Earliest arrival noted May 12, 1934. The Tree Swallows are gone by the middle of August. Riparia riparia riparia. Bank Swallow. Summer resident, in varying numbers from year to year but generally rather scarce. In 1934 Bank Swallows were present in large flocks in the town of Atlin, from June 1 to September 3, but I was unable to find where they were nesting. There are no sand banks in this vicinity such as the species usually occupies. Hirundo erythrogaster. Barn Swallow. An extremely abundant summer resident, nesting entirely about houses and other structures. Migration dates: Arrivals, May 26, 1924 (Carcross); May 14, 1934 (Atlin). Departures, September 1, 1924; September 7, 1931; Sep- tember 3, 1934. Petrochelidon albifrons albifrons. Northern Cliff Swallow. An extremely abundant summer resident, building nests, so far as I know, entirely upon man-made structures. Migration dates: Arri- vals, May 26, 1924 (Carcross); May 21, 1934 (Atlin). Latest seen, August 16, 1924; August 5, 1929; August 12, 1934. 50 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. *Perisoreus canadensis canadensis. Canada Jay. Common resident of wooded country up to the upper tree limit. *Pica pica hudsonia. American Magpie. Occupied nests with- out eggs were found at Carcross during the last week in May. At Atlin the Magpie occurs commonly in the fall; it is of occasional occurrence through the winter and in early spring. Seen at Gladys Lake (forty miles northeast of Atlin), September 8, 1924; at Atlin, September 19, 1924; September 10, 1929; September 17, 1931. Latest spring date at Atlin, April 12, 1934. Corvus corax tibetanus. Northern Raven. Not known to nest anywhere in this region. An irregularly abundant transient in the fall, occurs occasionally through the winter, and very rarely a stray Raven is seen in midsummer. In 1924 I saw several at Teslin, Sep- tember 12. About Atlin, Ravens were seen ‘‘after August 15, 1914” (E. M. Anderson). I saw one at Atlin, April 27, 1934, and one on June 3, 1934. *Nucifraga columbiana. Clark Nutcracker. Stewart has two specimens, one a male collected at Atlin, October 28, 1931, the other collected on the upper Taku River in December, 1931. These are the only records for the region. *Penthestes atricapillus septentrionalis. Long-tailed Chickadee. Resident in poplar woods, abundant in summer, rare in midwinter. *Penthestes gambeli grinnelli. Grinnell Chickadee. Only one record, of an adult male collected June 12, 1924. This was in the lowlands about two miles north of the town of Atlin. It is the northernmost point at which the species has been found. *Penthestes hudsonicus columbianus. Columbian Chickadee. Resident of spruce woods everywhere below timber-line. Common in summer, rare in mid-winter. *Sitta canadensis. Red-breasted Nuthatch. Of rare occurrence. Presumably a few pairs breed in the region, as it is occasionally seen during the summer. Appears with fair regularity, always in small numbers, in late summer. Latest date of observation, August 31 (1924). Cinclus mexicanus unicolor. Dipper. Resident the year through, but in small numbers. During the breeding season pairs occur at wide intervals along mountain streams. Through the winter Dip- pers are restricted to the few places where a little open water persists, often at the outlets of lakes. *Turdus migratorius migratorius. Eastern Robin. A common summer resident, about human dwellings, in lowland woods, and above timber-line where the sheltering, semi-prostrate balsam Vor. XXIII] SWARTH—BIRDS OF THE ATLIN REGION, BRITISH COLUMBIA 51 thickets extend. Migration dates: First arrivals, April 25, 1931; April 26, 1932; April 30, 1933; April 20, 1934; May 2, 1935. Latest seen, October 4, 1931. *Ixoreus naevius meruloides. Northern Varied Thrush. A com- mon migrant of regular occurrence. Spring: April 26, 1931; April 24 to May 7, 1934. Fall: September 5-21, 1924; September 1-16, 1929; September 1 to October 4, 1931; arrived September 3, 1934. *Hylocichla guttata guttata. Alaska Hermit Thrush. Ordinarily a common summer resident in the lowlands. Migration dates: First arrivals, May 15, 1930; May 10, 1932; May 7, 1934. Latest seen: September 19, 1924; September 8, 1929. Almost totally absent in 1934. *Hylocichla guttata faxoni. Eastern Hermit Thrush. A rare migrant in late summer. Two specimens were collected, on August 23, 1924, and September 10, 1931, respectively. One intermediate between faxonz and guttata was taken August 26, 1929. *Hylocichla ustulata swainsoni. Olive-backed Thrush. Ordinarily a common summer resident, restricted mostly to poplar woods. Migration dates: First arrivals, May 24, 1931; May 21, 1934. Latest seen, August 29, 1924. The species was almost totally absent in 1934. *“Hylocichla minima aliciae. Gray-cheeked Thrush. A rare mi- grant. Not known to breed in the region though one was collected June 13, 1914 (E. M. Anderson). A specimen at hand was collected September 1, 1929. *Sialia currucoides. Mountain Bluebird. Common summer resident of the lowlands, mostly about human habitations. Nearly everyone puts up nesting boxes for the Bluebirds. Migration dates: First arrivals, April 13, 1931; April 22, 1933; April 13, 1934; April 16, 1935. Latest seen, September 24, 1924. *Myadestes townsendi. Townsend Solitaire. Fairly common summer resident, in the lowlands and in suitable places above timber- line, at least up to 4,500 feet. Earliest date of arrival, April 30, 1934. Latest seen: September 1, 1924; September 1, 1929. *Regulus satrapa olivaceus. Western Golden-crowned Kinglet. Only two records, of one bird seen May 29, 1924, and of one bird collected August 24, 1931. *Corthylio calendula calendula. Eastern Ruby-crowned Kinglet. Fairly common summer resident, mostly in spruce woods. Migra- tion dates: First arrivals, April 17, 1930; April 26, 1931; April 30, 1933; April 18, 1934. Latest seen: October 4, 1931. 52 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. *Anthus rubescens. American Pipit. Breeds commonly on open slopes and ridges above timber-line, mostly above 4,000 feet. Of common occurrence in the lowlands during migration. Migration dates at Atlin: In 1924, August 26 to September 23 (probably re- mained much later). In 1931, first: arrival April 26; September 20 to October 14. In 1933, first arrival April 20. In 1934, spring: April 18 to May 22. In 1935, arrived April 22. Late summer occur- rence in the lowlands is generally about from September 1 to Octo- ber 15, *Bombycilla garrula pallidiceps. Bohemian Waxwing. Asa rule an abundant summer resident. So reported in 1914 (E. M. Ander- son), and I found it so in 1924, 1929 and 1931. In 1934 the species was almost totally absent. Earliest arrivals noted, April 18, 1934 (the only flock seen that year). Latest date of observation, October 19, 1931. Probably the arrival and departure of the waxwing is governed by weather conditions, with consequent availability of berries, more than is the case with most birds, but the absence of the species during the summer of 1934 can not be explained thus. *Lanius borealis. Northern Shrike. A regular migrant, most abundant in the fall, and a rare summer resident. An occasional breeding pair may be found:near the upper limit of timber at about the 3,500 foot level. Earliest arrivals in spring: April 21, 1933; April 18, 1934; April 20, 1935. Southward migration mostly in October, but some individuals may linger much later, until driven south by severe weather. Specimens collected by Stewart De- cember 1 and 5, 1931. *Vireo gilvus swainsoni. Western Warbling Vireo. Of irregular and extremely rare occurrence in summer, presumably nesting; always in poplar or willow woods in the lowlands. In 1924 Warbling Vireos were seen or heard occasionally from June 8 to August 17; in 1929, during the last week in June. Not observed in 1931. In 1934 seen or heard several times from May 18 to June 13. *Vermivora peregrina. Tennessee Warbler. A summer resident of poplar woods, of regular occurrence but in very small numbers. Earliest arrival, May 26, 1934. Latest seen: July 26, 1929; July 25, 1934. *Vermivora celata celata. Orange-crowned Warbler. Of common occurrence during the southward migration in late summer. In 1924, August 13 to 31; in 1929, August 7 to September 9; in 1931, August 3 to September 9; in 1934, August 25 to September 7. *Vermivora celata orestera. Rocky Mountain Orange-crowned Warbler. A fairly common summer resident in the lowlands. Dates of arrival: May 24, 1924 (Carcross); May 14, 1930; May 15, 1931; Vor. XXIII] SWARTH—BIRDS OF THE ATLIN REGION, BRITISH COLUMBIA 53 May 16, 1934. Latest seen: August 28, 1924; August 25, 1934. This subspecies leaves at about the time that the first south-bound V. c. celata appears. *Dendroica aestiva aestiva. Eastern Yellow Warbler. A common summer resident of the willow thickets in the lowlands. First arri- vals: May 15, 1931; May 23, 1934. Latest seen: August 26, 1924; August 24, 1929; August 12, 1931. *Dendroica coronata. Myrtle Warbler. Ordinarily an abundant summer resident, mostly in spruce timber; in 1934 almost totally absent during the nesting season. First arrivals: April 27, 1930; April 26, 1931; April 21, 1934; May 3, 1935. Latest seen: October 5, 1931. Adult birds are practically all gone by the end of July. *Dendroica townsendi. Townsend Warbler. Rare but of regular occurrence as a summer resident of spruce woods in the lowlands. Migration dates: First arrivals, May 18, 1930; May 22, 1934. Latest seen: August 31, 1924; September 1, 1931; September 1, 1934. *Dendroica striata. Black-poll Warbler. A regular summer resi- dent in small numbers. Restricted to the lowlands and partial to the islands in Lake Atlin as a nesting ground. First arrival, May 21, 1934. Latest seen: August 27, 1924; August 19, 1931; August 25, 1934. No adults seen after the end of July. *Seiurus noveboracensis notabilis. Grinnell Water-thrush. I have but two records, of a specimen collected by Allan Brooks, August 21, 1924, and of a bird seen by myself June 28, 1929. *Geothlypis trichas occidentalis. Western Yellow-throat. Found only as a rare and irregular transient in late summer. Following is the sum total of my records. A number seen September 10, 1924, in a marsh about on the British Columbia-Yukon boundary, some seventy miles northeast of Atlin. One bird collected at Atlin, Sep- tember 4, 1929. In 1934 one bird was seen about fifteen miles east of Atlin, July 4; two were seen together near Atlin, July 23; and one was collected August 13. *Wilsonia pusilla pileolata. Pileolated Warbler. A common summer resident, mostly in willow swamps above the 3,000 foot level. Migration dates: First arrivals, May 17, 1931; May 11, 1934. Latest seen: September 12, 1924 (Teslin); August 24, 1929. *Setophaga ruticilla. American Redstart. A summer resident in the lowlands, of rare and irregular occurrence. Seen during June and July, 1924; in 1929 on a few occasions between June 26 and September 3; in 1934, first seen June 7 and only a few times there- after. None seen in 1931. 54 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. *Agelaius phoeniceus arctolegus. Giant Red-wing. Blackbirds, recognized more or less certainly as Red-wings, have been seen by Stewart on various occasions, without a doubt at least twice, August 28, 1931, and June 13, 1932. Finally one was collected by him, a young male taken at Atlin, August 20, 1934. This was a single bird in a flock of Rusty Blackbirds, detected after painstaking binocular inspection of every bird in the flock. *Euphagus carolinus. Rusty Blackbird. A summer resident in the lowlands, usually in fair abundance but in very small numbers during 1934. Migration dates: Arrivals, April 14, 1931; April 30, 1933; April 25, 1934. Latest seen: October 8, 1931. There is a definite migration coastward of this species in the early fall, of unknown extent. I saw Rusty Blackbirds in Skagway on September 12, 1934, and was told that they were of regular yearly occurrence there for a short period at about that time. I believe that there must be a return inland before final departure for the south. *Molothrus ater artemisiae. Nevada Cowbird. I believe that careful observation would detect the presence of a few Cowbirds about Atlin in the late summer almost every year. On August 28, 1931, several were seen by Stewart about some horses in a pasture. Later in the same day another was seen by Stewart and myself together, which was shot but lost. In 1934, one was seen on Sep- tember 3; an immature male, now in Stewart’s collection, was shot by him September 4. The species can be easily overlooked among the abundant Rusty Blackbirds. *“Carpodacus purpureus purpureus. Eastern Purple Finch. I have record of but two occurrences, an adult male collected by my- self, June 28, 1924 (what was probably the same bird had been seen at exactly the same place on June 25), and an adult male collected by Stewart, July 25, 1932. *Pinicola enucleator alascensis. Alaska Pine Grosbeak. A winter visitant, from all accounts of regular occurrence and in fair abun- dance. Not known to nest anywhere in this general region. Earliest date of arrival, October 23 (1931). When I reached Atlin in 1934, on March 28, the Pine Grosbeaks had already gone. *Leucosticte tephrocotis littoralis. Hepburn Rosy Finch. A flock of fifteen birds reported as seen on a mountain near Moose River (at the south end of Lake Atlin), September 8, 1913 (Kermode). Aside from this our only definite record for the region is of an adult male collected by Stewart, a single bird in a flock of Snow Buntings, taken March 29, 1933, in the town of Atlin. Vor. XXIII] SWARTH—BIRDS OF THE ATLIN REGION, BRITISH COLUMBIA 55 *Acanthis hornemanni exilipes. Hoary Redpoll. Stewart’s col- lection contains two specimens of this species, male and female, collected, respectively, on April 21 and 22, 1931. These were taken from flocks of the Common Redpoll. Careful scrutiny of many additional flocks did not disclose any more examples of the rarer species. *Acanthis linaria linaria. Common Redpoll. Irregular in occur- rence and numbers. Generally a fairly common migrant in early spring and late fall. In 1924 no Redpolls were seen at any time. In 1929 they were nesting in fair abundance in some localities. Mi- gration dates: Arrivals, April 16, 1930; April 20, 1931; April 20, 1933; April 19, 1934; March 25, 1935. In 1931 migrating Redpolls were present from September 30 to October 15. *Spinus pinus pinus. Pine Siskin. Generally a common summer resident. In 1924 the Pine Siskin was seen from June 25 to Sep- tember 23; in 1934 the first arrival appeared July 20. *Loxia curvirostra bendirei. Bendire Crossbill. In 1929 this Red Crossbill was fairly common about Atlin, observed at intervals from June 20 to September 1. All the birds seen were in rather open stands of Jack Pine (Pinus contorta) in the lowlands. The species has not otherwise been reported from the Atlin region. *Loxia leucoptera. White-winged Crossbill. Known only as an irregular summer visitant, frequenting the forests of White Spruce (Picea canadensis). In 1924 it was abundant; first seen June 3. In 1929 it was fairly common, in 1931 less common. In 1934 it was almost totally absent; first seen on July 9 and on only two or three occasions thereafter. *Passerculus sandwichensis alaudinus. Western Savannah Sparrow. Abundant summer resident, nesting in swamps and meadows in the valleys, and of general distribution in open country on migration. Migration dates: Arrivals, April 30, 1933; April 19, 1934. Departures: September 21, 1924; September 11, 1929; September 24, 1931. *Junco hyemalis connectens. Cassiar Junco. Ordinarily an ex- tremely abundant summer resident in the lowlands. Present in small numbers in 1934. Migration dates: Arrivals, April 20, 1930; April 20, 1931; April 29, 1933; April 22, 1934. Last seen: October 17, 1931. The nesting season is long; I have found sets of fresh eggs as early as May 31, and as late as July 106. *Spizella arborea ochracea. Western Tree Sparrow. An abun- dant summer resident, mostly in willow thickets above the limits of upright timber. Common in the lowlands for short periods upon 56 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. arrival in the spring and before departure in the fall. Migration dates (in immediate vicinity of Atlin): Arrivals, April 25, 1930; April 26, 1931; April 29 to May 11, 1934. Latest seen: September 15 to October 16, 1931; in 1934 the first south bound migrant ap- peared at Atlin on August 29. *Spizella passerina passerina. Eastern Chipping Sparrow. Com- mon summer resident in the lowlands. Migration dates: Arrival, May 9, 1934. Departures, August 24, 1924; August 26, 1929. *Spizella taverneri. Timberline Sparrow. Common summer resi- dent of brushy areas above timberline, mostly from 3,000 to 5,000 feet altitude. Of extremely rare occurrence in the lowlands. The two instances recorded from near Atlin, of specimens collected on May 29, 1934, and September 7, 1931, respectively, supply the earliest and latest dates of occurrence. Specimens were collected on one of the higher summits on September 5, 1929. *Zonotrichia gambeli. Gambel Sparrow. Common summer resi- dent in the lowlands; of general distribution in late summer. Mi- gration dates: Arrivals, April 26, 1931; April 30, 1933; April 24, 1934. Last seen: September 5, 1924; September 14, 1929; October 8, 1931. The last date given is probably nearest to the average yearly time of final departure. *Zonotrichia coronata. Golden-crowned Sparrow. Common summer resident in brush-covered areas above timberline. A few individuals appear in the lowlands upon first arrival in the spring, and again before final departure in the fall. Migration dates (from the near vicinity of Atlin): Arrivals, May 9, 1930; April 29 to May 12, 1934. Latest seen: September 5, 1924; September 15, 1931. *Passerella iliaca iliaca. Eastern Fox Sparrow. A rare migrant and an extremely rare and irregular summer resident. Not seen at all in 1924 and 1929. In 1931 migrants were collected on April 27, May 5, September 14, and September 15. Arrivals were noted on April 26, 1932, May 1, 1933, and May 8, 1934, and in each of these years singing males (three such in 1934) occupied limited areas about Atlin during the summer months. A bird mostly in juvenal plumage was collected July 31, 1934. *Melospiza lincolni lincolni. Lincoln Sparrow. An abundant summer resident in the lowlands. Migration dates: Arrivals, April 29, 1931; May 2, 1933; April 25, 1934. Latest seen, August 29, 1924; August 31, 1929; September 18, 1931. *Melospiza melodia morphna. Rusty Song Sparrow. An ex- tremely rare summer resident. I saw a single bird at Ben-My- Chree, Tagish Lake, August 27, 1929. Stewart has found Song VoL. XXIII] SWARTH—BIRDS OF THE ATLIN REGION, BRITISH COLUMBIA 57 Sparrows, probably no more each year than a single pair with their brood, in the same restricted willow thicket at the edge of the town of Atlin; in 1930 (one collected May 16), in 1931 (birds seen by myself July 31 and August 16), and in 1932. We were unable to find them in 1934. First arrival, May 3, 1935. *Calcarius lapponicus alascensis. Alaska Longspur. A regular and common migrant. Spring: Carcross, May 23, 1924; Atlin, first seen April 25, 1930; May 4 to 18, 1931; April 21 to May 15, 1934; April 11, 1935. Fall: September f to 7, 1924; August 29, 1929 (Carcross); September 10 to October 18, 1931; September 17 to November 1, 1932; in 1934, first seen August 29. *Plectrophenax nivalis nivalis. Eastern Snow Bunting. A regu- lar and fairly common migrant. Dates of departure in late fall and arrival in early spring are probably governed by weather conditions, chiefly by the extent to which the ground is covered with snow. Fall arrivals: October 23, 1931; October 17, 1933. Spring: Last seen, April 17, 1930; April 7, 1933; in 1934, noted from March 28 to April 11. A specimen collected December 7, 1930. REFERENCES Anderson, E. M. 1915. Birds collected and observed in the Atlin district, 1914. Report of the Provincial Museum of Natural History for the year 1914 (Victoria, British Columbia), pp. 8-17. ——1915. Nesting of the Bohemian waxwing in northern British Columbia. Condor, vol. 17, pp. 145-148, 2 text figs. Bishop, L. B. 1900. Birds of the Yukon region, with notes on other species. U. S. Dept. Agric., Biol. Surv., N. Am. Fauna no. 19, pp. 47-96. Brooks, Allan 1927. Notes on Swarth’s report on a collection of birds and mammals from the Atlin region. Condor, vol. 29, pp. 112- 114. Kermode, F., and Anderson, E. M. 1914. Report on birds collected and observed during Sep- tember, 1913, on Atlin Lake, from Atlin to south end of the lake. Report of the Provincial Museum of Natural History for the year 1913 (Victoria, British Columbia), pp. 19-21. 58 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. Swarth, H. S. 1926. Report on a collection of birds and mammals from the Atlin region, northern British Columbia. Univ. Calif. Publ. Zool., vol. 30, pp. 51-162, pls. 4-8, 11 text figs. ——1927. Birds of the Atlin region, British Columbia: A reply to criticism. Condor, vol. 29, pp. 169-170. ——1930. Notes on the avifauna of the Atlin region, British Col- umbia. Condor, vol. 32, pp. 216-217. ——1930. Nesting of the timberline sparrow. Condor, vol. 32, pp. 255-257, 1 text fig. Swarth, H. S., and Brooks, A. 1925. The timberline sparrow, a new species from north- western Canada. Condor, vol. 27, pp. 67-68. PROCEEDINGS OF THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES FOURTH SERIES b, aN Lime. \e ; Tete Vor. XXIII, No. 3, pp. 59-78, 1 text figure. June 19, 19SEC Rs es SAS 5 No. 3 ORIGINS OF THE FAUNA OF THE SITKAN DISTRICT, ALASKA* BY HARRY S. SWARTH Late Curator, Department of Ornithology and Mammalogy California Academy of Sciences Page ee ME ERM TRIES Siti Poh i so ok ag iN PPR ened is iG at Nis ae enn Ak Physiographical features of the Sitkan District ...... . 60 EI NAR DH pat CA's wc hls diced ek eW paih Wk (ide, eee: 98! AMES MUMMERS LESTE NAY Ceti oS Ty' dT es ts ee al ear mer aT NNN WR cay ed ch che ee RUPEES lok ed ao SU ic aalhich, AN et) da dart A araaranaaitate typ i hea, aoreh ks yee SaPRE RTS GNM ie rae NERO ASM RRO Ment trey inet gulag hs Dimond ati deh Rreneneests Maen rest AT BEFORE AN AMAIA RAE YE oe Oo TS INTRODUCTION Islands and mainland of extreme southeastern Alaska comprise a sharply defined geographic area set off by natural boundaries that coincide closely with present day political lines. The region possesses bird and mammal populations, as well as plants, that are sufficiently characteristic to justify the distinctive name ‘“‘Sitkan district”’ that has been applied by biologists to this part of Alaska (see Nelson, 1887, p. 24). The natural history of the country has been studied enough and from sufficiently extensive collections to warrant some general conclusions regarding origins of the animal life. My own personal experience includes field work that has covered most of the Sitkan district and some of the coast to the southward, as well as additional seasons spent in the immediately adjoining interior of Yukon Territory and British Columbia. It is, * Printed from the John W. Hendrie Publication Endowment. June 19, 1936 60 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. I think, the background of actual field experience that is responsible for most of the personal opinions and theories that are here expressed. Conditions east of the Coast Range are touched upon lightly and incidentally in this discussion, but it is surprising to how great an extent field work east of those mountains has supplied clues to the solution of problems concerning the very different fauna west of the range. In any given region some proportion of the species may be recog- nized more or less plainly as immigrants from elsewhere, but there are not many places sharply circumscribed as is the Sitkan district where the facts regarding immediate origins are so plainly indicated in such a large number of cases, and where so many rather striking deductions and inferences follow even limited comprehension of ob- served facts. Not that the whole story is presented here by any means, even of the representative species to which this discussion is confined. There is much that remains obscure in the local distribu- tion of forms. Each species has its own history, with details varying from those of all the others, though in general agreement with some one of the several categories of immigrants that may be recognized. Then, while our knowledge of species and conditions is reasonably satisfactory, there is no doubt that further field work in the region would add much, especially in information about the small mammals. Furthermore, the mainland coast of British Columbia is practically unexplored as regards its fauna, and while this is of lesser concern so far as birds are concerned, it is of extreme importance with the mam- mals. The stretch of coast line extending southward from the Alaska boundary unquestionably holds valuable information bearing upon the Alaskan species. PHYSIOGRAPHICAL FEATURES OF THE SITKAN DISTRICT The Sitkan district, Alaska, as here defined, includes the Alaska “pan-handle,”’ namely, a narrow strip of mainland coast west from the summit of the Coast Range, from Glacier Bay at the north, south to Dixon Entrance, together with the adjacent islands, the Alexander Archipelago. The region described has been more recently glaciated than any other section of North America. ‘‘The great cordilleran ice sheet of northwestern America, which, according to Dawson, swept north and south from its source in British Columbia, probably only reached into southeastern Alaska, where it passed through the coast range gaps, and, uniting with the local glaciers from these mountains, helped to scour out the extensive system of waterways of the Pacific shore and covered a good part of the Alexander Archipelago. The evidence of glacial erosion in this southeastern province indicates a great thickness of ice, and here, unlike other parts of Alaska, the ice overrode considerable altitudes. The large unmapped areas in the islands make it impossible to indi- cate the limits of the ice sheet, but it probably covered most of the Vor. XXIII) SWARTH—FAUNA OF THE SITKAN DISTRICT, ALASKA 61 archipelago! and dumped its debris directly into the Pacific be- yond’”’ (Brooks, 1906, p. 246). Dawson (1888, p. 347) also says ‘*The glacier extending from the mainland coast touched the northern shores of the Queen Charlotte Islands’’; and (op. cit., p. 348) ‘‘The front of the glacier must have passed the outer border of the Archi- pelago, as at Sitka well-marked glaciation is found pointing toward the open Pacific.’”? (See also F. E. and C. W. Wright, 1908, pp. 27, 77.) It should be borne in mind, too, that ‘‘The glaciation of Alaska is to be regarded rather as an extension of the present system of alpine and piedmont glaciers than as a continental ice sheet.... The older glacial system was, however, far more extensive, and in south- eastern Alaska approached the continental type’’ (Brooks, 1906, p. 245). In general, the Pleistocene is regarded as including the last epoch of extensive glaciation, but, clearly, much of southeastern Alaska must have remained ice covered after the close of that period. This region now contains the most extensive glaciers in North America, glaciers that have changed enough during the few years that they have been under observation to suggest enormously greater expanse even a few hundred years ago. Publications on this subject written by various individuals convey more than an implication of this belief (see Wright, 1887, pp. 250-256). The one dissenting account that I have seen (Capps, 1915) deals with the White River Basin, Wrangell Mountains, about at the northern limit of glaciation in this part of Alaska, and it is not clear that the author’s conclusions regarding conditions at this inland station are applicable to the coast. He places the period of glacial retreat at that point as far back as 8,000 years. From the foregoing discussion it would seem that the post-glacial reoccupation of southeastern Alaska by animal and plant life must have been at a more recent date than was the case in any other as extensive area in temperate North America. The inescapable and important conclusion is that whatever is peculiar to the Sitkan fauna and flora must inevitably have developed subsequent to Pleistocene time. Avian paleontologists have lately been expressing more and more definitely their conviction that many present day forms are of greater age than this, that modern genera were in existence in large part in the Miocene, some of them still earlier. ‘‘In the Miocene.... appear birds so closely allied to our modern species that in many cases they may be assigned to living genera.’”’ ‘‘When the avifauna of the Ice Age and of the latter part of the Tertiary is better known we shall unquestionably find it much richer in species than is the case in present times since the greater part, if not all of our modern forms, were in existence contemporaneously with many peculiar birds that have become extinct’? (Wetmore, 1927, pp. 182, 183). Paleontological evidence deals with structural characters, neces- sarily. In the Sitkan fauna we seem to be supplied with evidence 1 Not, however, the highest summits. H.S.S. 62 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. bearing upon the age of such external characters as color and pattern. Here we have a number of strongly characterized forms (mostly ‘“‘subspecies,’’ though there are some that we call species) that show a common tendency to vary in the same direction, and that have developed subsequent to the Pleistocene. It seems, therefore, that in the Sitkan district, Alaska, considered in contrast with adjacent regions, the present day fauna and flora afford excellent subject matter for speculation upon species formation. There are not many regions where we can assume, as here, so nearly exact and so recent a date for the inception of its animal life. From the adjacent in- terior of Alaska and Yukon there is abundant representation of fossil animals of Pleistocene time (see Gilmore, 1908; Quackenbush, 1909); it seems a fair assumption that conditions favorable for animal and plant life prevailed inland a little farther north when the whole coastal region was still buried under glacial ice. The Sitkan district is characterized by heavy rainfall and rela- tively mild temperatures. It includes some of the wettest parts of the northwestern rain belt, with annual average precipitation of from 75 to 200 inches, perhaps more. ‘‘The temperature throughout southeastern Alaska is remarkably equable. The extremes recorded at Sitka show for August, the hottest month, an extreme range of from 35° to 87° F., and for the coldest month, February, a range of from 3° to 54° F. The mean temperature for January is 33°, and for August 56°, a range of only 23°’’ (Brooks and Abbe, 1906, p. 144). Mainland stations have more severe winter weather, with the mean annual temperature several degrees lower, and the inland fiords are decidedly colder than the outer coast line. This is a region of dense vegetation, though with a limited variety of trees. Dense forest grows everywhere from the high-tide line up- ward to timber line. The dominant trees are the Sitka spruce (Picea sitchensis) and western hemlock (Tsuga heterophylla), and there are lesser proportions of mountain hemlock (Tsuga merten- siana), western red cedar (Thuja plicata) and yellow cedar (Chamae- cyparis nootkatensis). A few jack pine (Pinus contorta), small and twisted, grow in the bogs. Along the beaches, bordering the forest, there is nearly everywhere a line of alders (Alnus sinuata), and in places extensive thickets of willow, salmon-berry and devil’s-club. There are small areas of grass-land where occasional high tides reach, and some open country (often snow or ice covered) on the higher summits of the islands. The mainland strip of the Sitkan district is extremely narrow, the slopes of the Coast Range rising abruptly from the water’s edge. The adjacent Alexander Archipelago comprises a multitude of islands with an intricate system of intervening channels. These water- ways, some that are miles in width, others only a few yards across, are mostly protected from the swell of the open sea, but they are traversed by prodigious tides, in some places rising and falling twenty or thirty feet. Vor. XXIII] SWARTH—FAUNA OF THE SITKAN DISTRICT, ALASKA 63 So, to summarize, the Sitkan district is a region of equable and rather cool temperature, of cloudy skies and heavy rainfall; densely covered with well-nigh impenetrable forest; a mass of mountainous islands mostly, separated by tide-swept channels; and offering a decidedly limited variety of surroundings to any potential fauna. East of the separating Coast Range, less than one hundred miles inland, lies the interior of British Columbia, the western border of subarctic Canada, presenting sharp contrast to the coast in many respects, markedly so in the animal and plant life. This is a country of broad valleys, of lesser and scattered mountains and hills, of magnificent lakes and broad rivers. The valley floor at Atlin is at about 2,200 feet altitude, at Telegraph Creek 540 feet, and at Hazel- ton about 1,000 feet. There is here an abrupt falling off in amount of rainfall, Carcross, Atlin and Telegraph Creek having each an annual precipitation of from twelve to fifteen inches. At Hazelton, in the upper Skeena Valley, it is considerably more. Winters are severely cold, summers much warmer than on the coast. The inland woods, mostly rather open, are of different species from the coastal forests. The quaking aspen (Populus tremuloides) covers much of the low- lands, with balm of Gilead and birch in lesser abundance. White spruce (Picea canadensis) in the north, Engelmann spruce (P. engelmannt) farther south, are dominant lowland conifers, while alpine balsam (Abzes lasiosarsia) grows on the heights, in prostrate form at its upper limit. Between the Canadian interior and the Alaskan coast is interposed the formidable barrier of the Coast Range, a mountain chain about 60 or 70 miles through, both slopes rising abruptly, in places to 8,000 or 9,000 feet above the sea. These mountains are a barrier of absolute effectiveness as regards most animal species, in the climatic conditions induced on either side, in their rugged character and in the enormous areas that are still glacier-covered; and in the fact that the few openings through the range are densely covered with forest that is unattractive and inhospitable to nearly all birds and mammals. In the valley of the lower Stikine, one of the most important of the passes, there is heavy winter snowfall that is very slow to melt. The advent of spring is weeks later there than in the country on either side of the mountains, and this is an important factor in the delimitation of bird species which have to make the most of a brief summer. There are a few channels of communication between the coast and the interior, offering varying degrees of accessibility. There are at the northern end of the Sitkan district the passes leading down to the head of Lynn Canal. About one hundred miles to the south- ward, near Juneau, is the valley of the Taku River, and one hundred and fifty miles farther, the valley of the Stikine, both important channels through the Coast Range. One hundred and fifty miles farther, at the southern boundary of Alaska, is Portland Canal, extending far inland, and just beyond, the Skeena River. This river 64 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. flows through a broad valley, piercing the Coast Range at a point where the mountains are of lesser height than farther north, thus permitting a more free intermingling of coastal and interior elements than elsewhere. Coastal rains and fog drift farther inland, and are accompanied by coastal species to some extent, and, on the other hand, certain influences from the interior have markedly affected the coastal fauna. Compared with the coastal strip to the southward, the Sitkan region is of appreciably colder temperatures and of greater humidity, the variation in both respects southward into California being of gradual accomplishment. Compared with the adjacent interior east of the Coast Range, the Sitkan region is of a more equable climate with much milder winters, and it is of enormously greater humidity, these changes being accomplished most abruptly, within a distance of forty or fifty miles. Along the entire coast, from Lynn Canal to Puget Sound, close restriction of the powerful coastal influences at the east is an im- portant factor, of course, in the distribution of animal life; and it must be borne in mind as of no less importance in a discussion of possible routes to be followed by immigrant species from other parts. North-bound invaders that were sensitively adapted to coastal conditions have had an extremely narrow margin along which to travel. A slight mechanical obstacle on the coast became impassable when flanked by adverse climatic conditions so short a distance inland. The retreating glaciers still linger on the mainland mountains of southeastern Alaska, where even now they cover hundreds of square miles. Disintegration travelled from west to east; clearly the islands were first to be free of the ice covering. On the whole Pacific coast from Puget Sound northward there is a bordering fringe of islands. First is Vancouver Island, slightly separated from the mainland, then along the British Columbia coast a narrow line of small islands lying close along the coast and the Queen Charlotte Islands farther out. From Dixon Entrance northward the Alexander Archipelago abruptly attains a width of one hundred miles or more, but with no very broad separating channels. That group of islands and perhaps some of those to the southward, together with the more remote Queen Charlotte Islands, must have been cleared of most of their glacial covering when the adjacent mainland still presented a wall of ice along its entire shore line. Birds with their powers of flight could advance quickly and freely northward from island to island; ter- restrial mammals were shut off to the southward for a much longer period, until the slowly retreating glaciers began to leave a passage, narrow and interrupted to this day, along the mainland coast. So that the colonization of the Sitkan district by bird species from the southward, to the exclusion of most mammals, is perfectly compre- hensible. The region, too, must for a long time later have been so Vor. XXIII] SWARTH—FAUNA OF THE SITKAN DISTRICT, ALASKA 65 completely isolated from any eastern approach that the absence of birds from that direction can also be understood. In a later period channels of communication above described were opened between coast and interior, north and east, through which various mammals passed, to compose the scanty mammal fauna that slowly and painfully progressed over varying parts of the Alexander Archipelago. The sifting through of these relatively few species must have been a long slow process. At a much later time an occasional bird species followed. This sort of colonization of both birds and mammals seems to me to be discernibly proceeding at the present time. As to the mechanics that controlled the actual plant- ing of mammal species here and there, the imagination that would reconstruct past events will find stimulus in the vast surviving Alaskan ice fields, spanning the Coast Range as they do, and with raw traces of former activities spread out before their retreating fronts. At that, however, it might well be that actual sight of the continental ice sheets of Greenland or Antarctica is required to enable one to form a mental picture of what may have taken place in the northwest. This vision would paint a bleak unending ice field bordering salt water, broken only by small nunataks near the sea, by larger masses of rock, the Coast Range summits, farther back, an icy world that remained unchanged for ages. At last there trans- pired the gradual emergence of a rocky western coast line, of western islands, of channels that are sometimes distinguishable as such but still for ages longer clogged or hidden by bergs and other glacial debris swept down from mainland centers. Favored mainland sec- tions, ice-free at last and eventually reached by mammalian life, could then have contributed a representation of species small enough to be borne to the islands upon such flotsam as the bergs might carry, or as today is brought down the large rivers and tossed upon island shores. Aquatic and semi-aquatic species would find oppor- tunities for dispersal or have such thrust upon them. It would be a long slow process, slower than one can well realize, of the chance ex- tension of a species from one island to the next, of the successive colonization of nunataks not yet recognizable as islands, all modified by glacial advances and recessions, and in the midst of tossing ice fields that must have been hurled in solid masses up and down the tide-swept channels long after the period when the glaciers, as such, ceased to fill these submerged valleys. Along the mainland coast as far south as Puget Sound the retreat- ing ice-front would release segments of coast, each bounded north and south by deep fiords or valleys still filled with ice. With the separated glaciers dwindled or vanished at the heads of these long valleys, paths were opened toward the coast for the westward ad- vance of scattered inland colonies of various species of animals. These same narrow valleys, however, flooded with salt water some- times twenty-five or thirty miles back from the general coast line, and extending inland to the limit of coastal influences or beyond, 66 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. although acting as highways from the east, formed a series of inter- ruptions to the northward advance of any southern mammal that clung at all closely to the coast. BIRDS The birds of the Sitkan district form an assemblage that is separate and sharply distinct from that of the adjacent interior. There are very few species or subspecies that occur commonly in both sections. Birds and mammals of the Sitkan district have been regarded as possessing in common an extreme of dark brownish coloration, which is true to a certain extent but is not universal. This conception re- garding the birds arose from the appearance of a group of fourteen or fifteen subspecies, the local representation of certain wide-spread and variable species, which occur in some abundance. Conspicuous among them are: Great Blue Heron (Ardea herodias fannint) Canada Goose (Branta canadensis occidentalis) Sooty Grouse (Dendragapus fuliginosus sitkensis and Dendragapus fuligi- nosus fuliginosus) Great Horned Owl (Bubo virginianus saturatus) Red-shafted Flicker (Colaptes cafer cafer) Steller’s Jay (Cyanocttta stelleri stellert) Oregon Junco (Junco oreganus oreganus) Song Sparrow (Melospiza melodia rufina and Melospiza melodia morphna) Fox Sparrow (Passerella iliaca townsendi and Passerella iliaca fuliginosa) Chestnut-backed Chickadee (Penthestes rufescens rufescens) Ruby-crowned Kinglet (Regulus calendula grinnellt) There are additional species in which the ‘‘saturated’’ coloration is not so noticeable. They, with the previous list, all possess’ one common characteristic: residence the year through within the rain belt. Either they are permanently resident in the northern humid coast or else they perform a limited southward migration, perhaps as far as California, a migration that does not extend beyond the belt of heavy winter rainfall. Only resident forms have responded to local influences. Here is a supplementary list representative of another set of breed- ing birds of the Sitkan district: Western Flycatcher (Empidonax difficilis dé ffictlis) Lutescent Warbler (Vermivora celata lutescens) Townsend's Warbler (Dendroica townsendt) Pileolated Warbler (Wilsonia pusilla pileolata) Russet-backed Thrush (Hylocichla ustulata ustulata) These, in contrast to the first lot, perform distant migrations, mostly into Mexico and beyond, and, breeding from southern Cali- Vou. XXIII) SWARTH—FAUNA OF THE SITKAN DISTRICT, ALASKA 67 fornia to Alaska, they remain essentially unchanged throughout this habitat. They have not been affected by the stimulus that has darkened the resident species. A third list: Mallard (Anas platyrhynchos) Spotted Sandpiper (Actitis macularia) Greater Yellow-legs (Totanus melanoleucus) Sharp-shinned Hawk (Accipiter velox) Pine Siskin (Spinus pinus pinus) Barn Swallow (Hirundo erythrogaster) Tree Swallow (Iridoprocne bicolor) Dipper (Cinclus mexicanus unicolor) Western Golden-crowned Kinglet (Regulus satrapa olivaceus) This is a selection of birds, wide-spread across North America or in the western half, some of them extensively migratory, two, at least (Dipper and Mallard), permanently resident, but all rather resistant, non-variable species, and none of them showing response in color to the influence of the humid coast. Fair comparison can be made between the Canada Goose and Mallard, between Great Blue Heron and Spotted Sandpiper, between Song Sparrow and Pine Siskin. The Goose, Heron and Song Sparrow produce local races in other parts of their respective habitats, as in the Sitkan district; Mallard, Spotted Sandpiper and Pine Siskin are elsewhere indifferent to varied climatic surroundings, and have not altered perceptibly in the coastal environment. It is only notably plastic forms that have had time to respond to local influences. Thus the strongly marked subspecies that are accepted as char- acteristic of the Sitkan district are, firstly, resident therein or within the slightly broader limits of the humid coast belt; and, secondly, they are races only of species whose external appearance varies so in different parts of their ranges as to suggest that slight influences and relatively short time are required to bring about such changes. The Sitkan avifauna is composed mostly of species that are of southern derivation, northern offshoots of birds that are rather ex- clusively western or belonging to the still more limited Pacific slope. Among the few northern birds of permanent establishment and in fair abundance are the Willow Ptarmigan (Lagopus lagopus alexandrae) and Rock Ptarmigan (Lagopus rupestris dixoni), the former at high altitudes on all the larger islands, the latter on the more northern ones. The Pine Grosbeak, too, belongs in the category of northern immigrants. Clearly, though, it was the bird species from the south —and west of the southern Coast Ranges—that had first access to the region, pushing northward as conditions permitted, always west of the mountains. In the Sooty Grouse, in the Fox Sparrows, and in the Song Spar- rows there are well-defined subspecies occupying western and eastern portions of the Sitkan region. In the Grouse and Fox Sparrows one 68 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES (Proc. 4TH SER. form occupies the Alexander Archipelago and the Queen Charlotte Islands, another the mainland coast. In the Song Sparrow one form occupies the westernmost islands of the Archipelago and the Queen Charlotte Islands, another the inner islands and the mainland coast. This carries the suggestion that as the westernmost part of the region became free of ice, the first section to be habitable, it was at once occupied by these species; and these western colonies now show their greater age in their differentiation from the mainland stock. At a much later period there began to be an occasional invader from the east, struggling through the few difficult passes from the interior, a movement that can be discerned today at such places as the mouths of the Skeena, Stikine and Taku rivers. At such spots there have been found small colonies or single birds of the following inland forms (see Swarth, 1911): Olive-sided Flycatcher (Nuttallornis borealis) Western Wood Pewee (Myiochanes richardsoni richardsonit) Alder Flycatcher (Empidonax traillii traillit) Louisiana Tanager (Piranga ludoviciana) Cedar Waxwing (Bombycilla cedrorum) Western Yellow-throat (Geothlypis trichas occidentalis) Tolmie Warbler (Oporornis tolmiet) These are species that have barely secured a foothold on the coast, but some of them, at least, do breed there in small numbers without reaching the islands beyond. At some distant period the Hairy Woodpecker (Dryobates villosus) arrived through these channels and occupied the whole region, long enough ago to have since developed as a distinguishable subspecies, D. v. sitkensis. This form seems clearly to be an offshoot of the same white-breasted inland strain as D. v. septentrionalis of the Yukon region, and D. v. monticola of in- terior British Columbia, and not of the dark-breasted strain (D. »v. harrisi) of the southern coast of British Columbia, as was formerly assumed. The Downy Woodpecker (Dryobates pubescens leucurus) and the Three-toed Woodpecker (Picoides tridactylus fasciatus) also reach the coast as migrants or occasional visitants, but have hardly established residence there. Another inland bird, Franklin’s Grouse (Canachites franklini), unchanged, occupies some of the southern islands. It is the species of southern derivation that have developed the striking local subspecies. The more recent arrivals from the east, even the sedentary Franklin’s Grouse, have mostly not changed; the Hairy Woodpecker is one that has altered perceptibly. Of Sitkan subspecies that can be regarded as invaders from the north, such as Alexander’s Willow Ptarmigan, Kodiak Pine Grosbeak, and Hep- burn’s Rosy Finch, all occupy additional territory too far to the northwest for these races to be considered as local products of the Sitkan district. ya Vou. XXIII] SWARTH—FAUNA OF THE SITKAN DISTRICT, ALASKA 69 The broad valley of the Skeena forms a medium of communication between interior and coast that has had marked local results. Some species, such as the coastal Song Sparrow and Red-breasted Sap- sucker, press far inland, meeting with no closely related form. The Yellow-shafted Flicker of the interior and the Red-shafted Flicker of the coast meet, with the result that the entire Flicker population 200 miles inland is strongly tinged with characteristics of the coastal species; hybrids also occur in the red-shafted population of the Alaska coast near the mouth of the Skeena. Franklin’s Grouse must have reached the southern Alaskan islands through the avenue pro- vided along the Skeena. Local variation in Steller’s Jay (Cyanocitta stellert) hereabout leads to certain deductions that are at least worth stating. This species appears to be of far southern origin, extending from the highlands of Central America northward. There are two divergent strains, one in the Rocky Mountain region characterized by white markings on the eyelids, the other on the Pacific slope lacking these markings. At the southern limit of the last mentioned the two strains are separated by some hundreds of miles occupied by neither form, and there is no intergrading there. At the north, in the lower Skeena, the two strains are joined, and birds with the head markings of the interior Black-headed Jay (Cyanocitta stelleri annectens) occur upon the coast in the ascribed range of Steller’s Jay (C. s. stelleri). There is apparently true intergradation here between the two subspecies, such as I believe does not exist elsewhere between these two strains. Along the coast north of the Skeena and south of the Skeena ‘‘typ- ical’”’ stellert occurs. Opposite the mouth of the Skeena, on the Queen Charlotte Islands, is the still more heavily ‘‘saturated’’ sub- species, C. s. carlottae. The point to be emphasized is that where stellert and annectens meet intergradation, that is, merging of char- acters, actually occurs. The significance of this fact becomes ap- parent when we consider that in the case of almost every other variable species in this region with separate inland and coastal sub- species, wherever they meet—and many of them do meet—they come together as distinct species, either not interbreeding at all or else producing occasional hybrids. I have come to the belief that these meetings are between strains that have long been separated, extending northward along separated routes and eventually coming together at too late a period to permit intermixture; though, perhaps, in the far south the representatives of the same two strains might never have broken entirely apart. By this theory the two strains of Cyanocitta stellert did not meet in this northern region—on the con- trary, this was the point of separation. It looks to me as though the Jays of this species (Cyanocitta stelleri) might have emigrated northward and westward along the Rockies, reached their present northwestern limit in the Skeena drainage, arrived thereby to the coast, and from this base or thereabout, spread northward and southward over their present-day habitat on the Pacific slope. 70 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. There are bird species of circumpolar distribution with wide- spread representation in the New World as in the Old, that in both regions moved from the north southward to occupy their present habitats. Of this category the Willow and Rock ptarmigans were apparently early and direct immigrants into the Sitkan district, but with these exceptions and one or two others the southbound northerners were deflected to the eastward, away from the coast. The American Three-toed Woodpecker is one that at a later period made an indirect approach from the eastward when opportunity offered, exemplifying a colonization scheme that is still in its early stages. Magpie, Bohemian Waxwing, Common Redpoll and Northern Shrike are all species that were barred from the coast in the southern expansion of their habitats and are now found east of the Coast Range in association with southern species that were similarly barred in their northward migrations. The Pine Grosbeak of the Sitkan district is apparently the same subspecies (Pintcola enucleator flammula) as that of the Alaskan coast to the northwest, as far as Kodiak Island. From its extreme rarity it may be supposed to be a recent arrival from the northern part of its range; but in any event it is one of the very few coastal species that has penetrated eastward through the Coast Range. The coastal Pine Grosbeak occurs inland along the Stikine River as far as Telegraph Creek. Hepburn’s Rosy Finch is another bird of northern derivation, and the Rusty Song Sparrow and Sooty Fox Sparrow are birds of southern origin, that have likewise extended their habitats inland as far as the eastern face of the Coast Range along the same river valley. These birds have all entered a region that is not otherwise occupied by the several genera to which they belong. There are about twenty kinds of birds with complementary repre- sentation on the coast and inland, as subspecies or closely related species; in most cases there is no more intergradation exhibited be- tween the subspecies than between the species. Exceptions are found in the subspecies of the Hairy Woodpecker, Steller’s Jay, Lincoln’s Sparrow and Yellow Warbler. As regards the Hairy Wood- pecker and Steller’s Jay, my conviction, as already explained, is that the coastal populations are directly derived from the interior stocks and that there has never been separation. The same is probably true of the coastal subspecies of Lincoln’s Sparrow (Forbush’s Spar- row) and of the Yellow Warbler (the Alaska Yellow Warbler). In both cases mode of occurrence upon the coast favors this view, and both are very faintly distinguished local forms, even in their extreme manifestations. For the rest, the long list of species with comparable representa- tion on the coast and inland includes such contrasting forms as Sooty Grouse and Richardson’s Grouse, Western Red-tail and Harlan’s Hawk, Red-shafted Flicker and Yellow-shafted Flicker, Oregon Junco and Slate-colored Junco, Chestnut-backed Chickadee and Hudsonian Chickadee, Russet-backed Thrush and Olive-backed Vor. XXIII) SWARTH—FAUNA OF THE SITKAN DISTRICT, ALASKA 71 Thrush. In none of these cases are there found between contrasting forms any intergradient populations; the differences are all clean cut. There is a long list of bird species of the interior that have no com- parable representation on the coast. The list of Sitkan birds that have no representation east of the Coast Range includes character- istic coastal subspecies, common birds in the region mostly, of the following species: Canada Goose, Pine Grosbeak, Rosy Finch, Song Sparrow, Fox Sparrow, Winter Wren, Brown Creeper, Golden- crowned Kinglet, and Varied Thrush. These are all widely distri- buted species that occur north and south of this region. In some cases outlying colonies of one or another of these birds have advanced a short distance inland, but there is an enormous extent of northern British Columbia immediately east of the Coast Range that has none of these species represented in a breeding population. MAMMALS Of the mammals of the Sitkan district, those that clearly are directly derived from the north are found on the three large islands, Chichagof, Baranof and Admiralty, the northernmost of the archi- pelago and most easily accessible from the northern mainland. These species include the huge brown bears, at their southern limit upon these islands, and the Sitkan Meadow-mouse (Microtus sitkensts). As regards the rest of the islands and the mainland, most of the smaller species arrived from the adjacent interior east of the Coast Range, their origin and their recent arrival being clearly shown in a great many cases by the mode of variation and by the local distri- bution of the species concerned. That the islands of the Alexander Archipelago were thus populated after their separation by the present network of channels may be inferred from the steady diminu- tion in the numbers of species as one progresses westward from the mainland, island by island. At various mainland localities between Juneau and Dixon Entrance as many as twenty-four species of mam- mals may be expected to occur. Of certain large islands immediately adjoining the coast, there are thirteen species recorded from Ad- miralty, twelve from Kupreanof, and twelve from Revillagigedo. Going farther west, there are six from Coronation, five from Warren, and seven from Dall. To take specific examples, the following species occur along the mainland coast but on none of the islands: Mountain Goat (Ore- amnos), Stikine Jumping Mouse (Zapus saltator), a Red-backed Mouse (Clethrionomys phaeus), and a Marmot (Marmota caligata). Other common mainland forms reach one or two of the most acces- sible islands: Porcupine (Erethizon dorsatum) on Wrangell and Etolin; a Jumping Mouse (Zapus hudsonius) on Revillagigedo; Musk-rat 72 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. (Ondatra zibethica spatulata) on Revillagigedo and Sergief; a Red- backed Mouse (Clethrionomys wrangeli) on Revillagigedo and Wrangell; a Lemming Mouse (Synaptomys dalli wrangeli) on Wran- gell; a Flying Squirrel (Glaucomys sabrinus zaphaeus) on Etolin, Wrangell and Prince of Wales. The distribution of the Sitkan Red Squirrel (Sczturus hudsonicus picatus) seems to be plainly the result of the accessibility of certain islands from the mainland under present conditions. This squirrel occurs on all the inner line of southern islands that are so slightly separated from the coast, and it is also on certain islands (Mitkof, Kupreanof and Kuiu) that, extending to the western limits of the archipelago, form a series of easily traversed stepping stones from the coast. Osgood (1900, p. 28), in his description of the White Pass Red Squirrel, Sciurus hudsonicus petulans, remarks: ‘‘The closest relationship of this red squirrel is evidently with hudsonicus of north- ern Alaska. ... There is ample material demonstrating by skulls as well as by color that it has no very close relationship to S. vancou- verensis’’ (of Vancouver Island). Petulans is clearly an intermediate step between inland hudsonicus and Sitkan picatus. The Timber Wolf is found upon the same islands as the Red Squirrel, and also upon the large Prince of Wales and Dall islands with some others of this southern group that the squirrel has never reached. Evidently the wolf did not come directly from the north. Island distribution of Timber Wolf and Black Bear is exactly the same. If the significance here is that these islands were equally accessible to both species, then the complementary distribution of Black Bear and Brown Bear in the archipelago, nowhere found both upon the same island, is no more than a coincidence. The Meadow-mice excellently illustrate island distribution as determined by recent accessibility. (See map, fig. 1.) The Sitkan Meadow-mouse (Microtus sitkensis) is only on Chichagof and Baranof, and it is the only Microtus upon those islands. This is a southern offshoot of a group of mice (the operarius group) that occupies much of the Alaskan mainland to the northward. The islands where it is found are conceivably accessible from the northern mainland, surrounded by the open sea and mighty channels on other sides. The most common Meadow-mouse of the Sitkan district is Microtus mordax littoralis; this is a local race of M. mordax, which is of common and wide-spread occurrence east of the Coast Range. Littoralis has been found at some points on the mainland coast, and it occupies most of the islands, but not Chichagof and Baranof.. The ancestral mordax may be assumed to have reached the coast from the adjacent interior at a very early period. It has been there long enough not only to have developed a recognizable local race of wide-spread distribution over the archipelago, but to have produced also the remarkable giant. form, Microtus coronarius, that occupies certain of the small out-lying islands. VoL. XXIII] SWARTH—FAUNA OF THE SITKAN DISTRICT, ALASKA 73 Fig. 1. Map showing distribution of Microtus operarius (A), M. pennsylvanicus (B), and M. mordax (C) in southeastern Alaska. Arrows indicate assumed lines of migration of the species. Pennsylvanicus and mordax occupy in company most of the adjacent interior of British Columbia, operarius most of Alaska; the map shows only such limited portions of the general ranges as contributed directly to coloniza- tion of the coast. Map drawn by Miss Margaret W. Wythe. Drummond’s Meadow-mouse (Microtus pennsylvanicus drum- mondt), abundant throughout the northwestern interior, has found its way through the Coast Range in at least two places, along the valleys of the Taku and Stikine rivers. Presumably it is of more recent arrival upon the coast than the predominant littoralis, for although there are colonies at the mouths of those streams the species has not spread farther on the mainland. It is noteworthy, however, that it did reach Admiralty Island, the northern end of which is directly opposite, and not very far removed from, the mouth of the 74 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. Taku. The island mouse has been given a name, admiraltiae, but it is very slightly different from the mainland drummondt. There are two species of shrew that occur in abundance in the Sitkan district, the Masked Shrew (Sorex cinereus) and the Dusky Shrew (Sorex obscurus), each represented by local subspecies. The species Sorex cinereus is transcontinental in range, extending across northern North America. The species Sorex obscurus is western, found from the Rocky Mountains to the Pacific. I receive the im- pression that obscurus was the first arrival in the northwest, probably coming from the south. It is of more general distribution than the other, having reached even the westernmost of the islands of the Alexander Archipelago and also the Queen Charlotte Islands. Cinereus occurs on the large northern islands, Baranof, Chichagof and Admiralty, but in the south it has not got beyond the islands that immediately adjoin the mainland. Delimitation southward at Frederick Sound, westward at Clarence Strait, is suggestive of in- .vasion from north and east. The coastal population of Sorex cinereus is comprised in just one subspecies, S. c. streator1, and that one is but slightly differentiated from the inland parent stock. The Dusky Shrew (Sorex obscurus), besides attaining to every island, has been long enough resident to have evolved four recognizable sub- species, S. o. alascensis in the region about Juneau, S. o. longicauda on the mainland coast farther south, S. 0. elassodon on most of the Alexander Archipelago and on the Queen Charlotte Islands, and S. 0. malitiosus on the small islands, Coronation and Warren. There are on the Alaskan coast small colonies of certain mammals, such as Marmot, Porcupine and Muskrat, that do not occur on the coast farther south. These obviously are derived from inland sources, and their presence affords evidence corroborative of the im- pression that many other components of the Sitkan mammal fauna came from the same direction. The one Sitkan mammal unmistak- ably of southern coastal origin is the Black-tailed Deer (Odocoileus columbianus). This is the only ungulate upon the islands, in con- trast to conditions in the adjacent interior, where Moose, Caribou, Mountain Goat and Mountain Sheep abound. Rare upon the main- land, this deer is extremely abundant on all the Alaskan islands, where it reaches the northernmost point attained by the genus Odocoileus. It is equally abundant upon Vancouver Island, but the species never reached the Queen Charlotte Islands. The Dusky Shrew, previously mentioned, is the only other mammal of which there seems a fair likelihood of arrival from the south along the coast. Among the mammals, as with the birds, there are well-defined forms that are restricted to the western islands, affording corrobora- tive evidence of an earlier fauna existent in that part. The peculiar distribution of Peromyscus sitkensis and Miucrotus coronarius is cer- tainly suggestive of these being representatives of a relict fauna. Vor. XXIII] SWARTH—FAUNA OF THE SITKAN DISTRICT, ALASKA 75 In studying the origins of a given fauna some light may be obtained through considering species that might be expected to occur within the area but do not. In the present case there are excellent examples at hand. There are no rabbits in the humid northwest coast region —a remarkable fact. There are rabbits over most of the world, in as widely diversified surroundings as any form of animal life, and the rabbit meets these varied conditions with a minimum of structural change. Under the circumstances, the absence of these animals from the coastal forests would seem to be due to there not having been time since establishment of those forests for invaders from the abun- dant rabbit population of the adjacent interior to have acquired any slight adaptations necessary for existence on the coast; in other words, that the coastal area has been habitable for a relatively brief period. There are no native cats in the northwest coast region. The Canada Lynx is of general distribution across subarctic North Amer- ica eastward from the Coast Ranges. In the periods when the fluc- tuating rabbit population is at its height the Lynx, too, increases in numbers, and at such times occasional individuals wander to the coast, but otherwise the species is absent from the rain-belt. That the Lynx has failed to establish itself in the Sitkan district, despite sporadic visitations that prove the animal’s ability to reach the place, might be ascribed to the absence of rabbits from that section, and of other suitable prey in sufficient quantity, but these apparent deficiencies do not supply a satisfactory explanation. It is a notable fact that the Puma has similarly failed to invade the Sitkan district from the south, under apparently favorable conditions. Deer, the usual prey of the Puma, extended their habitat northward and over the Sitkan islands as climatic conditions permitted, but the Puma, abundant on Vancouver Island, encountered some adverse influence north of that point that did not affect the Black-tailed Deer. This could not have been excessive rainfall alone, for there is not sufficient difference in this regard between the west coast of Vancouver Island and the Sitkan district. If the explanation lies in the difference in temperature, it bespeaks a notable lack of adaptability, that, in the period when the Deer was pressing northward, the Puma could not become accustomed to the relatively slight drop in temperature, even when supplied with an abundance of its accustomed food and under conditions where this food was singularly easy to secure. There is the suggestion here, in harmony with the general aspect of the Sitkan fauna, that the Alexander Archipelago acquired its deer population after the islands became water-girt, the intervening channels—no obstacle at all to deer—being barriers of absolute efficiency against Puma and Lynx. At any rate, the Sitkan district of Alaska and the British Columbia coast for a long distance south of Alaska, are uninhabited by any species of native cat. This is a deficiency to be pondered by those who believe that in the last 76 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. analysis the numbers of any species of animal are governed by the available supply of food. There are other species, too, such as Muskrat, Porcupine and Red Fox, to name some of the most notable, whose slight establishment upon the Alaskan coast or entire absence therefrom seem best ex- plained as due to the very recent accessibility of the region to those animals. Viewing the wide-spread and diversified habitats some of them already occupy, it is hard to believe in the presence of factors in the Sitkan surroundings that are sufficiently adverse to prohibit . existence there. The scanty colonies here and there of one species or another are strongly suggestive of a slow advance, each along some favorable path, the several species being thrust forward to varying degrees in the partly occupied territory. Coast and interior are widely different in details of the plant assemblages, with different trees and different shrubs, but certain types of surroundings are closely duplicated in the two sections. There are forests, bogs, and open, timberless mountain tops among the various ‘‘habitats’’ of the two regions; and scanning the distribution of certain of the ani- mals in question it is evident that acceptability of surroundings (the “‘ecological niche’’) is not necessarily determined elsewhere by the specific identity of the assembled plants. It is hard to believe that the Porcupine can thrive in white spruce forests but not in Sitka spruce. It is hard to believe that the presence of Franklin’s Grouse in a restricted portion of the Sitkan district is due to anything but the accidental and recent accessibility of the occupied area from the main stronghold of the species east of the Coast Range. AMPHIBIANS The limited amphibian population of the Sitkan district includes two invaders from the south, a toad of common and wide-spread occurrence, a newt that is found on many of the southern islands; and one immigrant from the east, a frog that barely enters the district. The Northern Toad (Bufo boreas boreas) is abundant on the coast as far north as Prince William Sound. It has attained this far northern point not only along the mainland coast but on the islands as well. It is on at least all the larger islands in Prince William Sound, those of the Alexander Archipelago, of the Queen Charlotte group, and on Vancouver Island. The wide-spread distribution of this toad is in strong contrast to the inability of any species of frog to become strongly established in the same region. The toad is a western species and may be surmised to have traveled northward along the coast. Just how it reached the many northern islands where it now occurs is not clear; the genus is not represented on any island south of the United States-Canada boundary line, though common enough on the adjacent mainland. Vor. XXIIT] SWARTH—FAUNA OF THE SITKAN DISTRICT, ALASKA 77 The Western Spotted Frog (Rana pretiosa) is the one species of frog that has reached the Sitkan district. It is a common species inland and it has extended its habitat the length of the Stikine River to Sergief Island, at the mouth of that stream. The salt water chan- nels beyond are clearly formidable barriers to farther range exten- sion, barriers that may never be passed; and the restriction of this frog emphasizes the query as to the means by which the toad achieved its present widespread distribution. The Pacific Coast Newt (Triturus torosus) is a coastal species that finds its northern limit in the Sitkan district and that probably reached this region in the same manner as, and together with, the Northern Toad. It has been found on enough of the islands of the Alexander Archipelago to make it seem likely that it occurs through- out the group. SUMMARY The facts that we have marshalled lead to the following con- clusions: The fauna and flora of the Sitkan district are of recent establishment there; probably none of the island area was free of ice and occupied by any of this animal and plant life prior to the close of Pleistocene time, and large sections may have become habitable only at a much later date. Local specific or subspecific characters in birds and mammals thus may all have developed since the Pleisto- cene. The bird species are mostly derived from the coastal region to the southward; these southern species were the first arrivals and have spread over most of the district. A few kinds came in from the north; a few kinds came through mountain passes and valleys from the east, and these are mostly of limited distribution in the eastern portion of the Sitkan district. Conditions that permitted the spread of birds from the south were unfavorable to most mammals. One southern mammal, the deer, was conspicuously successful in this immigration, and there may have been one or two others, but most of the mammals of the Sitkan district are from the east, whence approach by birds was apparently more difficult. Several northern mammals colonized certain north- ern islands of the Alexander Archipelago that were most easily accessible from that direction. The distribution of species over the Alexander Archipelago is to be explained mainly on the basis of the present accessibility of the islands. There is the added suggestion in the observed development of certain species and subspecies (as the Song Sparrow), that the westernmost islands, first to be cleared of their glacial covering, may have been first to be occupied by living things. Depth and width of the separating channels, however, were determined long before, so that with the disappearance of glacial ice, and with the arrival of animal life, these barriers were all functioning as they do today. 78 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. REFERENCES Brooks, A. H., Abbe, C., Jr., and Goode, R. U. 1906. The geography and geology of Alaska, a summary of existing knowledge, with a section on climate and a topo- graphic map and description thereof. U.S. Dept. Interior, Geol. Surv., Professional Paper no. 45, 327 pp., 34 pls., 6 figs. in text. Capps, Stephen R. 1915. An estimate of the age of the last great glaciation in Alaska. Journ. Wash. Acad. Sci., vol. 5, pp. 108-115, 4 text figs. Dawson, G. M. 1888. Recent observations on the glaciation of British Columbia and adjacent regions. Geol. Mag., Decade III, vol. 5, no. 8, pp. 347-350. Gilmore, Charles W. 1908. Smithsonian exploration in Alaska in 1907 in search of Pleistocene fossil vertebrates. Second expedition. Smithsonian Misc. Coll., LI, no. 1807, 38 pp., 13 pls. Nelson, E. W. 1887. Report upon natural history collections made in Alaska between the years 1877 and 1881. Arctic Series of Publications, U. S. Signal Service, III, 337 pp., 21 pls. Osgood, W. H. 1900. Results of a biological reconnoissance of the Yukon region. Annotated list of mammals. U.S. Dept. Agric., N. Am. Fauna, 19, pp. 21-45, pls. IV-VII. Quackenbush, L. S. 1909. Notes on Alaskan mammoth expeditions of 1907 and 1908... Bull... Am.; Mus: Nat. Hist... voli .26) pp. 87-130; pls. 17-25. Swarth, H. S. 1911. Birds and mammals of the 1909 Alexander Alaska expedition. Univ. Calif: ‘Publ:°Zool:vol. 7, ‘pp. 92a pls. 1-6, 3 text figs. Wetmore, A. 1927. Present status of the check-list of fossil birds for North . America. Auk, vol. 44, pp. 179-183. Wright, G. Frederick. 1887. Notes onthe glaciation of the Pacific coast. Am. Nat., vol. 21, pp. 250-256. Wright, Fred Eugene, and Wright, Charles Will. 1908. The Ketchikan and Wrangell mining districts, Alaska. U.S. Dept. Interior, Geol. Surv., Bull. 347, 210 pp., 12 pls. Jt PROCEEDINGS OF THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES FOURTH SERIES Voi. XXIII, No. 4, pp. 79-81. Avucust 12, 1936 No. 4 A NEW CENTRAL AMERICAN SNAKE BY JOSEPH R. SLEVIN Curator, Department of Herpetology, California Academy of Sciences Included in a collection of snakes made by the author while a guest of Sefor Juan Zenon Posadas at his coffee plantation on the southern slope of the Volcan Zunil, Suchitepequez, Guatemala, is a new species of Trimetopon. I take great pleasure in naming this species after my host, who was largely responsible for my success in collecting reptiles and amphibians in that most interesting region. My thanks are due Mr. Karl P. Schmidt and Dr. E. R. Dunn for examining the type specimen; they verified my conclusion that it represents an undescribed species. Trimetopon posadasi Slevin, new species Type.—No. 66964, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci. Herpetol. Southern slope Volcan Zunil, Suchitepequez, Guatemala. Collected by Joseph R. Slevin, August 8, 1924. Diagnosis. Male: scales in 17 rows; gastrosteges 138; urosteges 92c; anal divided; supralabials 7-7; infralabials 8-8; preoculars 1-1; postoculars 1-1; loreal 1-1; temporals 1+1—1+1; four infralabials in contact with the anterior chin shields; rostral broad and low. Color above uniform dark brown, with two outer scale rows lighter. Under surface uniform yellowish. A distinct yellowish collar band three to three and one-half scales wide engages the posterior tips of the parietals. Total length 276 mm.; tail 94 mm. August 12, 1936 80 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. Paratypes. Four paratypes, C. A. S. Herpetol. Nos. 66962, 66963, 66965, 66966 from the type locality, collected by Joseph R. Slevin, and one, Field Museum of Natural History No. 20420, from Olas de Moca, southern slope of Volcan Atitlan, Solola, Guatemala, collected by F. J. W. Schmidt, March 9, 1934, show that the under- surface of this species may be either yellowish or whitish in colora- tion; three of the specimens from the type locality and the one from Volcan Atitlan are of the latter color. 81 SLEVIN—A NEW CENTRAL AMERICAN SNAKE Vor. XXII] | Z+I—I+1 | I-I ot 0-5 | cri—I+t ‘fon a See Ai a lcs Os | syp40guma J, {Sra Eb =]! fo! 1vadoT SADINIO | SADINIO -180g -a4d 8-8 L-L c 9f6 67T LY é O7F0T 8-8 Lee C 9£6 crt Li © | 99699 8-8 Li C °08 trl Lt fo) $9699 8-8 Lok c °88 6et ue 6 £9699 8-8 L-L c °88 Lol LT 6) 79699 $1D1QD] | $]D1QD] | 1DUP| Sadajs | sadajs | smoy | xag "ON -pafuy | -padng -04Q) | -O4fSDD | ajpI¢ *SMOTION SV AXV SHdALVUVd AHL AO SLNNOOD ATVOS PROCEEDINGS OF THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES FOURTH SERIES VoL. XXIII, No. 5, pp. 83-84; 1 text figure. AucustT 12, 1936 No. 5 THE CRANIUM OF THE MIOCENE GANNET MORIS VAGABUNDUS WETMORE* BY LAWRENCE V. COMPTON Museum of Paleontology, University of California Doctor G. Dallas Hanna, of the California Academy of Sciences, has generously permitted me to examine and report upon a fossil bird cranium from the collection of the Academy. This specimen, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci. Paleo., No. 1732, is from the upper level of the Temblor Miocene, locality 2134, about eleven miles north of Bakersfield, Kern County, California, N. E. corner of Sec. 28, T. 27 S., R. 28 E., M. D. M., west branch of Granite Creek, collected by J. B. Stevens, 1929. The specimen (fig. 1) consists of the major part of the posterior portion of the skull. Many of the protruding ridges and processes have been broken away but the occipital region is intact except for the dorsal margin of the foramen magnum. There is an excellent cast of the right lobe, and half of the left lobe, of the cerebrum. This cranium is that of a gannet and it agrees with those char- acters of the gannets which separate the latter from the boobies. The crania of the gannets of the genus Moris differ from those of the boobies of the genus Sula in the following details: In Mortis the supraoccipital extends from the parietals to the foramen magnum at an angle of about 45 degrees; this bone is only slightly hollowed at its dorsal and lateral margins while its greater portion presents a smoothly rounded convex surface with a median crest only at its *Printed from the John W. Hendrie Publication Endowment. August 12, 1936 84 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. dorsal margin. In Sula the supraoccipital drops abruptly from the parietals to the foramen magnum; it has a general concave appear- ance and there is at least a trace of a median crest throughout its length. In Moris the posterior margins of the exoccipital processes are of a narrow columnar nature while in Sula they are thick and squat. Fig. 1. Dorsal view of the cranium of Moris vagabundus Wetmore. Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci. Paleo. No. 1732, natural size. Wetmore has described (Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., ser. 4, 19, 1930, p. 89) a gannet, Moris vagabundus, from the upper level of the Temblor Miocene. He states that this species is approximately the size of the living Red-footed Booby (Sula piscator). The smallest booby that I have had available for comparison is the Brewster Booby (Sula brewstert) which is but slightly larger than S. piscator. The fossil specimen under consideration is sufficiently smaller than S. brewstert as to place it in the size range of the fossil species M. vagabundus. The specimen comes from the same horizon, the upper level of the Temblor Miocene, as does M. vagabundus, but from a locality about seven miles northwest of the locality of the type specimen. I consider the foregoing evidence as sufficient for referring the cranium to Moris vagabundus. The fossil differs from the living gannets in having the parietals more swollen in the region of the cerebellum. There are now known three skeletal elements of this fossil gannet, namely, the type, which is the distal end of the humerus, a frag- mentary ulna which was referred to this species by Wetmore (op. cit., p. 91), and the cranium here described. I am indebted to Doctor Loye Miller, of the University of Cali- fornia at Los Angeles, for the loan, from his personal collection, of a skull of the living gannet M. bassana. The drawing was made by Mr. Owen Poe. PROCEEDINGS OF THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES FOURTH SERIES VoL. XXIII, No. 6, pp. 85-86. Avecust 12, 1936 No. 6 A NEW MEMBER OF THE BLENNY FAMILY BY ALVIN SEALE Superintendent, Steinhart Aquarium, California Academy of Sciences On December 3, 1934, the Steinhart Aquarium of the California Academy of Sciences received a shipment of live fishes from Suva, Fiji Islands. Included among these were two small blennies belong- ing to the genus Petroscirtes Riippell. These fishes were about 50 mm. in length, of a uniform bright yellow color, and very active and graceful in their movements. I placed them in a small salt water aquarium in my office for ob- servation, as I was unable to identify them with any known species. They lived in this tank without any plants or aeration of any sort for more than a month, when a misfortune caused the death of one; the other is still at this date (March, 1935) alive and in good condi- tion. It feeds freely on Artemia, small bits of raw beef or shellfish. Petroscirtes auratus Seale, sp. nov. The Golden Blenny The following description is based upon a careful examination of the preserved specimen, which is here made the type of the new species. Head 4 in length to base of caudal. Depth 4.5. Dorsal 40, the rays about equal in length. Anal 20. No scales nor lateral line. No tentacles. Eye large, 2.7 in head, greater in width than the evenly curved snout. Interorbital space 3.5 in August 12, 1936 86 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES (Proc. 4TH SER. head, being about equal to snout. Top of the head rugose, Teeth flat, sharp, moveable, two very large canines in lower jaw and two small ones in the upper. 1 The teeth is in number. Gill openings a short slit above the line of the pectorals. Dorsal continuous, unnotched, its origin slightly in advance of the gill openings, its posterior prostrate ray extending to caudal. Anal fin similar to dorsal, its origin midway between tip of snout and base of caudal. Ventrals jugular, of two rays. Caudal fin large, lyre shaped in life, the tips of the lobes being extended at least a third beyond the other rays, which are at least a third longer than the head. Pec- torals less than length of head. Color in life a uniform bright lemon yellow includ- ing all fins, except the middle portion of the caudal, which is colorless. In alcohol the color fades to a yellowish white. No spots nor stripes. Holotype: No. 5527, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci. Ichthyol. Collected by Charles Knudsen at Suva, Fiji Islands, Dec. 3, 1934. Length 53 mm. AO\ Al PROCEEDINGS foyzer® fiat OF THE FourtH SERIES MN £Y Voi. XXIII, No. 7, pp. 87-98, pls. 12-13, 1 text fig. Aprin 26, 1937 No. 7 THE FISHES OF THE ATLANTIC AND PACIFIC SLOPES NEAR CAJAMARCA, PERU* BY NATHAN E. PEARSON Associate Professor of Zoology Butler University From July to September 1923 the writer made a trip across the Western Andes of northern Peru from Pacasmayo to the Rio Mara- fion to collect fishes. Collections were secured from the Pacific slope and from the Atlantic slope down to an altitude of about 3500 feet. The trip was made for the department of Zoology of Indiana Uni- versity, under the direction of Dr. C. H. Eigenmann. The govern- ment of Peru coéperated by making grants for transportation. The region between Pacasmayo and the Rio Marafion is very rugged. Several small streams descend precipitously the western slope of the Andes to enter the Rio Jequetepeque. This river de- scends more gradually and enters the Pacific ocean after running across a very narrow coastal plain. During the dry season most of the water which descends the valley is used for irrigation. The divide between the Atlantic and Pacific slopes lies about 75 miles from the Pacific. Its elevation is nearly 12,000 feet. East of the continental divide the streams descend rapidly to the Rio Marafion, which lies between the two main cordilleras of the Andes at an eleva- tion of about 3500 feet in this region. *Printed from the John W. Hendrie Publication Endowment. This paper was filed for publication on June 16, 1930. Through no fault of the author its appearance has been delayed by a series of unforeseen circumstances. > 3 April 26, 1937 88 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. A railway extends from Pacasmayo to Chilete. From Chilete there is a pack train route through Cajamarca, Celendin, Balsas, and Chachapoyas. From Chilete this route leads up the valley of the Jequetepeque for several miles. Then, there is a rapid climb up the continental divide followed by a steep descent into the valley of the Rio Cajamarca. In this valley lies the ancient Inca city, Cajamarca. The Cajamarca valley lies at an elevation of more than 9000 feet. It is three miles wide at its greatest width and fifteen miles long. Several miles below Cajamarca the valley narrows, and the river drops rapidly before entering the Rio Crisnejas which is a tributary of the Marafion. The trail between Cajamarca and Celendin leads along a crest that is slightly higher than the continental divide. From Celendin the trail immediately climbs a third crest. The Marafion at Balsas can be seen from this crest. Seven hours are required for the descent to the river from this point. At Balsas a narrow suspension bridge spans the Marafion. This small village, with about twenty-five inhabitants, has a telegraph station, but no stores. Mail for the interior is met here by arrieros from Chachapoyas. Fishing at Balsas was difficult. The Marafion is a narrow, swiftly running stream at this point. Two side streams, that entered the Maranon from the highlands, gave better results than the river. The Marafion was fished at two other places, Pusoc, and at the mouth of the Rio Crisnejas. These places could not be reached by traveling up the Marafion. It was necessary to return to the high- lands and follow different trails down to the Marafion. There is no navigation along this part of the river, except on rafts made from balsa wood, and these are used only for crossing the river. The natives are not river-men. Most of them are unable to swim and they fear the river. Their homes are in the more healthful high- lands, and they go into the extremely hot and malarial laden valley of the Marafion only in order to tend and harvest crops. With the exception of tropical fruits, there is very little food in the valley. Workers carry food from the highlands with them. The lowland fishes rarely ascend the Marafion to Balsas, and the small Andean forms cannot be depended on for food. With the exception of the road to Balsas, the trails to the Marafion are known by very few people. They are narrow, poorly constructed, and seldom repaired. Travel over these trails was slow, arduous, and dangerous. The trip to the lower Crisnejas was made less arduous and a pleasure by Sefor Napoleon Puga, a Peruvian, who had graduated from Cornell University. He was superintending a part of his family’s large holdings of some three million acres along the Rio Crisnejas and Marafion. He had planned to inspect this part of the great hacienda which he had not visited for three years, and welcomed company on the long, lonely trip. His peons under his direction were a great aid. The usual methods for collecting fishes for scientific purposes were used: seines, the fish poison ‘‘cube,’’ dynamite, hook and line, divert- Vor. XXIII] PEARSON—FISHES NEAR CAJAMARCA, PERU 89 FACIFIC OCEAN Text figure 1. Map of the region between Pacasmayo and the Rio Marafion. ing water from small streams, etc. The fish poison ‘‘cube’’ gave the best results. Preservation was in alcohol, or in formalin from which the specimens were transferred to alcohol. Most of the fishes taken on the trip were small species typical of the Andean highlands. One species, Lebiasina bimaculata Cuvier and Valenciennes, is common to the Atlantic and Pacific slopes. Eigenmann discussed the distribution of this species in Science; Vol. LVIII, 1923, No. 1513, page 532. This mountain species is also found on the Pacific slope of Ecuador, but it had not previously been taken from the eastern slope. The species may have been carried across the divide by human agency. The early Indians were, no doubt, attracted by its beauty and vitality. The species can live for a long time in a minimum quantity of water. This would permit living specimens to be carried in small containers from the Pacific slope to the Cajamarca valley. Near Cajamarca there are a number of clear pools that are said to have been in existence before the con- quest of Peru by Pizarro. These could have served for aquaria, and they would have been an incentive to carry these attractive fishes across the divide. If the species has been carried across the divide recently, it may be restricted in its distribution along the eastern slope. The descriptions for the following species of characins which belong to the subfamily Tetragonopterinae, were included in: Eigenmann: The American Characida, Memoirs Museum Com- parative Zoology Harvard, Vol. XLIII, part IV, 1927, and part V, with Myers, 1929. Moenkhausia crisnejas Pearson, part V, page 524. Hemigrammus paipayensis Pearson, part V, page 533. Microgenys lativirgatus Pearson, part IV, page 355. 90 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [PRroc. 4TH SER. COLLECTION LOCALITIES Cajamarca, 9843 feet. Balsas, 3500 feet. Pusoc, also called Guayabamba, above Balsas, about 3700 feet. Huagal, at the head of the Rio Paipay, about 10,000 feet. Paipay, at the mouth of the Rio Paipay, about 3900 feet. Rio Crisnejas above Paipay, about 4000 feet. Tingo de Pauca, at the mouth of the Rio Crisnejas, about 3800 feet. Above Chilete, about 4000 feet. Lagoon Hornito, above Pacasmayo. Pacasmayo. eS ee ee —_ LisT OF THE FISHES OF THE ATLANTIC AND PACIFIC SLOPES NEAR CAJAMARCA, PERU The numbers refer to catalogue numbers in the Indiana University collection. These numbers are also used in the Ichthyological collec- tion of the California Academy of Sciences, the Indiana University collection having been transferred to the Academy in 1929. Family CHARACINIDAE Subfamily PROCHILODINAE 1. Prochilodus nigricans Agassiz, 1829. 17662, 2, 300 and 310 mm., Paipay, Rio Crisnejas. September. Subfamily LEBIASININAE 2. Lebiasina bimaculata Cuvier and Valenciennes, 1846. 17587, 19, 40-180 mm., Pacasmayo, Peru. September; 17588, 23, 23-108 mm., above Chilete, Peru. September; 17589, 4, 42-85 mm., Caja- marca, Peru. July; 17590, 66, 32-122 mm., Paipay, Rio Crisnejas, Peru. August. The distribution of this species was discussed in the introduction. Subfamily BRYCONINAE 3. Brycon stolzmanni Steindachner, 1879. 17596, 32, 137-206 mm., Balsas, Peru. July; 17597, 67, 32-83:mm., Paipay, Rio Crisne- jas, Peru. August; 17598, 33, 26-52 mm., Tingo de Pauca, Rio Marafion, Peru. September; 17599, 96, 26-44 mm., Pusoc, above Balsas, Peru. August. The type specimens of this species were taken at Chota, which is located on a tributary of the Marafion a few miles below Balsas, Peru. 4. Brycon atricaudata (Kner), 1863. 17593, 4, 186-195 mm., Lagoon Hornito, Pacasmayo, Peru. September; 17594, 3, 135-147 Vor. XXIII] PEARSON—FISHES NEAR CAJAMARCA, PERU 91 mm., mouth of Jequetepeque, Pacasmayo, Peru. September; 17595, 17, 38-88 mm., above Chilete, Peru. September. Subfamily TETRAGONOPTERINAE 5. Moenkhausia crisnejas Pearson, 1929. 17641, 26, 34-44 mm., Paipay, Rio Crisnejas, Peru. August. 6. Knodus breviceps (Eigenmann). 1908. 17612, 21, 29-59 mm., Tingo de Pauca, Rio Marafion, Peru. September; 17613, 13, 33-40 mm., Rio Pusoc, above Balsas, Peru. August. 7. Knodus moenkhausii (Eigenmann and Kennedy), 1903. 17614, 1, 68 mm., Rio Pusoc, above Balsas, Peru. August. 8. Hemigrammus paipayensis Pearson, 1929. 17643, many, 32-50 mm., Paipay, Rio Crisnejas, Peru. August; 17644, 12, 32-38 mm., Rio Pusoc, above Balsas, Peru. July. 9. Astyanax bimaculatus Linnaeus, 1758. 17607, 26, 33-94 mm., Paipay, Rio Crisnejas, Peru. September, 17608, 1, 74 mm., Rio Pusoc, above Balsas, Peru. August. 10. Astyanax maximus (Steindachner), 1875. 16019, 1, 181 mm., Rio Pusoc, above Balsas, Peru. August; 16020, 11, 125-158 mm., Tingo de Pauca, Rio Marafion, Peru. September. 11. Microgenys lativirgatus Pearson, 1927. 17642, 4, 56-71 mm., Rio Pusoc, above Balsas, Peru. August. 12. Bryconamericus peruanus (Miiller and Troschel), 1845. 17591, 93, 33-80 mm., Pacasmayo, Peru. September; 17592, 10, 24-65 mm., above Chilete, Peru. September. 13. Bryconamericus alfredae Eigenmann, 1927. 17615, 14, 32-66 mm., Paipay, Rio Crisnejas, Peru. August. The larger specimens have about 12 weak conical or tricuspid teeth along the greater part of the maxillary border. In the young the distal teeth have not developed. 14. Bryconamericus caucanus Eigenmann, 1913. 17603, many, 40-88 mm., Balsas, Peru. July; 17604, 138, 32-58 mm., Paipay, Rio Crisnejas, Peru. August; 17605, 4, 34-82 mm., Tingo de Pauca, Rio Marafion, Peru. September; 17606, 1, 41 mm., Rio Pusoc, above Balsas, Peru. August. 15. Hemibrycon huambonicus (Steindachner), 1882. 17609, 2, 62-63 mm., Paipay, Rio Crisnejas, Peru. August; 17610, 30, 64-88 mm., Balsas, Peru. July. 16. Hemibrycon helleri Eigenmann, 1927. 17611, 1, 65 mm., Pai- pay, Rio Crisnejas, Peru. September. 92 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. 17. Hemibrycon jelskii (Steindachner), 1875. 17640, 54, 30-40 mm., Rio Pusoc, above Balsas, Peru. August. 18. Creagrutus beni Eigenmann, 1911. 17600, 29, 43-74 mm., Balsas, Peru. July; 17601, 12, 31-70 mm., Tingo de Pauca, Rio Marafion. Peru. September; 17602, 83, 28-56 mm., Paipay, Rio Crisnejas, Peru. August. Subfamily CHARACINAE 19. Eucynopstamus gulo (Cope), 1870. 17616, 9, 124-196 mm., Tingo de Pauca, Rio Marafion, Peru. September; 17617, 2, 60-128 mm., Pusoc, above Balsas, Rio Marafion. Peru. August. Family GYMNOTIDAE 20. Sternarchus hasemani Ellis, 1913. 17618, 15, 71-291 mm., Tingo de Pauca, Rio Marafion, Peru. September; 17619, 1, 154 mm., Paipay, Rio Crisnejas, Peru. September. 21. Sternopygus macrurus (Bloch and Schneider); 1801. 17620, 1, 186 mm., Pusoc, above Balsas, Rio Marafion, Peru. August; 17621, 1, 317 mm., Tingo de Pauca, Rio Marafion, Peru. September. Family PIMELODIDAE 22. Pseudopimelodus pulcher Boulenger, 1887. 17625, 1, 101 mm., Tingo de Pauca, Rio Marafion, Peru. September. 23. Pimelodus ornatus Kner, 1857. 17635, 1, 486 mm., Balsas, Peru. July; 17636, 2, 337 and 450 mm., Rio Marafion at Pusoc, above Balsas. August. 24. Pimelodella gracilis (Valenciennes) 1847. 17626, 28, 54-212 mm., Tingo de Pauca, Rio Marafion, Peru. September; 17627, 3, 155-157 mm., Pusoc, Rio Marafion, above Balsas. August. 25. Pimelodella yuncensis Steindachner, 1902. 17628, 22, 24-65 mm., above Chilete, Peru. September; 17629, 3, 48-54 mm., Pacas- mayo, Peru. September. 26. Imparfinis bolivianus Pearson, 1924. 17632, 2,42 and53mm., Pusoc, Rio Marafion, above Balsas, Peru. August. 27. Nannorhamdia longicauda (Boulenger), 1887. 17630, 41, 37-88 mm., Tingo de Pauca, Rio Marafion, Peru. September; 17631, 6, 32-78 mm., Paipay, Rio Crisnejas, Peru. August. This species was figured and described. by Boulenger from four specimens as Pimelodus (Rhamdia) longicauda. They were taken at Vor. XXIII] PEARSON—FISHES NEAR CAJAMARCA, PERU 93 Canelos, Ecuador. Boulenger did not describe the fontanels. Eigen- mann and Eigenmann referred the specimens to Rhamdia. They have since been referred to Nannorhamdia, but differ by not having a free orbital margin. ; Head covered with skin; occipital process short; fontanel extend- ing to the base of the occipital process, a narrow bridge crossing it at the level of the posterior margin of the eye; the length of the adipose disagrees with that given in the description but agrees with the figure, 3.25-3.7 in the length measured to the base of the caudal; otherwise as in Boulenger’s description. 28. Chasmocranus quadrizonatus Pearson, new species Holotype: No. 17659, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci., Ichthyol., 35 mm., Tingo de Pauca, Rio Marafion, Peru. Sept.; and paratype: No. 17660, 28 mm., Pusoc, Rio Marafion, Peru. Aug. Head 4.3; depth 5.4; D. 7.5; A. 11; width of head slightly less than its length; eye 5 in the head, 2 in the snout, 1.8 in the interocular space, without a free orbital margin; head rounded; tail compressed; tip of the occipital crest much nearer the dorsal than to the tip of the snout; fontanel long and narrow, interrupted above the posterior third of the eye; anterior nostril much nearer the tip of the snout than to the posterior nostril; upper jaw slightly the longer; premaxillary band of teeth about 3.2 in its length; maxillary barbels extending to the posterior third of the pectorals, outer mentals to the gill opening, inner mentals not quite so long; base of mental barbels in a straight line, their distance from the edge of the lower lip less than the distance between them; distance of the dorsal from the tip of the snout about 2.4 in the length, the spine not pungent, the rays from the first gradu- ally decreasing in height; pectorals about equal to the head in length, extending to the base of ventrals, the spine not pungent; origin of the ventrals below the second dorsal ray; origin of the anal under origin of the adipose; caudal forked, the lobes of about equal length; adipose 4.5 in the length. A narrow light band just back of the head and above the gill openings; the back with 4 wide dark brown bands, the first in front of the dorsal, the second extending from the posterior two-thirds of the dorsal to the tip of the depressed dorsal, the third through the middle of the adipose, the fourth is at the base of the caudal; the bases of the upper and lower caudal lobes with a white spot. The smaller speci- men from Pusoc unmarked. Family PyGIDIIDAE 29. Pygidium taczanowskii (Steindachner), 1882. 17645, 13, 96-203 mm., Tingo de Pauca, Rio Marafion, September; 17646, 10, 31-101 mm., and 2, 234 and 270 mm., Balsas, Peru. July. All of No. 17645 agree with Steindachner’s description and figure except a single specimen. It differs by having a wide dark streak extending from the angle of the gill opening to the middle of the base of the caudal; a second lighter and narrower stripe extends just below the dorsal fin from the head, fading out between the dorsal and the caudal base; the general background is light. 94 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. The smaller specimens from No. 17646 agree with the striped specimen described above, except for the median lateral stripe, which extends to the end of the caudal. The larger specimens have the ‘head, back, and sides with irregular dark spots. 30. Pygidium punctulatum piurae Eigenmann, 1922. 17638, 26, 44-137 mm., above Chilete, Peru. September; 17639, 31, 43-75 mm., above Pacasmayo, Peru. September. 31. Pygidium rivulatum (Cuvier and Valenciennes), 1846. 17637, many, 42-77 mm., Cajamarca, Peru. July. Family CETOPSIDAE 32. Cetopsis plumbeus Steindachner, 1882. 17623, 3, 71-91 mm., Tingo de Pauca, Rio Marafion, Peru. September; 17624, 1,55 mm., Pusoc, above Balsas, Rio Marafion, Peru. August. Family ASTROBLEPIDAE (ARGIDAE) 33. Astroblepus peruanus (Steindachner), 1879. 17648, many, 26-64 mm., Huagal, Peru. August; 17649, many, 24-62 mm., Caja- marca, Peru. August. 34. Astroblepus rosei Eigenmann, 1922. 17647, 36, 24-85 mm., above Chilete, Peru. September. 35. Astroblepus longifilis (Steindachner), 1882. 17663, 1,27 mm., Balsas, Peru. July. 36. Astroblepus supramollis Pearson, new species Plate 13, fig. 3 Co-types: No. 17650, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci., Ichthyol., many, 24-80 mm., Balsas, Peru. July; No. 17651, 31 specimens, 46-80 mm., Balsas, Peru. July; No. 17652, 36 specimens, 50-75 mm., Tingo de Pauca, Rio Marafion, Peru. September. The general appearance is that of A. sabalo (Cuvier and Valen- ciennes). None of the specimens indicate, however, that the adipose fin would be as high as those found in large specimens of A. sabalo; they are very close to A. trifasciatus (Eigenmann) in this respect and in the nature of the markings. Steindachner figured A. sabalo witha high adipose and with marbled markings; none of the above larger specimens show the marbled markings; they are spotted or uniformly brown. Those of No. 17651 have the body entirely without mark- ings. Vor. XXIII] PEARSON—FISHES NEAR CAJAMARCA, PERU 95 The larger specimens are sexually mature. In life they had a transparent jelly-like substance beneath the skin on top of the head and in front of the dorsal. In the preservative the substance dis- appeared and the skin became wrinkled. Head 3-3.3; depth 5.8-6.4; D.7; A.7; interocular width slightly less than the distance between the eye and the posterior nostril, approximately 4.2 in the head; nasal flap triangular, produced in a small barblet in the larger specimens, maxillary barbel lacking about 0.7 of its length reaching the gill opening; premaxillary teeth compressed, the outer series mostly unicuspid, a few near the symphysis Y-shaped, the tips narrowly rounded; mandible with fewer teeth, all Y-shaped; pectoral spine produced into a filament, the spine and filament extending to about the second fifth of the ventrals; origin of the ventrals considerably in advance of the dorsal; ventrals not quite reaching the anal opening; anal opening about 0.7 of the distance between the origin of the ventrals and the base of the anal; anal not near reaching the base of the caudal when depressed; outer caudal rays produced; adipose spine movable, well developed, connected to the back by a thin membrane, its length greater than the interocular width; the part of the adipose fin in advance of the base of the spine low, not fleshy, in some specimens scarcely distinguishable; dorsal spine 1.5-1.7 times in the head, only slightly produced; distance of the dorsal from the tip of the snout about 2.1 in the length. The young marbled, usually with a light band just in front of the dorsal followed by a wide band which reaches to the tip of the depressed dorsal, then follow four light and dark bands that vary in width; in the larger specimens the light bands become spotted and frequently uniformly clouded. Caudal usually irregularly spotted, in the larger specimens the posterior half becomes sooty. Dorsal in the young with 1 or 2 rows of spots which become indistinct in the larger specimens. 37. Astroblepus labialis Pearson, new species Plate 13, fig. 4 Co-types: No. 17653, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci., Ichthyol., 7 speci- mens, 47-71 mm. Balsas, Peru. July. Characterized by the very wide lips. Head 3.3-3.6; depth 5.3-6; D.7; A.7; interocular slightly less than the distance between the eye and the posterior nostril, 3.8—4 times in the head; nasal flap tri- angular, moderate, not produced; premaxillary teeth compressed, the tips rather narrowly rounded, mostly unicuspid with a few Y-shaped teeth at the symphysis; barbels not near reaching gill opening, lacking approximately one-half their length of extending to the gill opening; pectoral spine slightly produced, the spine with the filament extending almost to the tip of the ventrals in some specimens, only to the middle of the ventrals in the others; origin of the ventrals considerably in advance of the dorsal; the extent of the ventrals variable, usually three-fourths of the distance to the anal opening; depressed anal not quite reaching the caudal; caudal deeply emarginate, the outer caudal rays only slightly produced, adipose fin low, weakly developed; adipose spine movable, connected to the back by a narrow thin membrane, its length equals the interocular width; dorsal spine 1.3 in the length of the head; the distance of the origin of the dorsal from the tip of the snout 2.33 in the total length. Back with a well defined dark streak, the body otherwise uniformly light brown; rays dusky. f rd the base of the caudal dark; dorsal spine and outer caudal rays spotted, the caudal > | : se) 96 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. Family LoRICARIIDAE 38. Plecostomus plecostomus Linnaeus, 1758. 17658, 1, 88 mm., Pusoc, above Balsas, Rio Marafion, Peru. August. 39. Chaetostomus brevis Regan, 1904. 17633, 30, 38-101 mm., Balsas, Peru. July; 17634, 26, 48-102 mm., Tingo de Pauca, Rio Marafion, Peru. September. Several specimens have the anal 1.5, and in this respect agree with C. dermorhynchus Boulenger. Some of the smaller specimens may represent another species. 40. Chaetostomus mollinasus Pearson, new species Plate 13, figs. 1 and 2 Co-types: No. 17654, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci., Ichthyol., 8 speci- mens, 37-68 mm., Balsas, Peru. July; No. 17655, 5 specimens, 41-53 mm., Cajamarca, Peru. July. Characterized by the nature of the snout. The larger specimens when alive have a soft jelly-like roll which borders the snout. It extends from the interopercula, becoming larger anteriorly. In the preservative the jelly-like substance disappears leaving a superfluous amount of skin on the snout. In the following measurements the soft snout is not included. Head 3-3.3; depth approximately 6; D.I.9; A.I.3; head slightly broader than long, 2.2 as long as deep; eye approximately 8 in the head, 2.5 in the interorbital width; interorbital 3.25—3.5 in the head, snout 1.6 times; length of the mandibular ramus slightly greater than the interorbital width; interoperculum with 9-11 short spines; 23-24 scutes in a longitudinal series; 9 or 10 between the anal and the caudal; dorsal slightly rounded, the spine about equal to the snout in length; length of the dorsal slightly less than its distance from the base of the middle caudal rays; adipose fin small, well developed; pectoral spine just reaching base of ventral; caudal peduncle 2—2.2 as long as deep. Color, olive brown when preserved in alcohol, light brown in formalin; dorsal and anal with 4 or 5 rows of spots, the spots irregular on the caudal. 41. Loricaria puganensis Pearson, new species Co-types: No. 17656, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci., Ichthyol., 10 speci- mens, 86-141 mm., Pusoc, Rio Marafion, Peru. Aug.; No. 17657, 5 specimens, 123-220 mm., Tingo de Pauca, Rio Marafion, Peru. Sept. Closely related to Loricaria gymnogaster Eigenmann, differing chiefly in the greater body width and the lesser length. Head 4.2—4.5; depth 7.8-9.2; D.1.7; A.I.5; breadth of head 1.24-1.3 in its length, eye 6.5-7, interorbital approximately 4.5, snout 1.8; head slightly roughened; snout pointed; the supraoccipital without a keel; orbit with a broad shallow notch; Voi. XXIIT] PEARSON—FISHES NEAR CAJAMARCA, PERU 97 lips with well developed papille, becoming smaller and less distinct posteriorly, margined posteriorly with short fringes, the fringes much longer anteriorly; lower lip slightly emarginate; barbel extending to the posterior margin of the lip; 31-32 scutes in a longitudinal series, the lateral keels united on the last 7 or 8 plates; lower surface of the head naked; abdomen in advance of the ventrals with small granular plates, between the base of the ventrals and ventrals naked; an enlarged plate in front of anal opening, usually it is broken in 2 or 3 plates; breadth of body at the level of first anal ray 3.1-3.4 times in the distance from that point to the caudal; dorsal spine 1.3 in the length of the head; pectoral spine extending to the second third of the ventral; upper caudal ray with a filament somewhat longer than the body. Back with 4 cross bars; all fins spotted, the spots on the rays; the spots frequently run into bands on the caudal. Named in honor of Sefor Napoleon Puga who aided in the work along the Rio Crisnejas. Family MuGILIDAE 42. Agonostomus monticola (Bancroft), 1836. 17661, many, 31-70 mm., Pacasmayo, Peru. September. Family CICHLIDAE 43. Aequidens rivulatus (Giinther), 1859. 17585, 12, 38-130 mm., Lagoon Hornito, Pacasmayo, Peru. September; 17586, 15, 15-138 mm., above Chilete, Peru. September. 98 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. PLATE 12 Fig. 1. The Rio Crisnejas at the junction of the Paipay. Fig. 2. The Rio Marafion near Pusoc, above Balsas. PLATE 13 Fig. 1. Chaetostomus mollinasus Pearson, new species. Co-type. No. 17654, 68 mm. Balsas, Peru. Fig. 2. Chaetostomus mollinasus Pearson, new species. Ventral view of same co-type. Fig. 3. Astroblepus supramollis Pearson, new species. Co-type. No. 17650, Balsas, Peru. Fig. 4. Astroblepus labialis Pearson, new species. Co-type. No. 17653, 71 mm. Balsas, Peru. | PEARSON ! Plate 12 PROC. CAL. ACAD. SCI., 4th Series, Vol. XXIII, No. 7 PROC. CAL. ACAD. SCI., 4th Series, Vol. XXIII, No. 7 [PEARSON] Plate 13 PROCEEDINGS OF THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES NS FOURTH SERIES Vor. XXIII, No. 8, pp. 99-114. May 28, 1937 No. 8 THE FISHES OF THE BENI-MAMORE AND PARAGUAY BASINS, AND A DISCUSSION OF THE ORIGIN OF THE PARAGUAYAN FAUNA* BY NATHAN E. PEARSON Associate Professor of Zoology Butler University The resemblance of the freshwater fish fauna of the La Plata to that of the Amazon basin has been known since the earliest collec- tions were made in those regions. During the past fifty years the identification of a great amount of material taken from numerous localities in those river systems has further emphasized this simi- larity. Jordan (’96) pointed out that the marshy character of the upland between the Tapajos and the Paraguay would permit the free move- ment of fishes between the two basins. Eigenmann (’06) and Eigen- mann, McAtee, and Ward (’07) directed attention to the low nature of the divide between the Guaporé and some of the principal head- waters of the Paraguay and suggested this as a possible migratory route. Haseman (’12) was unable to account for the remarkable simi- larity of the freshwater fish fauna in many of the smaller river basins whose headwaters are near those of the Amazon, by migration of forms now existent in the Amazon, and used the Paraguay and Amazon basins as examples to illustrate the hypothesis of parallel evolution as applied to the South American freshwater fish problem. *Printed from the John W. Hendrie Publication Endowment. This paper was filed for publication on June 16, 1930. Through no fault of the author its appearance has been delayed by a series of unforeseen circumstances. May 28, 1937 100 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER, Eigenmann and Eigenmann (’91), and Eigenmann (’09) compared the then known faunas of the La Plata and Amazonian systems. Eigenmann, McAtee, and Ward (’07) compared the rather com- pletely known fauna of the Paraguay with that of the Amazon. No study, however, has been made of the relationship of the fauna of any of the northern affluents of the La Plata and southern affluents of the Amazon whose headwaters intermingle on the highlands of Matto Grosso. This has been due to a lack of knowledge of the nature of the complete fauna from any of the southern affluents of the Amazon. During the past twenty-five years the identification of large collec- tions taken from the Beni, Guaporé, and Mamoré basins has made this region well known ichthyologically, and a comparison of the fauna of the Paraguay with that of the Beni- Mamoré is now possible. The close similarity of the Beni-Mamoré to the Paraguay in size, physical, geographical, and geological features has given many environments that are practically identical. The two systems appar- ently differ only in respect to the smaller size and more tropical posi- tion of the former, and the slightly lower altitude of the latter. These similar conditions, the rich faunas of the two basins, and the low- land divide between them, which is older than the South American freshwater fish fauna, make a comparison of the two regions doubly interesting. As yet the faunas of the Xingu, Tapajos, and Tocantins are imper- fectly known. This report was made as a part of the general plan for the study of the problem of the distribution of the South American freshwater fishes as outlined by Eigenmann (’06 and ’09). The first intensive work under this plan was done in British Guiana, followed by Colum- bia, and the western slopes of the Andes. After exhaustive work in these regions, attention was turned to the problem on the eastern slope of the Andes, which had been started several years previously. Large collections had been made and were being identified, mono- graphs were being prepared and the work was well under way at the time of Dr. Eigenmann’s death on April 24, 1927. The collections made by Dr. Carlos Ternetz in the Tocantins will greatly increase the knowledge of the fishes of that basin when they are studied. Dr. Ternetz, who was an unusually expert fish collector, collected for Dr. Carl H. Eigenmann from September 1923 to May 1925 in the Tocantins, Lower Amazon, Rio Negro, Cassiquiare and Orinoco. This is one of the largest fish collections to come out of South America and is probably second only to the Agassiz collections that were made during the Thayer Expedition to Brazil. The Ter- netz collection was acquired by the California Academy of Sciences along with the entire Indiana University fish collection, and is now located in the Museum of that institution in San Francisco. Vor. XXIII] PEARSON—FISHES OF BENI-MAMORE AND PARAGUAY BASINS 101 PHYSICAL AND GEOLOGICAL FEATURES The Beni-Mamoré drain an area slightly smaller than the Para- guay. Both rivers extend into the eastern slope of the Bolivian Andes. Each drains a part of the highlands of Matto Grosso and large parts of the Gran Chaco, which is the low broad plain of northern Argentina, Paraguay, and southeastern Bolivia. The Beni- Mamoré system extends farther south than any other part of the Amazonian system. Between 14 and 19 degrees it has the same lati- tude as the Paraguay. The Beni-Mamoré system is composed of three large converging streams, the Beni, Mamoré, and the Guaporé. The Beni and the Mamoré have their sources in the Andes near La Paz and Cocha- bamba respectively. The Beni is fed chiefly by streams from the Andes, whereas the Mamoré receives many tributaries from the grassy plains of Bolivia. Both of the latter streams run across alluvial deposits of Quaternary age for the greater part of their course; then they flow over Archaean rocks at Cachuela Esperanza and Guajua Mirim. Below these falls, at Villa Bella, the streams unite to form the Madeira river. At this point the altitude is approxi- mately 450 feet. Above the falls, the Beni and Mamoré rivers are navigable by steam launches to the foothills of the Andes. The Guaporé has its source on the highlands of Matto Grosso near some of the headwaters of the Paraguay and receives many short streams flowing from Serra dos Parecis. The converging headwaters of the Paraguay after a short course over the level campos of the highlands of Matto Grosso drop quickly to an altitude of about 700 feet. In some streams this drop is com- pleted not more than 100 miles from their sources. After the rivers leave the highlands, they are navigable by steam launches to the mouth of the La Plata. For the greater part of its course the Para- guay runs through swamps and marshes on alluvial deposits of Quaternary age. It joins the Parana at an altitude of about 150 feet. Many short tributaries are received from the east. Their sources are in the Triassic and Cretaceous formations of the southern extension of the highlands between the Parana and Paraguay rivers. From the west the Paraguay receives its longest and largest tribu- tary, the Pilcomayo. It arises within a few miles of some of the Andean sources of the Mamoré, flows southeastward across the Gran Chaco to join the Paraguay near Asuncion. The following quotations describe the highlands of Matto Grosso over which the fishes of the Amazon are supposed to have had access to the Paraguay: Reclus (’95), page 252, says: ‘“‘The divide between the sources of the Guaporé and the headwaters of the Para- guay scarcely exceeds 1650 feet in altitude, and the Brazilian uplands appear to be connected with those of the Chiquitos territory only by a very narrow isthmus of ancient rocks. Here is the true geographical centre of South America. 102 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. “On the maps a continuous chain of mountains is traced between the Madeira and Tapajoz basins, then between the Tapajoz and Paraguay, and lastly between the Tapajoz and the Araguaya. Yet it is certain that this semi-circular ridge has but a fragmentary existence. The heights dominating the plains of the Upper Paraguay and its affluents are in reality merely the escarpments of a plateau dis- posed in horizontal or very slightly inclined strata, and eroded by the streams now descending towards the Amazons. The rampart itself has a mean elevation of no more than 1650 feet, and above the edge of the plateau rise a few isolated crests, attaining here and there a height of some 3000 feet. “Thus the orographic system of the Matto Grosso watershed indifferently called ‘cordilheria’ or ‘campos’ dos Parexi, from the local tribe, presents a mountainous aspect, only as seen from the south. On this steep side the face of the escarpment is carved into rocky walls, sharp peaks, or needles. But on the opposite side, facing the Tapajoz and Zingu basins, nothing is seen except a long gently inclined slope gradually merging in the Amazonian plains.” On page 254 Reclus (’95) continues: ‘Another remarkable phenomenon is the intermingling of its (Paraguay) far- thest headstreams with those of the Amazon’s affluents. The Jauru, former frontier stream between the Spanish and Portuguese possessions, approaches so near to the Guaporé that it was found easy to connect the two systems by an artificial canal. The Aguapehy affluent of the Jauru is separated from the Alegre, which joins the Guaporé near Matto Grosso, only by a narrow isthmus of slight elevation, and not more than half a mile wide. In 1772 a canal was cut through the divide, large enough to admit a six-oared boat, and other attempts to establish a permanent communication between the two waterways have failed only through lack of suffi- cient traffic to support such works.” Hartt (70), pages 503-504, states: “The rivers Xingu, Tapajos and Paraguay all take their rise in this plain within a few miles of one another near Diamontino, and the watershed is so low that wooden canoes ascend the Tapajos from Santarem, cross over, and embark on the Paraguay, descending to Villa Maria.’”’ This plain, according to Hartt, who quotes from Chandless, ‘‘has nothing of a mountainous character. It is simply a high range of country varying but little in its general elevation though deeply grooved by the valleys of the rivers.” DISTRIBUTIONAL DATA In the following consideration the freshwater forms that are marine in character and, consequently, whose distribution does not depend upon fresh water are not included. Reference to the distribu- tion list will show that only a very few such species exist. The following table gives a summary of the fishes that are found in the Paraguay and the Beni-Mamoré basins: Families Genera Species Taken: from Beni-Mamorés 2 hese st selene ee 141 275 Taken from Paraguay..... POLAR fear 138 307 Common to Paraguay and Beni- Mamoré PAM ety 18 86 120 Common to Paraguay and entire Amazon....... 21 122 176 Common to Beni-Mamoré and entire La Plata... 19 99 121 Taken from Paraguay but not from Beni-Mamoré 3 52 187 Taken from Paraguay but not from Amazon basin 0 16 131 Taken from Beni-Mamoré but not from La Plata. 3 42 154 Vou. XXIII] PEARSON—FISHES OF BENI-MAMORE AND PARAGUAY BASINS 103 The above table shows, as might be expected from the agreement in physical features, that the two basins are nearly equally rich in genera. The slightly larger Paraguay basin contains a few more | species than the Beni-Mamoré. Beni-Mamoré Basin. Three families, Cetopsidae, Astroblepidae, and Electrophoridae, are found in the Beni-Mamoré that have not been taken in the Paraguay. Cetopsidae have been reported from elsewhere in the La Plata and might be expected in the Paraguay. The Astroblepidae are strictly an Andean family, and a collection from the upper reaches of the Pilcomayo would undoubtedly contain representatives. The Electrophoridae contain a single genus which includes the electric eels; these forms seem not to be represented in the La Plata basin. Of the 141 genera found in the Beni-Mamoré, 86, or 61 per cent, are found in the Paraguay; 13 of the remaining 55 genera are found elsewhere in the La Plata basin. Thus 99, or 70 per cent, of the genera are common to the Beni-Mamoré and La Plata basins. Of the 42 genera that have been found in the Beni-Mamoré that have not been found in the La Plata, Acrobrycon, Hemibrycon, and Astro- blepus are Andean forms, and might be expected in the Andean head- waters of the Pilcomayo. Of the remaining 39 genera, 18 contain a single species; each of the remaining 21 genera contain fewer than ten species. Of the 275 species found in the Beni-Mamoré, 120, or 43.6 per cent, have been taken in the Paraguay. Of the remaining 155 found in the Beni-Mamoré only a single species has been reported from elsewhere in the La Plata. The above data indicate that the fishes of the Beni-Mamoré do not have free access to the Paraguay at the present time. The divide between the Guaporé and the Paraguay acts as a barrier to more than half of the specific fauna of the Beni-Mamoré. The important genera that are found in the Beni-Mamoré system have had access to the La Plata system. This access seems to have been during relatively recent times, inasmuch as the genera which have been found in the Beni-Mamoré and not in the La Plata are, for the most part, small and unimportant. Sufficient time has elapsed, however, for the independent derivation of more than half of the specific fauna of the Beni-Mamoré. It is interesting to note here, the relation of the fauna of the Beni- Mamoré to that of the Amazon. Five, or 3.5 per cent, of the genera, all of which contain a single species, and 54, or 19 per cent, of the species found in the Beni-Mamoré have not been found elsewhere in the Amazon basin. Paraguay Basin. Eighteen families are common to the Paraguay and Beni-Mamoré basins. Three families, Hypophthalmidae, Aspre- dinidae, and Poeciliidae, have been taken from the Paraguay that 104 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. have not been found in the Beni-Mamoré. The first family is present, no doubt, somewhere in the Beni-Mamoré. The second family is represented by a single species in the Paraguay, Dysichthys australe, which Haseman (’11) considered synonymous with Bunocephalus rugosus. This species belongs to the Bunocephalidae, which is repre- sented in the Beni-Mamoré. The third family should have been found somewhere in the Beni-Mamoré. Of the 138 genera found in the Paraguay 86, or 62.3 per cent, are also found in the Beni-Mamoré; 36 of the remaining 52 genera are found elsewhere in the Amazon basin. Thus 122, or 85.5 per cent, of the genera are common to the Paraguay and Amazon basins. Of the 16 genera that are found in the Paraguay that have not been taken anywhere in the Amazon, Paravandellia, Mixobrycon, Bertont- olus, Piabarchus, and Neofundulus are each known from a single type specimen. Mimagoniates, Vesicatrus, Branchioica, and Rivulichthys contain single species from restricted localities. The remaining 7 genera are more or less widely distributed in the La Plata basin; one contains a single species; two contain two species; and four contain three species. Of the 307 species found in the Paraguay 120, or 39 per cent, have been taken in the Beni-Mamoré. Of the remaining 187 species found in the Paraguay 56 have been found elsewhere in the Amazon. Thus a total of 176, or 57.3 per cent, of the species found in the Paraguay are also found somewhere in the Amazon basin. This leaves 131, or 43 per cent, that are found in the Paraguay basin but not anywhere in the Amazon. The above data indicate that the Paraguay has not secured that part of its fauna which it has in common with the Amazon basin from the fauna now present in the Beni-Mamoré. Other parts of the Amazon have contributed to it. The Xingu, Tapajos, and Tocantins may have played as important roles as the Guaporé. The few unimportant genera that are peculiar to the Paraguay indicate that its fauna was received relatively recently. But suffi- cient time has elapsed for the derivation of 43 per cent of its species. The Saé Francisco and coastal streams may have contributed a few species to the Paraguay. This is indicated by the 35 species that are common to the Paraguay, the Sad Francisco and the coastal streams; of these only 15 have been taken from the Amazon basin. ORIGIN OF THE FISHES OF THE PARAGUAY The close resemblance of the fishes of the Paraguay to the enor- mous and diversified fauna of the Amazon indicates their origin from the Amazonian forms. Furthermore, the nature of the divide between the two basins indicates that the fishes of the Amazon basin have had access to the Paraguay basin. Haseman (’12), however, considered the precipitous falls in the rivers leaving the plateau of Matto Grosso to have been effective Vor. XXIII] PEARSON—FISHES OF BENI-MAMORE AND PARAGUAY BASINS 105 barriers to fish migration since the early Mesozoic epoch, except for certain generalized highland genera. This was before the present forms had evolved. Therefore, he was unable to explain the simi- larity of the Paraguayan fauna to that of the Amazon by migration. He explained the similarity of the Paraguayan fauna to that of the Amazonian by the hypothesis of ‘‘similar evolution in unconnected but similar environments’”’ from a primitive and generalized highland stock which was present before the present configuration of the vast Amazonian region was attained. When the primitive and general- ized forms reached the Paraguayan and Amazonian systems they were supposed to have undergone parallel evolution. The geological history of the highlands of Matto Grosso and the Amazon basin, and the place of origin of the South American fresh- water fish fauna indicate the Paraguayan fauna has reached that place only by migration through the Amazon valley and over the divide between the Amazon and the La Plata basins. The highlands of Matto Grosso, where the headwaters of the Paraguay and the southern affluents of the Amazon take their origin, are Permian or older (Branner ’19). Therefore some of the rivers which leave these highlands have flowed northward toward what is now the Amazon basin long before freshwater fishes were present in South America, probably before Cretaceous times. The freshwater deposits of the late Tertiary period, which have been found along that part of the Amazon receiving the Madeira and Tapajos rivers, indicate a very low valley at that time. Agassiz (68) considered the region between the highlands of Guiana and Brazil to have been below the sea before the Tertiary rise of the Andes. Haseman (’12) thought the Amazon basin had been above the sea since Permian times, and contained a westward flowing river until the Tertiary uplift of the Andes forced the water eastward. In either case it is rather certain that the Amazon basin was below sea level or very low during the latter part of the Mesozoic era. This was earlier than the establishment of any of the now existent genera of freshwater fishes. The freshwater fish fauna of South America seems to have been derived from the north. Eigenmann (’09) stated that the distribu- tion of the characinids and cichlids lent support to the Archhelenis theory. This theory gave the forms an origin from the hypothetical land bridge between Africa and South America, and has gained but little support among ichthyologists, who regard the similarity of the South American and African faunae as more superficial than real. Haseman (’12) gave the South American fish fauna a North Ameri- can origin during the Miocene period. Evidence for this was based on Priscacara, a genus of fossil cichlids of doubtful relationship, which had been taken from Green River and Bridger Eocene of Wyoming and Utah. Nichols and Griscom (’17) considered the origin of the cichlids as probably marine during the Tertiary, and Nichols (’30) gave a northern origin to the catfishes and characinids. 106 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES (Proc. 4TH Ser. Osborn (’10) considered the general South American fauna as having been derived from North America. Fossil characinids belonging to the genera Lignobrycon and Eobry- con, which agree most closely with Brycon, Henochilus, and Sal- minus, have been found in the Tertiary deposits near Sa6 Paulo, Brazil, and a third fossil genus has been described from scales taken from the Tertiary deposits at Huacho, Peru. Probably no genera of characinids which exist now were present until after the beginning of the Tertiary period, when the freshwater fishes probably entered the Amazon basin. At the time they entered, the Amazon basin was being formed, and the fishes before reaching the Paraguay had to pass through the developing Amazon basin. Here adaptive radiation began in every conceivable direction. Before the entrance of the fishes the Tocantins, Tapajos, Xingu, and Madeira or similar streams flowed toward the Amazon, and their tributaries were cut- ting back into the ancient highlands of Brazil. These highlands were the divide between the La Plata and the Amazon basins long before the fishes entered South America. Therefore the fishes have never had anything but a highland route over which to enter the Paraguay. If it is true that the highlands are a complete barrier at the present time as Dr. Haseman attempted to show and the character of the fishes of the two slopes may indicate, then there must have been a time when the slopes were less precipitous. This, in fact, must have been the condition before the southern tributaries of the Amazon had cut back into the older and harder formations where waterfalls of considerable height now exist. In order to account for the simi- larity of the Paraguayan fauna to that of the Amazon under this condition it becomes necessary to assume that the barriers did not appear until the genera and species common to the two basins had evolved. The altitude of the streams on the highlands of Matto Grosso would not prevent the migration of lowland forms from the Amazo- nian system to the Paraguayan, because several collections from the eastern slopes of the Andes demonstrate that the lowland forms ascend those streams to an altitude of about 2500 feet. In order to test whether the highlands had been a partial barrier the author attempted to analyze the physical effects of the divide by separating the fishes found in the Beni-Mamoré into strong and weak forms, based upon his South American collecting experience. These were then separated into those that had succeeded in getting across the divide and those that had not. The results showed that the weak forms were equally successful in crossing over. In like manner it was found that the Paraguay contained weak and strong swimming forms in equal proportion. It is not known at present which tributaries of the Amazon offered the migratory path. Probably all that have headwaters near those of either the Paraguay or Parana have taken part. The large collec- tion of fishes taken by Carlo Ternetz from the Rio Tocantins may Vou. XXIII] PEARSON—FISHES OF BENI-MAMORE AND PARAGUAY BASINS 107 throw some additional light on the question of the time and manner in which the entire La Plata received its fishes. SUMMARY The origin of the Paraguayan freshwater fish fauna can be ex- plained by migration. It is not necessary to assume parallel evolu- tion to account for the resemblance of the fauna of the Paraguay to that of the Amazon. The fishes entered South America sometime during the Tertiary and crossed the low Amazon valley and a highland divide to enter the Paraguay. Other tributaries of the Amazon in addition to the Rio Guaporé seem to have been migratory paths. The falls in the streams flowing from the highlands of Matto Grosso seem to be barriers to free migration at the present time; but the nature of the fishes of the two slopes indicate that the barrier is of recent origin. SYMBOLS USED IN DISTRIBUTIONAL LISTS — in the first column indicates that the species is present in the Beni basin; | , that it is present in the Mamoré basin; # indicates that it is present in both basins. — in the second column indicates that the species is present in the Paraguay basin. * species peculiar to the Paraguay basin. ** genus and species peculiar to the Paraguay basin. t species peculiar to the Mamoré basin. tf genus and species peculiar to the Mamoré basin. tT species peculiar to the Beni. {tt genus and species peculiar to the Beni. a species found in the Amazon basin without the Beni-Mamoré basin. A genus found in the Amazon basin. c species found in the coastal streams of southeastern Brazil. g species found in Guiana. m species found in the Magdalena basin. p species found in the La Plata basin but has not been taken in the Paraguay. P genus found in the La Plata but has not been taken in the Paraguay. s species found in the Sa6 Francisco. t species found in the Tocantins. W species widespread, i. e., in northwestern South America, Amazon basin, Para- guay, and coastal streams of southeastern Brazil. 108 a a i] WwW * *£0 D> & & » & * *—-+ * oe 8 448 a CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER, DISTRIBUTION OF FISHES IN THE PARAGUAY AND THE BENI-MAMORE SYSTEMS POTAMOTRYGONIDAE Potamotrygon hystrix.......0. 0000: q GUINETIHG {ooo oes. CLUPEIDAE Neosteus flavipinnts...........-4. ENGRAULIDAE AR CHOUSE OLSAG «mini. oie sets chev tol vepetae “ SYNBRANCHIDAE Synbranchus marmoratus.......... CHARACINIDAE CHEIRODONTINAE Aphyocharax dentatus............ GNISUSH Nene tke deerme tpacarayensis........ “3 pappenheimi......... Prionobrama paraguayensis........ . PIS RETUS Swiss Sioais, aso 00 Paragontates alburnus............. Megalamphodus megalopierus...... be rogoaguaeé......... Mixobrycon ribeirot..............4. Parechasts cyclolepts.......--c05s+ Microschemobrycon guaporensis..... Chesrodon Pta0a) os case Ses oe he ana MACTODON so h)-chej sis sya te 92% MOGEGNTGE... cece eats Sue Holoshethes pequira.............. Odontostilbe paraguayensis......... $ microcephala.......... “ ** Mimagoniates barbert.............- tt tt Pp a $a a eve PP P Monotocheirodon pearsoni......... Prodontocharax melanolus......... Probolodus heterostomus........... TETRAGONOPTERINAE Tetragonopterus argenteus......... Moenkhausia jamesi.............. sanctae-filomenae..... grandisquamis....... OtChLOUral iy. occa lepidura lepidura..... : a3 gracilima.... ony r= a a Knodus moenkhausit.............. cee * “ Chapadaeé. wad. epideoen cee ay aie BreviceDSwiisc ssh nb sirens > t < Jacunde Pen ese ee | Markiana nigripinnis............. — aS a Gymnocorymbus thayeri..........6. i “ berneize. oo > dace istas > — a Thavyerta obliquus............+45- | * Hemigrammus ulreyt..........+-+- = s marginalus......... | = * wi ED ENS oa os atetesuers ete — a < tunatus’s. £95. Kiet of — a unilineatus.......+.. | a a OCEMSTER 21s 5, seat = a ie Schmardae.......... I a Hybhessobrycon serpae............ I = g r TOSAGEUS) so) elai trad | t c Aasenans:is). |... ss) l - COLSSUUS ereietelateial arate ob ie a Ogulharinys.» stoves «13 | sa i GV OCHAS ES yar anataay 3 —= My SOMA cuaeloiecreiells oc ~ ONISHSE SSA seiiclore le A is latkent oss ewes — * ¢ MaxtllarsS esses — at Bryconacidnus ellist.............-. — t % hemigrammus.......- — * Alstyanaxialent: john clases ook — * ¢ DCUCRTINE Meise oeicdiek cles pa a "4 DUS ONES x Wire xe es) sini eats ae — WwW 4 DEIRUCUIOUES «clas ae fs Suma siee + — a i . paraguayensis a “ TANRCOLUS os 205,85 ayo nis, autaies — cao * e MROVIONGE odo.s ticisssie Niele! — Ww 7 fOSCEGLUS'. SER Ee ie cee | — a < eigenmanniorum......... = t e QUAPOYENSIS.... 0.0... ne ob a Ctenobrycon hauxwelltanus......... - = s Psellogrammus kennedyi........... ae Astyanacinus moorit...........+-. — = 7 MUULEGENS «a. - 0, ¢0lie)n,0:082 == A* Deuterodon acanthogaster.......... SS a Bryconamericus exodon........... mate ig BREFENGH de ee a i alfredae =)... <)-.ccmnes — s a Stramineus........ = t ¢ bolivianus......... a a Acrobrycon ipanquianus........... a a Hemibrycon huambonicus.......... oo t Ss BENE 'siasc 220 Se aRePe ENS oo mia Creagrutus Dens... << s.eie cine cjiees = TP UPSAUEBGRDEMNE « «5,5)< 0c cr8\oe os emiaiete — *¥Peabarchus analis. 00.608.» 2 os os sga Creatochanes affinis.............4. I — } Bryconops alburnoides............ | Phenacogaster bent..............45 f- ea Vor. XXIII] PEARSON—FISHES OF BENI-MAMORE AND PARAGUAY BASINS 109 li i sty ae 5 wt, & d2| § as vo [ee] Oy Q ev) ** Vesicatrus tegalus............005- = CHARACINAE ** Bertoniolus paraguayensis......... —_ 2 Charad GOROSG so aiciiccc ss ste Noles. = =e Sed AS BEMLEM YS deieinsaiavsiar ZS RENEL Do ES BRYCONINAE fi Squamosus Se CAC ka -~ = A* Brycon microlepis...........-.055 = 4 COIUTUS. 0... 6. cesses _ eh ER etaetg sree NOM. Peg ae @ Roestes MOlossus...... 00050. es ewes. —_ a Roeboides microlepis.............. | Ez * “ c aia 4 . hae PRESTR SES = * Chalcinus paranensts............. = c abl Oe parece ieiiet ok gare oe en ee -/ 15. SAA eSNG Ths ai ae | gt 1 Oonarsensts:..... thee a hy & reese Tote. tt ony ats * ~ descalvadensis........... — a CUFIMS uc onic os — z L a Eucynopotamus kneri............. —~ a a WLUMS Aes ota sien terete sles = - ea daw dle | tt Clupeacharax anchoveoides......... — “ . ees cy, | "Ey c Salminus maxillosus.............. = STETHAFRIONINAE SP Dh eee Te ae ee * Ephippicharax orbicularis paraguay- ensts . HOST: 103 SOOO et ree — ACESTRORHAMPHINAE Pa Stethaprion Castel S87 FO -_ a Acestrorhynchus falcatus........... fe po a Brachychalcinus copet............. a= Ac Acestrorhamphus hepsetus......... ee . relrospina........ a ERYTHRININAE IGUANODECTINAE W Hobdlias malabaricus..........+... — eS A Piabucus melanostomus........... = W Hoblerythrinus unitaensatus....... — — a Erythrinus erythrinus............. | GLANDULOCAUDINAE Pseudocorynopoma doriaé.......... ae GASTEROPELECIDAE t Gephyrocharax major..........+.. sak a Thoracocharax stellatus............ = = ANOSTOMIDAE SERRASALMONINAE Pt Anostomus gracilis...........055- | a Serrasalmus nattereré............. | wait A “ DVOKEMMS. «Suave Nee | 4 3 berneiss OSI OO =_ a Curimata spilurus..........0.004 = = “ marginatus........... _ Pon any ee ee a S 3 spilopleura........... + - a ¥ MGSUS sho'ssiatas ate RR As nis = a a humeralis ...........- + _ * Z CONSPEFSUS.......- cess i t 5 “— gracilior..... I * “ nigrotaenia............. = «“ ; hollands...........+.. l c 2 CLERGN Se he Seine uso a a = CLONBOLUS 0S arate x's 255,08 | “ Gs Afenet ys ite ET trio ca os a Colossoma brachypomus........... | A “ Esmactulatusieier 1 we F i - c f Gilberliecki sees te Os per a Mylossoma aureum............... + A ie Se ideseee. We. ae = 7 duriventris............ + - t 8 Binotatus. oi 0..02 8000 =e . . paraguayensts......... _ t e CSPETONEGE.... 2... ee eee as : ocellatum..........--+- t 4 PCAPSONE LL Souci occcoe's Ip t se woe. guaporensis soe ee ec winiae cs I s Prochilodus reticulatus............ 2s _ b 4 roosevelis ie e0 vv eisisicisiee e + a s BELTICONS oa SOIT Fs EE = = 5 ‘ Oluquensts...........-+. _ s % argenteus............- 2 * ‘ FROME Norlals ernie 2 sobsntey dhs o> — c “ SCV Of a Mabie ase kes fat a PAGCMIOLES Ao aot Csins hh: « l — “ ljevatess >.) oa eee abe a % hypsauchen............. l oe t “ DERE ha 2c Andee ade ae a Myleus setiger Pete e tees eee eee eee I a Anodus lation. cin: <0 i~ 50 Sopa l pe MEVLOPINS LEGES «6 os) sic-c's-c'e,aahoieia < 6% l — a Wo. WBtECEDS «occ SPR l ww a ¥ . rubripinnis............. _ a Leporinus striatus...............- ~ ere a Galoprion: MERIC. ooo 0x acacia -° + a “« fredesich i. OAR ee we re a = ODIMSSACHS Jo i8 elect cere a CYNODONTINAE a us SASOSCIAIUS S55 oo cic cin cite eae a Conodon gtbbus.... ... s/-strcidiass Wet. 3% | a 5 EGRESS. at pee oh eer — a a QULDINUS ./ 5.0/2 'tiictelce sIE%R = a i BGHENES 5:65 SRR et ORS a 110 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES a Leporinus hypselonotus............ ca a CONST OSETES << cw 2 aes a a JSESCEGLUS Wn pane ican a Mt YOPROTUS 5s :a\0:ivicin sPaw ial a i PBLGUL CLUS olor sso oa eA a Rhyltiodus microlepis.............. t Laemolyta fasciata................ a Psectrogaster curviventris.......... a iy CHSGIUS 25% so ob eal a Curimatella alburnus.............. * . te australis...... * £ PERNE 55.0 5.50 atS ABE a Schizodon fasciatus............... * - BOrells ., a = CYASHOLO einen cam etoete a a MTACUSS i) Soe elo ¢ AAU COS nie, Seoic anes eieaete a $ TOCCOE SEMA Sears a £ Guckleys. ot. ote eae & RTELENG cos tN ee einen * F PaiiCeDS bh RS eee Mi ©: \GUStGHS= ian oe * motomelas ii ene e ce s MECRE. «0, «sla see cident * < megalura. SALMO a Pinirampus pirinampu........... a Luciopimelodus platanus.......... (Proc. 4TH Ser. — Vor. XXIII] PEARSON—FISHES OF BENI-MAMORE AND PARAGUAY BASINS 111 W Pseudopimelodus sungaro.......... * a * bs COUMDIGES,. ... cheer a acanthocheira..... * vartolosus........ IW RRA MME SOONG. io cc see eee a « a Ww “ t Nannorhamdia guitatus........... tP Imparfinis bolivianus............. TP Rhamdella rusbyi............00525. a Pimelodus ornatus..............5. Ss a OUEDINNES 2 EEO a Platynematichthys punctulatus...... A* Nannoglanis hoehnei.............. a Phractocephalus hemiliopterus...... By SCIAGES DIGUS oc chorcias nie eH TEN OSS a Hemtsorubim platyrhynchus........ Asa Pseudoplatystoma coruscans........ ma 4 fasciatum........ Wily DOr E78 1599808 5) ins rere: 0: shale eee sok a Sorubimichthys planiceps.......... Iheringichthys labrosus............ * megalops...... Kw Ses tt Pteroglanis manni................ m Celopsorhamdia nasus............ a Platystlurus barbatus............. B CHESTOCEFUS EQUES s0:5<5.610 SE SRIOII a Heptapterus mustelinus............ BUNOCEPHALIDAE * Bunocephalus dortae.............. * t t t t a a i) sa * “ “ a“ SRETINESL «6.13: ROE ee FUZOSUSS 65 SOEs Gepressuse to wscnes . oi DEfEdUS 0.0.5. NRA ASPREDINIDAE A* Dysichthys australe............... “ PYGIDIIDAE Pygidium barbouri................ JOSSTicicise. J ON OSCMAHS OW TOII MGs 5 ss DOrelss 5 2S WIM ins ss COrAUVENSE. HENS Se. BFGSSIENSES 2. Ae JORBSONE.«.. oer a SRE * Homodiaetus anisitsi.......0...... ** Branchioica bertonti.............. a Urinophilus erythrurus............ t Vandellia hasemani............... tt Tridentopsis pearsoni............. a Pseudostegophilus nemurus........ CETOPSIDAE Pa iCelopsss CUnGwU cece ee ce ea a & PIMMUCUS A ooo cen ote Cee ASTROBLEPIDAE + Astroblepus longiceps............. CALLICHTHYIDAE W Callichthys callichthys............. W Hoblosternum thoracatum.......... Ww be UN OK GL OR werates.2 sen. tts a « melampterum........ A* Chaenothorax eigenmanni.......... & Corydoras) nailer ert. vi..<\0 os «01s eters a MNECTODS oié.0.6,08 «Scher vaaien a WEY ESCENS S (5 030, 0) 5 1a. ty ee a i“ OFMGHS 5... 310 Sera 5 QUSET CLES oiciam oie 3:2 SIRI S GENEUS. ox) 01 isle 0 ois) ataeeinnetes * flaveolus: x23 puece souk * be aurofrenatus..........4. * 2 DOLYSESLUS. 6\0/0:010 ox tadarsrayerale * oo PALAIS... 0:5 oso as Ne teraS t 2 PGES. foteiatsra crete o a's o cteees LORICARIIDAE PLECOSTOMINAE a Plecostomus plecostomus........... s S MOACTODS coor ee ecle s “ cOMMErSONI. .. 22... s s vasllanlt.” 3.3.22 NO * S LOPNelES ovo so oP ca TODING ha vd ek ak oe aeet cs é wucherert c s auroguttatus........... * id DOKEllsg bps kN a s latsrostrisee ne: Fees * £ vartosticlus. . 22.2... a S WEPTES ace 5.0 cet tN a ms emarginatus.......... 7 s DODO A sos ha HPO t “ bolivianus.........50. { Ancistrus montanus............04. a =! bufontusi® Ct Y CPOE a € CETHOSUS He SEDER a © # dubiusre POE a * hoplogenys. .ccvcwwececes t £ megalostomus........... FP Rhinelepis levss ot cnc ee eee a Hemtancistrus vittatus............ a Pseudancistrus barbatus........... a Xenocara gymnorhynchus.......... 2 4-p, ! bd | 1 i oy A ty 112 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH Ser. Ble ie H| é al 8 OS oy d=) § ga) & [28) Ay ia) Ay a Pterygoplichthys multiradiatus...... os cab ACHIRIDAE * 3 NESSES ct ete as = a Achirus lineatus..... Wahvients/et tor * of GUTENS 5... kone as < Jenynstt...... Steines has as * i REZGS. 00 (dates vistas, «> a a % VslUrGlUs i... lsu | a Cochliodon cochliodon............. une SCIAENIDAE * Plagtoscion ternetst..........2000% = HyYPOPTOPOMATINAE a a GUPGUUS Soo jays esac OE — a Hypoptopoma jobertt............4. — Pachyurus bonariensts......... she wes * € tmexpectatum......... =z a | schomburgkii........... eee a Olocinclus vitiatus..........---0-- ein Pachypops tréfilés:. 00). /0s1.,2\- tesbiaete l LORICARIINAE RM TLOVECATVSG POFUE Voie njalei csi aye eset diei ost ple CICHLIDAE a “ phoxocephala:.....-. 2.5: sad A* Chaetobranchopsis australis........ 32. - catamarcensts............ ns a Chaetobranchus flavescens.........- — a < MGCHLALG IN terie eae ot | pee a Cichla ocellarés. . cis evoa rite 21a se +. a - EYDUSH Ne |e fotete lar tialetete racer aie (eke — — 2) Al CAT OPSES RESSG. o.oo a\fasane lates SlePatelens t= we a a £ FARCEOLALG Nailer ernie ts cfele/< = a Astronotus ocellatus..........00.5 + ‘2 c . GNUS ak icieicl Neve sletere seve set ate = a Aequidens tetramerus........-...- + aE Tabsalss 0 ph c ut portalegrensis........... + ae a < cataphracta.............. | pa a & VElLAlUs wo dssleaeiceemeee way a i COFENGLG 1 pete ice ilar dersiele 5 es a 4 OPSI ZENG NON attete sel siteave + zi} * o apeltogaster...........--4. ae 4 paraguayensis.........+ | pee a LateCEPS eh ei Re uk t ¢ ZUAPOTENSES... eae eae | * * MOACTODOM For ies wie alesis nue t ¥ QWANE ; <\(. 2 s,-\clkeeae ek Ree | * y platycephala............. ai a Cichla bimaculatum.............-.- (ak * = Beehknet cos .ee ARE hc ples a Me MSCVETILI om Salt-grass (on alkaline ground) ti; LIBRAFP Arrow-weed (on silty or clayey ground) i L re Cultivated ranch-land In or near buildings [edificarian] ama aie] Mesquite (on either silty or sandy ground) Aeolian sand (sand-dune) Creosote bush (on either sandy or gravelly ground) Desert holly (wash-fan) Rocky gorge (cliff) On the evening of April 18, 1917, a line of 86 traps (26 rat traps and 60 mouse traps) was put out on the low-lying desert one to two miles north of Furnace Creek Ranch. These were set on three types of ground: (a) sandy, beneath creosote bushes, 9 mouse traps; (b) sandy, beneath mesquite thicket, 25 rat traps and 31 mouse traps; (c) clayey, beneath arrow-weed clumps, 1 rat trap and 20 mouse traps. This line, set with proper spacing of traps and regard for “sign”, thus cut through three distinct habitats. It was run five consecutive nights and days, with no change in locations of traps, save that involved in re-setting and re-baiting. Results are shown in the following table. 120 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES (Proc. 4TH Ser. o = s 2.1 4S 2 3 ~ 2 cy a S 24 a“ a “a 34 ay S| Ss] 88 Seti Sie Rimage ehukioy sa aldiiag e:S 23 LS Sus SS st a's 3 4 wes ss aS 3h sS] s'8 SS Ses i Pa Estes 25 as By A ees 2s S8 s = =“ ss ES es 25 See on™ ° i) x Ry Q Q ) X = a Reprint Opler os. cal ale aiehop. Spina oil oa outta || Le tare) |e 2 ib "1 R25 1ind 3inc linc Apr. 20.. 2 in b Pri We ie eee AAT WD)*| oh. artes Soe 6inb| 14 2 in b ZAG Apres 2tsste .2¢ linc] lina lina |3inbj/1linb| 2inb’ }1inb| 27 1in bd 5inbdbB |}1line 4 inc 2ine 4inc Wor 228. tardies 2inb Lin ie) lala eel ere ae fern Ol 3 andl) Pda 2 nic Lipenall(s PAE ee Se TLIO Ws thal an creer ayet ote 2 invoniehtinyd) | aeaubt: hamid td wf... 8 Sune Habitat |lindb|1linc}| 4ina 2ina|5inb|2inb| 6ind’b |11in db] 6ina Totals 6 in b 23 ins "| 2*in’c Jinc 54inb 2inec 11 ine 25ine Grand Totals} 1 1 12 36 7 2 15 11 85 This is the most extended and complete trap-record for a single station that the Death Valley notebooks contain. A total of 430 trap-nights on oné line brought a catch of 85, which is approximately a 20 per cent yield. Eight species of rodents were represented. Only two of these, Citellus and Ammospermophilus, are diurnal in habits, and only two individuals, or 214 per cent of the total catch, were of these species; all the rest are strictly nocturnal. As to habitat preference, the sandy mesquite produced most kinds (7 out of the 8 species), the sandy creosote fewest kinds (2 out of the 8). The trap-habitat figures (9-56-21), however, as compared with the catch-habitat figures (6-54-25) show a slightly greater incidence of individuals in the clayey arrow-weed habitat, but again least in the sandy creosote. There are factors appreciable here, however, that prevent reliance upon these sparse figures for purposes of generalization. As to population numbers the percentage yield in this instance was large, up to the average maximum for almost any area in Cal- Vor. XXII] GRINNELL—MAMMALS OF DEATH VALLEY 121 ifornia, desert or otherwise. However, this trap-line was on extra productive terrain, as clearly shown by the trap-records, even though less complete, from other parts of Death Valley. Nothing can, of course, be inferred as to actual population numbers per unit of area. Nor can relative abundance of the species be very definitely inferred beyond the one case, of Dipodomys merriami, which is obviously the most numerous rodent on this part of the desert. Difficulties in accepting these figures in this regard have to do with kinds of traps used, kinds of bait used, and cruising radius (unknown) of each kind of mammal present. Dr. Sumner’s trapping was all done with the ‘‘Delusion’’ brand of “live” trap. This has the advantage that several mice may be taken in a single night without any re-setting. A disadvantage, however, is that rodents any larger than a Peromyscus tend to be excluded. A total of 773 trap-nights produced 356 mice. Of these, 168 were Peromyscus m. sonoriensis, 165 Peromyscus e. eremicus, 12 Reithrodontomys m. megalotis, 9 Perognathus f. formosus, and 2 Onychomys t. longicaudus. Also one very young Neotoma I. lepida was caught and one Dipodomys m. merriamt. The captures of these larger species were, of course, without significance in the present connection. It should be emphasized that it was the two species of Peromyscus that Dr. Sumner especially wanted, for use in connection with his genetics problem. His growing experience in trapping was used to good effect in guiding his later efforts accordingly. The other species were by-products. Even so, there is indicated something of decided significance as to habitat preferences. I have checked Dr. Sumner’s notebook records of captures, April 5 to 14, inclusive, 1920, with results of some further interest. Cer- tain minor variation in totals will be observed, due to the circum- stance that occasionally the age of an animal was recorded, when its sex was for some reason not ascertained; also in a few cases habitat was recorded for a given capture when age and (or) sex was not, or vice versa. Of 168 Peromyscus m. sonoriensis concerning which age was definitely recorded, 65 were adults and 103 were juveniles. Dr. Sumner writes me that he listed mice as “‘juv.’’ when ‘“‘not in mature pelage; many of these were really post-juvenile.’”’ Thus in April the majority of foraging sonoriensis were probably less than four months old. Of 168 mice of this species, 84 were males and 84 were females. Of 165 Peromyscus e. eremicus, 80 were adults and 84 were juv- eniles; 85 were males, 77 were females. [Proc. 4TH SER. CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES 122 RECORD BY HABITATS, FROM ‘“‘LivE”’ (DELUSION) TRAPS, MADE BY Dr. F. B. SUMNER IN APRIL, 1920, IN VICINITY OF FURNACE CREEK RANCH ‘saymbsoul 4soy4Iey [mh Mot ee Deets Bb SR Nop cae ae tee ae [Roe | Setees Seaeins Bc Sito Jo ‘peamyut ‘sse13-9[es PIG E OS “I> Gor. cartetal Seo me fore a [Ml ee preg | yya ‘punois ourexye [Ne ee Dl ie ack eo ere lig” |S SS =E : | A[BuOI}s "YOURT JO 4SaM quo eden, | usa of Sr Sl er lS ee aie ate ter aes Se ott. S8y Xusaq' JO Ieps04) LEON, eee eee ye eer ee hil tee en | ape Pete oe i Oe Gh ee ceeecee eee eee SN ie i Ol ee ee Se eee oe ‘yous (JO 489M) pasnyde | Ye ley a TUS 42 | oe ne a ee Se 5 are eS Se Mojeq punoss AyIs UO [ee eS — Pri ane Sy Presa = pesm-moire (Jo) pue Mes gy es m: eae et ig a ie es “oe aymbsour jo sour Suojy ioe: pe i: Sie [S| Soe RS Soe ae © SE y'Joy}O UO ye poriden| SE Say Seep See Se met fied sep (Apuvs) 930s0er0 I = = eq ae = | Peo: aE ‘opis augue put-qouss ote ieee SE cm = Se aa ie i) ae peyeanno ‘eouey Suojy eee RS BO oe ane | ae eS “ee ial eee eS: is ‘quaoelpe spley urers | re Saree en eer eae | cate sip es aes al Sat ee ere ee IO eyeye ‘sseis epnu Donndesep ime: wore > RT] GS ae ae eo ey | See ee -Jaq {pooM-MOIIe YIM | See aR Ses) S| ae ae ae ge oe ee, pe ee pour SeyoIp UoHes TIT | ee ee at | i. aoe | 4 ae ee pues sour .youes JO ino suemLs wee Ne Ws 1h Se se SS eee een le Sielatema: cores Seuss) reo ges | oak Bede SpepeA (PS TAY | Soe oS os ames Se || SES ae eres eet ea ies ae eee ste. ee alee aoe Dak is ee BE ee see ee Oe pomsdeng| sig 3o o Ze |S pe eee eee Haren eee ae ‘sdurpying : youel ynoqge asojo 10 UT | ‘ | | : | | x | ‘ wOBRLPE SRS SoS al ee PA RRe Sane a |e [oN eR SOs |S MOor~nonoxnanno st . eo) ANOoANM SH . MWOoOrTeaoanonnnst . w | Sate | Se Be oe oe | a aS St . 2 ; 13. a et By GQssevyeeeveys 3 a z-se sey sys x “3 GQeseeseess rr a. os ae ¢ Bie. toe nS $\< 6 | G | e | & d | SISUuats4ouos | snaMadsa | SYyoypsaue “UL goregs | ‘Mm SnISKULOAIT | ‘9 snaskuodsag | SKULOJUOPOAY IAN 123 GRINNELL—MAMMALS OF DEATH VALLEY Vor, XXII] *sazinDsouwl 4soyysey “f{ snyoudosag 7 skmoyIKuc | coo | ° | ot | =i IO ‘paaMyAUr ‘sseis-q[es aa) | : | | ; | YyIA ‘punois sullexye | : | | : AjSu034s {YOuvI Jo ySOM qno sdesy, | ‘S5/5 | LSE! a yey xe1oq Jo Jopiog Ivan | ; | | |= “yours (Jo ysom) peinydeg | Se 0 | ° | : = | = MO[eq punois AjIs uo | : : | | : ea pooM-MOIIe (10) pue sh os ; . aymbsew jo souy suopy | 70 sdexy | #. ‘SE : | % | ‘Se : | % ,'J04}O UO 4190 poinjdeg | me Ram | oy | Sig Ore : | = -sap (Apues) 9230s0010 ae : | | : : rs ‘apis ouo UO puel-yours : : : : : pezyeayino ‘aousy 3u0ly qno sdeiy, | = = o | S | 1 ~ o : | < “quooelpe splay ules | 7a Bl al Jo eyeye ‘sseiz epnu peinydeg | 72 > Se Ree S S25 S. -1oq {paeM-MOsIe YIM | ee a ieee . Row wiiLIBRAB Vulpes macrotis arsipus Elliot aN ye Cv : Ara 8 Desert Kit Fox 7 ! @ | The kit fox was undoubtedly the commonest carnivorous mammal in Death Valley. Its presence and relative numbers is probably pretty much controlled by the presence and relative abundance of nocturnally active rodents. If not the foxes themselves, then their footprints in sand or in dusty parts of roads or trails after nights when there was no wind, were seen at most places traversed. The frequent association of ‘‘sign’’ of kit fox with that of the two kinds of kangaroo rats was significant. In the night of October 13, 1933, when sleeping out on the desert floor at the roadside a mile or so east of Stovepipe Wells Hotel, I was awakened about 2:30 a.m. by a rustling sound near by. “‘I turned on the ‘flash’—to see a kit fox within 25 feet, nosing about a sardine can and paper wrappings we left out last night after sup- per. The animal seemed in no way alarmed, looked up once or twice, nosed along the ground; then trotted off into the gloom, tail up-curved but horizontal in general trend, ears conspicuously up- pricked, facial dark markings plainly seen. Once I saw the glowing pink eye-shine.”’ The evening of October 25, 1933, as we were driving south over the road approaching Furnace Creek Ranch, and within about four miles of the Ranch, we saw two kit foxes, in separate places, run across the road in the light of the auto. This was at 6:30 when, 132 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 47H SER. at that season, almost complete darkness had fallen. Everything indicates that this fox is wholly nocturnal in the time of its activity. At Triangle Spring, on April 17 and 18, 1917, Mr. Dixon caught two kit foxes in steel traps set near burrows of the big desert kan- garoorat. The bait used was portions of a jack rabbit. These two foxes were probably a mated pair, although they showed no signs of immediate breeding. The data accompanying the specimens are as follows. Male (no. 25903), weight 1531 grams (about 34% pounds); total length 715 millimeters, tail 293, hind foot 114, ear from crown 84. Female (no. 25904), weight 1406 grams (a little over 3 pounds); total length 710 millimeters, tail 275, hind foot 110, ear from crown 85. In color of pelage and other features, these specimens are quite like others from the western parts of the Mohave Desert. An additional skull-only at hand (no. 31145) was from a yearling animal trapped by an Indian for fur near Furnace Creek Ranch about December 15, 1919. This skull was retrieved for the Museum by Mr. and Mrs. Dane Coolidge. [While I saw a pelt of a gray fox (Urocyon) which had been trapped in the hills somewhere west of Death Valley Junction, I heard of none of this species ever having been seen or taken in the Valley proper.] Canis latrans estor Merriam Desert Coyote There was no place at which we camped or scouted about in Death Valley, save Bad Water, where we did not find sign (foot- prints or foeces) of coyotes. Additionally, their voices were heard frequently in the night. On one occasion, October 24, 1933, at Surveyors Well, we heard a coyote at 8:40 a.m. of a brightly sunshiny day, yelping and barking persistently from the direction of the sand dunes and mesquites out on the floor of the Valley to the westward. Rarely did we actually see one of the animals. In the early morning of October 27, 1933, at 5:45 o’clock, we saw one as we were driving south along the road within half a mile of Furnace Creek Inn. It was near the site of a garbage incinerator, and we could see it plainly, despite the dusk, at about 50 yards distance because out- lined darkly against an expanse of light-colored rock at the base of the hill. West of Furnace Creek Ranch, we could always find tracks of coyotes where the ground was soft, weaving in and out between the arrow-weed clumps and the mesquites—doubtless a productive forage ground. After still nights, footprints were to be seen mean- dering over sandy areas where kangaroo rats were plentiful, and also along dusty burro trails through the scanty salt-grass (as down close to the edge of the “‘self-rising’’ flat,—240 feet, west of the Ranch) where jack-rabbit sign was fairly plentiful. Vor. XXII] GRINNELL—MAMMALS OF DEATH VALLEY 133 Along Salt Creek, on October 30, 1933, there were many fresh coyote tracks in the slimily wet alkali mud along the channels through the pickleweed and cane. We imagined the attraction here might have been crippled birds, besides mice; for we saw evidences (empty shells) that there had been shooting there that autumn—indeed we ran across one wounded duck, a baldpate. At Triangle Spring and elsewhere, coyote tracks often led to potable water. This and other evidence guides me to the belief that Canis is one of the very few desert mammals that needs regularly to drink. Foeces of coyote found both in April and October consisted either entirely or in considerable part of the resistent seeds, and the chewed-up remains of the pods, of the mesquite. At a defoecating post I found April 16, 1917, on a flat rocky outcrop on the edge of the low mesa near Triangle Spring, was an accumulation of “turds” consisting of remains of mesquite bean-pods, some feathers, and bones of small mammals among which I was able at the mo- ment to recognize only rabbit. Near Furnace Creek Ranch, April 10 to 13 of the same year, the carcass of a dead calf was being, as shown by the tracks, patronized nightly by one or more coyotes. In 1917, on April 11 and 13, and May 3, Mr. Dixon trapped three coyotes in the neighborhood of the Ranch. All were adult females; the data obtained from them were, in the same order, as follows: Total length 1090, 1120, 1118 millimeters (43 to 44 inches); tail (without hairs) 320, 340, 320 (about 13 inches); hind foot 170, 185, 182; ear from crown 110, 115, 111. The weights were, respec- tively, 7.2, 8.8 and 7.9 kilos (about 16 to 19 pounds). The pelts were, at this season, in exceedingly worn and faded condition. In the first one taken, the guard hairs along the sides, and on the tail, were almost all shed, leaving the gray underfur exposed, and this was sluffing off in patches. The coyotes of Death Valley, judging from the three skulls ob- tained (nos. 25896-98), belong to the small southwestern desert race with weak dentition, now called estor, rather than to the larger, heavier-toothed race of the Great Basin, lestes. Lynx rufus baileyi Merriam Desert Wildcat On April 21, 1917, Mr. Dixon caught an old female wildcat in a setting of steel traps placed near wood-rat houses under thick mesquites west of Furnace Creek Ranch. The weight of this animal was 7200 grams (about 16 pounds). Dimensions: Total length 850 millimeters (about 33% inches), tail 170, hind foot 173, ear from crown (without tuft) 80. The pelt of this example (no. 25918) was seasonally deteriorated to an extent that the long overhairs as normally present in a prime skin are reduced in quantity and the remainder shortened by wear, with the result that it is mainly the 134 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. pinkish color of the underfur that is shown on most of the surface of the animal. There is also at hand a skull-only (no. 31144) of a yearling wildcat trapped for fur by ‘‘Shoshone Johnny’’, an Indian, 3 miles south of Furnace Creek Ranch about December 15, 1919. This skull was received through the kindness of Mr. and Mrs. Dane Coolidge. Tracks of wildcats were seen in both 1917 and 1933 on soft silty ground in the tracts of mesquites in the vicinity of the Ranch. They were also reported to me from Triangle Spring, and from around the big springs up out of the Valley at the sources of Furnace Creek. Heavy cover of brush seems to be a desirable feature of the habitat of this carnivore—where not only shade but abundant rodent life is available. Homo sapiens americanus Linnaeus American Indian The natives of Death Valley belong to the Shoshonean stock, to the Plateau branch of this stock, and to the Koso dialect group within the Shoshoni-Comanche division of that branch. This is the classification offered by Kroeber (Handbook of the Indians of California, Bull. 78, Bur. Am. Ethnology, Smithsonian Inst., 1925, pp. 574-592). Kroeber also gives facts, but all too meagerly, con- cerning the natural history of this original people of the Death Valley region—their habitat-relations, the sources of their subsis- tence, their ‘‘manufactures.’’ My own regrets are deep, that I did not, during my first two trips into the Valley, take opportunities then offering to learn more about the dependences of the few Indians I met, upon the natural resources of the country. I did observe that in April the women and children were actively trapping rodents in the mesquite thickets around Furnace Creek Ranch. Neotoma and Ammospermophilus were the kinds mostly sought and caught— in deadfalls each consisting of a flat rock. These, along with lizards of the larger kinds caught with nooses, were boiled in kettles and eaten. Many such animals were brought to my camp, in-as-much as I was paying for certain things, mostly reptiles, to preserve as specimens. Citellus tereticaudus eremonomus Elliot Death Valley Round-tailed Ground Squirrel In my experience in Death Valley, this rodent was one of the rarest mammals there; at least it successfully eluded detection to a remarkable degree, even when concentratedly searched for. None was found anywhere we trapped or hunted apart from the near Vor. XXIII] GRINNELL—MAMMALS OF DEATH VALLEY 135 vicinity of Furnace Creek Ranch, —150 down to — 200 feet altitude. Here this squirrel was restricted to hillocks of wind-accumulated sand under those mesquites that, perhaps in consequence of the rising sand masses about their bases, had assumed a sprawling habit of growth. No Citellus was seen on the clayey or silty type of ground where the mesquites grew tall. The critical factor here may have been level of food source; no Citellus was seen to climb; and as evidence from my notebook shows that the food, at least in spring, consisted entirely or mostly of the leaves of the mesquite, it would seem likely that the squirrels would limit their range locally to those mesquites the branches and foliage of which trailed on the ground. Then again, the better texture of the sand dunes for entry by a weakly equipped digger, as compared with the often firmly caked clayey earth, may have contributed to the notable habitat-restriction of this rodent. Citellus was observed to be active in the limited neighborhood above indicated in April and early May, 1917, and in April, 1920; yet repeated search over exactly the same ground in October, 1933, revealed not a trace of the animals: no tracks, no burrows—which, of course, the recurrent two-day gales would serve to efface when not in use—and no voicings (though in that month the very different trills of Ammospermophilus were heard abundantly). It is quite likely, therefore, that the Death Valley Citellus goes into dormancy for part of the year, beginning possibly in late summer when the mesquite foliage begins to deteriorate as food, and tiding the animals over the winter period of leaflessness in that plant. I gathered the following habit notes concerning the Death Valley round-tailed ground squirrel in the spring of 1917. The daily pro- gram of activity of the animals seemed to be correlated directly with the rising of the temperature of the air; they were not noted at all early in the morning when we went the rounds of our traps, and their voices were to be heard most frequently in the heat of midday, which on some of the days in April rose well above 100° F. in the shade. On April 10, during a two-hour hunt around noon- time, at least five individuals were heard or seen on the mesquite- crowned sand dunes within a mile southwest of the Ranch as it was then developed. The warmth of that day had seemingly brought them out; for the previous two or three days had been relatively cool and none had been noted. I caught sight of one standing upright at the mouth of its burrow, squeaking, and of two others running over the sand beneath the trailing mesquite branches. The lines of footprints in the sand centering at the mouths of their burrows are diagnostic (as compared with those of Dipodomys, for instance). The animals are extremely shy, going below-ground at the slightest alarm. By standing ten minutes or so “at attention’ about fifteen yards from the mouth of a burrow down which one had vanished, I finally saw the top of its head emerge to the level of its eyes. This position it maintained for 136 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. many minutes, until the animal suddenly raised its whole head and neck into view, when I shot it. Later, while I was lying prone on the sand under a mesquite, a Citellus came up through the screening foliage to within eight feet of me and gave its shrill, wiry cry, or squeak. A slight movement on my part, and it vanished, quick as thought. By April 22, I found that a little ‘‘screeping”’ (lips to back of hand) would often bring one of the squirrels stealthily ‘investigating’ through the tangle, provided the observer kept perfectly motionless himself and was possessed of patience—a difficult feat, for the dead heat in those half-shaded mesquites was “‘terrific’’, and ‘“‘the intense sweetish smell of the blossoms then coming out in profusion almost over- powering’’; and there were gnats! The squirrel would sometimes squeak, apparently in answer to my “‘screep’’, and thus be ‘‘called”’ into very close ‘‘aux’’ range. The burrows were as a rule situated in the periphery of a large mesquite clump where they were shaded by the radiating leafy branches which extended down the slopes of the appertaining sand hillock. Not more than three burrows certainly of this rodent were found at any one clump, and all of these entrances probably belonged to one animal. The mesquites during early April were just coming into full new foliage. The stomachs of the squirrels shot were dis- tended with masses of finely chewed mesquite leaves—nothing else. In one instance, the total weight of the freshly killed animal was found to be 154.5 grams; of the full stomach alone, 28.7 grams or 19 per cent (near one-fifth) of the total weight. In other words, an individual squirrel of this species may eat close to one-fourth its own net weight of green mesquite leaves ‘‘at one sitting’. In- cidentally, out of the nine specimens of Citellus taken, only two (and one of these the only male taken) were caught in traps, although many traps were set for them, baited variously. At least at this particular season, it would appear that rolled oats and the like hold little attraction. No young Citellus were seen. Two of the females shot, of dates April 10 and 12, contained, respectively, four and three large embryos. An adult male trapped April 7 and ‘‘sun-cooked’’ (saved as a skeleton-only) weighed 101 grams and gave measurements as follows: total length 220 millimeters, tail 80, hind foot 36, ear from notch 5. Eight adult females taken April 10 to May 3 weighed 121 to 158 grams, averaging 144.3. Their measurements in milli- meters (average, minimum and maximum) were: total length 249 (240-255), tail 91 (87-95), hind foot 35 (34-36), ear from crown pw ree MES: This subspecies of the round-tailed ground squirrel is of darkest color tone, near wood brown, in both winter and summer pelage. Especially is this darkness apparent in comparison with the race on the Colorado Desert, and it is hard to account for. The sand Vor. XXIII] GRINNELL—MAMMALS OF DEATH VALLEY 137 surface in Death Valley looks as glaringly white as the sand surface in the vicinity of Salton Sea! No other race of mammal in Death Valley is characterized similarly in comparison with its adjacent races. Cutellus tereticaudus eremonomus, as yet known, has the smallest range of any desert kind of mammal in California. It is probably a relict or disappearing stock. Incidentally, the type specimen (Elliot, Field Columb. Mus., zool. ser., vol. 3, December, 1903, p. 243) was one of three collected at Furnace Creek Ranch in 1903, by Edmund Heller. It is now no. 12862, Field Mus., and was taken April 29. According to Heller’s notes published later, “The Indians catch them [Cuztellus] for food in dead-fall traps, and their shyness and scarcity is apparently due to constant persecu- tions of this character” (Elliot, Field Columb. Mus., zool. ser., vol. 3, 1904, p. 291). The time of the spring molt in eremonomus is indicated by a specimen of date April 10, in which new, summer pelage is showing on the head, lower sides and rump; an example taken May 3 is in complete new, short summer pelage except for the tail, which seems to retain the winter pelage, becoming faded and frizzled, until the time of the fall molt—whenever that may occur. One specimen has the tail bobbed (to 40 millimeters vertebral length), and the end is adorned with a short thick brush of hairs which are white- ended, black at bases. Most of the skins show a curious spotting of the rump region. This is clearly due to the presence of places where groups of hairs are absent, so that the dark-colored skin and dark bases of the posteriorly rooted hairs show through. These spots may indicate scars from insect bites. Ammospermophilus leucurus leucurus Merriam Desert Antelope Ground Squirrel The antelope ground squirrel, or ‘‘desert chipmunk’’, is common and widely distributed in the mountains all about Death Valley up to an altitude of 6000 feet or more. While locally common in the Valley proper, there were long stretches of the below-sea-level area traversed by us on which we saw no individuals whatsoever, and no sign of any. They were common, however, along the north- east side of ‘‘Mesquite Arm” of Death Valley, from the vicinity of old Stovepipe Wells nearly to Surveyors Well; also in the neighbor- hood of Furnace Creek Ranch. As with so many other animals, the mesquite affords ‘‘ammo”’ a requisite measure of food and shelter; but, showing wider adapt- ability than some mammals, ammo was also seen away from the mesquites, where there were only arrow-weed clumps, or creosote bushes. Burrows were seen in level silty ground, on the sides of mesquite-crowned sand-dunes, and in hard-pavemented stony 138 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. ground. Usually a burrow opened at the side of, or from under, a brush-clump, perhaps to give better protection against digging enemies. Ordinarily when caught sight of, a chipmunk would be scurrying across open ground from one bit of cover to the next. Then it was the brilliantly white under surface of the tail which caught the observer’s eye; for the tail is held ‘‘plastered’’ flat up over the an- imal’s rump, and it is continually twitched. This factor of motion, in evidence also even when the animal has stopped in the shade of a bush, makes of this white under tail-surface a veritable “‘flag.”’ Ammospermophilus is rather prone to climb; individuals were frequently seen up in the tops of low bushes and occasionally in mesquites. For example, on April 5, 1917, my eye was caught by the tail-twitching of an ammo, otherwise ‘‘frozen’’, crouching against the slanting stem of a mesquite, some two feet above the ground. Aside from the coyote and Indian, the antelope squirrel may be signalized as the most vocal mammal in the native fauna of Death Valley. In October as well as in spring, the ammos were to be heard more generally out on the desert around Furnace Creek Ranch, than most birds even. The utterance may be described ‘‘as a pro- longed mellow rolling trill, weakening or falling in inflection toward the end. The tone is maintained on about the same moderately high pitch throughout, though an impression of lowering may be received because of the progressive diminution in volume [of sound]. The sound is of a quality to carry well, yet even at very close range it rarely seems loud.’’ (Quoted from Grinnell and Dixon, Natural History of the Ground Squirrels, 1918, p. 691.) ‘““Singing’’ as described, and foraging, were activities most plainly sensed by the human observer during the early forenoon. Yet our trapping showed that the squirrels were searching for food all through the daylight hours. They readily entered our rolled-oats- baited traps, left unsprung through the day; and many of the an- imals were thus unintentionally killed, quickly to be ‘‘sun-cooked”’ and so spoiled for specimens. West of Furnace Creek Ranch, the local range of Ammospermo- philus extended down to the very edge of the borax flat, — 240 feet. Here burrows were seen (April 10, 1920) in silty, alkali soil at the bases of the farthest, dwarfed arrow-weed clumps. On the meager mounds at the mouths of these burrows many hulls of mesquite seeds were noted; and I wondered whether the ammos had gone all the way across the several hundred yards of terrain to the nearest mesquite trees in sight. Presently, a better explanation presented itself. At night, burros come down to the edge of the borax flat to graze on the sparse salt-grass there. In the daytime these burros Vou. XXIII] GRINNELL—MAMMALS OF DEATH VALLEY 139 seek shade back in the mesquite thickets, where they feed exten- sively on the mesquite beanpods, often filching these from the piles stored by the wood rats on their houses under the trees. I saw that the droppings of the burros scattered along their regular routes of travel contained many of the hard-shelled, digestion-defying seeds of the mesquite; for it is the sugary, pithy part of the beanpod that furnishes nutriment to the burro. The ammos forage along the burro trails for the seeds (to store away below-ground) thus pro- vided second-hand, even third-hand in cases where the wood rats had done the initial gathering! I even wonder whether there could persist that submarginal population of antelope squirrels, without the agency of the burros as conveyers of the mesquite seeds. An enemy of ammo is indicated by the following incident. A Cooper hawk shot by Mr. Dixon in the early evening of April 11, 1917, in a line of mesquites west of the Ranch, held in its gullet the finely cut-up remains of an adult Ammospermophilus; the two hind feet of the animal had been swallowed entire, and these afforded certainty of identification. The only breeding data concerning this rodent available from Death Valley is furnished in connection with the record of a specimen taken on April 23, 1917. This was a young female only about one-fifth grown (total length 130 millimeters, weight 17.7 grams) yet found wandering about under a mesquite near the Ranch. Even though feeble, this little squirrel persisted in holding its tail at all times over its back in characteristic ammo fashion. The date of its capture indicates breeding of the species here as early as the latter part of March. Of the twelve adult specimens saved, the seven males gave weights of 96 to 119.1 grams, averaging 101.8; the five females, 89.5 to 115, averaging 100.7 grams. The measurements, in milli- meters, of the two lots are, average and extremes: Males, total length 228 (219-255), tail 65 (62-70), hind foot 37 (35-39), ear from crown 6 (5-7); females, total length 217 (210-225), tail 61 (54- 65), hind foot 36 (35-38), ear from crown 6 (4-8). It would appear that males are slightly larger than females. Three of the males and one female have bobbed tails, and the dimensions affected are, of course, not included in the above figures. The injuries causing such mutilation were doubtless incurred post- natally and may have been suffered in fighting. The shortened tails are adorned with square-ended tufts of extra long hairs. These tufts are white-tipped and banded broadly with black subterminally. One wonders if the individuals thus mutilated for life, are in any degree thereby at a disadvantage, socially or as regards hazards of existence. 140 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. Perognathus formosus formosus Merriam Utah Long-tailed Pocket Mouse Only two kinds of pocket mouse have been found to occur on the floor of Death Valley, and even these two appear to be much re- stricted in local range. This is curious, because the surrounding desert region abounds in this group of rodents, represented in differ- ent habitats by at least four species. The present species was taken by myself and associates only in the near vicinity of Furnace Creek Ranch and near Bad Water, the lowest place in the Valley. Trap- ping records definitely show its presence to be controlled by terrain of gravel or coarse sand, seemingly quite independent of kind of vegetation in reach. In the few cases where individuals were trapped on fine sand or silt, the places of capture were near-by to sandy or gravelly creosote or to desert holly (rocky wash-fan). None was found on sand dunes. I got the idea that Perognathus formosus was found around Furnace Creek Ranch so far out of its normal habitat because there was no fine-sand-dwelling species of Perogna- thus there, such as elsewhere is complementary in local distributional restriction to formosus. There was no competitive exclusion. On the night of April 21, 1920, at ‘‘Bad Water’’ of the U.S.G.S. map, Dr. Sumner put out a line of 55 traps. These were scattered over all sorts of accessible ground, mostly on the wash-fan at the base of the precipitous wall of the Black Mountains. Next morning, the total result was one adult male Perognathus formosus, from a mousetrap under a desert holly bush on the lower border of the fan very near to the level of the flat; hence nearly — 280 feet altitude. Ant-hills in the vicinity consisted of the shells of the seeds of this plant (Atriplex hymenelytra), and we supposed that the mice resorted to this source of food also. Two females, taken on April 13 and 22, respectively, each con- tained 3 embryos. No young had appeared abroad up to the end of April. Of 20 specimens of Perognathus formosus formosus preserved as skins, all adult, dates April 4 to 22, thirteen are males and 7 are females. Their weights were, for the males 13.4 to 19.1 grams, averaging 16.3; for the females 12.3 to 19.5 grams, averaging 15.6. Measurements in millimeters: Average and extremes for the males, total length 186 (175 to 195), tail 103 (95 to 105), hind foot 23.7 (23 to 24), ear from crown 8.6 (7 to 9.5); for the females, total length 183 (174 to 192), tail 102 (90 to 110), hind foot 23.6 (22 to 24.5), ear from crown 8.3 (7 to 9). In certain of the specimens the pelage has a ‘‘burnt’’ appearance; that is, instead of the rather clear grayish tone characteristic of this pocket mouse in fresh coat, it is of a clay color. This ‘‘yellowing’’ may, as with Dipodomys, be an effect of living in strongly alkali ground. Vou. XXII] GRINNELL—MAMMALS OF DEATH VALLEY 141 Perognathus penicillatus stephensi Merriam Stephens Desert Pocket Mouse All our trapping in Death Valley produced just one example of this pocket mouse. In 1917, I visited the type locality of it, vicinity of Triangle Spring, for the express purpose of obtaining topotypes. Four nights were spent there, April 15 to 18, with a total of 381 trap- nights (Mr. Dixon was then with me). Result: no. 26532 (orig. no. 4153 J.G.), adult male; weight 11.6 grams; total length 165 milli- meters, tail 94, hind foot 21, ear from crown 4.5. Pelage dorsally of extreme “alkalied”’ tone of color, approaching pinkish cinnamon, this invading the dorsal surface of the tail and its entire tuft. That this color is extrinsic, pertaining to the old coat, is shown by the presence of a small patch of new pelage on the top of the head be- tween the eyes. This is of lined, avellaneous tone (toward gray) like non-alkalied specimens of stephensi from Barstow and Victor- ville, on the Mohave River. This rarity was taken on the morning of April 16 from a mouse trap set the preceding evening at a little hole in a south-facing sand heap crowned by scrubby mesquite. The place was near the foot of the low bluff, on the general level of the lowest desert floor, perhaps a mile south of Triangle Spring as now dug out and so posted; we called its altitude —13 feet. The ‘‘hole’’ had no mound in front of it, nor were there any tracks showing, though the wind would have quickly effaced any left there. It was rather indefinite, as though a lizard might have used it; indeed the mouse might have had nothing to do with it. However, on a chance, we dug it out. It extended into the mesquite mound about 6 feet, reaching a depth from the surface, of 18inches. There were two blind branches, one forming a chamber 3 by 6inches, but empty. The mouth of the burrow within 3 inches of which the lucky trap was set, was 30 millimeters high by 37 wide. The mesquite mound was found to consist, very porously, of al- ternate layers of dry mesquite leaves and twigs, and sand, this show- ing the manner of growth of such a mound. The burrow followed mostly one or another of the layers of leaves and twigs, already loose and almost open enough in places for a mouse to go through without digging. Although we found nothing conclusive as to the ownership of this particular burrow, the conditions described may be of the kind requisite for the day-time shelter of this type of rodent, of weak digging powers. In the fall of 1933, with Mrs. Grinnell, I again visited Triangle Spring, and we ran traps there especially for Perognathus. “A H/ oa = . Curator of Vertebrate Paleontology SY’ @ h U. S. National Museum In a collection of pelagic mammal remains, transmitted to Dr. Remington Kellogg for study and description by the California Academy of Sciences, was the right femur of a very large marine turtle. This specimen is of unique interest as being the first recog- nizable bone of an extinct cheloniid to be found on the west coast of North America. Comparisons made of this bone with the femora of extant sea turtles show its closest resemblances to be with the green turtle (Chelonia mydas), and yet it differs sufficiently to indicate the possi- bility of its affinities falling outside of that genus when materials are available for adequate study. A review of the extinct Cheloniidae shows that of the several genera and species assigned to this family all are based upon very fragmentary specimens, and in nearly every case doubt is expressed as to the validity of the family assignment. Furthermore, with none of these type specimens is there a femur preserved, which precludes the possibility of determining the relationships of the California specimen with extinct forms. *Printed from the John W. Hendrie Publication Endowment. The manuscript of this paper was filed for publication on April 15, 1929. The delay in its appearance is due to no fault of the author. December 30, 1937 172 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. The genus Procolpochelys, established by Hay! on Leidy’s species Chelonia grandaeva, is from the Miocene of New Jersey, and Case? has assigned fragmentary specimens from the Miocene of Maryland to the genus Chelonia. These together with the large leatherback, Psephophorus calvertensis Palmer,’ also from the Maryland Miocene constitutes all the recorded occurrences of marine turtles in the North American Miocene. In view of the meagerness of our knowledge concerning the marine turtles of the Miocene, and the unique geographical occurrence of the California specimen, I propose the new species californiensis for its reception, and shall provisionally assign it to the genus Chelonia until the discovery of more adequate materials may permit the determination of its true affinities. Chelonia (?) californiensis Gilmore, new species Plate 14, figures 1, 6 Holotype: No. 4,379, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci., Paleo. Type Coll., from Sharktooth Hill, Sec. 25, T. 28S., R. 28 E., M.D.M., Kern County, California; collected by Charles Morrice, 1924; Temblor formation, middle Miocene. The large size of the type femur at once distinguishes this species from all living members of the family. In size it rivals Dermochelys cortacea the largest of living turtles, some of which reach a length of nearly nine feet. A specimen in the California Academy of Sci- ences, measured by Joseph R. Slevin, is eight feet, eight inches long, the same across the spread of the flippers, and weighed 1286 pounds; it was taken off Santa Cruz, California, June 23, 1924. The largest available femur of Dermochelys (pl. 14, figs. 2, 7) in the National Museum collections has a length of seven and three- quarter inches, whereas this fossil femur measures nine and one- quarter inches. The ends are robust and expanded; the distal end being especially stout. The head is strongly developed, but it lacks the globular symmetry of the living sea turtles. In a prone position on the posterior side the head is inclined inward from the perpendic- ular, whereas in Dermochelys, Caretta, Colpochelys and Chelonia mydas (pl. 14, figs. 2-5) it stands erect. The femur is but little bent, and the distal articular end looks more backward than downward 1 Fossil Turtles of North America, 1908, p. 215. 2 Miocene volume, Md. Geol. Survey, 1904, p. 64, pl. 26, fig. 5. 3 Proc. U.S. Nat. Museum, vol. 36, 1909, pp. 369-373, pl. 31. Vor. XXII] GILMORE—NEW TURTLE FROM CALIFORNIA MIOCENE 173 when the bone is in its natural position. The greater trochanter is strongly developed and its upper extremity rises above the level of the head as it does in Caretta and Chelonia. (pl. 14, fig. 1). In Dermochelys and Colpochelys (pl. 14, figs. 2, 4), however, they are subequal in height. The intertrochanteric fossa is relatively deep. Viewed from the posterior side, (pl. 14, fig. 6) it will be observed that the highest point on the proximal end comes on the median axis of the bone, a feature that at once distinguishes the femur of Chelonia from those of Caretta and Dermochelys (pl. 14, figs. 7, 8) which have the highest extension of this end on the external side. The shaft is constricted at the middle of its length which measures 55 mm. in transverse diameter. The total length measured parallel with the axis of the bone is 243 mm. Through the head and the trochanter the distance is 112 mm., through the distal end at the center 78 mm. The least diameter of the shaft is 42 mm., and the greatest transverse diameters of the two ends is: proximal 101 mm., distal 120 mm. PMD es 4 eae ¢ ’ é ae Ga /. Boek” | 174 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. PLATE 14 Figures 1-5. Comparative views of turtle femora as seen from above. Slightly more than one-fourth natural size. Fig. 1. Chelonia (?) californiensis Gilmore, new species. Holotype No. 4,379, Mus. C.A.S., Paleo. Type Coll., from Sharktooth Hill, Sec. 25, T. 28S., R 28E., M.D.M., Kern County, California. Fig. 2. Dermochelys coriacea (Linné); No. 29,492, U. S. Nat. Mus. Fig. 3. Caretta caretta (Linné); No. 62,754, U. S. Nat. Mus. Fig. 4. Colpochelys sp.; No. 29,015, U. S. Nat. Mus. Fig. 5. Chelonia mydas (Linné); No. 29,342, U. S. Nat. Mus. Figures 6-10. Comparative views of turtle femora as seen from below. Slightly more than one-fourth natural size. Fig. 6. Chelonia (?) californiensis Gilmore, new species. Holotype No. 4,379, Mus. C.A.S., Paleo. Type Coll., from Sharktooth Hill, Sec. 25, T. 28S., R. 28E., M.D.M., Kern County, California. Fig. 7. Dermochelys coriacea (Linné); No. 29,492, U. S. Nat. Mus. Fig. 8. Caretta caretta (Linné); No. 62,754, U. S. Nat. Mus. Fig. 9. Colpochelys sp.; No. 29,015, U. S. Nat. Mus. Fig. 10. Chelonia mydas (Linné); No. 29,342, U. S. Nat. Mus. PROC. CAL. ACAD. SCl., 4th Series, Vol. XXIII, No. 10 [GILMORE] Plate 14 7 | ell & y “Ge Se PROCEEDINGS € L1eR AR OF THE \z \ sass X ¥ Mt abd CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES WA @ > FOURTH SERIES Vor. XXIII, No. 11, pp. 175-190. DECEMBER 30, 1937 No. 11 CONTRIBUTIONS TO ORIENTAL HERPETOLOGY* V. HONSHU OR HONDO, THE NEIGHBORING ISLANDS OF SADO AND AWAJI, AND THE SEVEN ISLANDS OF IDZU BY JOSEPH R. SLEVIN Curator, Department of Herpetology California Academy of Sciences The material at hand in our collections from Japan shows Honshu or Hondo Island, the largest island of Japan proper, to be inhabited by most of the species represented from the other islands constituting the Japanese Empire, and to have a fauna closely related to certain species found on the opposite mainland. All of the species found on Sado and Awaji islands are represented in our collections by specimens from Hondo, while Eumeces latis- cutatus okad@ seems to be confined to the Seven Islands of Idzu. * Printed from the John W. Hendrie Publication Endowment. December 30, 1937 176 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. HONDO ISLAND 1. Triturus pyrrhogaster (Boie) Our collection includes a large series of specimens of this sala- mander from the following localities: 16022 to 16037. 16324 to 16327. 16328 to 16340. 25116 to 25123. 25124 to 25127. 25128 to 25132. 25133. 25134 to 25137. 25138 to 25140. 25958 to 25966. 26717 to 26722. 33044, he Kobe, Settsu Province, Sept. 24, 1906. Yura, Tango Province, Sept. 20, 1908. Miyazu, Tango Province, Oct. 1908. Ichinoseki, Rikuchu Province, 1910. Yamashiro, Kaga Province, 1910. Mimaya, Rikuoku Province, 1910. Nakayama, Rikuoku Province, 1910. Inawashiro, Iwashiro Province, 1910. Ina, Rikuoku Province, 1910. Kawabe, Rikuoku Province, 1910. Sekiya, Himotsuke Province, 1910. Kobe, Settsu Province, May 3, 1911. Megalobatrachus japonicus (Temminck) A single specimen (No. 16016) was collected in Mimasaka Prov- ince, Sept. 20, 1905. Japan. A large skeleton (No. 39684) is labeled merely 3. Hynobius lichenatus Boulenger Dunn has studied our salamanders of the family Hynobiide and has referred to this species more than thirty specimens, as follows: 26716. 26708. 25630 to 25749. 26685 to 26707. 16019 to 16020. A larva from Mimaya, Rikuoku Province, 1910. A larva from Ozorezan, Rikuoku Province, 1910. Larve from Shiogama, Rikuzen Province, 1910. Adult specimens from Inawashiro, Iwashiro Province, 1910. Hakone, Idzu Province. These specimens are called Hynobius peropus by Dunn (Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts and Sci., Two cotypes from the original series (Nos. Vol. 58, No. 13, pp. 445-523, June, 1923). 4. Hynobius naevius (Schlegel) 64467, 64468) are listed here, although it is not positively known that they came from this island, the type locality being stated as the mountainous parts of Hondo and Shikoku. 5. Hynobius kimurai Dunn Two larve (Nos. 16322, 16323) from Miyazu, Tango Province, 1906, and one grown specimen (No. 0 BOS) from Tide Province ¢ are referred to this species by Dunn. Vou. XXIII] SLEVIN—ORIENTAL HERPETOLOGY 177 6. Hynobius vandenburghi Dunn Represented by five specimens as follows: The type (No. 26714), an adult male, collected at Nara, Yamato Province, May 1907. Three (Nos. 25948 to 25950) from central Hondo. One (No. 35931) labeled merely Japan. 7. Pachypalaminus boulengeri Thompson This species is represented by the type specimen only (No. 33192), collected at Odaigahara Mountain, Yamato Province. 8. Onychodactylus japonicus (Houttuyn) All our specimens were collected in Honshu, as follows: 16017 and 16018. Hakone Lake, Sagami Province. 16021. Yokohama, Musashi Province. 25142 to 25481. Mimaya, Rikuoku Province, 1910. 25482 to 25629. SE. Osorezan, Rikuoku Province, 1910. 26709 to 26713. Sawatari, Kotsuke Province, 1910. 26715. Mimaya, Rikuoku Province, 1910. 49145 and 49146. Osoresan, Rikuoku Province. 9. Bufo vulgaris japonicus Schlegel The large series of toads now at hand tends to show that only one subspecies of Bufo vulgaris inhabits the island of Hondo. Neither Bufo formosus nor Bufo smith can be recognized as distinct, for there is too much variation in the size of the tympanum and web, and length of hind limb, in the series studied. The differences in size of tympana and webs seem to be partly sexual, but this is obscured by sexual variation. Notes on our specimens from Hondo follow. 15959. Kobe, Settsu Province, October, 1906. Large web; small tympanum; faint jaw line; moderate lateral pigmentation; belly heavily blotched. 15960 to 15965. Kobe, Settsu Province, September, 1906. Large webs; moderate or small tympana; jaw line present except in 15960; lateral pigmentation heavy, except in 15960, 15964, and 15965. Belly heavily spotted except in No. 15961, which has very few spots; and Nos. 15964, and 15965, which have moderate spotting. Nos. 15960, 15961, and 15962 have very spiny thighs; Nos. 15964 and 15965 have complete or partial light dorsal line; No. 15960 has first and second fingers equal; with pads, the others have the second finger longer than the first; without nuptual pads. Nos. 15961 and 15962 are females containing eggs. 178 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER 16307 to 16321. Kobe, Settsu Province, October 19 to 28, 1908. The web is small in 16313, 16319, 16321; moderate in 16307, 16308 16312, 16317, 16320: Marge: tnfOs09F 16310, "LOS LT, -Y6ST2> hast 4 16315, 16316, 16318. Tympanum small in 16307, 16313, 16320, 16321. moderate in 16308, 16309, 16311, 16314, 16315, 16316, 16317, 16318: large in 16310, 16312, 16319. Lateral pigment little in 16308, 16311, 16313; moderate in 16307, 16318; very pronounced in the others. Belly pigment little in 16318; moderate in 16314, 16316; very pro- nounced in the others. Either the first or second finger may be the longer; but in 16307, 16308, 16309, 16315 they are about equal. Nuptual finger pads are present in 16308, 16311, 16314, 16315, 16318; which have fingers of all the various lengths. The line along the lower jaw is present. 16349 to 16353. Kobe, Settsu Province, February 22, 1909. All have large webs, small or moderate tympana, heavy lateral and belly lateral and belly markings, and the line on the lower jaw. In No. 16351 the tympanum equals its distance from eye. No. 16352is a female containing eggs. 16372. Kobe, Settsu Province, June 10, 1909. Rather large web; tympanum moderate; much lateral pigmentation; jaw line present. 16300 to 16306. Kyoto, Yamashiro Province, October 8, 22, 1908. Large webs; small tympana; jaw line present; much pigmentation of sides and belly, except in Nos. 16300 and 16304. 16290. Yura, Tango Province, September 25, 1909. Very small web; large tympanum; jaw line present; much black on sides and belly. 16291 to 16298. Miyazu, Tango Province, October, 1908. Web small, except in Nos. 16295 and 16298; tympana moderate to large; jaw line present; much lateral pigment; belly heavily spotted with black, except in Nos. 16292, 16293, and 16294, which have a few spots. No. 16298 is a female containing eggs. 25895 to 25908. Inawashiro, Iwashiro Province, 1910. Web small in Nos. 25895, 25896, 25898, 25904, and 25908; moderate in Nos. 25899, 25901, 25902, 25903, 25906, and 25907; large in Nos. 25900, and 25905. Tympanum small in Nos. 25897, 25901, and 25906; moderate in Nos. 25896, and 25900; large in Nos. 25895, 25898, 25899, 25903, 25904, 25905, 25907, and 25908; very large in No. 25902. Jaw line present in all. Not much lateral black in Nos. 25896, 25898, 25902, 25905, and 25908; not much black on belly in Nos. 25899, and 25908; a broken dorsal line in 25898. 25909 to 25921. Toyohara, Shimotsuke or Yashu Province, 1910. Large webs; tympana moderate; no jaw line; few or no belly spots. A slight tarsal ridge or row of tubercles in Nos. 25912, 25916, and 25917. 25922 and 25923. Mimaya, Rikuoku Province, 1910. Small webs; large tympana; much black on belly; reduced lateral pigmentation. Vou. XXIII] SLEVIN—ORIENTAL HERPETOLOGY 179 25924 and 25925. Kanida, Rikuoku Province, 1910. Small webs; large tympana; jaw line present. 25926. Shiogama, Rikuzen Province, 1910. 25927 to 25929. Tsugaru Mountains, Rikuzen Province, 1910. Small webs; large tympana; jaw line present; much lateral pigmenta- tion; much or little ventral black. 25945 to 25947. Kawabe. Rikuoku Province, 1910. Very large webs; large tympana; jaw line present; moderate or little lateral black (largely replaced with red in two); little black on belly, except in No. 25945. 25951. Shimofuro, Rikuoku Province, 1910. Small web; large tympanum; jaw line present; no lateral black; many small black spots on belly. 10. Hyla arborea japonica Giinther A very few specimens in the large series listed below are without the dark mark between the nostril and eye. 15967 to 15969. Kamakura Province, Oct. 13, 1906. 15970. Yokohama, Musashi Province, Oct. 1906. 15971. Kyoto, Yamashiro Province, Sept. 24, 1906. 16258. Yura, Tango Province, Sept. 20, 1908. 16260. 16262 to 16265. 16269 and 16270. 16272 and 16273. 16361 to 16371. 25870 to 25872. 25873 to 25877. Maiko, Tango Province, Sept. 14, 1908. Miyazu, Tango Province, Sept. 24, 1908. Miyazu, Tango Province, Sept. 24, 1908. Miyazu, Tango Province, Sept. 24, 1908. Ashiya, Settsu Province, May 9, 1909. Mimaya, Rikuoku Province, 1910. Inawashiro, Iwashiro Province, 1910. 25878 to 25880. Matsushima, Shinshu Province, 1910. VE M4 AG 25881 and 25882. Asamushi, Rikuoku Province, 1910. VF i¢ 25883. Kanida, Rikuoku Province, 1910. 2 25936 to 25944. Kawabe, Rikuoku Province, 1910. 35910. Kobe, Settsu Province, 1911. 35912. Kobe, Settsu Province, 1911. 35914 to 35917. Kobe, Settsu Province, April 18-Jan. 20, 1912. 35919. Miyazu, Tango Province, July 6, 1911. 11. Rana nigromaculata nigromaculata Hallowell In the large series at hand the dorsal line is absent only in Nos. 15991, 15992, 16000, 16003, 16009, 16099, 16113, and 16114. This line is present only on the head and sacral region in No. 15997. In Nos. 16001 and 26727 this line is in its normal position on the head, but, on the body, it leaves the midline and crosses the left dorso- lateral ridge, returning to the midline posteriorly. Our Hondo specimens are from the following localities: 180 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. 15991 to 15999. Yokohama, Musashi Province, Oct. 7, 1906. 16000 to 16011. Kobe, Settsu Province, Sept.—Oct., 1906. 16098 to 16101. Kobe, Settsu Province, Sept. 14, 1908. 16102 to 16113. Yura, Tango Province, Sept. 25, 1908. 16114 and 16115. 16116 and 16117. 16122. 25816. 25817 to 25819. 25820 and 25821. 25822. 25823. 25845 and 25846. 25847. 25930. 26727. 33041 and 33042. 16118 to Yura, Tango Province, Sept. 25, 1908. Miyazu, Tango Province, Sept. 24, 1908. Miyazu, Tango Province, Oct. 1908. Shiogama, Rikuzen Province, 1910. Tanabu, Rikuoku Province, 1910. Aomori, Rikuoku Province, 1910. Ichinoseki, Rikuoku Province, 1910. Asamushi, Rikuoku Province, 1910. Inawashiro, Iwashiro Province, 1910. Ina, Rikuoku Province, 1910. Kawabe, Rikuoku Province, 1910. Sekiya, Himotsuke Province, 1910. Kobe, Settsu Province, April 13, 1910. 12. Rana temporaria temporaria Linnaeus Dr. Stejneger (Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., Vol. 37, 1924, pp. 73-78) has shown that two kinds of woodfrogs have been found on Hondo. These he calls Rana japonica and Rana temporaria ornativentris. He shows that in the frogs of the Rana temporaria subgroup the anterior dorso-lateral glandular ridges flare out laterally toward the tympa- num, while in Rana japonica these ridges proceed nearly straight forward to the eyelid. He states that the large, blackish spots on the throat and breast are alone sufficient to separate Rana temporaria ornativentris (Werner) from typical Rana temporaria. In our series of woodfrogs from Hondo I find that the dorso-lateral folds flare out toward the tympanum in the following: 16146 to 16150. Miyazu, Tango Province, Oct. 1, 1908. 25762 to 25769. Mimaya, Rikuoku Province, 1910. 25791 to 25798. Tanabu, Rikuoku Province, 1910. 25812 and 25813. Tappanzaki, Rikuoku Province, 1910. 25815. Sendai, Rikuzen Province, 1910. 25824 to 25827. Osorezan, Rikuoku Province, 1910. 25828 and 25829. Omasaki, Rikuoku Province, 1910. 25931. Kawabe, Rikuoku Province, 1910. 35911. Kobe, Settsu Province, May 3, 1911. Many of these specimens show an outer, metatarsal tubercle, and most of them have shorter snouts and larger webs than are found in typical Rana japonica. Nearly all these frogs have the throat more or less suffused or clouded with brown or slate, but less than half of them have any definite spotting of the throat or breast. As spotting of these regions occurs in specimens of Rana temporaria from Sak- halin, Korea and Tsu-shima, it appears to be a question whether the name ornativentris for these frogs from Hondo should be retained. I have also before me a series of thirteen frogs (Nos. 25799 to 25811) collected at Inawashiro, Iwashiro Province, in 1910. These seem to be somewhat intermediate in their characters. The dorso- Vou. XXII] SLEVIN—ORIENTAL HERPETOLOGY 181 lateral ridge flares out in Nos. 25799, 25800, 25801, 25803, 25806, 25807, 25808, and 25809; but is nearly straight in Nos. 25802, 25804, 25805, 25810, and 25811. The throat is spotted in No. 25808; clouded in Nos. 25799, 25800, 25801, 25802, 25804, 25805, 25809, and 25810; and white in Nos. 25803, 25807 and 25811. 13. Rana japonica (Giinther) To this name may be referred the frogs with dorso-lateral folds nearly straight anteriorly, snout long, throat and breast yellowish white, and smaller webs. Such are the following: 16013 and 16014. Yokohama, Musashi Province, Oct. 7, 1906. 16015. Kobe, Settsu Province, Sept., 1906. 16127. Kobe, Settsu Province, Sept. 14, 1908. 16128 to 16145. Yura, Tango Province, Sept. 20, 1908. 16151 to 16154. Miyazu, Tango Province, Oct. 1908. 25814. Shiogama, Rikuzen Province, 1910. 35918. Miyazu, Tango Province, July 6, 1911. 14. Rana rugosa Schlegel The very large series at hand appears to be perfectly typical. A quite small number of the specimens show a middorsal light stripe. The following list gives the localities of collection. 15972 to 15990. Kobe, Settsu Province, Sept. 1906. 16210 to 16217. Miyazu, Tango Province, Sept. 24, 1908. 16218 to 16226. Miyazu, Tango Province, Oct., 1908. 16227 to 16239. Yura, Tango Province, Sept. 20, 1908. 16240 and 16241. Yura, Tango Province, Oct. 25, 1908. 16242 to 16252. Kobe, Settsu Province, Oct. 1908. 16359 and 16360. Ashiya, Settsu Province, May 9, 1909. 25830 to 25833. Shiogama, Rikuzen Province, 1910. 25834. Aomori, Rikuoku Province, 1910. 25835 and 25836. Inawashiro, Iwashiro Province, 1910. 25837 and 25838. Asamushi, Rikuoku Province, 1910. 25839. Mimaya, Rikuoku Province, 1910. 25840. Nakayama, Aki Province, 1910. 25841 to 25843. Ina, Rikuoku Province, 1910. 25844. Ichinoseki, Rikuchu Province, 1910. 25848 and 25849. Ichinoseki, Rikuchu Province, 1910. 25932 to 25935. Kawabe, Rikuoku Province, 1910. 26723 to 26726. Sekiya, Himotsuke Province, 1910. 33043 and 35907. Kobe, Settsu Province, 1911. 35913 and 35930. Kobe, Settsu Province, 1912. 15. Rana limnocharis Wiegmann This frog is represented by twenty-four specimens from Hondo. 16163. Kobe, Settsu Province, Sept. 14, 1908. 16164 to 16167. Yura, Tango Province, Sept. 20, 1908. 16168 to 16179. Miyazu, Tango Province, Sept. 24, 1908. 16180 to 16182. Miyazu, Tango Province, Oct. 1, 1908. 16348. Miyazu, Tango Province, Oct. 1, 1908. 35908 and 35909. Kobe, Settsu Province, April 26, 1911. 182 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. 16. Rhacophorus schlegelii schlegelii (Giinther) Twenty specimens from Hondo are at hand, as follows: 16255 to 16257. Yura, Tango Province, Sept. 20, 1908. 16259. Yura, Tango Province, Sept. 20, 1908. 16261. Miyazu, Tango Province, Sept. 24, 1908. 16266 to 16268. Miyazu, Tango Province, Sept. 24, 1908. 16271. Miyazu, Tango Province, Sept. 24, 1908. 16274 to 16276. Miyazu, Tango Province, Sept. 24, 1908. 16277 to 16279. Miyazu, Tango Province, Oct. 1-5, 1908. 25892 and 25893. Tappanzaki, Rikuoku Province, 1910. 25894. Aomori, Rikuoku Province, 1910. 26734. Yamato, Yamato Province, 1910. 33051. Miyazu, Tango Province, July 6, 1911. 17. Polypedates buergeri (Schlegel) The ten specimens listed below require no special comment. 15966. Mount Fuji, Suguru Province, May, 1898. 24337. Kobe, Settsu Province. 25884 to 25886. Lake Inawashiro, Iwashiro Province, 1910. 25887 to 25891. Yamashiro, Kaga Province, 1910. 18. Gekko japonicus (Duméril & Bibron) This species is represented by eleven specimens from Hondo. 16041. Osaka, Settsu Province, Oct. 26, 1908. 33020 to 33026. Kobe, Settsu Province, July 10, 1911. 35904 to 35906. Kobe, Settsu Province, August, 1911. 19. Takydromus tachydromoides (Schlegel) More than fifty specimens from Hondo are at hand. There ap- pears to be no character to distinguish them from the grass lizards of the other islands of Japan proper. 15830 to 15833. Yokohama, Musashi Province, Oct. 1906. 15834 to 15851. Kobe, Settsu Province, Sept. 23-25, 1906. 16042. Maiko, Harima Province, Sept. 14, 1908. 16043 to 16045. Miyazu, Tango Province, Sept. 1908. 16046 to 16056. Miyazu, Tango Province, Oct. 1, 1908. 16062. Kobe, Settsu Province, Oct. 28, 1908. 16354 to 16357. Kobe, Settsu Province, June 10, 1909. 25952. Osorezan, Rikuoku Province, 1910. 25953. Shiogama, Rikuzen Province, 1910. 25954. Inawashiro, Iwashiro Province, 1910. 33035 to 33040. Kobe, Settsu Province, April 13, 1911. 35900 to 35903. Kobe, Settsu Province, 1911. 20. Eumeces latiscutatus latiscutatus (Hallowell) This lizard is represented in our collections by the following specimens from Hondo: Vor. XXII] SLEVIN—ORIENTAL HERPETOLOGY 183 15852 and 15853. Kobe, Settsu Province, Sept. 24, 1906. 16358. Kobe, Settsu Province, Sept. 24, 1906. 33027 to 33031. Kobe, Settsu Province, April 13, 1911. 33032 to 33034. Kobe, Settsu Province, May 3, 1911. 33045 to 33050. Miyazu, Tango Province, July 6, 1911. 35899. Kobe, Settsu Province, 1911. 21. Natrix vibakari vibakari (Boie) Nine specimens of this snake are represented as follows: 15854 and 15855. Hakone, Suruga Province, Oct. 28, 1906. 15856 and 15860. Yokohama, Musashi Province, Oct. 1-7, 1906. 15861. Yokohama, Musashi Province, 1906. 16085. Miyazu, Tango Province, Oct. 5, 1908. The scale counts of these specimens are as follows: Scale | Gastro-| Uro- | Supra- | Infra- Pre- Post- No. Sex Rows | steges | steges | labials | labials | oculars | oculars | Loreal Temporals 15854 fou 19 146 “ic 7-7 8-8 =i Se i-1 1+1-1+1 15855 2 19 143 76c 7-7 8-8 1-1 2-2 ital 1+1-1+41 15856 fou 19 148 69c 7-7 8-8 1-1 3-3 11) 1+1-—1+1 15857 fof) 19 145 73c 7-7 8-8 jJ-1 3-3 1-1 1+1-1+1 15858 Q 19 145 70c 7-7 9-8 1-1 3-3 1-1 1+1-—1-+1 15859 fof 19 148 58c 7-7 8-8 i=l 3-3 1-1 1+1-—1+1 15860 fou 19 149 71c 7-7 8-8 1-1 3-3 11 1+1-1+1 15861 2 19 150 70c 7-7 8-8 ial 3—3 1-1 1+1-1+1 16085 fof 19 146 74c 8-7 8-8 1-1 3-3 1-1 1+1-—1+1 | 22. Natrix tigrina tigrina (Boie) This snake is represented by more than ninety specimens from Hondo. The combined gastrostege and urostege counts vary from 113 to 142, but usually are more than 126, as stated by Stejneger. The urosteges range from 59 to 80. The localities and the scale counts for these specimens are given below. 15862 to 15925. Yokohama, Musashi Province, Oct. 1, 1906. 15926 to 15929. Kobe, Settsu Province, Sept. 25, 1906. 15932. Yumoto, Suruga Province, Oct. 20, 1906. 15933. Hakone, Suruga Province, Oct. 20, 1906. 16063 to 16069. Yura, Tango Province, Sept. 25, 1908. 16070 to 16077. Miyazu, Tango Province, Sept. 23—Oct. 11, 1908. 25955. Osorezan, Rikuoku Province, 1910. 26677. Inawashiro, Iwashiro Province, 1910. 26678. Ichinoseki, Rikuoku Province, 1910. 26680. Mimaya, Rikuoku Province, 1910. 26682. Tappanzaki, Rikuoku Province, 1910. 26684. Osorezan, Rikuoku Province, 1910. 33018. Kobe, Settsu Province, May 3, 1911. 184 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. Scale | Gastro- Uro- Supra- | Infra- Pre- Post- No. Sex Rows steges steges | Anal labials | labials | oculars | oculars Temporals 15862 ou 19 156 74c 2 7-7 9-9 2-2 3-3 1+2-1+1 15863 fou 19 157 69c 2 7-7 9-9 2-2 3-3 1+2-—1+2 15864 fol 19 158 76c 2 7-7 9-9 2-2 3-3 14+2-—1+2 15865 ofl 19 157 75¢c 3 7-7 9-9 2-2 3-3 1+2-—1+2 15866 ou 19 154 70c 2 8-7 10-10 2-2 3-3 1+2-—1+2 15767 fou 19 159 50+ 2 7-7 9-9 2-2 3-4 1+2-—1+2 15868 2 19 162 68c 2 6-7 9-8 2-2 ao 14+2-—1+2 15869 g 19 163 67c 2 7-7 9-9 2-2 3-3 1+2-1+2 15870 fof 19 163 71c 2 7-7 8-9 2-2 3-3 14+2-—1+1 15871 2 19 166 72c 2 7-7 8-8 2=2 3-4 1+2-—-1+2 15872 2 19 165 58+ 2 7-7 8-8 2-2 3-3 1+2-1+42 15873 2 19 161 65c 2 7-7 9-9 2-2 3-3 1+2-—-1+2 15874 2 19 169 72c Zz 7-7 9-9 2-2 3-3 1+2-—1+42 15875 fot 19 160 72c 2 6-7 8-9 2-2 3-3 1+2-—-1+42 15876 fo 19 155 28+ 2 7-7 9-9 2-2 3-3 1+2-—1-+42 15877 GE 19 159 76c 2 6-7 8-9 2-2 3-3 1+2-—-1+2 15878 ef 19 156 73c 2 7-7 9-9 2-2 3-3 1+2-1+2 15879 °) 19 161 64c 2 7-7 9-9 2-2 3-3 1+2-—-1+42 15880 Q 19 162 65c 2 7-7 9-9 2-2 4-3 1+2-—1+2 15881 fol 19 162 80c 2 7-7 9-9 2-2 2-2 1+4+2-—1+2 15882 ie) 19 162 69c 2 7-7 8-9 2-2 3-3 1+2-—-142 15883 ou 19 159 78c 2 7-7 9-9 2-2 3-3 1+2-—-1+42 15884 ot 19 159 78c 2 7-7 9-9 2-2 3-3 1+2-—-1+42 15885 ot 19 162 73c 2. 6-7 8-9 2-2 3-4 1+2-1-+2 15886 ot 19 162 73C 2 6-6 9-8 2-2 3-3 1+1-—-1-42 15887 J 19 161 73c 2 7-7 8-9 2-2 4-3 1+2-—1-+2 15888 g 19 162 66c 2 7-7 10-9 2-2 3-3 1+2-—-1-+42 15889 of 19 155 70c 2 7-7 9-9 2-2 3-3 1+2-—-1-+2 15890 2 19 162 71c 2, 7-7 9-9 2-2 4-3 1+2-—1+42 15891 ot 19 154 73c 2 7-7 9-9 2-2 3-4 1+2-1-+2 15892 fot 19 158 66c 2 7-7 9-10 2-2 3-3 1+2-1+2 15893 ie) 19 165 68c 2 7-7 9-9 2-2 3-3 1+2—-1+2 15894 fou 19 160 63c 2 7-7 8-8 2-2 3-3 1+2-—-1+2 15895 x 19 164 73c 2 7-7 9-9 2-2 3-3 1+2-1+2 15896 fo 19 161 54+ 2 6-6 8-7 2-2 3-3 1+2-—-1+2 15897 ou 19 160 72c 2 6-6 8-9 2-2 3-3 1+2-1+42 15898 g 19 162 62c 2 7-7 8-9 2-2 3-3 1+2-1+2 15899 ou 19 157 78c 2 7-7 9-9 2-2 3-3 1+2-—1-+42 15900 9 19 167 dic 2 7-7 9-8 2-2 3-3 1+2-—1-+2 15901 fou 19 159 75c 2 7-7 8-9 2-2 3-3. 1+2-—1+2 15902 2 19 159 30+ 2 6-6 9-9 2-2 3-3 1+2-—1+2 15903 fof 19 160 58+ 2, 7-7 9-9 2-2 3-3 1+2-—1+2 15904 ofl 19 161 73c 2 7-7 9-9 2-2 3-3 1+2-—1+2 15905 se} 19 161 59+ 2 7-7 9-9 2-2 3-3 1+2-1+42 15906 fot 19 158 76c 2 7-7 9-9 2-2 3-3 1+2-—1-+2 15907 2 19 162 69c 2 7-7 9-9 2-2 3-3 1+2-—1+42 15908 2 19 161 70c 2 7-7 9-9 2-2 3-2 1+2-—1-+2 15909 Q 19 162 70c 2 7-7 9-9 2-2 3-3 1+2-1+42 15910 ofl 19 159 156 2 7-7 9-9 2-2 3-3 1+2-—-1+2 15911 Q 19 163 71c 2 7-7 9-9 2-2 3-3 1+2-—1+42 15912 ofl 19 162 74c 2 6-7 9-9 2-2 3-3 1+2-—1-+2 15913 2 19 164 70c 2 7-7 9-9 2-2 3-3 1+2-—1-+42 15914 fo 19 157 75¢ 2 7-7 9-9 2-2 3-3 1+2-—142 15915 of 19 162 78c 2 7-7 9-9 2-2 4-4 1+2-—-1+2 15916 te} 19 163 75c 2 7-7 9-9 2-2 3-4 1+2-—1+2 15917 fo 19 160 75¢ 2 7-7 9-9 he) 3=3 1+2-1+42 15918 fot 19 157 59+ 2 7-7 9-9 2-2 3-3 1+2-—1-+2 15919 2 19 161 66c 2 7-7 8-8 2-2 3-3 1+2-—-1+1 15920 g 19 162 66c 2 7-7 10-9 2-2 3-4 1+2-—1+2 Vor. XXIII] SLEVIN—ORIENTAL HERPETOLOGY 185 Scale | Gastro- | Uro- Supra- | Infra- Pre- Post- No. Sex Rows steges steges | Anal | labials | labials | oculars | oculars Temporals 15921 2 19 162 54+ 2 7-7 9-8 2-2 3-3 1+2-—1+2 15922 2 19 162 71c 2 7-7 9-9 2-2 4-4 1+2-—-1-+2 15923 2 19 167 64c 2 7-7 9-9 2-2 3-3 1+2—-1+2 15924 x 19 15925 ofl 19 159 73c 2 7-6 8-8 22 3-3 1+2-—-1-+2 15926 2 19 157 73c 2 7-6 9-9 1-1 3-3 1+2-—-1-+2 15927 2 19 161 70c ?) 7-7 10-10 2—2 3-4 1+2-—-1+2 15928 Q 19 160 66c 2 7-7 9-9 22 4-3 1+2-—-1+2 15929 ofl 19 156 79¢ 2 7-7 9-8 2—2 3-3 1+2-—-1+2 15932 2 19 165 69c 2 77 10-9 2-2 3-3 1+2-—-1+2 15933 2 19 163 68c 2 7-7 10-10 2-2 4-4 1+2—1-+2 16063 fof 19 163 74c 2 7-7 8-9 2-2 3-3 1+2-—-1+2 16064 a 19 155 77c 7. 7-7 8-8 2-2 3-3 1+2 —1-+-2 16065 fof 19 156 79¢c 2 7-7 10-9 2-2 3-3 1+2-—-1-+2 16066 ou 19 158 76c 2 7-7 9-9 2—2 3-3 1+2—-1-+2 16067 2 19 157 70c 2 7-7 9-10 2—2 3-3 1+2-—1+2 16068 2 19 164 72c 2 7-7 9-9 2-2 3-3 1+2-—-1+2 16069 2 19 158 73c 2 7-7 9-9 2—2 4-4 1+2-—-1+2 16070 2 19 155 72c 2, 7-7 10-10 2-2 3-3 1+2-—1-+2 16071 fo 19 158 74c 2, 7-7 10-9 Low 3-3 1+2—-1+2 16072 2 19 158 70c 2 6-7 10-10 2-2 3-3 1+2-—-1+3 16073 fof 19 155 79c 2 7-7 9-9 22 3-3 1+2-—1-+2 16074 2 19 160 75c 2 7-7 10-10 2-2 3-3 1+2-—1+2 16075 fe) 19 155 80c 2 7-7 10-10 2-2 3-3 2+2-—-1-+2 16076 fe) 19 158 71ic 2 7-7 10-10 2-2 3-3 1+2-—-1-+2 16077 2 19 162 61c 2 7-7 10-9 2-2 3-3 1+2-—1-+2 25955 2 19 152 61c 2 8-7 10-10 2-2 3-3 1+2-—1-+2 26677 (ofl 19 154 63c 2 7-7 8-8 2—2 3-3 1+2-—1+2 26678 cn 19 154 69c 2 7-7 9-9 2-2 3-3 1+2-—1+2 26680 ofl 19 154 61c 2 8-7 9-9 2=2 3-3 1+2-—1+2 26682 fou 19 153 69c 2 8-8 10-10 2-2 3-3 1+2—1-+2 26684 on 19 154 59c 2 6-6 9-9 2-2 3-3 1+2-—1-+2 33018 ofl 19 161 77c 2 7-7 9-9 22 3-3 1+2—1-+2 The loreals are 1-1 in all except Nos. 15887 and have none. 23. Elaphe climacophora (Boie) 15929, which No. 15947 is a female, collected at Tokyo, Musashi Province, in It has scales in 25 rows, gastrosteges 225, urosteges 99c, anal divided, supralabials 8-8, infralabials 11-11, preoculars 1-1, postoculars 2-2, loreal 1-1, and temporals 2+3—2+3. August, 1906. Sixteen Hondo specimens of this snake are at hand. 15950 to 15953. 15954 and 15955. 16082 to 16084. 16086 and 16087. 16089 to 16091. 26679. 33019. 24. Elaphe quadrivirgata (Boie) Yokohama, Musashi Province, Oct. 1, 1906. Kobe, Settsu Province, Sept. 25, 1906. Miyazu, Tango Province, Sept.—Oct. 5, 1908. Yura, Tango Province, Sept. 21 and 25, 1908. Yura, Tango Province, Sept. 25 and 26, 1908. Mimaya, Rikuoku Province, 1910. Kobe, Settsu Province, May 3, 1911. 186 The scale counts are as follows: CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. Scale | Gastro- | Uro- Supra- | Infra- Pre- Post- No. Sex Rows steges steges | Anal labials | labials | oculars | oculars Temporals 15950 fou 19 208 48+ 2 8-8 9-9 2-2 2-2 2 --2 =2'-+-3 15951 ou 19 202 88c 2 8-8 9-10 2-2 2-2 2: --2 =2--3 15952 fou 19 204 88c 2 9-8 10-10 12 2-2: 2+3 —2-+3 15953 ef 19 202 90c 2 7-7 10-9 1-1 2-2 2+2-—2+43 15954 Q 19 203 86c 2 8-8 10-10 2-2 2-2 2+2-—2+2 15955 rou 19 205 90c 2) 8-8 10-10 1—2 2-2 2—2 16082 ie) 19 198 77c 2 8-8 9-10 1-1 2-2 2+2—2-+2 16083 rofl 19 204 92c 2 8-8 9-10 i—1 2-2 2+3 —2-+2 16084 fe) 19 198 81ic 2 8-8 10-10 1-1 2-2 2+2 —2-+2 16086 fe) 19 206 8ic 2 8-8 10-10 2-2 2-2 2+2 —2-++2 16087 9 19 203 Tic 2 8-8 10-10 2-2 2-2 2+2 —2-+2 16089 fot 19 203 87c 2 8-8 10-10 2-2 2-2 1+2 —2-++-2 16090 rofl 19 203 89c 2 8-8 10-10 2-1 2-2 2-2 =2--2 16091 fe) 19 198 87c 2 8-8 10-10 2-2 2—2 2-3 2-3 26679 J 19 201 68+ 1 8-8 10-9 2-2 2-2 2+2—2+2 33019 ou 19 203 88c 2 8-8 10-10 2-2 2-2 2+2-—2-+2 The gastrostege counts of Hondo specimens range from 198 to 213, the averages being for nineteen males 205; for eighteen females 203.2; and for fifty specimens 204.2. The urosteges range from 70 to 92, and average for fifteen males 87.6; for eighteen females 82.1; and for forty-five specimens 84.9. 25. Elaphe conspicillata (Boie) The collection includes only three snakes of this species from Hondo. 15945. Yumoto, Suruga Province, Oct. 20, 1906. 15946. Yokohama, Musashi Province, Oct. 20, 1906. 26676. Inawashiro, Iwashiro Province, 1910. The scale counts are as follows: Scale | Gastro- | Uro- Supra- | Infra- Pre- Post- No. Sex Rows steges steges | Anal | labials | labials | oculars | oculars Temporals 15945 ie} 21 213 69c 2 7-71 9-9 1 2-2 1+2-—1+2 15946 of 21 202 68c 2 7-7 9-9 1-1 2=2 1+4+2-—1+2 26676 fo 21 214 54+ 2 hh 9-9 1-1 2-2 1)=-2:—1-F2 Vou. XXIII] SLEVIN—ORIENTAL HERPETOLOGY 187 26. Dinodon orientale (Hilgendorf) We have one specimen (No. 15937) from Kobe, Settsu, Province, Sept. 24, 1906, and seven (Nos. 15938 to 15944) from Yokohama, Musashi Province, 1906. The scale counts are as follows: Scale | Gastro- | Uro- Supra- | Infra- Pre- Post- No. Sex Rows steges sleges Anal labials labials | oculars | oculars Temporals 15937 rot 17 195 73c 2 8-8 9-9 1-1 2-2 2+2-—2+2 15938 ce) 17 186 74c 2 8-8 10-10 1-1 2-2 2+3-—2+3 15939 Q 17 201 73c 2 8-8 10-9 1-1 2-2 2+2-—2+3 15940 fot 17 197 72c 2 8-8 9-10 1-1 2-2 2+2-—2+3 15941 ce) 17 205 72c 2 8-8 9-10 1-1 2-2 2+3-2+3 15942 x 17 200 72c 2 8-8 10-10 1-1 2-2 2+2-2+3 15943 Q 17 204 70c 2 8-8 10-10 1-1 2-2 24+3-2+4+3 15944 2 17 197 73c 2 8-8 10-10 1-f 2-2 2+3-—2+3 27. Pelamydrus platurus (Linné) A single sea-snake of this species (No. 15000) was taken in Suruga Bay, Feb. 1, 1906. It is a male, and has scales in 47 rows on the neck and 51 on the body, gastrosteges 327, urosteges 42c, anal divided, supralabials 9-8, infralabials 11-12, preoculars 2-1, post- oculars 2-2, and temporals 2+3—2-+3. 28. Agkistrodon blomhoffii blomhoffii (Boie) Five typical specimens from Hondo are represented in the col- = lection. EAL. ints oe 15956 and 15957. Yokohama, Musashi Province, 1906. 15958. Kobe, Settsu Province, Sept. 24, 1906. 16906. Miyazu, Tango Province, Oct. 5, 1908. [heed | LIBRA 25957. Tappanzaki, Rikuoku Province, 1910. \ a2” \ ies > BA oe \ ae The scale counts are as follows: oN Mas ‘ *“ H/ sh Scale Gastro- Uro- Supra- Infra- Pre- Post- No. Sex Rows steges steges Anal labials labials oculars oculars 15956 juv 74 | 136 45c 1 7-7 10-10 2-2 2-2 15957 2 21 144 46c 1 71 11-10 22 2-2 15958 rot 21 140 54c 1 7-7 10-10 2-2 2-2 16096 2 21 143 48c 1 i=7 10-10 2—2 2=2 25957 juv. 21 138 53c 1 7 10-10 2-2 2-2 188 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. 29. Clemmys japonica (Temminck and Schlegel) Two young turtles of this species (Nos. 15825 and 15826) were collected at Yokohama, Musashi Province, Oct. 1906; No. 16038, an adult with black lower surfaces, was taken at Miyazu, Tango Prov- ince, Sept. 25, 1908. 30. Geoclemys reevesii (Gray) No. 15827 was collected at Yokohama, Musashi Province, Oct. 31, 1906. Two large, black specimens (Nos. 15828 and 15829) were collected at Kobe, Settsu Province, Sept. 25, 1906. They are with- out markings, even on the sides of the neck. 31. Chelonia japonica (Thunberg) A young, green turtle (No. 15823) is labeled merely ‘‘Nippon.”’ 32. Amyda japonica (Temminck and Schlegel) No. 15824 is a young, soft-shelled turtle taken at Tokyo, Musashi Province. SADO ISLAND 1. Rana temporaria temporaria Linné Two frogs were collected at Aikawa, Sado Island, Oct. 6, 1909. They have short snouts, large webs, unspotted throats, and dorso- lateral ridges which flare out toward the tympanum. The outer metatarsal tubercle is present in both. The vomerine teeth are be- hind the choane in No. 26756; between and behind in No. 26755. It is interesting to know that Rana temporaria is the frog of this small island which lies near the west coast of Hondo. AWAJI ISLAND 1. Triturus pyrrhogaster (Boie) Six specimens (Nos. 16341 to 16346) were collected at Sumoto, Oct. 11, 1908. 2. Bufo vulgaris japonicus Schlegel Two specimens of this toad were taken at Fukura. 16299. Oct. 16, 1908. Large webs; large tympanum; faint dark line on lower jaw; reduced black on sides and belly. 16423. June 17, 1909. Large web; large tympanum; faint jaw line; few spots on belly. Vor. XXII] SLEVIN—ORIENTAL HERPETOLOGY 189 3. Hyla aborea japonica Giinther Thirty-four specimens are represented, as follows: 16280 and 16281. Fukura, Oct. 16, 1908. 16282 to 16289. Sumoto, Oct. 11, 1908. 16347. Sumoto, Oct. 11, 1908. 16395 to 16402. Yura, June 21, 1909. 16405 to 16407. Habu, June 20, 1909. 16411 to 16415. Fukura, June 17, 1909. 16416 to 16422. Fukura, June 18, 1909. 4. Rana nigromaculata nigromaculata Hallowell Four frogs of this species (Nos. 16123 to 16126) were secured at Sumoto, Oct. 11, 1908. 5. Rana japonica (Giinther) Seven typical specimens (Nos. 16155 to 16161) were collected at Fukura, Oct. 15, 1908. They all have long snouts and small webs. The vomerine teeth are between the choane in Nos. 16158, 16159, and 16161; between and behind the choane in Nos. 16155, 16156, and 16157; and mostly behind in No. 16160. The dorsolateral glandular ridge is nearly straight anteriorly in all seven. 6. Rana rugosa Schlegel Twenty specimens (Nos. 16190 to 16209) were collected at Su- moto, Oct. 11, 1908. 7. Rana limnocharis Wiegmann We have seven frogs of this species from Awaji Island. Two of these (Nos. 16183 and 16184) were taken at Fukura in Oct., 1908. The others (Nos. 16185 to 16189) were collected at Sumoto, Oct. 11, 1906. 8. Takydromus tachydromoides (Schlegel) Eight grass lizards of this species are represented as follows: 16057 to 16060. Sumoto, Oct. 2, 1908. 16061. Fukura, Oct. 14, 1908. 16404. Habu, June 20, 1909. 16409 and 16410. Fukura, June 17, 1909. 190 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. 9. Natrix tigrina tigrina (Boie) Four specimens from Sumoto have the following scale counts: Scale | Gastro- Uro- Supra- Infra- Pre- Post- No. Sex Rows steges steges Anal labials labials | oculars || oculars Temporals 16078 rol 19 151 83c 2 7-7 9-9 2-2 3-3 1+2—1+2 16079 2 19 161 67c Z 7-7 8-9 = Aa | 3-3 1+2-—1+2 16080 fe) 19 163 71c 2 7-7 10-9 2-2 3-3 1+2-—-1+2 16081 2 19 163 76c 2 7-7 9-9 2-2 4-3 1+2-—1+2 i! 10. Elaphe quadrivirgata (Boie) Four of these snakes (Nos. 16092 to 16095) collected at Sumoto, Oct. 11, 1908, and one (No. 16408) secured at Fukura, June 18, 1909, give the following scale counts: Scale | Gastro- | Uro- Supra- | Infra- Pre- Post- No. Sex Rows sleges steges Anal labials labials | oculars || oculars Temporals 16092 fe) 19 197 85c 1 8-8 11-11 2-2 2=2 2+2-—2+42 16093 fot 19 205 90+ 2 8-8 10-9 2-2 2-2 2+3-—2+42 16094 fot 19 200 91c 1 8-9 10-10 2-2 2-2 2+3-—2-+2 16095 fot 19 202 89c 1 8-8 10-10 2-2 2-2 2+2-—2+3 16408 of 19 206 92c 1 8-8 10-10 2-2 2-2 2+2-—2+2 11. Agkistrodon blomhoffii blomhoffii (Boie) No. 16097 is a male taken at Fukura, Oct. 14, 1908. It has scales in 21 rows, gastrosteges 142, urosteges, 49, anal single, supralabials 7-7, infralabials 10-11, preoculars 2-2, postoculars 2-2, and tem- porals 1+3—1+3. THE SEVEN ISLANDS OF IDZU 1. Eumeces latiscutatus okadae Stejneger Our only specimen of this lizard (No. 27229) is one of the original specimens described by Dr. Stejneger. It formerly was No. 36531 of the U. S. National Museum collection, and was collected by Okada on Nii shima, Idzu. It has twenty-eight scales around the body, fifty-four between the parietals and the backs of the thighs, eighteen under the fourth toe, seven supralabials, and one and three nuchals, as recorded in these Proceedings, Ser. 4, Vol. III, 1912, p. 214. Ige5 vA “By BW Oe PROCEEDINGS Si IRRARY “I “ o< i OF THE \z al ki Qe a et: 5S - FOURTH SERIES Voi. XXIII, No. 12, pp. 191-194 DECEMBER 30, 1937 No. 12 MARINE MOLLUSCA OF SAN MARTIN ISLAND, MEXICO* BY A. M. STRONG During the 1925 expedition of the California Academy of Sciences to the islands off the coast of Lower California, G. D. Hanna and E. K. Jordan secured a quantity of drift which had been cast up by a storm in a small cove on the south side of San Martin Island. In this drift there was a large number of the so called microscopic species. In all, 107 species have been identified from this material. In connection with the work of identification, comparison was made with a list of species collected on the same island by Dr. Fred Baker of San Diego, and published by him in the Nautilus, vol. 16, 1903, p. 40. The comparison indicated a number of changes which should be made in Dr. Baker’s list, largely caused by the use of Carpenter’s and C. B. Adams’ names for shells, which are now considered to be confined to the Gulf of California and Panama. Dr. Baker very kindly made his collection available for reidenti- fication. In addition to the named species there was some unidenti- fied material, chiefly microscopic forms. This makes it possible to extend his list and bring the nomenclature down to date. The fauna of San Martin Island is of particular interest, in that it marks the southern known limit of the range of a considerable number of California species. The following list contains the names of 199 species of Mollusca now known to occur at San Martin Island. These are represented in one or both of the collections of the Academy and of Dr. Baker. * Printed from the John W. Hendrie Publication Endowment. December 30, 1937 192 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. The nomenclature used is mostly that suggested by Drs. Grant and Gale in their recent monograph of the Pliocene and Pleistocene Mollusca of California.1 Some further modifications will have to be made after more detailed study is given to the smaller groups, and to the species not included in their work. PELECYPODA Arca solida Broderip & Sowerby * Bernardina bakeri Dall? Chama pellucida Broderip Chama squamuligera Pilsbry & Lowe (Chama spinosa Sby.) *Chironia suborbicularis Montagu (Kellia suborbicularis Montagu) *Cumingia lamellosa Sowerby Glans carpenteri Lamy (Cardita sub- quadrata Carpenter, and Glans minus- cula Grant and Gale) Hinnites. multirugosus Gale (Hinnites giganteus Gray) *Kellia rubra Montagu (Lasaea rubra Montagu) Kellia rubra subviridis Carpenter *Lima dehiscens Conrad *Lucina (Myrtea) acutilineata Conrad (Phacoides annulatus Reeve) Lucina (Myrtea) approximata Dall *Lucina (Myrtea) californica Conrad Lucina (Myrtea) nuttallit Conrad Macoma secta Conrad * Milneria kelseyi Dall Milneria minima Dall Monia foliata Broderip Mytilus californianus Conrad Pecten (Leptopecten) latiauratus Conrad Petricola carditoides Conrad *Philobrya setosa Carpenter Psephidia (?) salmonea Carpenter Pseudochama exogyra Conrad *Saxicava arctica Linnaeus Saxidomus nuttalli Conrad Semele decisa Conrad Septifer bifurcatus Reeve *Solemya panamensis Dall Taras orbellus Gould (Diplodonta or- bella Gould) Tellina bodegensis Hinds Tivela stultorum Mawe *Transennella tantilla Gould Venerupis (Protothaca) staminea Con- rad (Paphia staminea Conrad) Venus (Antigona) fordit Yates *Volsella coralliophagus Gmelin (Modio- lus opifex Say) GASTROPODA Acanthina lugubris Sowerby Acmaea digitalis Eschscholtz Acmaea insessa Hinds *Acmaea limatula Carpenter *Acmaea paleacea Gould *Acmaea rosacea Carpenter *Acmaea scabra Gould *Aesopus sanctus Dall Alaba jeannettae Bartsch Alabina tenuisculpta Carpenter *Aletes squamigerus Carpenter Alvania acutilirata Carpenter *Alvania aequisculpita Keep *Alvania cosmia Bartsch *Alvania oldroydae Bartsch *Alvania purpurea Dall *Amphissa versicolor Dall *Amphithalamus inclusus Carpenter 1U.S. Grant IV and H. R. Gale. *Anachis (Chauvetia) penicillata Carpenter Astraea (Pomaulax) undosa Wood * Barleeia haliotiphila Carpenter Barleeia subtenuis Carpenter * Bittuum catalinense Bartsch * Bittium interfossum Carpenter *Bittium purpureum Carpenter * Bitttum quadrifilatum Carpenter Bursa californica Hinds *Caecum californicum Dall *Caecum dalli Bartsch *Caecum licalum Bartsch Calliostoma splendens Carpenter Cerithidea californica Haldeman *Cerithiopsis bakeri Bartsch *Cerithiopsis cosmia Bartsch *Cerithiopsis halia Bartsch Mem. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. 1, 1931. 2 Species represented in the collection of the California Academy of Sciences, are indicated by an asterisk. Vor. XXIII] *Cerithiopsis oxys Bartsch Clathurella affinis Dall (Philbertia affints Dall) *Conus californicus Hinds *Crepidula aculeata Gmelin *Crepidula lingulata Gould *Crepidula nummaria Gould Crepidula onyx Sowerby Cypraea spadicea Gray *Diala acuta Carpenter *Diodora inaequalis Sowerby Engina trachysoma Dall (Engina carbo- naria Reeve) *Epitonium (Dentiscala) crenimargina- tum Dall *Epitonium (Nitidiscala) tinctum Carpenter *Fartulum hemphilli Bartsch *Fartulum occidentale Bartsch *Fartulum orcuttt Dall *Fissurella obscura Sowerby * Fissurella volcano Reeve Fusinus luteopictus Dall *Gadina reticulata Sowerby Haliotis cracherodit Leach Haliotis fulgens Philippi *Hipponix antiquatus Linnaeus *Hipponix tumens Carpenter *Homalopoma bacula Carpenter (Lepio- thyra bacula Carpenter) *Homalopoma carpenteri Pilsbry Homalopoma paucicostatum Dall *Hyalina (Cypraeolina) pyriformis Carpenter Hyalina (Cystiscus) californica Tomlin (Marginella californica) Hyalina (Cystiscus) jewettti Carpenter *Hyalina (Cystiscus) minor C. B. Adams *Hyalina (Cystiscus) politulus Dall *Hyalina (Cystiscus) regularis Carpenter *Hyalina (Cystiscus) subtrigona Carpenter *Lacuna marmorata Dall *Lacuna unifasciata Carpenter *Liotia acuticostata Carpenter *Liotia acuticostata bristolae Baker *Liotia fenestrata Carpenter Littorina planaxis Philippi *Littorina scutulata Gould Lottia gigantea Gray *Lucapinella callomarginata Dall Macron kellettii A. Adams Macron lividus A. Adams Mangilia (Bela) interlirata Stearns Mangilia (Mitromorpha) filosa Carpenter Margarites acuticostatus Carpenter STRONG—MARINE MOLLUSCA OF SAN MARTIN ISLAND, MEXICO 193 * Margarites parcipictus Carpenter Megatebennus bimaculatus Dall Melanella compacta Carpenter * Melanella micans Carpenter * Metaxia diadema Bartsch * Micranellum crebricinctum Carpenter *Mitrella aurantiaca Dall (Columbella aurantiaca Dall) * Mitrella carinata Hinds * Mitrella carinata gausapata Gould Mitrella carinata hindsii Reeve Mitrella tuberosa Carpenter Nassarius fossatus Gould Nassarius perpinguis Hinds * Norrisia norrisit Sowerby Odostomia (Chrysallida) cincta Carpenter : Mae if *Odostomia (Chrysallida) deceptrix AS QGILAL Dall & Bartsch ia7eo” ee Odostomia (Chrysallida) helga Dall & Bartsch *Odostomia (Chrysallida) lucca Tied ue ISRAR Dall & Bartsch ~ es *Odostomia (Chrysallida) pulcia rN Dall & Bartsch Wg ass Odostomia (Chrysallida) trachis Dall & Bartsch *Odostomia (Chrysallida) virginalis Dall & Bartsch Odostomia (Evalea) californica Dall & Bartsch Odostomia (Evalea) donilla Dall & Bartsch Odostomia (Evalina) americana Dall & Bartsch Odostomia (Iolaea) amianta Dall & Bartsch Odostomia (Iolaea) eucosmia Dall & Bartsch *Odostomia (Ivara) turricula Dall & Bartsch *Odostomia (Ividella) navisa Dall & Bartsch *Odostomia (Menestho) amilda Dall & Bartsch Odostomia (Menestho) fetella Dall & Bartsch *Odostomia (Miralda) aepynota Dall & Bartsch Olivella biplicata Sowerby *Pedipes unisulcatus Cooper *Petaloconchus anellum Mérch *Petaloconchus complicatus Dail Polinices uber Valenciennes Purpura nuttalli Conrad Retusa harpa Dall Retusa (Acteocina) inculta Gould *Retusa (Acteocina) smirna Dall 194 *Rimula mazatlanica Carpenter *? Rissoella ?californica Bartsch *Rissoina bakeri Bartsch *Rissoina cleo Bartsch Rissoina coronadoénsis Bartsch Schismope californica Bartsch *Seila montereyensis Bartsch Surculites (Megasurcula) tryonianus Gabb (Cryptoconus tryonianus Gabb) *Syncera translucens Carpenter Tegula funebralis A. Adams Tegula mariana Dall *Teinostoma invallata Carpenter *Teinostoma supravallata Carpenter *Tricolia pulloides Carpenter *Tricolia rubrilineata Strong Tricolia substriata Carpenter CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. Triphora caliipyrga Bartsch Triphora catalinensis Bartsch Tritonalia circumtexta Stearns Tritonalia gracillima Stearns *Truncatella californica Pfeiffer *Truncatella stimpsoni Stearns *Turbonilla ( Bartschella) laminata Carpenter *Turbonilla (Chemnitzia) hypolispa Dall & Bartsch *Turbonilla (Pyrgiscus) tenuicula Gould *Turbonilla (Strioturbonilla) buttoni Dall & Bartsch Vermicularia eburnea Reeve *Vitrinella oldroydi Bartsch Williamia peltoides Carpenter AMPHINEURA Callistochiton crassicostatus Pilsbry Callistochiton infortunatus Pilsbry Ischnochiton conspicuus Carpenter Ischnochiton magdalenensis Hinds Ischnochiton mertensit Middendorft Ischnochiton sarcosus Dall *Lepidochiton hartwegit Carpenter Lepidopleurus percrassus Dall Mopaha muscosa Gould PROCEEDINGS OF THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES FOURTH SERIES Vou. XXIII, No. 13, pp. 195-201, 15 text figures DECEMBER 30, 1937. © Gi a SOP" AS Is ‘ ee he | bad (t |S RAR No. 13 Z\ = \O gata a8 A RECORD OF THE FOSSIL GREBE, COLYMBUS PARVUS, = — FROM THE PLIOCENE OF CALIFORNIA, WITH REMARKS ON OTHER AMERICAN FOSSILS OF THIS FAMILY* BY ALEXANDER WETMORE Assistant Secretary, Smithsonian Institution The cores obtained during the drilling of wells have long been productive of invertebrate fossils, and have yielded many important specimens. Rarely bones of vertebrates have been found, some of them of definite importance, and now I have the pleasure of placing on record the first specimen of a fossil bird from such a source. Dr. G. Dallas Hanna of the California Academy of Sciences has placed in my hands for study the excellently preserved distal end of a right tibio-tarsus of a bird found by Mr. W. D. Cortright of the Associated Oil Company in April, 1935 in a drill core obtained in Kern County, California. The specimen was obtained at a depth of 2318 to 2328 feet in the Standard Oil Company Well, Title Guaranty and Trust No. 1, located in Sec. 1, T 25S., R 23 E., M.D.B. and M. The formation is the Tulare (freshwater) Pliocene,! about 120 feet above the first Mya Zone. The surface at the site is 215 feet above sea level. The specimen is in excellent condition and represents a grebe of medium size whose identification has been a matter of considerable interest. In working with it I have had the benefit of the loan of *Printed from the John W. Hendrie Publication Endowment. 1 For confirmation of the Pliocene age of the Tulare formation see: H. A. Pilsbry, Mollusks of the fresh- water Pliocene beds of the Kettleman Hills and neighboring oil fields, California. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, vol. 86, Jan. 29, 1935, pp. 541-570, pls. 18-23, 2 text figs. December 30, 1937 196 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. modern skeletons of Holboell’s grebe from Dr. J. Grinnell of the Museum of Vertebrate Zoology of the University of California, and from Dr. Hildegarde Howard of the Los Angeles Museum of History, Science and Art. Additional fossil material is acknowledged below. Illustrations for this account have been prepared for me by Mr. Sydney Prentice. The Pliocene tibio-tarsus is similar to that of the living Holboell’s grebe Colymbus grisegena holboelli but is appreciably smaller. The inner side of the shaft is also more compressed at the lower end. Figs. 1-5. Distal end of tibio-tarsus of Colymbus parvus Shufeldt, from Pliocene of California, approximately natural size. Following is a detailed description (see figures 1-5): Outline of external condyle, viewed laterally, irregularly rounded, with a dis- tinct indentation in lower margin toward the rear; whole condyle considerably flattened and produced anteriorly; external face pitted and corrugated by points and depressions for tendinal attachments; internal condyle, viewed laterally, with lower margin distinctly im- pressed near center, produced anteriorly as a projecting plate with semicircular outline; on external surface a raised tubercle separating two rounded depressions symmetrically located in the anterior and posterior halves; intercondylar sulcus fairly broad, the intercondylar fossa deeply impressed; internal condyle rising from this as a narrow plate, the external condyle being much heavier; supra-tendinal bridge broad and strong, placed at an abrupt angle with the axis of the shaft; distal end of shaft broad and flattened; groove leading to tendinal bridge broad, occupying about one-half of width of shaft, with a sharp edged tubercle on internal margin at lower end; an- terior face of shaft flattened; posterior face rounded, the lateral margins making a fairly sharp angle with the anterior face. Speci- men well fossilized, dark brown in color, becoming grayish on ar- ticular surface. Measurements are as follows: Smallest transverse breadth of shaft 4.7 mm., transverse breadth across condyles 9.0 mm., anterior- Vor. XXIIT] WETMORE—GREBE FROM PLIOCENE OF CALIFORNIA 197 posterior diameter of inner condyle 8.6 mm., and of outer condyle 9.2 mm. From careful comparison it appears that this fossil belongs in the genus Colymbus, and that it differs from any of the living species of that genus in its relative size. So far as may be judged from this fragmentary bone it was rather similar to the Holboell’s grebe and its European relatives, being slightly smaller in dimensions. Among fossil species from America close comparison has been made first with Colymbus oligoceanus Shufeldt,? named from a frag- mentary femur assigned questionably to the Oligocene (John Day). Through the kindness of Dr. Richard S. Lull and Dr. Malcom R. Thorpe I have been permitted to make a careful study of this type, which is preserved in the Peabody Museum at Yale University. The specimen, Cat. No. 983 (HT), Peabody Museum, Yale Uni- versity, from Lower Willow Creek, Baker County, Oregon, consists of the shaft of a left femur, strongly fossilized and slaty black in color. The proximal end is missing and the distal end is broken and eroded, so that most of the characters of the articular surface are lost (figures 6-7). Figs. 6-7. Type of Colymbus oligoceanus Shufeldt, fragmentary femur, approx- imately natural size. As Dr. Shufeldt did not illustrate the type of C. oligoceanus, it is pertinent to give a more detailed description, taken directly from the type specimen: Shaft viewed from the side, definitely curved in outline, somewhat compressed from side to side near the center; proximal end slightly expanded to support the head and trochanter (which are missing), flattened on lower surface; an irregular line for muscle attachment indicated on lower surface; a rounded tubercle of low elevation placed externally to the rather narrow, poorly defined popliteal area; upper surface of shaft with a distinct impression above the rotular groove, becoming deep and triangular in outline on the external side. The condyles of the distal end are so eroded and 2 Trans. Conn. Acad. Arts Sci., vol. 19, February, 1915, p. 54. 198 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. broken as to afford no characters of descriptive value. The trans- verse breadth of the shaft at its narrowest point measures 4.6 mm. Because of its fragmentary condition the relationships of this bone are difficult to establish, but after prolonged examination I consider that it is properly allocated in the genus Colymbus. Among modern grebes it resembles the species of that group most closely in the amount of the lateral compression of the shaft, in the form of the popliteal area, and in the conformation of the lower surface at the anterior end. In Aechmophorus the shaft of the femur is relatively heavier and less compressed. Podilymbus has a greater arch in the curvature of the shaft, which also is more narrowed on the inner face at the distal end. In size this fossil is somewhat less in length and is much more slender than modern Colymbus grisegena holboell1, while it is decidedly larger than modern Colymbus nigricollis. Colymbus oligoceanus from the femur, therefore, appears intermediate in dimension between the eared grebes and the Holboell’s grebe, while the fossil tibio- tarsus of Colymbus from the California Pliocene is only slightly smaller than Holboell’s grebe. It seems that the California bird represents a larger species than oligoceanus, being intermediate be- tween that species and living Colymbus grisegena holboellt. Dr. Walter Granger of the American Museum of Natural History has allowed the study of two other fossil grebes described by Shufeldt, with results that are of value. The first of these, Podilymbus magnus Shufeldt,’* from the Pleisto- cene of Fossil Lake, Oregon, is based on two left metatarsi that are nearly complete, and a left coracoid. These are catalogued as No. 3574, and come from the Cope Collection. Figs. 8-13. Type of Podilymbus magnus Shufeldt, approximately natural size. The first of the metatarsi (figures 8-13) is practically complete, except that projecting angles are somewhat worn, and evidently Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., vol. 32, July 9, 1913, p. 136, pl. 38, figs. 439-440 and 449. Vou. XXIII] WETMORE—GREBE FROM PLIOCENE OF CALIFORNIA 199 comes from an adult individual. It is well fossilized and is dark slate in color. The second, while entire, is somewhat more worn. It has the spongy appearance found in young birds in their first year when they have recently attained their maximum growth, and is obviously from an immature individual. This specimen is definitely brown in color. Measurements in millimeters of these two follow: Number 1. Number 2. Total length. . Seo oe 43.8 AD Transverse breadth as gead) Sete told 8.1 Transverse breadth across Poche a Wg HO Least transverse breadth of shaft.... 320 3.2 Both, in contour and size, are identical with males of Podilymbus podiceps and are identified as that species, of which Podilymbus magnus Shufeldt becomes a synonym. At the time that Shufeldt described magnus the only skeleton of the pied-billed grebe available to him in the National Museum col- lections was a female. As the female is much smaller than the male in this species, this evidently accounts for his error. The largest specimen now available, a male of Podilymbus podiceps antarcticus from Chile, in size exactly equals the first specimen of magnus men- tioned above. Two males of P. p. podiceps are very slightly shorter than the fossil but the difference is so slight as to be considered an individual variation. The coracoid included with the type material of magnus is similar in form to that of ordinary Podilymbus podiceps, though it is some- what more slender than any that I have seen. It is however so closely approximated by some of the modern material available that I consider it to be from the pied-billed grebe. It measures 32.1 mm. in total length. From the Cope collection Shufeldt named another grebe as Colym- bus parvus* that presents a somewhat more complicated picture. The type material, American Museum of Natural History catalog No. 3570, includes the proximal portions of two humeri, two meta- tarsi lacking the head, and five coracoids. The humeri, which are well fossilized, are easily identified as small examples of the American coot Fulica americana. One of the meta- tarsi comes from the same species, being from an immature individual as shown by the porous, lined condition of the bone. This specimen has the trochlea intact, and the head completely missing. Three of the coracoids, being those shown in figures 481, 482 and 483 on plate 39 of Shufeldt’s paper, are considerably worn, with parts of the slender projecting processes missing. They come from ducks of the genus Querquedula. While the slender form of the shaft re- sembles what is found in the blue-winged teal, Querquedula discors, they are too incomplete to warrant definite specific variation. 4 Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., vol. 32, July 9, 1913, p. 136, pl. 39, figs. 474-477, 481-483. ie sane DF ee te BRARY 200 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. This leaves one right metatarsus and two coracoids (the latter not figured by Shufeldt) which are from a grebe. The metatarsus is hereby selected as the type specimen of Colymbus parvus (see figures 14-15). The specimen is illustrated by Shufeldt in figure 477, plate 39 of the original description. This bone has the inner trochlea and the proximal part of the head missing. It is dark slate in color and is well fossilized, coming from an adult individual. Part of the hypotarsus still remains on the posterior face of the upper end of the shaft. Figs. 14-15. Type of Colymbus parvus Shufeldt, approximately natural size. On careful comparison it develops that this specimen is similar to Colymbus g. holboelli, differing in slightly smaller size. The two trochleae that are present are relatively smaller and slighter, and the shaft is more compressed than in the modern form. Following are pertinent measurements: Length from lower end of hypotarsus 47.0 mm., least transverse diameter of shaft 3.0 mm. This type of C. parvus bears the same size relation to a series of five metatarsi of living C. g. holboelli that the fragmentary tibio- tarsus from the Pliocene drill core does to the tibio-tarsi of the same birds. The correlation of the two fossils in size and type is so definite that no point of divergence between them can be found. In view of this I have designated the tibio-tarsus from California as a second specimen of Colymbus parvus Shufeldt. This species is therefore carried back in its history into the Pliocene, a matter that is entirely to be expected. The two coracoids included in the type material of parvus are slightly smaller than those of the Holboell’s grebe, bearing the same relation to that species as the metatarsus that accompanies them. They are therefore accepted as from Colymbus parvus. Vor. XXIII] WETMORE—GREBE FROM PLIOCENE OF CALIFORNIA 201 According to data supplied by Dr. Hanna the age of the Tulare Lake beds, from which the tibio-tarsus of Colymbus parvus comes, is considered Upper Pliocene. The presence of a fossil grebe in these deposits of freshwater origin is of interest, while the manner in which the specimen was recovered is most intriguing. With this first specimen of a bird from a drill core at hand, further interest will attach to the possibility of securing more material from such sources. ROS LIVAOHARD AD EOI MOE MAROTTA ouslay? (pdt Jo, onset Setar, AGL ydeboily gue -aseb. o¢ tpokbmooohety Ch AMMOID ARMAS: Ao.) ich asta tnidit edt dot, eneoth \abock oahdal “ gad. sitpoclang: laa@han Lo.» nepal, CagooeiltLoraggU | cat. croernanet, ody eee pear ghee lo ahr. wotaw tious Ag%ad \ pbrlts EW, _ auntinegingys taoret 3t° DETOMODS Kishor Dene aoe ms | Hiw, deogadee tadsmmt Eunse ts ons Lith 2 toon bait edecumigngesemn 5 ON POOLS ite ioitaden: rose ASTOR, habeas gy ahirotato apie’ ie ares aay sh ie UPHenEey Rete) ' iy My Lge LT vhiceerien. 4 eto ta | (oo Cae SAITO . a 7 ¥ ea Mts pace ; ch} Cofiniie Losier atti j ; ot 22 secoid 1s dh biliesed a PROCEEDINGS OF THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES FOURTH SERIES Vox. XXIII, No. 14, pp. 203-216, pls. 15-16. May 24, 1938 No. 14 NEW SPECIES OF WEST AMERICAN SHELLS * BY A. M. STRONG Mention was made in the lists of marine Mollusca of Guadalupe Island,! and the Tres Marias Islands, Mexico,? of a number of species which might prove to be undescribed. It is the purpose of the present paper to record some of these. The material from Guadalupe Island was dredged by G. D. Hanna, E. K. Jordan and J. R. Slevin from a small patch of sandy bottom in the semi-sheltered cove at the south end of the island in from 9 to 15 fathoms. All of the species from there that appear to be new are fully described herein; they were given by genus-name only in the faunal list. The material from the Tres Marias Islands was dredged by G. D. Hanna off the east side of Maria Madre Island in front of the penal settlement in from 10 to 25 fathoms. Of the new species in this material only those belonging to the groups already reviewed in the papers by Baker, Hanna and Strong published by the Acad- emy, are considered. In addition, a new species from San Martin Island, off the west coast of Lower California, is included. It is the only new species * Printed from the John W. Hendrie Publication Endowment. 1Strong, A. M., and G. D. Hanna, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., ser. 4, vol. 19, no. 1, 1930. 2Strong, A. M., and G. D. Hanna, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., ser. 4, vol. 19, no. 3, 1930. May 24, 1938 KESICA Is “Zoo* k Is “a th ©-S hie Dade G ass NW & 204 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 41H SER. found in drift material collected by G. D. Hanna and E. K. Jordan at that locality. Three other species, one from Socorro Island and two from the Gulf of California, are included. 1. Turbonilla (Careliopsis) hannai Strong, new species Plate 15, figure 3 Shell very slender, elongate conic, translucent, yellowish-white; nuclear whorls about two, smooth, polished, forming an elevated helicoid spire, whose axis is at right angles to that of the succeeding whorls and from which it is separated by a sharp line; postnuclear whorls well rounded, very slightly shouldered at the summit, moderately contracted at the suture, marked with fine, incised, spiral lines of which 8 appear on the second whorl, 12 on the fourth, 14 on the sixth, and 16 on the penulti- mate whorl, between the sutures; axial ribs only faintly indicated by occasional swellings; periphery of last whorl well rounded; base moderately long, well rounded, marked with a few, incised, spiral lines similar in spacing to those on the spire but much fainter; aperture oval, outer lip thin, columella short, strongly curved, with- out visible fold at the insertion. The type has 8 postnuclear whorls and measures: length, 5.1 mm.; diameter, 0.9 mm. Holotype: No. 5828, Calif. Acad. Sci. Paleo. Type Coll., dredged in from 10 to 25 fms. off Maria Madre Island, Tres Marias group, Mexico. Twelve additional specimens were secured at the same place. The species differs from Turbonilla (Careliopsis) stenogyra Dall and Bartsch,* the only other West Coast species described in the subgenus, in its more slender, conical shape and more feeble indica- tions of axial ribs, which can hardly be said to pit the incised spiral lines. The species is named for Dr. G. D. Hanna, who, with E. K. Jordan, collected the material. 2. Turbonilla (Pyrgiscus) madriella Strong, new species Plate 15, figure 4 Shell slender, elongate-conic, flesh color; nuclear whorls two, smooth, translucent, having their axis at right angles to the succeeding whorls, in the first of which they are slightly immersed; postnuclear whorls very slightly rounded, roundly shouldered at the summit, and slightly contracted at the suture; marked with strong, almost vertical, axial ribs, of which 12 appear on the second whorl, 14 on the fourth, 16 on the sixth, 20 on the eighth, 24 on the tenth, and 30 on the penultimate whorl; inter- spaces a little narrower than the ribs, marked with 6 incised, spiral lines, which are very faint on the upper whorls, but gradually increase in strength until, on the penultimate whorl, they appear as narrow pits; periphery well rounded, marked by a narrow, flat space; base short, well rounded, marked with 6 strong, incised, spiral 3 Dall, W. H., and P. Bartsch, Bulletin 68, U. S. Nat. Mus., 1909, p. 130. Vor. XXII STRONG—NEW SPECIES OF WEST AMERICAN SHELLS 205 lines which grow gradually weaker and closer spaced from the periphery to the um- bilical region, the first two below the peripheral band being pitted by the feeble con- tinuation of the axial ribs; aperture oval, outer lip thin, showing the external sculp- ture within; columella slender, curved; parietal wall covered with a strong callus. The type has 12 postnuclear whorls and measures: length, 7.0 mm.; diameter, 1.7 mm. Holotype: No. 5815, Calif. Acad. Sci. Paleo. Type Coll., dredged in from 10 to 25 fms. off Maria Madre Island, Tres Marias group, Mexico. Seventy additional specimens were secured at the same place. This is one of the largest species in the subgenus, and is slightly larger than any previously reported from the Gulf of California region. 3. Odostomia (Salassia) hertleini Strong, new species Plate 15, figure 9 Shell minute, pupiform, translucent, bluish-white; nuclear whorls two, smooth, slightly obliquely immersed in the first of the succeeding whorls; early postnuclear whorls rounded, the last flattened, scarcely contracted at the suture, closely ap- pressed at the summit, the basal portion of the preceding whorl shining through the succeeding whorl, giving, in some lights, the appearance of a false suture or spiral groove; the whorls marked with 12 rounded, slightly protractive, axial ribs with shallow interspaces; on the early whorls these ribs are strong, reaching from suture to suture, but on the last whorl they are only feebly indicated at the summit; peri- phery rounded; base rather long, rounded, imperforate, marked with a few, faint, axial lines indicating the position for the extension of the axial ribs; aperture oval, posterior angle acute; outer lip thin, straight, basal lip slightly effuse, curving rather sharply into the outer lip and columella; columella slender, curved, with a weak fold at its insertion; parietal wall with a thin callus. The type has 6 postnuclear whorls and measures: length, 2.7 mm.; diameter, 0.8 mm. Holotype: No. 5811 Calif. Acad. Sci. Paleo. Type Coll., dredged in from 10 to 25 fms. off Maria Madre Island, Tres Marias group, Mexico. Fifteen additional specimens were secured at the same locality. While this species lacks both the tabulated summit to the whorls and the axial ribs extending to the umbilical region called for in Bartsch’s description of the subgenus Salassia De Folin,’ it clearly belongs to a natural group containing Odostomia_ scalariformis Carpenter® and Odostomia gabrielensis Baker, Hanna & Strong,® both of which have been placed in this subgenus. The present species differs from both in the number and character of the axial ribs. 4See Dall, W. H., and P. Bartsch, Bulletin 68, U. S. Nat. Mus., 1909, p. 13, 134. 5 Carpenter, P. P., Cat. Maz. Shells, 1857, p. 413. 6 Baker, F., Hanna, G. D., and A. M. Strong, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., ser. 4, vol. 17, 1928, p. 227, 228. 206 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. The species is named for Dr. Leo George Hertlein, Department of Paleontology, California Academy of Sciences. 4. Odostomia (Evalea) martinensis Strong, new species Plate 15, figure 10 Shell minute, broadly ovate, semi-translucent, bluish-white; nuclear whorls very deeply immersed in the first of the postnuclear whorls; postnuclear whorls inflated, very strongly rounded, marked with faint, retractive lines of growth, and fine, in- cised, spiral lines, of which 4 appear on the first whorl, 6 on the second, and 8 on the penultimate whorl between the sutures; periphery of the last whorl inflated, well rounded; base short, well rounded, marked like the spire with incised spiral lines, which become finer and closer spaced toward the narrow, open, umbilicus; aperture broadly ovate; columella short, curved, provided with a fold at its insertion. The type has 4 postnuclear whorls and measures: length, 1.5 mm.; diameter, 1.1 mm. Holotype: No. 5813, Calif. Acad. Sci. Paleo. Type Coll., collected in beach drift at San Martin Island, off Lower California, Mexico. Eight additional specimens were collected at the same place by G. D. Hanna and E. K. Jordan. This minute species is well characterized by the broad form, dis- tinct spiral sculpture, and open umbilicus. 5. Cerithiopsis guadalupensis Strong, new species Plate 16, figure 6 Shell minute, broadly conic, chestnut brown; nuclear whorls two, smooth, well rounded, white, forming a minute, blunt apex; postnuclear whorls slightly rounded, high between the sutures, with both spiral and axial sculpture; spiral sculpture of three cords, of which one is at the summit, one a little above the periphery, and a median cord, which is much nearer the cord at the summit than the suprasutural cord; of these the cord at the summit is the weakest on all whorls, while the other two are about of equal strength; axial sculpture of almost vertical ribs, which are about as strong as the spiral cords, of which 12 appear on the first postnuclear whorl, 14 on the second, and 16 on the remainder of the whorls; intersection of the axial ribs and spiral cords forming strong tubercules, which are slightly truncated on the posterior margins; the spaces between the axial ribs and the median and supra- sutural cords forming squarish pits, while those between the axial ribs and the median cord and the cord at the summit form spirally elongate pits; periphery of the last whorl marked by a strong, spiral cord, which is separated from the supra- sutural cord by a sulcus as wide as that which separates the suprasutural cord from the median cord, and is rendered slightly waved by the feeble continuations of the axial ribs; base rather short, concave, without visible sculpture; aperture strongly channeled anteriorly; outer lip waved by the external sculpture (the edge broken in the type); columella short and stout; parietal wall covered with a thin callus. The type has 5 postnuclear whorls and measures: length, 2.3 mm.; diameter, 1.0 mm. Holotype: No. 5810, Calif. Acad. Sci. Paleo. Type Coll., dredged in from 9 to 15 fms. off Guadalupe Island, Mexico. Fourteen addi- Vor. XXITI] STRONG—NEW SPECIES OF WEST AMERICAN SHELLS 207 tional specimens were secured at the same place by Messrs. Hanna; Jordan and Slevin. While it is probable that none of the specimens may be fully ma- ture, this would seem to be one of the smallest species described from the West Coast. 6. Cerithiopsis anaitis Bartsch Cerithiopsis anaitis BARTSCH, The Nautilus, vol. 31, 1918, p. 72. Cerithiopsis helena BArTscH, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 52, 1917, p. 670, pl. 46, fig. 2.—Oxproyp, Stanford Univ. Publ. Geol. Sci., vol. 2, pt. 2, 1927, p. 216, pl. 67, fig. 2; [called ‘‘Odosiomia’’ helena Bartsch]. Ten specimens, dredged in from 10 to 15 fathoms off Maria Madre Island, Tres Marias group, Mexico, seem to belong to this minute species. They agree very closely with the description and figure in all characters, except the color, which is uniformly brown. If cor- rectly identified this is a widely distributed species as it has pre- viously been reported from Panama Bay only. 7. Diastoma slevini Strong, new species Plate 15, figure 2 Shell elongate conic, brownish; nuclear whorls a little over one, tilted at a slight angle, waxen, sculptured with a slender, spiral keel; early postnuclear whorls with a broad, sloping shoulder, later whorls moderately convex; spiral sculpture of fine, irregular, and irregularly spaced, raised threads, of which 2 appear on the first post- nuclear whorl, 5 on the second, and gradually increasing in number until, on the penultimate whorl, about 20 appear between the sutures; axial sculpture on the early whorls of weak ribs or undulations, very irregular in strength and number, on the later whorls these become very faint, except for occasional indications of varix- like swellings; periphery and base well rounded, marked like the spire with about 10 spiral threads; aperture ovate, effuse, with a broad, shallow, anterior canal, interior yellowish, with a brown, spiral band anteriorly and a brown patch at the posterior angle; outer lip thin; columella short, twisted; parietal wall covered with a thick, brown callus. The type has 9 postnuclear whorls and measures: length, 7.6 mm.; diameter, 2.2 mm. Holotype: No. 5809, Calif. Acad. Sci. Paleo. Type Coll., dredged in from 9 to 15 fms. off Guadalupe Island, Mexico. One hundred and eighty additional specimens were secured at the same place, including many young. The species is named for Mr. Joseph R. Slevin, who, with G. D. Hanna and E. K. Jordan, made the collection at Guadalupe Island. 208 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [PRoc. 4TH SER. 8. Alabina jordani Strong, new species Plate 16, figure 9 Shell small, elongate conic, yellowish-white, variously blotched and lined with brown; nuclear whorls 2, smooth, rounded, white; postnuclear whorls sculptured with 4 spiral cords and numerous axial ribs; on the first two whorls the upper 2 and the 4th spiral cords are very feeble, while the 3rd forms a sharp keel, angulating the whorls; beginning with the third whorl the lower spiral cord begins to gradually increase in strength until, on the penultimate whorl, it equals the third, the first 2 cords, of which the upper is immediately below the suture, also gradually increase in strength on the later whorls, but are always weaker than the lower 2; the axial ribs begin to appear on the third whorl, and gradually increase in strength until on the penultimate whorl, where they number 16, they are nearly as strong as the 2 principal, spiral cords; the intersection of the spiral cords and axial ribs form spirally elongate nodules, which are sharply truncated on the posterior face; periphery marked by a sulcus about as wide as the spaces between the spiral cords; base short, slightly convex, marked with 5 spiral cords, of which the first and strongest, immedi- ately below the sulcus, is slightly waved by the feeble continuations of the axial ribs, while the others become gradually weaker toward the umbilical region; aperture ovate, slightly channeled anteriorly; outer lip thin, showing the external sculpture within; columella short, oblique; parietal wall covered with a thin callus. The type has 7 postnuclear whorls and measures: length, 5.0 mm.; diameter, 1.4 mm. Holotype: No. 5818, Calif. Acad. Sci. Paleo. Type Coll., dredged in from 9 to 15 fms. off Guadalupe Island, Mexico. Sixty-seven ad- ditional specimens were secured at the same place. The species is named for the late Mr. E. K. Jordan, who, with G. D. Hanna and J. R. Slevin, made the collection at Guadalupe Island. 9. Rissoina guadalupensis Strong, new species Plate 15, figure 7 Shell small, elongate conic, subdiaphanous, white; nuclear whorls a little over two, comparatively large, smooth, well rounded, the first forming a minute, blunt apex; postnuclear whorls moderately rounded, very slightly shouldered at the sum- mit; axial sculpture of 20 slender, straight, protractive ribs, which are not quite as wide as the spaces which separate them, and extend over the base to the umbilical region; spiral sculpture of very numerous, sharp striations, which are most promi- nent in the interspaces between the axial ribs; periphery and base well rounded, sculptured like the spire; aperture effuse, thickened at the edge; inner lip slender, curved; parietal wall with a moderately thick callus. The type has 7 postnuclear whorls and measures: length, 4.0 mm.; diameter, 1.5 mm. Holotype: No. 5812, Calif. Acad. Sci. Paleo. Type Coll., dredged in from 9 to 15 fms. off Guadalupe Island, Mexico. Twenty-five additional specimens were secured at the same place. This belongs to the group of minute, thin, white species ranging from the Santa Barbara Islands, California, to San Martin Island, Vor. XXII] STRONG—NEW SPECIES OF WEST AMERICAN SHELLS 209 Mexico, in which Bartsch has described five species: R. cleo, R. dall:, R. californica, R. baker1, and R. coronadoensis.? The present species differs from all of them in the presence of the distinct spiral sculpture. 10. Rissoina lowei Strong, new species Plate 16, figure 7 Shell cylindro-conic, varying from pale yellowish to dark brown, unicolor, or in broad, spiral bands; nuclear whorls two, smooth, well rounded, the first forming a comparatively large, blunt apex; postnuclear whorls moderately rounded, slightly shouldered at the summit; spiral sculpture of fine, close-spaced threads, of which 5 show on the first whorl, 8 on the second, 12 on the third, and 16 on the penultimate whorl between the sutures; in addition to this spiral sculpture the first two whorls are marked with 16, low, rounded, axial undulations which are faintly indicated on the third whorl, but entirely absent from the rest of the shell; periphery well rounded; base moderately long, well rounded, marked with 8 spiral threads similar to those on the spire; aperture ovate; outer lip very little thickened, the edge finely serrated by the spiral threads; columella short, thin, strongly curved; parietal wall covered witha thin callus. The type has 5 postnuclear whorls and measures: length, 4.5 mm.; diameter, 1.8 mm. Holotype: No. 5814, Calif. Acad. Sci. Paleo. Type Coll., dredged in from 9 to 15 fms. off Guadalupe Island, Mexico. Two hundred and twenty additional specimens, including many young, were se- cured at the same place. This belongs to the well marked group of west coast species with colored shells and faint axial sculpture, containing R. kelsey: Dall and Bartsch,® from Southern California and R. lapazana Bartsch,? R. berryt Baker, Hanna and Strong,” and R. stephense! Baker, Hanna and Strong from the Gulf of California. From the first three it differs in the much smaller size, as well as in the details of the sculpture, and from the last in the rounded periphery and more numerous spiral threads. The species is named for the late Mr. H. N. Lowe, well known, =. G! CAT collector of mollusks. fer ~ ES OS Ae. le (2 Oe ‘ } i 11. Rissoina willetti Strong, new species vay IBRAR: Ve So-y Plate 15, figure 6 oat Maat x" i ~ S* er ai Shell small, elongate conic, subdiaphanous, white; nuclear whorls nearly two, ‘ Wy % ] small, well rounded; postnuclear whorls well rounded, very slightly shouldered at =a the summit; axial sculpture of 12 strong, nearly straight, protractive ribs, separated 7 Bartsch, P., Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 49, 1915, pp. 55-60. 8 Dall, W. H., and P. Bartsch, The Nautilus, vol. 16, 1902, p. 94. ® Bartsch, P., Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 49, 1915, p. 50. 10 Baker, F., Hanna, G. D., and A. M. Strong, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., ser. 4, vol. 19, no. 4, 1930, p. 35. 11 Baker, F., Hanna, G. D., and A. M. Strong, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., ser. 4, vol. 19, no. 4, 1930, p. 33. 210 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. by spaces about twice as wide as the ribs which terminate at the periphery; spiral sculpture absent; periphery marked by a slender spiral thread; base short, concave anteriorly, marked with very feeble continuations of the axial ribs; aperture effuse, outer lip much thickened; columella short, curved; parietal wall covered with a thin callus. The type has 6 postnuclear whorls and measures: length, 2.9 mm.; diameter, 1.1 mm. Holotype: No. 5829, Calif. Acad. Sci. Paleo. Type Coll., dredged in from 9 to 15 fms. off Guadalupe Island, Mexico. Seventy addi- tional specimens were secured at the same place. This differs from all species described from the West Coast in having an almost smooth base with the ribs terminating at the periphery. The species is named for Mr. George Willett, Curator of Ornith- ology, Los Angeles County Museum of Science, History and Art. 12. Alvania granti Strong, new species Plate 15, figure 8 Shell small, elongate conic, yellowish-white; nuclear whorls 2, smooth, well rounded; postnuclear whorls rounded, shouldered at the summit, separated by a deep suture; axial sculpture of sharp, almost vertical ribs, of which 12 appear on the first and second whorls and 14 on the remaining whorls; spiral sculpture of equally strong cords, of which 2 appear on the first and second whorls, one at the summit and the other a little above the suture, on the third whorl a slightly smaller cord appears between the first two, followed by other, intercalary cords until, on the penultimate whorl, there are 6 cords between the sutures, all of about equal strength; the junction of the axial ribs and spiral cords form strong tubercules, while the inter- spaces vary from deep, squarish pits on the upper whorls to narrow, spirally elongate pits in the last whorl; periphery of the last whorl marked by a narrow sulcus; base moderately rounded, produced anteriorly, marked by 6 strong, spiral cords, the one immediately below the peripheral sulcus being rendered tuberculate by feeble exten- sions of the axial ribs; aperture oblique, oval, posterior angle obtuse; outer lip thick- ened by a varix just back of the edge; inner lip short, curved; parietal wall covered by a thick callus. The type has 5 postnuclear whorls and measures: length, 2.8 mm.; diameter, 1.1 mm. Holotype: No. 5825, Calif. Acad. Sci. Paleo. Type Coll., dredged in from 10 to 25 fms. off Maria Madre Island, Tres Marias group, Mexico. Seventy-five additional specimens were secured at the same place. The sculpture of this species seems to be quite similar to that of Alvania effusa Carpenter,’ from Mazatlan, if the figure given by Bartsch:}8 ‘‘after a camera lucida sketch by Dr. Carpenter,’’ can be depended upon. However, that figure shows more numerous axial ribs and spiral cords than are found on the present species. 12 Carpenter, P. P., Cat. Maz. Shells, 1857, p. 359. 13 Bartsch, P., Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 41, 1912, p. 358, pl. 32, fig. 5. Vor. XXII] STRONG—NEW SPECIES OF WEST AMERICAN SHELLS 211 The species is named for U. S. Grant IV, Associate Professor of Paleontology, University of California at Los Angeles. 13. Alvania herrere Baker, Hanna & Strong Alvania herrere BAKER, HANNA & STRONG, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., ser. 4, vol. 19, 1930, pp. 25, 26. Twenty-five specimens of this species were dredged in from 10 to 25 fms. off Maria Madre Island of the Tres Marias group, Mexico. This adds considerably to the range; the species was described from Cape San Lucas. 14. Rissoella (?) bakeri Strong, new species Plate 15, figure 5 Shell small, thin, broadly ovate, semitranslucent, bluish-white; nuclear whorls hardly differentiated from the postnuclear whorls; whorls inflated, well rounded; sculpture consisting of fine, close-spaced, incised, spiral lines of which 6 appear on the second whorl and 12 on the third whorl, the spacing continuing about the same over the body whorl and base; the spaces between the first 3 incised, spiral lines be- low the suture and the last 5 on the base are slightly raised, giving the appearance of spiral threads; periphery and base well rounded; aperture broadly oval, posterior angle acute, angle at the junction of the basal and inner lip very obtuse; outer lip thin, inner lip strongly curved, expanded over the parietal wall, rendering the peri- treme complete, the lower portion separated from the body whorl by a shallow groove leading to the small, open umbilicus. The type has 4)4 whorls and measures: length, 2.2 mm.; diameter, 1.6 mm. Holotype: No. 5821, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci. Paleo. Type Coll.» dredged in from 9 to 15 fms. off Guadalupe Island, Mexico. Six addi- tional specimens were secured at the same place. This species appears to belong to the same genus as Rissoella (?) californica Bartsch,“ of which he says: ‘‘I am placing this species in the genus Rissoella with some doubt, but until I have seen anatomic material I hesitate to give it a distinct generic designa- tion.”” The Academy specimens are also ‘‘dead’’ so the anatomic material is yet to be secured. The present species differs from R. californica in the stronger, spiral sculpture, smaller umbilicus and proportionally broader form. The general character of the shell agrees very well with those of the species listed and described in a preceding paper on ‘‘Some Rissoid Mollusca from the Gulf of Cali- fornia’’!> under the genus Rissoella. 14 Bartsch, P., Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 70, art. 11, 1927, p. 31. 16 Baker, F., Hanna, G. D., and A. M. Strong, Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., ser. 4, vol. 19, no. 4, 1930, p. 36. 212 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [PRoc. 4TH SER. The species is named for Dr. Fred Baker, Point Loma, Cali- fornia. 15. Colubraria jordani Strong, new species Plate 16, figure 8 Epidromus nitidulus SOWERBY, STRONG and HANNA, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., ser. 4, vol. 19, no. 2, 1930, p. 11. Socorro Island, Revillagigedo Islands. Not Triton nitidulus SOWERBY. Colubraria jordanit StRONG, (MS.), in Hertlein, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc., vol. 78, no. 2, 1937, p. 306. Socorro Island, Revillagigedo Group; Galapagos Islands. Shell slender, with two and a half nuclear whorls and eleven subsequent, sculp- tured whorls, light brown with two spiral rows of darker spots; each whorl with one or two varices; upper whorls with three fine, spiral threads, slightly nodulous where they cross equally fine, axial riblets, the sculpture becoming fainter on the later whorls; entire surface with microscopic, spiral striations; periphery of last whorl rounded, base short, rounded; outer lip thickened by a varix, inside with eight indis- tinct, spirally elongate denticles; body with a broad wash of callus, and a spiral rib just below the posterior end of the aperture; columella expanded; canal short, re- curved. The type measures: length, 35 mm.; maximum diameter, 10 mm. Holotype: No. 7017, Calif. Acad. Sci. Paleo. Type Coll., from Loc. 23776 (C. A. S.), Socorro Island, Revillagigedo group, Mexico,'® G. D. Hanna and E. K. Jordan, collectors, July 1925. Seven addi- tional specimens were secured at the same locality. This west American species differs from Colubraria nitidulus Sowerby,!”? well known in the Indo-Pacific fauna, in being decidedly more slender, having more rounded whorls, and in the more em- phatic sculpture. These differences appeared constant in a com- parison with three lots of specimens of C. nitidulus from the Philip- pine Islands in the collection of the Leland Stanford Jr. University. This species is named for Mr. Eric Knight Jordan, formerly Assis- tant Curator of Paleontology of the California Academy of Sciences. Alleorus Strong, new genus Shell minute, depressed, spiral, with close-set spiral lines; umbilicus deeply ri- mate; aperture very oblique with a deep sinus-notch at the suture; shell growth about this sinus produces a series of sutural nodes, set oblique to the suture; apica whorl smooth and polished. Type, Alleorus deprellus Strong, new species. 16 Strong, A. M., and G. D. Hanna, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., ser. 4, vol. 19, no. 2, 1930, p. 7. 17 Triton nitidulus Sowerby, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1833, p. 71, ‘‘Hab. ad Insulam Annaa.’’ ‘‘Found on the reefs.’’—Reeve, Conch. Icon., vol. 2, 1844, Triton, species 70. Vor. XXII] STRONG—NEW SPECIES OF WEST AMERICAN SHELLS 213 The combination of characters displayed by this mollusk has not been found in any described genus. It probably belongs to the Adeorbide but even this determination is not at all certain. The row of sutural beads is very striking and this position of a highly developed sinus is unusual, at least, in members of that family. 16. Alleorus deprellus Strong, new species Plate 16, figures 3, 4, 5 Shell minute, depressed, composed of three slightly rounded whorls, the apical one, smooth and polished, the remaining two, finely spirally striate, crossed by low ridges parallel to growth lines; last whorl sharply carinate; base flattened, marked with fine, spiral lines as above; umbilicus deeply rimate, half covered within by a callus plate; aperture very oblique; peristome not thickened; parietal wall rounded and thickened; a deep sinus located at the suture line; at regular intervals during growth the callus deposit found about the sinus forms a retractive node; these are closely spaced forming a sutural row of beads, 24 being present on the last whorl; interiorly a deep, rounded groove follows the sutural line. Greatest diameter 2.06 mm.; least diameter 1.66 mm.; altitude .73 mm. Holotype: No. 7075, Calif. Acad. Sci. Paleo. Type Coll., dredged by Fred Baker at San Jose Island, Gulf of California, in shallow water in 1921. Paratype: No. 7076, from the same locality. The holotype appears to be adult. The paratype is somewhat smaller, but the characters shown do not differ otherwise than as described above. The row of beads following the suture makes this a very striking little shell, not even near to anything else we have been able to locate in the literature. Tentatively, it seems best to include it in the family Adeorbide. 17. Glycymeris guadalupensis Strong, new species Plate 16, figures 1 and 2 Shell small, orbicular, thick and solid, moderately compressed, surface evenly reticulated with fine, close-spaced, radiating and concentric ridges; epidermis want- ing; umbones small, close, projecting slightly above the hinge line, posterior and basal margins evenly rounded, anterior slightly angulated, hinge line straight; inner margin crenulated, cardinal area very narrow, with a small, chevron-shaped groove and two diagonal striations; hinge plate broad, strongly curved, the anterior side longer, with, in the type, eight strong teeth on each side; umbones and a varying sized area below them white; remainder of exterior brown, the line between the white and brown areas usually sharply defined in a ziz-zag pattern; interior white, stained with brown. The type and paratype, consisting of a right and a left valve of equal size, measure: length, 7.5 mm.; height, 7.0 mm.; diameter, 4.5 mm. Holotype: No. 5822, and paratype: No. 5822A, Calif. Acad. Sci Paleo. Type Coll., dredged in from 9 to 15 fms. off Guadalupe Island, 214 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 47H SER. Mexico. Thirty attached pairs, all young, and one hundred and forty single valves were secured at the same place. The largest valve secured (paratype No. 5823) measures: length, 10 mm.; height, 10 mm. In general appearance the present species resembles Glycymeris corteziana Dall, the type of which was dredged off Cortez Bank but it seems to be a much smaller shell differing somewhat in shape and sculpture. 18 Dall, W. H., Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 52, 1916, p. 402. VoL. XXIII] STRONG—NEW SPECIES OF WEST AMERICAN SHELLS 215 PLATE 15 Fig. 1. Amphissa lyrta Baker, Hanna and Strong, n. sp. Holotype, No. 5816, C. A. S. Paleo. Type Coll., Isla Partida, Gulf of California. Length, 9.0 mm.; diameter, 4 mm.; p. 252. (The description of this species will be found in Vol. XXIII, No. 16, p. 252; Baker, Hanna and Strong, Columbellide from Western Mexico). Fig. 2. Diastoma slevini Strong, n. sp. Holotype, No. 5809, C. A. S. Paleo. Type Coll., Guadalupe Island, Mexico. Length, 7.6 mm.; diameter, 2.2 mm.; p. 207. Fig. 3. Turbonilla hannai Strong, n. sp. Holotype, No. 5828, C. A. S. Paleo. Type Coll., Maria Madre Island, Mexico. Length, 5.1 mm.; diameter, 0.9 mm.; p. 204. Fig. 4. Turbonilla madriella Strong, n. sp. Holotype, No. 5815, C. A. S. Paleo Type Coll., Maria Madre Island, Mexico. Length, 7.0 mm.; diameter, 1 7mm. 5 p. 204. Fig. 5. Rissoella (?) bakeri Strong, n. sp. Holotype, No. 5821, C. A. S. Paleo. Type Coll., Guadalupe Island, Mexico. Length, 2.2 mm.; diameter, 1.6 mm.; Pekiie Fig. 6. Rissoina willetti Strong, n. sp. Holotype, No. 5829, C. A. S. Paleo. Type Coll., Guadalupe Island, Mexico. Length, 2.9 mm.; diameter 1.1 mm.; p. 209. Fig. 7. Rissoina guadalupensis Strong, n. sp. Holotype, No. 5812, C. A. 8. Paleo. Type Coll., Guadalupe Island, Mexico. Length, 4.0 mm.; diameter, 1.5 mm.; p. 208. Fig. 8. Alvania granti Strong, n. sp. Holotype, No. 5825, C. A. S. Paleo. Type Coll., Maria Madre Island, Mexico. Length, 2.8 mm.; diameter, 1.1 mm.; p. 210. Fig. 9. Odostomia hertleini Strong, n. sp. Holotype, No. 5811, C. A. S. Paleo. Type Coll., Maria Madre Island, Mexico. Length, 2.7 mm.; diameter, 0.8 mm.; pe 205. Fig. 10. Odostomia martinensis Strong, n.sp. Holotype, No. 5813, C. A. S. Paleo. Type Coll., San Martin Island, Lower California, Mexico. Length, 1.5 mm.; diameter 1.1 mm.; p. 206. 216 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. PLATE 16 Fig. 1. Glycymeris guadalupensis Strong, n. sp. Holotype, a right valve, No. 5822, C. A. S. Paleo. Type Coll., Guadalupe Island, Mexico. Length, 7.5 mm.; height, 7.0 mm.; p. 213. Fig. 2. Glycymeris guadalupensis Strong, n. sp. Paratype, No. 5822A, C. A. S. Paleo. Type Coll. Inside of left valve; p. 213. Figs. 3, 4, 5. Alleorus deprellus Strong, n. sp. Holotype, No. 7075, C. A. S. Paleo. Type Coll., San Jose Island, Gulf of California. Diameter, 2.06 mm.; alti- tude .73) mimes p. 213. Fig. 6. Cerithiopsis guadalupensis Strong, n. sp. Holotype, No. 5810, C. A. S. Paleo. Type Coll., Guadalupe Island, Mexico. Length, 2.3 mm.; diameter, 1.0 mm.; p. 206. Fig. 7. Rissoina lowei Strong, n. sp. Holotype, No. 5814, C. A. S. Paleo. Type Coll., Guadalupe Island, Mexico. Length, 4.5 mm.; diameter, 1.8 mm.; p. 209. Fig. 8. Colubraria jordani Strong, n. sp. Holotype, No. 7017, C. A. S. Paleo. Type Coll., Socorro Island, Revillagigedo Islands, Mexico. Length, 35 mm., maximum diameter 10 mm.; p. 212. Fig. 9. Alabina jordani Strong, n. sp. Holotype, No. 5818, C. A. S. Paleo. Type Coll., Guadalupe Island, Mexico. Length, 5.0 mm.; diameter, 1.4 mm.; p. 208. [STRONG] Plate 15 PROC. CAL. ACAD. SCI., 4th Series, Vol. XXIII, No. 14 Ae ) ' PROC. CAL. ACAD. SCl., 4th Series, Vol. XXIII, No. 14 [STRONG] Plate 16 ; a ee ud nd ¥y aa ‘ Lh TD Lae ‘ - ne hi rah A sin el ra oe ? LRRD AL APOR mf der asd i ais. AT: i Hi bi te hit ih af POA ! s) mo ie ei a Pe ary yn ih bent : ane * est yey ha, Bie, wie ; Ts oe sda, places! Ligaen MANIA, 1438 } heal , ay Dat ta Si Ins ne 2 ON Mie RR GR TE aN Bi vig 1 FN Beis me ier > ae WERE ol van vow! a ee fe ; J A hak ae i j at! pry ioe Le NAS rita) ! mt yu ' ‘ he hy Sth ty ye Beet a aL: fal! iT", gl ig i \ SCA_OF- re EACLE CORE | owe ‘CYCLOsTREMA iY ‘ae im es , MANNA mH 4.03 “Ginter, Depitloont of Paicontatogy A ERIC ie ak Mean at Sifenre) Deer kh " roy ne BAT) hh? ss i ; Paes r die ALS Peg, Bak Fay kk Bs HLA: mi i | ae AAS ws SeRONG Rees esta Duifornia “ hi. gzeport Patou the BA plan of preceding ones Of the series b ficaling: witty bbe Markos niollusca of the Gulf of Calilorma / Bes av eaters. Publitabhn of the 38} 3 hepat in) 1923 in pe © 13 of the Procbedings of. tha Academy, and |v jv expected 7 ecidizional Fagaihed wilt Se trgated' iyo vime fo lisa. Various a i # hive beedausecd 2 inthe PT as HL anth, it Ue peviesst cout it a ay: ea REA OTS ARE Acadtesy) ont vo the Call dad wiles, ey PKA beeaeniehon 19214 hake andi 24 cagtribated bhe bale qian ‘nl ¥;' at ie pe tres ses est os celia oleae TT ack Deeiataiee eenichaieie hale: Leeman mle irt: 1 Pein 3 fain Prenatal Pusat lor, Aekdevw inane: ni 5 i seiliee para ned Bikes, FR, Meow: Cal ah ae’ sho Tay teh, fia, &; Pee VE TTY, AS, 02%, es IT ETS, eT HRT FiWid't, WM Pp 4 one wet beg wwii ee PROCEEDINGS OF THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES FOURTH SERIES Vou. XXIII, No. 15, pp. 217-244, plates 17-23 May 24, 1938 No. 15 SOME MOLLUSCA OF THE FAMILIES CERITHIOPSID4A, CERITHIIDZ AND CYCLOSTREMATIDZ FROM THE GULF OF CALIFORNIA AND ADJACENT WATERS * BY FRED BAKER San Diego, California G. D. HANNA Curator, Depariment of Paleontology California Academy of Sciences AND A. M. STRONG Los Angeles, California This report follows the general plan of preceding ones of the series of papers dealing with the marine mollusca of the Gulf of California and adjacent waters. Publication of the series began in 1923 in volume 13 of the Proceedings of the Academy, and it is expected that additional families will be treated from time to time. Various collections have been used in the preparation of the present contribu- tion but the expeditions the Academy sent to the Gulf and west Mexican waters in 1921, 1922 and 1925 contributed the bulk of the material.} * Printed from the John W. Hendrie Publication Endowment. 1 For itineraries of these expeditions see: SLEVIN, J. R., Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., ser. 4, vol. 12, No. 6, 1923 pp. 55-72.— Hanna, G. D., op. cit., vol. 14, No. 12, 1925, pp. 217-275, pls. 15-19.—HAnna, G. D., op. cit., vol. 15, No. 1, 1926, pp. 1-113, pls. 1-10, 7 text figs. May 24, 1938 218 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. Family CERITHIOPSID/ 1. Cerithiopsis (Cerithiopsis) grippi Bartsch Cerithiopsis (Cerithiopsis) grippi BARTSCH, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 52, 1917, p. 669, pl. 48, fig. 12. Three specimens of this species were taken at Cape San Lucas, Lower California, and there is one in the Baker collection marked: “Gulf of California.’’ Bartsch said in his original description: ‘‘The entire surface of the spire and the base is marked by very fine, incre- mental lines and much finer, spiral striations,’’ but he failed to call attention to the fact that these lines cut the tubercles into quite well- defined sections, a characteristic of all specimens examined, including the type lot. 2. Cerithiopsis (Cerithiopsis) oxys Bartsch Cerithiopsis (Cerithiopsis) oxys BARTSCH, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 40, 1911, p. 332, pl. 36, fig. 2: Taken at Agua Caliente and Cape San Lucas, Lower California. 3. Cerithiopsis (Cerithiopsis) pupiformis Carpenter Plate 19, figure 1 Cerithiopsis pupiformis CARPENTER, Cat. Mazatlan Shells, 1857, pp. 443, 444. Cerithiopsis (Cerithiopsis) pupiformis Carpenter, BARTSCH, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vola 40 yt Olde pp issih Goon Dis OOnmIeS nm or Three specimens from Cape San Lucas, Lower California, seem to agree fully with the description of this species. 4. Cerithiopsis (Cerithiopsis) subgloriosa Baker, Hanna and Strong, new species Plate 18, figure 7 Shell of medium size, regularly elongate-conic, milk white; nuclear whorls 3%, the first small, mammillary, the rest very convex, smooth, separated by impressed sutures, regularly increasing in size and merging gradually into the postnuclear whorls; postnuclear whorls 7%, the earlier turns convex, becoming flatter below, marked by three very prominent spiral cords, the posterior small at first but gradu- ally becoming slightly the largest, crossed by equally prominent, slightly retractive axial ribs extending strongly to the peripheral cord and very feebly over the base, 16 appearing on the first turn, 18 on the second and 22 on the seventh, the spiral cords being sharply truncated anteriorly and posteriorly, rendering them distinctly rectangular between the tubercles; axial ribs more rounded, the intersections marked by roundish tubercles, truncated posteriorly and occasionally subcuspidate; spiral Vou. XXIII] BAKER, HANNA AND STRONG—CERITHIOPSID&, CERITHIID&, ETC. 219 cords nearly equally spaced, the middle cord being slightly nearer the posterior than the anterior; spaces included between the spiral cords and axial ribs forming deep pits, generally irregular in shape but tending to become squarish on the an- terior whorls; sutures deeply impressed but not channeled, crossed prominently by the axial ribs which are not continuous; periphery marked by a spiral cord similar to the anterior one on the last turn, but much narrower and sharply trun- cated anteriorly into the slightly concave base; base marked by a low, narrow spiral cord about midway between the peripheral cord and the umbilical region, and every- where crossed by the obsolete continuations of the axial ribs; aperture irregularly oval; outer and basal lips thin. corrugated by the external sculpture; columella strong, nearly vertical, sharply revolute, slightly concave, moderately calloused, obtusely angled at the beginning of the anterior canal; anterior canal short, re- flected at an angle of about 45°; parietal wall marked by an extension of the external sculpture. Length, 3.93 mm.; diameter, 1.19 mm. Holotype: No. 5453, C. A. S. Paleo Type Coll., and a half grown specimen from Amortajada Bay, San Jose Island, Gulf of California; collected by Fred Baker, 1921; two specimens from La Paz, Lower California in about four fathoms, and one from the ‘‘Gulf of Cali- fornia”’ taken by Geo. D. Porter. The species is closely related to Cerithiopsis gloriosa Bartsch, but it is colored differently, is proportionately smaller, lacks the exten- sion of the peripheral keel into the preceding sutures, the middle keel is closer to the posterior keel than to the anterior one, the axial ribs are slightly retractive instead of slightly protractive and the inter- costal pits are much less distinctly defined thanin C. gloriosa. These differential characteristics are well marked in all specimens taken. 5. Cerithiopsis (Cerithiopsis) tuberculoides Carpenter Plate 19, figure 3 Cerithiopsis tuberculoides CARPENTER, Cat. Mazatlan shells, 1857, pp. 442, 443. Cerithiopsis (Cerithiopsis) tuberculoides Carpenter, BARTSCH, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 40, 1911, pp. 336, 337, pl. 37, fig. 7. Taken in three or four fathoms at La Paz, and Cape San Lucas, Lower California, and at Isthmus Bay, Espiritu Santo Island, Gulf of California. 6. Cerithiopsis (Cerithiopsida) bristole Baker, Hanna and Strong, new species Plate 19, figure 4 Shell small, subpupiform, everywhere marked by minute, growth lines and equally fine, incised, spiral lines, shining, white throughout, except the tip of the columella and a narrow, reddish-brown, spiral band extending from the first re- maining postnuclear whorl to the edge of the outer lip and covering the sutures and upper row of tubercles; nuclear whorls decollated; remaining postnuclear whorls, 4144, moderately rounded, marked throughout by three subequal and subs 220 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [PRoc. 4TH SER. equally spaced, indistinctly defined, spiral cords, the posterior near the suture, the anterior separated from the suture by a space about equal to that dividing the anterior and median cords; spiral cords crossed by rather stronger, slightly retrac- tive, axial ribs, about 16 appearing on the first whorl and 18 on the penultimate, the intersections marked by large, bead-like tubercles, somewhat broken up by the growth lines, and fine incised, spiral lines; spaces enclosed by the axial ribs and spiral cords irregular, but generally roundly oval, elongated spirally and becoming more quadrangular on the last whorl; periphery marked by a narrow, irregularly tubercu- late cord; sutures moderately impressed and rendered indistinct by the crossing of the axial ribs; base rather long, slightly concave on the buccal side, evenly rounded behind, marked by two slender, diverging, tuberculate cords; aperture subpyriform, the anterior canal broad and open; outer and basal lips thin, crenulated by the external sculpture; columella revolute, covered by a callus extending over the parietal wall. Length, 1.17 mm.; diameter, .89 mm. Holotype: No. 5457, C. A. S. Paleo. Type Coll., and three addi- tional specimens, from Cape San Lucas, Lower California, collected by G. D. Hanna and E. K. Jordan, June, 1925. The species closely resembles Cerithiopsts casst of this paper from the same locality, especially in color pattern and general shape, but it differs very radically in the large, irregular tubercles, the rather broad, axial ribs and non-laminate spiral cords, and the smaller, ill- defined, rounded or oval interspaces, which are large, squarish and well defined in C. cassi1. The peculiar cutting up of the tubercles by the growth lines and spiral incised lines is very characteristic, a con- dition shown in less degree in C. grippt. The species is named for Miss Viola Bristol of Point Loma, Cali- fornia. 7. Cerithiopsis (Cerithiopsida) cassi Baker, Hanna and Strong, new species Plate 19, figure 5 Shell minute, subpupiform, everywhere marked by almost imperceptible, incised spiral lines, blue-white, except a narrow, reddish-brown, spiral band covering the posterior row of tubercles, beginning on the first postnuclear whorl and continuing along the posterior cord and peripheral cord to the edge of the aperture; nuclear whorls two, the first smooth, mammillate, the second separated from it by an impressed suture, convex, showing the beginning of the sculpture of the succeeding postnuclear whorl; postnuclear whorls, 41%, slightly convex, marked by three rows of minute, glistening, evenly rounded tubercles, nearly equal on the first two whorls, the posterior row becoming more prominent on the succeeding turns; tubercles united by very narrow, rather prominent, laminate, strongly retractive, axial ribs, and three almost equally prominent, laminate, spiral cords enclosing large and rather deep, squarish pits, much wider than the tubercles; tubercles numbering about 15 on the first whorl, 16 on the third and 18 on the last; spiral cords nearly equally spaced, the middle being slightly nearer the posterior than the anterior, the anterior separated from the suture by a space equal to that between it and the middle cord, this space being occupied by a series of squarish pits equal to the other intercostal spaces; axial ribs crossing the sutures prominently, rendering the im- pressed sutures rather indistinct; peripheral cord nearly equal to the preceding one, Vor. XXIII] BAKER, HANNA AND STRONG—CERITHIOPSID&, CERITHIID&, ETC. 221 its tubercles showing a slight tendency to become elongated spirally, extending into all the sutures as a very narrow, wavy cord, separated from the posterior row of tubercles by a minute, incised groove; base moderate, nearly straight, or showing a slight concavity in the umbilical region, marked by obsolescent sculpture similar to that on the body whorl; aperture irregularly ovate with a short, broad, anterior canal; columella nearly straight and vertical, heavily calloused, obliquely truncate anteriorly. Length, 1.99 mm.; diameter, 1.03 mm. Holotype: No. 5458, C. A. S. Paleo. Type Coll., and two additional specimens, from Cape San Lucas, Lower California; collected by G. D. Hanna and E. K. Jordan, June, 1925; one specimen from Espiritu Santo Island, Gulf of California, is in the Baker collection. In size and shape this species resembles Cerithiopsts pupiformis Carpenter, but differs in the color band, the small size of the tu- bercles, the rather extreme width of the squarish, intercostal pits and in having a peripheral cord instead of asulcus. It seems distinct from all species described from this coast, except C. bristole of this paper, under which species the characteristic differences have been noted. The species is named for Mr. Charles L. Cass of Pacific Beach, California. 8. Cerithiopsis (Cerithiopsida) kinoi Baker, Hanna and Strong, new species Plate 18, figure 6 Shell small, slender, regularly elongate-conic, light chestnut brown; remaining nuclear whorls, 2144, somewhat eroded, well rounded and separated by impressed sutures, colored like the rest of the shell, the last showing the tendency of the sub- genus to develop sculpture similar to that of the postnuclear whorls; postnuclear whorls, 7144, very moderately convex, marked by three narrow, prominent, nearly equally spaced, spiral cords, the first close to the upper suture, the third quite widely separated from the lower suture by a space about equalling that separating the spiral cords; the middle cord rather more prominent than the other two, all crossed by retractive axial ribs, nearly equal in size, and similar to the spiral cords, about 18 appearing on the first whorl, 20 on the fifth and 26 on the penultimate; intersections of the cords and ribs marked by small, rounded, beady tubercles tend- ing to be spirally elongate at several points, the interspaces being generally marked by well-defined, deep, roundish pits tending to become squarish at some points on the lower whorls; interspaces between the lowest cord on each whorl and the suture marked by an almost identical series of roundish pits dipping into the suture and squarely defined below by a very narrow, sharp extension of the peripheral cord, appearing more or less distinctly in all the sutures, closely adnate to the suc- ceeding whorls, and giving the appearance of a very narrow shoulder; sutures rather deeply impressed but largely obliterated by the extensions of the axial ribs; peripheral cord about equal to the preceding spiral cord but less tuberculate, the space above it about equal to that separating the other spiral cords; base rather short, well-rounded, marked by feeble extensions of the axial ribs, by one scarcely tuberculate cord beginning near the peripheral cord and gradually separating from it, and by an ill-defined columellar fasciole; aperture broadly, irregularly oval; 222 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. outer lip thin and crenulated by the external sculpture; basal lip horizontal and only slightly convex; anterior canal short, rather broad and oblique; columella nearly vertical, obliquely truncate below. Length, 3.25 mm.; diameter, .99 mm. Holotype: No. 5451, C. A. S. Paleo. Type Coll., and five additional specimens from Cape San Lucas, Lower California; collected by G. D. Hanna and E. K. Jordan, June, 1925; one specimen from about four fathoms off La Paz, Lower California. The species shows a very marked tendency of the upper row of tubercles to be carried to the left of a line connecting the correspond- ing lower two tubercles, thus bending the axial ribs retractively on each whorl. The same tendency shows on all the specimens seen, but in a varying degree. The species seems to be distinct from any heretofore described from this coast, being more closely allied to Cerithiopsis bristole and C. casst of this paper, but differing from both in color, in the number of axial ribs, and in being more slenderly elongate-conic. It is intermediate between them in having the small tubercles and large intercostal pits of C. cassi, but differs from that species and resembles C. bristole in that the pits are roundish and not squarish. The species is named for Fra Eusebio Francisco Kino, Jesuit path- finder employed by the vice-regency of New Spain to survey the Gulf of California, in 1685. While engaged in this work he collected shells in that region. The species is named in accordance with the sugges- tion of Joshua L. Baily, Jr. (Nautilus, vol. 48, No. 3, January, 1935, i.e). 9. Cerithiopsis (Cerithiopsida) kinoi (subspecies?) Plate 19, figure 6 A single specimen from Cape San Lucas, Lower California, is like C. kinoz of this paper, but varies in having the tubercles almost im- perceptible, the intercostal pits rather larger and distinctly squarish, while the shell is broader in proportion to its height. We refrain from giving this shell a subspecific name, preferring to await further collecting to determine its validity. 10. Cerithiopsis (Cerithiopsida) porteri Baker, Hanna and Strong, new species Plate 19, figure 2 Shell very small, spindle-shaped, everywhere marked by minute growth lines and spiral incised lines, chestnut brown except the nucleus; nuclear whorls, 4%, cream white, forming a high, narrow nucleus with a mammillated tip, the whorls well rounded and separated by moderately impressed sutures, the first turn and a half smooth, the rest showing both spiral and axial sculpture resembling that of the Vor. XXIII] BAKER, HANNA AND STRONG—CERITHIOPSID#, CERITHIID#, ETC. 223 succeeding turns; postnuclear whorls, 6%, very slightly convex, rather low between the sutures, marked by two very prominent, widely separated, heavily tuberculate, spiral cords with a third, minute, irregularly tuberculate, median cord showing very indefinitely on the last two whorls; spiral cords crossed by decidedly retractive axial ribs, generally not well defined, 16 appearing on the second whorl, 18 on the fourth and 20 on the penultimate turn; spiral cords about equal on the early whorls, the tubercles of the posterior cord elongated axially on the lower turns, rendering this cord by far the most prominent; tubercles of the anterior cord truncated rather sharply posteriorly on the last whorl; periphery marked by a moderate sulcus continuous with the last turn of the suture; base well rounded, marked by three very strong, basal cords, the first with large tubercles, the second rugose but not tuberculate, the third constituting a basal fasciole; sutures rather deep but rendered indistinct by the large tubercles and axial ribs; aperture subcircular, less rounded on the columellar side; outer lip showing the external sculpture, and marked on the edge by minute tubercles; anterior canal short and narrow; columella and parietal wall heavily calloused, the columellar callus reflected, free and minutely beaded on the edge. Length, 2.17 mm.; diameter, .596 mm. Holotype: No. 5455, C. A. S. Paleo. Type Coll., and five additional specimens collected in the “Gulf of California’? by George D. Porter. By virtue of its small size and spindle shape this species falls into the group of Cerithiopsis pupiformis Carpenter and C. cassi of this paper, but differs from these and all other species described from this coast in having but two spiral cords, the minute, median cord noted, scarcely amounting to a spiral cord. Only the holotype re- tains the full nucleus. Among the other specimens there is consider- able variation in the size of the tubercles and in the incidence of the minute mesial cord. 11. Cerithiopsis (Cerithiopsidella) cosmia Bartsch Cerithiopsis cosmia BartscH, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 33, Oct. 23, 1907, pp. yrs 180, 181. Cerithiopsis (Cerithiopsidella) cosmia BArtscu, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 40, 1911, pp. 348, 349, pl. 38, fig. 7. A single specimen of this species in the Baker collection is labeled “Gulf of California,’ but as there is a possibility of error, this large addition to the known range of the species should not be accepted without further collections.” Dall (Bull! 112, U.S. N..M., 1921, p. 143) gives the range Monterey, California, to San Bartolome Bay, Lower California. 12. Seila assimilata (C. B. Adams) Plate 18, figure 5 Cerithium assimilatum C. B. ApAms, Cat. Panama Shells, Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist., New York, vol. 5, 1852, pp. 374-375, 533 (separate pp. 150-151). This species was taken at Coyote Bay, Concepcion Bay, Puerto Escondido, La Paz, and Cape San Lucas, Lower California; at Amor- 224 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. tajada Bay, the salt works and the west anchorage, San Jose Island, and at Isthmus Bay, Espiritu Santo Island, Gulf of California. We are unable to detect any difference between this species and S. montereyensts Bartsch, except that the specimens are much smaller, a feature noted by Bartsch. Bartsch’s description does not seem to separate them positively in any other respect. 13. Metaxia diadema Bartsch Plate 18, figure 8 Metaxia diadema BARTSCH, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 33, Oct. 23, 1907, pp. 182, 183. Taken in San Francisquito Bay, Lower California, in about three fathoms. 14. Metaxia convexa (Carpenter) Plate 18, figure 4 Cerithiopsis convexa Carpenter, Cat. Mazatlan Shells, 1857, p. 444. A single specimen was collected by George D. Porter in the ‘Gulf of California’ and additional ones at Maria Madre Island by the Expedition of 1925. Family CERITHIIDA Key to west American genera and subgenera of the family Cerithide Columellaswith anoblique medianrplication :i .52. ia\inicdeetiinnl.). sinbele Clava Coens without a plication * Anterior canal distinct, nearly closed, strongly recurved....... Cerithium * Anterior canal short, open, straight or nearly so................ Potamides ** Shell turriculated, with irregular ribs and varices............ Pirenella? +s. Shell -subcylindricall , spirallyseroowed). 3.55, oso syaionspsiponih eed s>¢ Liocerithium? * Anterior canal a narrow groove, outer lip thickened............ Cerithidea * Anterior canal undeveloped ** Aperture effuse at the junction of the outer and basal lips........ Diastoma ** Aperture oval, more or less channeled anteriorly.......5....... Bittium’ +*7 Postiucleatawiorls withe vari CeStryaciiehe tem 11 ieiei cece ek Bittium s. s2 *** Postnuclear whorls without varices **** Nuclear whorls. witbatwo spinalilirations...... vem. c4+ os! - Lirobittium? **** Nuclear whorls smooth ***** Spiral sculpture predominating) overmjthe axial..............- Stylidium? *##** Spiral sculpture not predominating over the axial............. Semibittium ** Aperture effuse at the columellar base, a minute umbilical chink behind the columella’: GCE VE ON. 2 GS baht cH, PAO SEL Alabina 2 Subgenera. 3 Key to the subgenera of Bittium, adapted from Bartsch, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 40, 1911, p. 384. VoL. XXIII] BAKER, HANNA AND STRONG—CERITHIOPSID, CERITHIIDE, ETC. 225 15. Alabina diomedez Bartsch Alabina diomedee Bartscu, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 39, 1911, p. 413, pl. 62, fig. 1. Two worn specimens of this species were obtained at Cape San Lucas, Lower California, and in the Baker collection there is a large number, collected in beach drift by George D. Porter on Espiritu Santo Island, Gulf of California. Also several hundred were col- lected along the surf line of the outer coast at Magdalena Bay by Px. Hanna in: 1922. 16. Bittium mexicanum Bartsch Bittitum mexicanum BartscH, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 40, 1911, pp. 412, 413, pl. 58, fig. 1. Two specimens were taken by George D. Porter in the ‘‘Gulf of California.”’ 17. Cerithium alboliratum Carpenter Plate 17, figure 7 Cerithium alboliratum CARPENTER, Cat. Mazatlan Shells, 1857, p. 356. The species was taken at Cape San Lucas, Lower California, and it is in the Baker collection from Espiritu Santo Island, in the Gulf. 18. Cerithium maculosum Kiener Plate 17, figure 2 Cerithium maculosum KIENER, Icon. Coq. Viv., Canaliferes, pt. 1, 1841-1842, p. SOS Dl to Hoare Cerithium nebulosum SOWERBY, Thes. Conch., vol. 2, 1855, Cerithium, p. 866, sp. 71, pl. 179, fig. 48; not Puoiiprpr, 1851. The species was taken at the salt works, Carmen Island; Coronado Island; the salt works and Amortajada Bay, San Jose Island; Isla Raza; San Francisco Island; San Marcos Island; Isthmus Bay, Es- piritu Santo Island; Ceralbo Island; and Santa Catalina Islands, Gulf of California; at Cape San Lucas and La Paz, Lower California; and at Tepoca Bay and San Carlos Bay, Sonora. 226 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. 19. Cerithium stercus-muscarum Valenciennes Plate 17, figure 3 Cerithium stercusmuscarum VALENCIENNES, Voy., Humboldt & Bonpland, 1833 (1332) Zook vols 2) pe 2s. Cerithium trroratum GouLp, C. B. ADAms, Cat. Panama Shells, Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist., New York, vol. 5, 1852, p. 378 (separate p. 154); not GOULD. Cerithium ocellatum Bruguiere may be the same species, in which case this name would supersede that of Valenciennes. There is a lack of agreement as to their identity. The species was taken in large numbers in the broken drain pipes on the beach, south of the main wharf, at La Paz; at Coyote Bay; Concepcion Bay; Angeles Bay; Agua Verde Bay; Las Animas Bay; San Luis Gonzaga Bay; and Mulege Harbor, Lower California; at Guaymas, Sonora; and on Isla Raza; San Luis Island; Marquer Bay, Carmen Island; west anchorage, San Jose Island; Angel de la Guardia Island; and Monserrate Island, Gulf of California. 20. Cerithium uncinatum (Gmelin) Plate 17, figure 1 Murex uncinatus GMELIN, Syst. Nat. Ed. 13, vol. 1, pt. 6, 1790, p. 3542, no. 57. Cerithium famelicum C. B. Apams, Cat. Panama Shells, Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist., New York, vol..5, 1852, pp. 376, 533 (Separate p. 152). The species was taken at Ballandra Bay, Carmen Island; west landing, San Jose Island; and San Marcos Island, Gulf of California. 21. Clava gemmata (Hinds) Plate 17, figure 5 Vertagus gemmatus Hinps, Voy. Sulphur, Moll., 1844, p. 27, pl. 11, fig. 5, 6. Clave californica DALL, Proc.-U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 56, Aug. 30, 1919, p. 346. Specimens were taken at the west anchorage, Amortajada Bay and the salt works, San Jose Island, Gulf of California; and at Cape San Lucas, Lower California. Carpenter (Rep. Brit. Assoc., 1856, p. 170) suggested that Cerzth- ium fragaria Valenciennes may be the young of this species. If this should prove correct, the latter name would take precedence. Vout. XXIII] BAKER, HANNA AND STRONG—CERITHIOPSID&, CERITHIIDE, ETC. 227 22. Potamides (Liocerithium) sculptus (Sowerby) Plate 17, figure 6 Lampania sculpta SOWERBY, Thes. Conch., vol. 2, 1855, p. 868, fig. 144, 145. Lampania incisa SOWERBY, Thes. Conch., vol. 2, 1855, p. 868, fig. 152. Lampania curta SOWERBY, Thes. Conch., vol. 2, 1855, p. 869, fig. 153, 154. The species was taken at Coronado Island; Isla Raza; San Marcos Island; Georges Island; salt works and Marquer Bay, Carmen Island; west anchorage, San Jose Island; northeast anchorage, Monserrate Island; second anchorage, Tiburon Island; Isthmus Cove, Espiritu Santo Island; first anchorage, Santa Catalina Island; Smith Island; Isla Partida; San Luis Island; San Francisco Island; San Esteban Island; San Diego Island; Sal si puedes Island; Pond Island Bay and Puerto Refugio, Angel de la Guardia Island; and Danzante Island, Gulf of California; at San Luis Gonzaga Bay; San Francisquito Bay; Agua Verde Bay; Angeles Bay; Las Animas Bay; San Antonio Point and La Paz, Lower California; and at Tepoca. Bay; San Carlos Bay; and Guaymas, Sonora. 23. Cerithidea albonodosa Carpenter Plate 17, figure 4 Cerithidea albonodosa CARPENTER, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, July 8, 1856, p. 205. Taken at northeast anchorage, Monserrate Island; San Luis Island, and at nearly every sand beach visited in the Gulf of Cali- fornia. 24. Cerithidea albonodosa mazatlanica Carpenter Cerithidea varicosa SOWERBY, Var. mazatlanica CARPENTER, Cat. Mazatlan Shells, 1857, pp. 344, 345. Taken at Pond Island, Gulf of California. Cerithidea demonia Dall, (manuscript name) from the Gulf of Cali- fornia, which has been widely distributed to collectors, proves to be a very dark color form of this subspecies. 25. Cerithidea montagnei (d’Orbigny) Plate 18, figures 1, 2 Cerithium montagnei D'ORBIGNY, Voy. Amér. Mérid., vol. 5, 1841, p. 443, pl. 63, figs. 3, 4. Cerithium reevianum C. B. ADAMS, Cat. Panama Shells, Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist., New York, vol. 5, 1852, pp. 380, 534 (separate p. 156). Many excellent specimens of this beautiful species were taken at San Ignacio Lagoon, Lower California, by Henry Hemphill. These 228 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. agree in all essential details with d’Orbigny’s original figure. Seven excellent specimens were taken by L. G. Hertlein at Tenecatita Bay, Jalisco, Mexico. 26. Cerithidea fortiuscula (Bayle) Plate 18, figure 3 Cerithium fortiusculum BAYLE, Journ. Conchyl., vol. 28 (ser. 3, vol. 20, no. 3), 1880, p. 250.—Tyron, Man. Conch. vol. 9, 1887, p. 161, pl. 33, fig. 58. One immature shell was taken at the northeast anchorage, Mon- serrate Island, Gulf of California, and an adult was found at Las Animas Bay on the peninsula. The species seems to have no very close relationship with montagnei, with which it has been associated by some writers. Family CYCLOSTREMATIDZ& In the present paper the arrangement of genera and species used by Dall in Bulletin 112, U. S. National Museum, for the California shells has been expanded to include the species occurring below San Diego. Two changes have been made, the first in the use of the family name of Cyclostrematide instead of Vitrinellide. The genus Cyclostrema‘ is credited to Marryatt in 1818 and the genus Vi2trt- nella’ to C. B. Adams in 1850. We have followed the rule for form- ing the family name from the first described genus. The second change is in the use of the genus Delphinoidea Brown, 1827,° instead of Cyclostremella Bush, 1897.7 The former name seems to be valid, and the type of the genus is more like our shells than is the case with that of the later genus. C. B. Adams described a number of species in the family from Panama, and Carpenter several from Mazatlan, few of which can be retained in the genera in which they were described. The shell char- acters which we have used in arranging the west coast species in the various genera are shown in the following key. Nearly all of the species described by Adams and Carpenter are unfigured and the types are not available for comparison. In order to attempt an identification of our shells it was necessary to compare their descrip- tions with the descriptions and figures of Dall and Bartsch. The result of this study is shown in the keys to the species which we have placed in the various genera. These include everything from the west coast for which we found a record. Since the keys are based 4 Trans. Linn. Soc., London, vol. 12, 1818, p. 338. 5 Mono. Viirinella, 1850, p. 3. 6 Illust. Conch. Gr. Brit. Ireland, 1827, p. 4. 7 Trans. Conn. Acad. Arts and Sci. vol. 10, pt. 1, 1897, p. 140. Monotype, C. humulis Bush, op. cit., p. 141, pl. 22, figs. 8-8b. Vou. XXIII] BAKER, HANNA AND STRONG—CERITHIOPSID#, CERITHIID&, ETC. 229 very largely on the written descriptions, and not on the shells them- selves, they must be considered as provisional. A number of small series or single specimens in the Academy’s collection do not seem to agree with any of the forms described from the Gulf of California but some of them are more or less similar to forms described from distant localities. Rather than extend ranges from the meager data available, it seemed better to describe them as new. If larger series of specimens and specimens from inter- mediate points-show the differences to be individual variations, the figures and full descriptions should still be of value. Key to west American genera of the family Cyclostrematide Base with a callus pad restricting or covering the umbilicus......... Teinostoma Base openly umbilicated, without a callus ~ Shell naccoid. spirereleyatedinn., 2 fic Toys apes pelel aeare obsnale leistets (ere aur Ganesa * Shell flattened, spire low or sunken 2* (Outer ‘leper stnuated: on - waved: cloner aloract Abe) arated sl Pach POE Scissilabra ** Outer lip not sinuated or waved SET Spiral SCulpcure ADSEMtr «ers lak tse ere mete eleanor Monette lent eoeneLeee SwEN. Vitrinella *** Spiral sculpture present **** Whorls rounded, with many equal spiral cords of incised lines. . Delphinoidea **** Whorls angulated, with a few sharp spiral keels ee XIAP SCUICULE PreseiMbann wets te. sae sy eile pes ye epee ca sey ees Cyclostrema Bees Acta SCHILD UUTe aDSCLIGM MAT cclals 4 ais aitsoieisicle s sihalt s Gis sie sie istena sqahen a Circulus Key to west American species of the genus Ganesa Umbilicus bounded by a conspicuous keel; diam., 1.2 mm. Niazatia ti es Se ed. Oe RN eee, naticoides Carpenter Umbilicus bordered by from 12 to 15 spiral striae; diam., 4.5 mm. J 242 oF cobs VRAIN a MAE OE LM erie aa todas ALS cel panamensis Dall Umbilicus not emarginated * Entire surface with subgranular vermiculations; diam., 2 mm. (Cala pagOs ESlamasety scree cic: s spsytel eter arches ois laelrey strats ever ciicyotar estan aio piona Dall * Entire surface with thread like axial folds; diam., 2.5 mm. Cala pagos Uslandsnwrns See te oe ae ae nee eT a a hene oe 3 filosa Dall Key to west American species of the genus Teinostoma Umbilicus entirely covered by a smooth callus pad * Body whorl with a furrow and keel near the suture; diam., 2 mm. Mioaterey-to Gulf of Cait .. 33). etceadh 2S supravallata Carpenter * Body whorl acutely carinated below the periphery; diam., 1 mm. Mazatlanss 3. Sas Sah otees ot aa pis Was Ges OER carinata Carpenter * Body whorl angulated at the center of the base; diam., 2 mm. Monterey to the Gulf of Calif...............0... invallata Carpenter * Body whorl evenly rounded ** Surface with finely decussated sculpture; diam., 1.2 mm. Mazat- LDA esos tciere) Ao 2:5 eh ovchey Se bhe weve! © sal alts Migs pyricallosa Carpenter ** Surface with subrugose spiral striae; diam., 1.1 mm. Mazatlan RRR Neca en Wee Pee oe ah asc ed a tH Buida syn 37a laealch sw cau poLien hopises ek pallidula Carpenter 230 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. ** Surface with subobsolete spiral striae; diam., 1 mm. Mazatlan Ree eects och UW A RE Ne SUPT HE ah OE is MEN tumens Carpenter Surface without sculpture; *** Callus pad spiral, flattened toward the inner AAD) diam., 2.75 mm. Mazatlan... .. .amplectans Carpenter = Callusipad rounded, smooth; iam hes Sr mm. ’ Magdalena Bay. .cecinella Dall ° Callus pad showing an umbilical indentation or dimple * Umbilicus deeply indented; diam., 1.8 mm. Panama...... regularis Adams * Umbilical dimple minute; diam., 1.8,mm. Coronados Islands. .salvania Dal} Callus pad leaving a slight umbilical chink * Surface with fine spiral striations; diam., 1 mm. Mazatlan. lirulata Carpenter * Surface without sculpture ** With a large, ovate pad behind the pillar lip; diam., 2 mm. San Beare ai epee Re! Sleek ARMOR cpa Pe ch aIG: chs RAY ete NE sapiella Dall ** With a small, linguiform pad only; diam., 2 mm. San Diego... bibbiana Dall ** With a semi-lunular pad; diam., 1 mm. Mazatlan..... amplectans Carpenter Callus pad curving around an open umbilicus * Body whorl subangulated at the periphery; diam., 1 mm. Panama esha Rte als sateattey e ctella cithiph cytisi ete Barcel RUT ADSL eH eta cc fee ie minuta Adams * Body whorl evenly rounded; diam., 1 mm. Mazatlan. .substriata Carpenter Key to west American species of the genus Scissilabra Axial sculpture present * Body whorls with 4 spiral keels; diam., 1.25 mm. Mazatlan to Panama tycrcts fase sees Senet GONE RU ed mek Pe Ue Rae parva Adams * Body whorl with 5 spiral keels; diam., 1.6 mm. Mazatlan to Pama. Lue mi ihe ik Nancie Aes antl ACR Neon aig panamensis Adams * Body whorl with finely decussated sculpture ** Shell subelevated; diam., 1.4 mm. Mazatlan........... monile Carpenter **) Shelliidiscoidal®, dfamry dimmi'? Mazatlatt (10 2st. os montilifera Carpenter Axial sculpture absent * Body whorl sharply angulated at periphery; diam., 2 mm. Monterey, to pGult vol Calit a Jag ciel ak ae eee dalla Bartsch * Body whorl subangulated below the periphery; diam., 1 mm. INIIZE ELA TAM eset charade Cousot roe abs Ucn a aro eer eae ee subquadrata Carpenter Body whorl evenly rounded ** Body whorl with uniform spiral striae; diam., 1.4 mm. Mazatlan STAN mm pec NE Ne Be Mn ae MPa cho clare er Creep INR nie te OY bifilata Carpenter ** Spiral striae at periphery only; diam. 0.8 mm. Mazatlan...orbis Carpenter Key to west American species of the genus Vitrinella Umbilical walls smooth (Vitrinella s. s.) * Surface with distinct, irregular impressed lines; diam., 2.1 mm. Cayteossto) BtAbreojos iit Te.) 20 dre okies oldroydi Bartsch * Surface with distinct, regular lines of growth; diam., 1.2 mm. ROR RS O yi cay 2t eheg on a chvoicss oh HMA EN atv omen cli enien'e¥ onprhan cing, oe ASR RE smthi Bartsch * Surface smooth and glossy ** Shell subglobose, spire. somewhat elevated; diam., 1.6 mm. Wnalaska ae tien eri2 5 SORE: Meee eee alaskensis Bartsch ** Shell flattened, spire little elevated; diam., 2.3 mm. San Pedro A PENM TERN Cees lis vel a ll ctya sas Rane eH ome verl foilav tr cltur mica reanet pee oe Sata eschnaurt Bartsch ** Shell discoidal, spire depressed; diam., 5.5 mm. San Pedro Vou. XXIII] BAKER, HANNA AND STRONG—CERITHIOPSIDE, CERITHIID&, ETC. 231 Umbilical walls with oblique ribs or notches (Decomphala) * Base with a single spiral keel; diam., 2.2mm. Monterey to San Die gowtey. BARTS, FESS. aaitas phocytes ae ee Take berryi Bartsch * Base without keels ** Upper whorls axially ribbed; diam., 3.8 mm. Monterey to Reef PREP Jaci crs Gea hhh op iaye d's «/akeiogs Uae Joe ing lied Se stearnst Bartsch ** Upper whorls marked by lines of growth only; diam., 1.5mm. De- Dansire: Bay. Ba Gua Tes, AOL RAwE APU ORS Kail columbiana Bartsch Key to west American species of the genus Delphinoidea Surface with raised spiral threads * Whorls slightly constricted at regular intervals; diam., 2.3 mm. Mionteress, top scatter Opt ss il WS ihebieys os tuehedSie dalli Bartsch Interstices between threads axially striated “*sShelf( mimute; ‘diam-,"2° mm." Panama oo. .02 Ss. 8 ponceliana de Folin ** Shell large for the genus; diam., 5 mm. Cape San Lucas..granti B. H. and 8. * Spiral threads regularly and finely beaded; diam., 2 mm. Olga, Waskarlsotr 2rg. 58) de nerange. scone A. degen oles concordia Bartsch * Sculpture on last whorl finely decussated;diam.,1mm. Mazatlan BENS ATSC EOE. oo TERED OV REAG SOs 10, decussata Carpenter * Spiral threads and interspaces smooth ** A smooth band between suture and first spiral; diam., 1.5 mm. Cape Sata LuGas os: Wee Re os aaa lucasana B. H. and S. ** Spiral threads subequally spaced *** Shell moderately elevated **** Spiral threads on last whorl about 15; diam., 1.2 mm. Gulf of Baling: RT TE REE ATMO GRA. SSR | ee spiritualis B. H. and S. **** Spiral threads on last whorl about 50; diam., 1.6 mm. Tres Marias Tslandsrih VEUe Satakey. cue teers LENE Awe stephense B. H. and S. *** Shell depressed turbinate; diam., 2 mm. San Diego...... rossellina Dall oem Shell discoidal; diam., 251: mm-. Mazatlan .0/.02'75.*. lirulata Carpenter Surface with incised spiral lines * Incised lines on both spire and base; diam., 0.85 mm. Cook Mabey Plas kale a6) ai 3) on tp crag het bap ot otek at stan! wt are ohat otoha DAO alaskana Bartsch * Incised lines strong on base only; diam., 1.5 mm. Panama. .seminuda Adams Key to west American species of the genus Cyclostrema Space between keels spirally sculptured Three spiral keels on body whorl Two of keels on periphery, one on base; diam., 4.5 mm. San Pedro eliGulffiot iGalift 4. ..2eks inodas oneal eck): : baldridget Bartsch ** All keels on the periphery; diam., 3.97 mm, Gulf of Calif..spiceri B. H. and S. Four spiral keels on the body whorl; diam., 1.5mm. Mazatlan FORE 2 Qilletetee etal create tact y Gate e. cheks mer iegsedeutaheae. ister ss seer Ochs exigua Adams * Five spiral keels on the body whorl; diam., 2.28 mm. Tres Mantastislandsts SQAte, f2 S49 2b STs a kk marie B. H. and S. Space between keels not spirally sculptured Three spiral keels on the body whorl ** Upper keel nodulous; diam., 0.8 mm. Mazatlan.......nodosa Carpenter ** All keels smooth *** A strong spiral keel on the periphery; diam., 1 mm. San Diego Be eee a ch AN Ee, ods CEMA C Sy age whchas's pomagcud « ccasnetsbere trap el diegensis Bartsch 232 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. *** A spiral keel on each side of the periphery; diam., 0.9 mm. Patiamad SEPP OOS | HE te, STULL y RAN, ARSC E Be GES 0 5 perparva Adams * Four spiral keels on the body whorl ** Upper keel nodulous; diam., 1.4 mm. Mazatlan...... coronata Carpenter ** All keels’ smooth: "diam-r mm... Panamal 7), Veh iie See janus Adams * Five spiral keels on body whorl ** Two keels on periphery, three on base; diam., 1.4 mm. Cape San TEUCH SENS PMN SS oa deel ood hed eo POP, xantust Bartsch Three keels on periphery, two on base *** Axial riblets reaching the umbilicus; diam., 2.1mm. San Pedro 542 UA hs ht CO cits TR OTEN ESSAYS NAN, ar A 8 ON miranda Bartsch *** Axial riblets becoming obsolete on base; diam., 1.5 mm. Panama bass vel SAE tea faust UR CEREE eeMey Menace one ateheiaee toy ape onceaee concinna Adams Six spiral keels on the body whorl ** Axial nearly equalling the spiral keels in strength; diam., 1.3 frit YParrammay se ete ce Mi peters Setar eee tees oe ote ts coma ene adamsi Bartsch ** Axial riblets strong on base and in umbilicus only; diam., 2.42 mim Grtli of Calih sve sateve ) Menenkern eet stent ce me a lowet B. H. and S. Key to west American species of the genus Circulus A single spiral keel on the periphery; diam., 2.2 mm. Panama..diomede Bartsch One spiral keel on periphery, one on the spire; diam., 1 mm. INAV FEN Le Ra Sd pe esha ate encase, ok vanes otcwcnur Gateee need & oNSTeReh Gd planospiratus Carpenter One spiral keel below suture, one on base; diam., 1.5 mm. Panama... witty. A Reed. Wee Mae ag weet OTA modestus Adams One spiral keel on periphery, two on base; diam., 1.2 mm. Ma- DEAT OVEN, <2, «opt choh serie tohst ons tetetete lane ioleteter eta oleate tatee's annulatus Carpenter One spiral keel on periphery, one on spire, one on base * Umbilicus bordered with callus wash; diam., 2.69 mm. Tres Miarias WiSlandsai ti: here c dn mle van hana madreénsis B. H. and S. * Umbilicus region not calloused; diam., 2.5 mm. Panama. .valvatoides Adams Two spiral keels on periphery, two on base; diam., 0.85 mm. Nita tl annie ian Sien ch ay ceaies adie) auc tveue eee ou coel ae nea een ae cinctus Carpenter Three spiral keels on periphery only * Upper keel visible on spire; diam., 1.8 mm. Panama... tricarinatus Adams * Upper keel not visible on spire; diam., 1.6 mm. La Paz...liriope Bartsch Four equally spaced keels on body whorl * Interspaces with fine spiral striae; diam., 2.5 mm. Cedros Island PoE PER ee aE eR ACE TOE a RENE cries Shy Ga CRA CEE Deer cerrosensis Bartsch * Interspaces smooth; diam., 2.5 mm. Catalina Island..... cosmius Bartsch Five spiral keels on the body whorl; diam., 0.75 mm. Mazatlan SABIE J AGA SOTA 1 INTE Ne MD 5 ROT SE ae carinulatus Carpenter Six spiral keels on the body whorl; diam., 1.3 mm. Mazatlan AED coy.c) tga cahin BSC ape ere pacts ey Race nPop rebate) oc seGie eaten bifrontius Carpenter Vor. XXIII] BAKER, HANNA AND STRONG—CERITHIOPSIDA, CERITHIID, ETC. 233 27. Cyclostrema diegensis Bartsch Cyclostrema diegensis BARTSCH, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 32, 1907, p. 172, text figs. 7, a, b, c. —OLpDROvD, Stanford Univ. Publ. Univ. Ser. Geol. Sci., vol. 2, pt. 3, 1927, p. 220, pl. 107, fig. 7, 8, 9. A single immature specimen, taken in about three fathoms at the northeast anchorage, Monserrate Island, Gulf of California, seems to fall here. However, this large extension of range should not be ac- cepted without further confirmatory collecting. Dall (Bull. 112, U.S. N. M., 1921, p. 182) gives the range as San Diego, California. 28. Cyclostrema exigua (C. B. Adams) Plate 21, figures 10, 11, 12 Vitrinella exigua C. B. ADAMS, Cat. Panama Shells. Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. New York, vol. 5, 1852, pp. 408-409, 539 (separate pp. 184, 185).—CARPEN- TER, Cat. Mazatlan Shells, 1857, pp. 243, 244. Six specimens from Cape San Lucas, Lower California, agree well with Adams’ and Carpenter’s descriptions. 29. Cyclostrema lowei Baker, Hanna and Strong, new species Plate 20, figures 1, 2, 3 Shell rather small, depressed above, white; nuclear whorls about 1144, smooth, mammillate, very slightly convex, but with distinct sutures; postnuclear whorls a little more than one, increasing very rapidly both laterally and vertically, especially in the last quarter turn, with spiral sculpture very indistinct at first, but showing toward the aperture five strong spiral keels, one carinating the periphery, three above this and quite close, and a fifth more distinct and equally close to the slightly impressed suture, the last marked by low tubercles, elongated spirally, from which indistinct, axial ribs extend retractively across the intercostal space and over the next succeeding keel, producing minute tubercles at the intersections; base marked by a low, indistinctly tuberculate, spiral keel, about half way between the periphery and the edge of the umbilicus, from which a series of axial ribs extend into the um- bilicus, enlarging as they dip over the sharply rounded edge of the whorl, producing from 20 to 30 distinct teeth; umbilicus contained about 41% times in the greatest diameter, perspective showing the rather sharp edges of the whorls within; aperture not very oblique, nearly circular, with an entire peristome expanding in the colum- ellar region. Greatest diameter, 2.42 mm.; least diameter, 1.71 mm.; altitude, 1.48 mm. Holotype: No. 5461, C. A. S. Paleo. Type Coll., with one additional mature and five immature specimens from Cape San Lucas, Lower California; collected by G. D. Hanna and E. K. Jordan, June, 1925. Four much worn shells were taken at Espiritu Santo Island, Gulf of California, in 1921. The species is possibly nearest to C. miranda Bartsch,’ in the basal keel, and the form of the perspective umbilicus showing the preced- 8 Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 39, 1911, p. 230, pl. 39, figs. 1-3. 234 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER ing whorls within, but differs markedly in the distribution of the upper keels, and in the distinct teeth within the umbilicus. All of the specimens are beach worn, and it is probable that living shells would show the sculpture to be very much stronger, with a possi- bility that the axial ribs extend over the whole shell. One immature specimen shows such axial sculpture more marked than growth lines on all the intercostal spaces. It is also probable that the type is not quite mature, but the rapid enlargement of the last whorl in the last quarter turn indicates near maturity. The species is named for the late Mr. Herbert N. Lowe. 30. Cyclostrema marie Baker, Hanna and Strong, new species Plate 21, figures 7, 8, 9 Shell of medium size among the west coast species of the genus, rather depressed, white; nuclear whorls 134, depressed, shining, with indistinct sutures, marked by a central, spiral keel with a concave band on each side; postnuclear whorls 24%, the first showing a rather abrupt change of sculpture from that of the nuclear whorls, consisting at first of two slightly diverging keels near the upper suture, with a rather broad, concave space below, the whole whorl marked by very numerous, narrow, arcuate, retractive axial ribs, rather evenly spaced, with narrower interspaces, ren- dering the keels tuberculate at their intersections; lower portion of the whorl early becoming filled with about five low, tuberculate, spiral cords; main spiral keels on the last whorl five, two near the upper suture, one near the periphery, one at the periphery, carinating it, and marked by about 36 large, low, irregular tubercles, and one bordering the umbilicus, the intervening spaces being filled by smaller, tuber- culate, spiral cords, irregularly sized and spaced, the whole surface being also marked by very numerous, slightly arcuate, retractive, axial ribs, more than a hundred ap- pearing on the last whorl; sutures very indistinct, crossed more or less continuously by the axial ribs; umbilicus perspective, funnel-shaped below, showing the whorls within nearly, or quite to the apex, everywhere marked by spiral cords and axial ribs similar to the external sculpture; aperture fractured but evidently subcircular; peritreme continuous, slightly thickened within. Greatest diameter, 2.28 mm.; least diameter, 1.61 mm.,; altitude, 1.24 mm. Holotype: No. 5465, C. A. S. Paleo. Type Coll., from Maria Madre Island, Tres Marias group off the west coast of Mexico, collected by G. D. Hanna and E. K. Jordan, June, 1925. The unique holotype is so distinct from all species described from this coast that its description seems warranted. 31. Cyclostrema spiceri Baker, Hanna and Strong, new species Plate 20, figures 4, 5, 6 Shell large among the species described from this coast with a slightly elevated spire, shining, translucent, white; nuclear whorls about 1144, marked throughout by a narrow, rounded, nearly smooth and shining spiral keel, the remaining portions of the whorls dull white, and dipping concavely to the sutures; postnuclear whorls a little more than two, the first marked by a rapidly broadening extension of the nu- Vor. XXIII] BAKER, HANNA AND STRONG—CERITHIOPSID#, CERITHIID&, ETC. 235 clear keel, sculptured by close, strong, irregular and irregularly spaced, filose, re- tractive riblets, and by five, smooth, supplementary keels on each side of the main keel, these keels widening, with the addition of intercalated, granular keels on the last whorl numbering about 16, eight or nine appearing on the rounded base and entering into the rather wide, perspective umbilicus, the spacing being rather even, but wider on the upper surface and narrowing toward the umbilicus; last whorl rather evenly rounded, widening rapidly, everywhere marked between the keels by very fine, retractive, growth lines and a few fine, spiral cords; peristome entire, the margin thin, crenulated by the external sculpture; aperture very oblique, suborbicu- lar, flattened on the columellar side. Greatest diameter, 3.97 mm.; least diameter, 2.93 mm.; altitude, 2.2 mm. Holotype: No. 5462, C. A. S. Paleo. Type Coll., from Coyote Bay, Concepcion Bay, Lower California, in about two fathoms; collected by Fred Baker, 1921. The species resembles C. baldridget Bartsch® in size, but is differ- ently sculptured. It is larger and more depressed than Vvtrinella decussata Carpenter,!® and the decussations are much more limited and less distinct. It is named for Mr. V. D. P. Spicer of the U.S. S. Medusa, known especially for his extensive collections in Samoa. 32. Cyclostrema xantusi Bartsch Cyclostrema xantusi BARTSCH, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 32, 1907, pp. 171, 172, text figs. 6, a, b, c. A single specimen, taken in about two fathoms at the northeast anchorage, Monserrate Island, Gulf of California, and four, taken at Cape San Lucas, Lower California, agree well with the description and figures. 33. Circulus cerrosensis Bartsch Circulus cerrosensis BARTSCH, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 32, 1907, pp. 173, 174, text figs. 9, a, bd, c. Single specimens agreeing well with Bartsch’s description and figures were taken at the northeast anchorage, Monserrate Island, in three fathoms, and at Amortajada Bay, San Jose Island in about two fathoms, Gulf of California; and at San Luis Gonzaga Bay, Lower California, in about four fathoms. 9Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 39, 1911, pp. 229, 230, pl. 30, figs. 7, 8, 9. 10 Cat. Mazatlan Shells, 1857, p. 239. 236 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES (Proc. 47H SER, 34. Circulus madreensis Baker, Hanna and Strong, new species Plate 23, figures 1, 2, 3 Shell of medium size among the species of this coast, depressed, with a low spire, everywhere marked by strong growth lines, becoming very strong in the umbilical region, shining, white; nuclear whorls nearly 214, very slightly convex, but with well defined sutures, nearly smooth, the transition to postnuclear sculpture very indistinct; postnuclear whorls nearly two, everywhere sculptured with spiral keels, rather sharp on the upper and peripheral surface, but rounded below, beginning in- distinctly on the first whorl and increasing by intercalation, three more prominent appearing on the last whorl, one on the periphery, one above this and a little nearer to it than to the suture, with a third at about one-fourth the distance between the peripheral keel and the umbilicus, with eight less prominent cords between the suture and the first main keel, two between this and the peripheral keel, two less distinct between this and the basal keels, and about 18 irregular and irregularly spaced, low, rounded, spiral cords between the basal keel and the umbilicus; umbilicus per- spective, showing all the whorls inside, surrounded by a flaring, funnel-shaped de- pression extending over three-quarters of the base, this depression being partially covered by a thin callus, extending from the basal lip about two-thirds around the base of the shell and slightly into the umbilicus, this callus marked by a part of the spiral basal cords and by very strong enlargements of the growth lines dipping into the umbilicus; last whorl rather sharply descending for about one-sixth of the last turn; aperture very oblique, suborbicular; peritreme continuous through a very thin callus on the parietal wall; outer lip thin, crenulated by the external sculpture; parietal wall showing the extension of the external sculpture well within the aperture through its thin callus. Greatest diameter, 2.69 mm.; least diameter, 2.06 mm.; altitude, 1.35 mm. Holotype: No. 5469, C. A. S. Paleo. Type Coll., with one mature and six additional immature specimens from Maria Madre Island, Tres Marias group off west coast of Mexico; collected by G. D. Hanna and E. K. Jordan, June, 1925. The species differs from all others described from this coast in its sculpture and especially in the character of the basal and umbilical callus, which is as distinctively sculptured as any portion of the shell. However, the immature specimens show this umbilical callus only slightly or not at all, the umbilicus being large, open and per- spective, and the prominent keels are not much more developed than the others. 35. Delphinoidea granti Baker, Hanna and Strong, new species Plate 22, figures 4, 5, 6 Shell large, somewhat globose, but flattened above, everywhere marked by very prominent, retractive, more or less arcuate or sinuous growth lines, subdiaphanous, shining, white; nuclear whorls nearly two, depressed, marked by a subcentral, spiral cord with a shallow groove on each side between it and the sutures; postnu- clear whorls about 2%, the separation from the nuclear whorls being rather indis- tinct, with two rather broad, spiral keels, one at the lower suture and one half way between it and the summit, with broader interspaces showing in the first whorl, Vot. XXIIJ] BAKER, HANNA AND STRONG—CERITHIOPSID&, CERITHIIDE, ETC. 237 increased on the last whorl to about 36 narrow, prominent, subequal, but unequally spaced, spiral cords extending from the suture to, and into the umbilicus; interspaces marked by strong, retractive growth lines, distinctly arcuate or sinuous in places; last whorl increasing very rapidly, slightly flattened above, broadly convex below, slightly descending near the aperture and nearly free from the parietal wall, being attached only near the suture; sutures consisting of a very narrow, impressed groove; aperture large, very oblique, subcircular, with a slightly entering convexity on the parietal side; lips thin, crenulated by the external sculpture; peritreme continuous; umbilicus perspective but rather narrow, with the spiral threads showing nearly to the apex. Greatest diameter, 5.09 mm.; least diameter, 3.52 mm.; altitude 2.98 mm, Holotype: No. 5468, C. A. S. Paleo. Type Coll., and one additional shell, from Cape San Lucas, Lower California; collected by G. D. Hanna and E. K. Jordan June, 1925. The species perhaps resembles Cyclostremella dalli Bartsch" as much as any of the family from this coast but it is more globose, much larger for the same number of whorls and the umbilicus is much narrower. The species is named for Dr. U. S. Grant IV, Associate Professor of Paleontology, University of California at Los Angeles. 36. Delphinoidea lucasana Baker, Hanna and Strong, new species Plate 19, figures 10, 11, 12 Shell very small, rather depressed, everywhere marked by distinct growth lines, transparent, shining, white; nuclear whorls 114, minute, nearly smooth, convex, separated by a distinct suture; postnuclear whorls two, the first, narrow, and show- ing the beginnings of minute, indistinct spiral threads near each suture, with a nar- row, nearly smooth space between, the second enlarging rapidly horizontally and vertically, showing indistinct extensions of the spiral cords, and an extension of the clear space to the outer lip, with fairly well-defined additions to the lower group reaching nearly to the middle of the base; remainder of the base marked by obsolescent spiral threads nearly to the umbilical edge; umbilicus perspective, show- ing the well-rounded whorls nearly or quite to the apex; aperture nearly circular, peristome continuous, spreading in a well-defined callus in the columellar region; lips thin, showing the external sculpture within. Greatest diameter, 1.54 mm.; least diameter, 1.12 mm.; altitude, .78 mm. Holotype: No. 5460, C. A. S. Paleo. Type Coll., and four additional specimens from Cape San Lucas, Lower California; collected by G. D. Hanna and’E. K. Jordan, June, 1925. The species somewhat resembles Vitrinella ponceliana de Folin,” which evidently belongs to the genus Delphinoidea, but that species seems to be more heavily sculptured, and to have the spiral threads much more discrete and extending over the whole shell. The four 11 Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 39, p. 232, pl. 40, fig. 10-12. 122 Les Méléagrinicoles, 1867, p. 51, pl. 5, fig. 7. 238 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. shells mentioned are all less mature, but all follow rather closely the sculpturing of the holotype, with some variation in the width of the two groups of spiral threads. All show the clear space between the two groups of threads and all show the obsolescence of the threads on the umbilical portion of the base. The threads are so indistinct in some specimens that they can be recognized only in groups. 37. Delphinoidea spiritualis Baker, Hanna and Strong, new species Plate 21, figures 1, 2, 3 Shell minute, moderately elevated, with indistinct growth lines, translucent, white; nuclear whorls about 114, smooth; postnuclear whorls three, the first en- larging very slightly, the last two rather rapidly, the first showing three rather broad, rounded, spiral threads, the second five, the last about 15, nearly even and evenly spaced, with interspaces about half as broad as the threads, the threads ex- tending over the base and showing on the separate whorls within the funnel-shaped perspective umbilicus; sutures moderate; aperture sub-circular, showing the ex- ternal sculpture within, but at no point showing a distinct keel; peristome con- tinuous, scarcely straightened or thickened on the columellar portion. Greatest diameter, 1.20 mm.; least diameter, 1.01 mm.; altitude .97 mm. Holotype: No. 5463, C. A. S. Paleo. Type Coll., and two additional specimens, were taken at Espiritu Santo Island, Gulf of California by Fred Baker in 1921. The species seems most like “‘?Circulus”’ rossellinus Dall, from the Coronados Islands near San Diego, California, but, so far as can be judged from the meager description, it is smaller for the same num- ber of whorls, more elevated and probably has fewer spiral threads. 38. Delphinoidea stephense Baker, Hanna and Strong, new species Plate 21, figures 4, 5, 6 Shell small, scarcely depressed, with indistinct growth lines, translucent, white; nuclear whorls 114, rather prominent, smooth and shining; postnuclear whorls about 2%, everywhere marked by minute, narrow, rounded, spiral threads, with narrower interspaces, all nearly equal and equally spaced; first turn showing about nine threads, second about 15, and the last about 50; sutures deeply impressed; aperture subcircular, with a slight convexity at the well rounded parietal wall, showing the external sculpture very distinctly within; umbilicus narrow but perspective, show- ing at least two turns within. Greatest diameter, 1.66 mm.; least diameter, 1.32 mm.; altitude, 1.60 mm. Holotype: No. 5464, C. A. S. Paleo Type Coll., from Maria Madre Island, Tres Marias group off the west coast of Mexico; collected by G. D. Hanna and E. K. Jordan, June, 1925. Vor. XXIII] BAKER, HANNA AND STRONG—CERITHIOPSID&, CERITHIID&, ETC. 239 This form resembles D. spiritualis of this paper, but is more glo- bose, has a narrower umbilicus and many more spiral threads. The species is named for Mrs. Kate Stephens of the San Diego Society of Natural History. 39. Scissilabra monile (Carpenter) Plate 19, figures 7, 8, 9 Vitrinella monile CARPENTER, Cat. Mazatlan Shells, 1857, p. 240.—Tryon, Man. Conch., vol. 10, 1887, p. 102, pl. 34, fig. 37. A single specimen taken at Coronados Island, Gulf of California, agrees with Carpenter’s description, in which he notes the peculiar sinuation of the lip, characteristic of Sczssilabra. 40. Teinostoma amplectans Carpenter Plate 23, figures 4, 5, 6 Teinostoma amplectans CARPENTER, Cat. Mazatlan Shells, 1857, pp. 253, 254.— Tryon, Man. Conch., vol. 10, 1887, p. 104, pl. 35, fig. 60, 61.—See also Pilsbry’s discussion of Ethalia and Teinostoma, Man. Conch., vol. 11, pp. 457, 458. Taken at Cape San Lucas; La Paz, in three to four fathoms; Coyote Bay, Concepcion Bay, in two fathoms, Puerto Escondido, in three fathoms, all of Lower California; west anchorage, San Jose Island, and Isthmus Bay, Espiritu Santo Island, Gulf of California. 41. Teinostoma regularis (C. B. Adams) Plate 22, figures 1, 2, 3 Vitrinella regularis C. B. ADAMS, Cat. Panama Shells. Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist., New York, vol. 5, 1852, pp. 412, 540 (separate p. 188). Two shells, one only half grown, taken at Maria Madre Island, Tres Marias group, fit closely the meager description of a single shell taken at Panama. 240 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES (Proc. 47H SER. PLATE 17 Fig. 1. Cerithium uncinatum (Gmelin). Plesiotype, No. 5439, (C. A. S.), Maria Madre Island, Mexico. Length, 25.5 mm.; diameter, 12.5 mm.; p. 226. Fig. 2. Cerithium maculosum Kiener. Plesiotype, No. 5440, (C. A. S.), San Francisco Island, Gulf of California. Length, 46 mm.; diameter, 20.5 mm.; p. 225. Fig. 3. Cerithium stercus-muscarum Valenciennes. Plesiotype, No. 5441, (C. A. S.), San Luis Island, Gulf of California. Length, 29 mm.; diameter, 13.5 mm.; p. 226. Fig. 4. Cerithidea albonodosa Carpenter. Plesiotype, No. 5447, (C. A. S.), San Luis Gonzaga Bay, Gulf of California. Length, 31 mm.; diameter, 12.7 mm.; p. 220. Fig. 5. Clava gemmata (Hinds). Plesiotype, No. 5442, (C. A. S.), Maria Madre Island, Mexico. Length, 30 mm.; diameter, 11.5 mm.; p. 226. Fig. 6. Potamides sculptus (Sowerby). Plesiotype, No. 5443, (C. A. S.), San Marcos Island, Gulf of California. Length, 19.5 mm.; diameter, 7 mm.; p. 227. Fig. 7. Cerithium alboliratum Carpenter. Plesiotype, No. 5425, (C. A. S.), Cape San Lucas, Lower California. Length, 3.8 mm.; diameter, 1.4 mm.; p. 225. Vo.. XXIII] BAKER, HANNA AND STRONG—CERITHIOPSID&, CERITHIID#, ETC. 241 PLATE 18 Fig. 1. Cerithidea montagnei (d’Orbigny). Plesiotype, No. 5444, (C. A. S.), San Ignacio Lagoon, Lower California. Length, 31 mm.; diameter, 14.5 mm.; p. 227. Fig. 2. Cerithidea montagnei (d’Orbigny). Plesiotype, No. 5445, (C. A. S.), San Ignacio Lagoon, Lower California. Length, 47.5 mm.; diameter, 15.5 mm.; p. 227. Fig. 3. Cerithidea fortiuscula (Bayle). Plesiotype, No. 5446, (C. A. S.), Las Animas Bay, Lower California. Length, 22 mm.; diameter, 8.7 mm.; p. 228. Fig 4. Metaxia convexa (Carpenter). Plesiotype, No. 5448, (C. A. S.), Maria Madre Island, Mexico.’ Length, 2.82 mm.; diameter, .79 mm.; p. 224. Fig. 5. Seila assimilata (C. B. Adams). Plesiotype, No. 5450, (C. A. S.), Maria Madre Island, Mexico. Length, 6.4 mm.; diameter, 1.62 mm.; p. 223. Fig. 6. Cerithiopsis kinoi Baker, Hanna & Strong., n. sp. Holotype, No. 5451, (C. A. S.), Cape San Lucas, Lower California. Length, 3.25 mm.; diameter, .99 ines . 22k. Fig 7. Cerithiopsis subgloriosa Baker, Hanna & Strong, n. sp. Holotype, No. $453 (C. A. S.), Amortajada Bay, San Jose Island, Gulf of California. Length, 3.93 mm.; diameter, 1.19 mm.; p. 218. Fig. 8. Metaxia diadema Bartsch. Plesiotype, No. 5449, (C. A. S.), Lower Cali- fornia. Length, 6.4 mm.; diameter, 1.8 mm.; p. 224. SA 242 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. PLATE 19 Fig. 1. Cerithiopsis pupiformis Carpenter. Plesiotype, No. 5454, (C. A. S.), Cape San Lucas, Lower California. Length, 1.77 mm.; diameter, .78 mm.; p. 218. Fig. 2. Cerithiopsis porteri Baker, Hanna & Strong, n. sp. Holotype, No. 5455, (C. A. S.), Gulf of California. Length, 2.17 mm.; diameter, .596 mm.; p. 222. Fig. 3. Cerithiopsis tuberculoides Carpenter. Plesiotype, No. 5456, (C. A. S.), Cape San Lucas, Lower California. Length, 2.39 mm.; diameter, .83 mm.; p. 219. Fig 4. Cerithiopsis bristole Baker, Hanna & Strong, n. sp. Holotype, No. 5457, (C. A. S.), Cape San Lucas, Lower California. Length, 1.17 mm.; diameter, .89 raabaas Hy oy Ay Fig. 5. Cerithiopsis cassi Baker, Hanna & Strong, n. sp. Holotype, No. 5458, (C. A. S.), Cape San Lucas, Lower California. Length, 1.99 mm.; diameter, 1.03 mm.: pp. 220; Fig. 6. Cerithiopsis kinot Baker, Hanna & Strong, (subspecies?) Plesiotype, No. 5452, (C. A. S.), Cape San Lucas, Lower California. Length, 2.04 mm.; diameter, cts to) jankaaly> 10)9, 44/4. Figs. 7, 8, 9. Scissilabra monile (Carpenter). Plesiotype, No. 5459, (C. A. S.), Coronados Island, Gulf of California. Diameter, 1.12 mm.; altitude, .87 mm.; p. 239. Figs. 10, 11, 12. Delphinoidea lucasana Baker, Hanna & Strong, n. sp. Holo- type, No. 5460 (C. A. S.), Cape San Lucas, Lower California. Diameter, 1.54 mm., altitude, .78 mm.; p. 237. Vor. XXIII] BAKER, HANNA AND STRONG—CERITHIOPSID#, CERITHIID&, ETC. 243 PLATE 20 Figs. 1, 2, 3. Cyclostrema lowei Baker, Hanna & Strong, n. sp. Holotype No. 5461, (C. A. S.), Cape San Lucas, Lower California. Diameter, 2.42 mm.; alti- tude, 1.48 mm.; p. 233. Figs. 4,5, 6. Cyclostrema spicert Baker, Hanna & Strong, n. sp. Holotype, No. 5462, (C. A. S.), Coyote Bay, Concepcion Bay, Gulf of California. Diameter, 3.97 mm.; altitude, 2.2 mm.; p. 234. PLATE 21 Figs. 1, 2,3. Delphinoidea spiritualis Baker, Hanna & Strong, n.sp. Holotype, No. 5463, (C. A. S.), Espiritu Santo Island, Gulf of California. Diameter, 1.20 mm.; altitude, .97 mm.; p. 238. Figs, 4,5, 6. Delphinoidea stephense Baker, Hanna & Strong, n. sp. Holotype, No. 5464, (C. A. S.), Maria Madre Island, Mexico. Diameter, 1.66 mm.; altitude, 1.60 mm.; p. 238. Figs 7, 8, 9. Cyclostrema marie Baker, Hanna & Strong, n. sp. Holotype, No. 5465, (C. A. S.), Maria Madre Island, Mexico. Diameter, 2.28 mm.; altitude, 1.24 mm.; p. 234. Figs. 10, 11, 12. Cyclostrema exigua (C. B. Adams). Plesiotype, No. 5466, (C. A. S.), Cape San Lucas, Lower California. Diameter, 1.82 mm.; least diameter, 1.3 mm.; altitude, 1.16 mm.; p. 233. 244 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES {Proc. 4TH SER. PLATE 22 Figs. 1, 2, 3. Teinostoma regularis (C. B. Adams). Plesiotype, No. 5467, (C. A. S.), Maria Madre Island, Mexico.. Diameter, 2.03 mm.; least diameter, 1.44 mm.; altitude, 1.19 mm.; p. 239. Figs. 4, 5, 6. Delphinoidea granti Baker, Hanna & Strong, n. sp. Holotype, No. 5468, (C. A. S.), Cape San Lucas, Lower California. Diameter, 5.09 mm.; altitude, 2.98 mm.; p. 236. PLATE 23 Figs. 1, 2, 3. Circulus madreénsis Baker, Hanna & Strong, n. sp. Holotype, No. 5469, (C. A. S.), Maria Madre Island, Mexico. Diameter, 2.69 mm.; altitude, 1.35 mm.; p. 236. Figs. 4, 5,6. Teinostoma amplectans Carpenter. Plesiotype, No. 5470, (C. A.5.), La Paz, Lower California. Diameter, 2.55 mm.; least diameter, 1.80 mm.; alti- tude, 1.20 mm.; p. 239. PROC. CAL. ACAD. SCI., 4th Series, Vol. XXIII, [BAKER, HANNA & STRONG] Plate PROC. CAL. ACAD. SCI., 4th Series, Vol. XXIII, No. 15 [BAKER, HANNA & STRONG] Plate 18 PROC. CAL. ACAD. SCI., 4th Series, Vol. XXIII], No. 15 [BAKER, HANNA & STRONG] Plate 19 PROC. CAL. ACAD. SCI., 4th Series, Vol. XXIII, No. 15 [BAKER, HANNA & STRONG] Plate 20 PROC. CAL. ACAD. SCI., 4th Series, Vol. XXIII, No. 15 [BAKER, HANNA & STRONG] Plate 21 PROC. CAL. ACAD. SCI., 4th Series, Vol. XXIII, No. 15 [BAKER, HANNA & STRONG] Plate 22 PROC. CAL. ACAD. SCI., 4th Series, Vol. XXIII, No. 15 [BAKER, HANNA & STRONG] Plate 23 PROCEEDINGS OF THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES FOURTH SERIES Vou. XXIII, No. 16, pp. 245-254, pl. 24. May 24, 1938 No. 16 COLUMBELLIDZ FROM WESTERN MEXICO * BY FRED BAKER San Diego, California G. D. HANNA Curator, Department of Paleontology California Academy of Sciences AND A. M. STRONG Los Angeles, California The present paper follows the plan of preceding ones published in the Proceedings of the Academy. There are listed all of the species of the family Columbellide which were obtained by the expedition to the Gulf of California in 1921, and those to various islands and points on the Peninsula in 1922 and 1925.1 References are given to original descriptions and, when possible, to figures. Except in cases where the original records have been verified, synonyms have not been quoted. The family Columbellide is represented on the west coast of North America by about 100 species. In so large a number it is * Printed from the John W. Hendrie Publication Endowment. 1 For general accounts of these expeditions see: Slevin, J. R. Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., ser. 4, vol. 12, no. 6, 1923, pp. 55-72.—Hanna, G. D. Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., ser. 4, vol. 14, no. 12, 1925, pp. 217-275, pls. 15-19.— Hanna, G. D. Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., ser. 4, vol. 15, no. 1, 1926, pp. 1-113, pls. 1-10. May 24, 1938 246 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. difficult to find combinations of characters whereby sharp distinc- tions can be made between genera. However, most of the species fall readily into the recognized groups. A key to the genera which we now accept as inhabitants of western waters is presented below. Key to genera of west American Columbellide 1 Aperture with both anterior and posterior canal................... Bifurcium 1 Aperture with posterior canal only 2 Shell coniform, aperture long and narrow.... ......Parametaria 2 Shell strombiform to ovate, outer lip dentate i in n the adult 3 Shell smooth except for spiral striae on base and canal 4°Spire short, shell'thick/and theavy sic isis sls cei oe tee ee Pyrene 4 Spire as long or longer than aperture, shell small............... Mitrella 3) shell with axialand! spiral sculptuiresy.. cece ccs ee cele eeeier Anachis § Shell subcylindric, columella and’canal short................ Aesopus 5 Body whorl swollen, spire tapering, sharp................. Strombina 5 Shell bucciniform, lip sharp or slightly thickened 6 Shell with both axial and spiral sculpture...............Amphissa 6) Shelliwith spiral sculptureionly 21sec Cosmioconcha Many of the western species belonging to this family were de- scribed as Columbella and their allocation in accordance with the modern usage of genus-names is difficult. Some of these names which have been in common use are found upon critical examination to have genotypes which differ widely from western species. Colum- bella itself is now restricted to shells which have strong spiral sculpture, and is not represented in the fauna. Similarly, the genus Nitidella is restricted to species which have a plicate columella; Dall’s statement that the plications were obsolete in some forms is hardly sufficient to warrant placing them in the group. Alia and Astyris are found to have different genotypes from those assigned to them by Dall, and the names cannot be used in the sense in which he employed them. The genera, Mitrella and Anachis as here used might be divided, but to do so would require extensive research, the material for which is not available. Tryon, in the Manual of Conchology, used the name Semzinella for some of the small species which we have placed in Anachis. 1. Bifurcium uncinatum (Sowerby) Columbella uncinata SOWERBY, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1832, p. 114.— REEVE, Conch. Icon., vol. 11, 1869, pl. 23, species 142. Columbellina uncinata (SOWERBY), TRYON, Man. Conch., vol. 5, 1883, p. 196, pl. 63, fig. 64. Many specimens were dredged off Maria Madre Island, Tres Marias group, in about 10 fathoms. VoL. XXIIT] BAKER, HANNA AND STRONG—COLUM BELLIDE 247 2. Parametaria dupontii (Kiener) Conus dupontit K1ENER, Icon. Coq. Viv., 1850, species 6. Meta cedonulli REEVE, Conch. Icon., vol. 11, 1859, pl. 1, species 3. Meta dupontit (KIENER), REEVE, op. cit., species 6. Meta philippinarum cedo-nulli REEVE, Tryon, Man. Conch., vol. 5, 1883, p. 183, pl. 60, fig. 84. Parametaria dupontiit (KIENER), DALL, Nautilus, vol. 30, 1916, p. 25. Specimens were obtained at almost all collecting stations in the Gulf of California, and as far south as Maria Magdalena Island, Tres Marias group. 3. Pyrene fuscata (Sowerby) Plate 24, figure 2 Columbella fuscata SOWERBY, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1832, p. 117.—REEVE, Conch. Icon., vol. 11, 1858, pl. 2, species 9.—Trvyon, Man. Conch., vol. 5, 1883, p. 105, pl. 42, fig. 19. Specimens were collected at nearly every point in the Gulf of California visited by the Academy’s expeditions. 4. Pyrene major (Sowerby) Columbella major SOWERBY, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1832, p. 119.—CARPENTER, Maz. Cat., 1857, p. 489.—REEVE, Conch. Icon., vol. 11, 1858, pl. 2, species 7.—TRYON, Man. Conch., vol. 5, 1883, p. 104, pl. 42, figs. 7, 8. Specimens from the Tres Marias Islands are placed in this species with some hesitation. Carpenter separated it from P. strombi- formis Lamarck, principally by the sculpture on the epidermis. It will take many more specimens than are available in the Academy’s collection to determine its standing as a species or variety. 5. Pyrene strombiformis (Lamarck) Plate 24, figure 1 Columbella strombiformts LAMARCK, Anim. s. Vert., vol. 7, 1822, p. 293. —CARPENTER, Maz. Cat., 1857, p. 490.—REEVE, Conch. Icon., vol. 11, 1858, pl. 2, species 8.—Trvyon, Man. Conch., vol. 5, 1883, p. 104, pl. 42, fig. 5. Specimens were collected at Mulege, salt works on Carmen Island, Punta Arena, and Ceralvo Island. 248 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. 6. Mitrella millepunctata (Carpenter) Plate 24, figure 9 ?Nitidella millepunctata CARPENTER, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 3, vol. 14, 1864, p. 47.—Tryon, Man. Conch., vol. 5, 1883, p. 115. One specimen of this hitherto unfigured species was collected at Puerto Escondido, and several at San Evaristo Bay. 7. Mitrella ocellata (Gmelin) Plate 24, figure 3 Voluta ocellata GMELIN, Syst. Nat., ed. 13, vol. 8, 1791, p. 3455. Buccinum cribrarium LAMARCK, Anim. s. Vert., vol. 7, 1822, p. 274.—(?) Quoy & GAIMARD, Voy. Astrolabe, Zool., vol. 2, 1832, p. 421, pl. 30, figs. 21, 22. “),. 1’ fle de 1’ Ascension.’’ Nitidella cribraria LAMARCK, CARPENTER, Maz. Cat., 1857, p. 487. Columbella cribraria LAMARCK, REEVE, Conch. Icon., vol. 11, 1858, pl. 13, species 62. Mitrella cribraria LAMARCK, Tryon, Man. Conch., vol. 5, 1883, p. 122, pl. 48, figs. TBs WA wdoe In this case we have followed the recent practice of considering that the species which occurs in the West Indies is the same as that found in the Gulf of California. Specimens were collected at nearly every point in the Gulf of California visited by the Academy expe- ditions. 8. Mitrella dorma Baker, Hanna & Strong, new species Plate 24, figure 6 Shell small, strombiform, with a sharp, pointed spire, whorls seven, rounded, with distinct, impressed suture, smooth, except for nearly vertical, uneven, fine growth lines and microscopic spiral striations and, on the lower part of the body whorl and canal, about ten fine spiral grooves; color bright chestnut, with a very faint, microscopic net work of lighter lines; aperture small, rather narrow; outer lip drawn forward in the middle, thickened within, with six faint plications; col- umella nearly straight, obliquely truncated anteriorly, bearing six spirally elongated denticles of which the lower three are much the stronger, bordered by a raised edge; body with a thin wash of enamel; canal short, deeply notched, slightly recurved. The type is one of 110 specimens from Angeles Bay on the Gulf coast of Lower Cali- fornia and measures: length of shell, 6 mm.; of last whorl, 4 mm.; maximum diam- eter, 32 mm. Holotype: No. 5817 Calif. Acad. Sci. Paleo. Type Coll., from Ange- les Bay, Lower California (Gulf Coast); collected by Fred Baker in 1921. Specimens were also collected at Smith, Granite and San Jose Islands. Vor. XXIII] BAKER, HANNA AND STRONG—COLUMBELLID& 249 In shape this species is very similar to some specimens of Mitrella carinata californiana Gaskoin, but it is a smaller shell, and lacks the varied color pattern present in that species. Mutrella millepunctata Carpenter is about the same size, but it is a more slender and lighter colored shell with a regular pattern of brown dots. 9. Anachis bartschi Dall Plate 24, figure 11 Anachis bartschi DALL, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 54, 1918, p. 233. Two immature specimens from San Marcos Island seem to belong to this hitherto unfigured species. 10. Anachis coronata (Sowerby) Plate 24, figure 5 Columbella coronata SOWERBY, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1832, p. 114.—REEVE, Conch. Icon., vol. 11, 1858, pl. 6, species 29. Anachis coronata SOWERBY, CARPENTER, Maz. Cat., 1857, p. 508.—Tryon, Man. Conch., vol. 5, 1883, p. 153, pl. 54, figs. 36, 37. This species was collected at La Paz, Agua Verde Bay, San Jose Island, San Luis Gonzaga Bay, Isla Partida, San Luis Island, Puerto Escondido and Patos Island. 11. Anachis incerta (Stearns) Nitidella incerta STEARNS, Nautilus, vol. 6, 1892, p. 88; Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 16, 1893, p. 390, pl. 51, fig. 6 One adult and several young specimens were dredged at Maria Madre Island, Tres Marias group. The strength of the ‘“‘close set, rounded, longitudinal ribs’’ and color pattern is very variable. It would have been difficult to identify the species from the description of Stearns’ type from the Galapagos Islands, but a large series in the Lowe collection contains specimens agreeing exactly with the spirally banded type and with the delicately mottled Maria Madre speci- mens. 12. Anachis milium (Dall) C. [olumbella] milium DA, Nautilus, vol. 30, 1916, p. 26. Columbella parva SOWERBY, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1844, p. 52. (Not “ Buccinum” parvum LEA, 1841.)—REEVE, Conch. Icon., vol. 11, 1858, pl. 20, species 113. Seminella parva (SOWERBY), TRYON, Man. Conch., vol. 5, 1883, p. 168, pl. 57, figs. 3, 4. A single specimen was collected at the salt works on Carmen Island. 250 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. 13. Anachis pygmea (Sowerby) Columbella pygmea SOWERBY, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1832, p. 119.— REEVE, Conch. Icon., vol. 11, 1858, pl. 22, species 128. Anachis pygm@a (SOWERBY), CARPENTER, Maz. Cat., 1857, p. 510. Seminella pygmea (SOWERBY), TRYON, Man. Conch., vol. 5, 1883, p. 166, pl. 56, figs. 91, 92. Two specimens were collected at La Paz, and about 20 at Maria Madre Island, Tres Marias group. 14. Anachis spadicea (Philippi) Columbella spadicea PuHiLipPi, Zeit. fiir Mal., 1846, p. 54.—REEVE, Conch. Icon., vol. 11, 1858, pl. 21, species 123. Seminella spadicea (PHILIPPI), TRYON, Man. Conch., vol. 5, 1883, p. 168, pl. 57, fig. 6. Six specimens were collected at Isla Danzante in the Gulf of California. 15. Anachis subturrita Carpenter Anachis subturrita CARPENTER, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., vol. 3, 1866, p. 223.—OLD- ROYD, Stanford Univ. Publ., Geol. Sci., vol. 2, pt. 1, 1927, p. 270. Seminella subturrita (CARPENTER), TRYON, Man. Conch., vol. 5, 1883, p. 178, pl. 58, fig. 47 Anachis petravis, DALL, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 34, 1908, p. 250. Ten specimens dredged at Maria Madre Island, Tres Marias group, seem to be identical with the California species. 16. Anachis tincta Carpenter Plate 24, figure 8 ? Anachis tincta CARPENTER, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., vol. 14, 1864, p. 49. Seminella tincta (CARPENTER), Tryon, Man. Conch., vol. 5, 1883, p. 178. Several specimens from Cape San Lucas, the type locality, seem to agree with the description of this minute species, hitherto unfigured. 17. Anachis vexillum (Reeve) Columbella vexillum REEVE, Conch. Icon., vol. 11, 1858, pl. 12, species 57. Anachis vexillum REEVE, Tryon, Man. Conch., vol. 5, 1883, p. 119, pl. 47, fig. 54. A single specimen was collected at Georges Island. This seems to be a valid and easily recognizable species. Vou. XXII] BAKER, HANNA AND STRONG—COLUMBELLID 251 18. Anachis treva Baker, Hanna & Strong, new species Plate 24, figure 4 Shell ovate, shining, flesh colored, with a spiral band of irregular, and irregularly spaced chestnut spots on the periphery, a second row of smaller dots on the base, and a narrow band of fine, axial, chestnut lines next to the suture; nucleus small, blunt, of about two smooth whorls; subsequent whorls six, well rounded; sutures distinct; sculpture of nine or ten low, rounded, nearly vertical axial ribs which are very faint on the upper whorls, but gradually grow stronger toward the aperture; base and canal with fine, closely spaced, spiral grooves, which cross both ribs and interspaces; aperture small, in the adult with a varicose rib just back of the edge of the outer lip, and eight strong denticles on the inside; columella short, straight, obliquely truncate anteriorly with a raised margin and three obscure denticles; body covered with a thin wash of enamel; canal short, deeply notched, hardly recurved. The type is one of more than one hundred, mostly immature, specimens dredged off Maria Madre Island, Tres Marias group and measures: length of shell 9.5 mm.; of last whorl, 7 mm.; maximum diameter, 4.5 mm. Holotype: No. 5820, Calif. Acad. Sci. Paleo. Type Coll., from Maria Madre Island, Tres Marias group, Mexico. In color and general shape this species resembles Columbella varia Sowerby,” found along the west coast from Panama north to the Gulf of California, but that is a larger and more strongly marked form. Neither species should be confused with Columbella varians Sowerby,*® which was described from the Galapagos Islands, but is possibly confined to Hawaii and other localities far to the westward. 19. Strombina gibberula (Sowerby) Columbella gibberula SOWERBY, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1832, p. 115.—REEVE, Conch. Icon., vol. 11, 1858, pl. 13, species 61. Strombina gibberula (SOWERBY), TRYON, Man. Conch., vol. 5, 1883, p. 184, pl. 60, fig. 90. This species was collected at Puerto Escondido, San Jose Island, Las Animas Bay, Cape San Lucas and dredged in large numbers off Maria Madre Island, Tres Marias group. 20. Strombina maculosa (Sowerby) Columbella maculosa SOWERBY, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1832, p. 116.—REEVE, Conch. Icon., vol. 11, 1858, pl. 4, species 19. Strombina maculosa (SOWERBY), CARPENTER, Maz. Cat., 1857, p. 513.—TRyon, Man. Conch., vol. 5, 1883, p. 186, pl. 60, fig. 97. This species was collected at Puerto Escondido, San Evaristo Bay, San Francisquito Bay and at Maria Madre Island, Tres Marias group. 2 Sowerby, G. B. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1832, p. 116. 3 Sowerby, G. B. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1832, p. 118. a2 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. 21. Strombina pulcherrima (Sowerby) Columbella pulcherrima SOWERBY, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1832, p. 113.—REEVE, Conch. Icon., vol. 11, 1858, pl. 3, species 10. Strombina pulcherrima (SOWERBY), TRYON, Man. Conch., vol. 5, 1883, p. 185, pl. 60, fig. 96. Three specimens of this species were dredged off Maria Madre Island, Tres Marias group. 22. Aesopus eurytoides (Carpenter) Plate 24, figure 10 Truncaria eurytoides CARPENTER, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., vol. 14, 1864, p. 47. Aesopus arestus DALL, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 56, 1919, p. 332. Aesopus eurytoides (CARPENTER), OLDROYD, Stanford Univ. Publ., Geol. Sci., vol. 2, OE the OAS Ar hee A large series from Cape San Lucas, the type locality, shows considerable variation in color and strength of axial ribs. In the lot there are specimens which agree in every way with the description of arestus which came from Magdalena Bay. 23. Aesopus sanctus Dall Plate 24, figure 7 Aesopus sanctus DALL, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., vol. 32, 1919, p. 250.—OLDRovyD, Stanford Univ. Publ., Geol. Sci., vol. 2, pt. 1, 1927, p. 279. Eight specimens from Cape San Lucas seem to be identical with the California species. 24. Amphissa lyrta Baker, Hanna & Strong, new species Plate 15, figure 1 (See Vol. XXIII, No. 14) Shell small, bucciniform, with a smooth nucleus of one whorl and six subsequent, roundly shouldered, sculptured whorls; color yellowish-brown, with a darker, brownish band on the periphery of the whorls; spiral sculpture of close-spaced, low, rounded cords, of which six appear between the sutures and ten on the base and canal; axial sculpture of equally close-spaced low, somewhat undulated, very slightly protractive ribs; the intersection of the cords and ribs forming rounded tubercles becoming obsolete on the base; aperture oval; outer lip thin, sharp-edged, showing the sculpture within; columella short, nearly straight, obliquely truncate anteriorly; body with a very thin wash of enamel which scarcely obscures the sculp-' ture; canal short, straight; operculum small, thin, yellowish. The type is one of ten specimens from the Isla Partida in the Gulf of California and measures: length of shell, 9 mm.; of last whorl, 6 mm.; maximum diameter, 4 mm. Vor. XXIII] BAKER, HANNA AND STRONG—COLUMBELLIDE 253 Holotype: No. 5816, Calif. Acad. Sci., Paleo. Type Coll., from Isla Partida, Gulf of California; collected by Fred Baker, 1921. Eight additional specimens were collected at Granite Island, two at San Luis Gonzaga Bay and one at Coronados Island. This is not only the smallest of the species placed in the genus, but the most southerly in its distribution. In all the specimens examined the sculpture is very constant, but there is considerable variation in the color, some of them being nearly white, while in others the brown band is expanded to cover the upper half of the whorl. 254 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. PLATE 24 Fig. 1. Pyrene strombiformis (Lamarck). Plesiotype No. 5827, C. A.S. Mulege Bay, Gulf of California. Length, 26 mm.; diameter, 16.6 mm.; p. 247. Fig. 2. Pyrene fuscata (Sowerby). Plesiotype No. 5824, C. A. S. Isla Partida, Gulf of California. Length, 18.2 mm.; diameter, 11.5 mm.; p. 247. Fig. 3. Mitrella ocellata (Gmelin). Plesiotype No. 5819, C. A. S. Georges Island, Gulf of California. Length, 12.8 mm.; diameter, 5.0 mm.; p. 248. Fig. 4. Anachis treva Baker, Hanna & Strong, n. sp. Holotype No. 5820, C. A. 5S. Maria Madre Island, Mexico. Length, 9.5 mm.; diameter, 4.5 mm.; p. 251. Fig. 5. Anachis coronata (Sowerby). Plesiotype No. 5826, C. A. S. Pa Laz, Lower California. Length, 14.0 mm.; diameter, 6.3 mm.; p. 249. Fig. 6. Mitrella dorma Baker, Hanna & Strong, n. sp. Holotype No. 5817, C. A.S. Angeles Bay, Lower California. Length, 6.0 mm.; diameter, 3 mm.; p. 248. Fig. 7. Aesopus sanctus Dall. Plesiotype No. 7081, C. A. S. Cape San Lucas, Lower California. Length, 4.8 mm.; diameter, 1.6 mm.; p. 252. Fig. 8. Anachis tincta Carpenter. Plesiotype No. 7079, C. A. S. Cape San Lucas, Lower California. Length, 5.8 mm.; diameter, 2.6 mm.; p. 250. Fig. 9. Mitrella millepunctata (Carpenter). Plesiotype No. 7077, C. A. S. San Evaristo Bay, Lower California. Length, 6.5 mm.; diameter, 2.8 mm.; p. 248. Fig. 10. Aesopus eurytoides (Carpenter). Plesiotype No. 7080, C. A. S. Cape San Lucas, Lower California. Length, 6.6 mm.; diameter, 2.3 mm.; p. 252. Fig. 11. Anachis bartschi Dall. Plesiotype No. 7078, C. A. S. San Marcos Island, Gulf of California. Length, 6.4 mm.; diameter, 2.6 mm.; p. 249. PROC. CAL. ACAD. SCI., 4th Series, Vol. XXIII, No. 16 [BAKER, HANNA & STRONG] Plate 24 =e ein! iy A 7 ia? ae b XE, ein Hs Pa ws 20) bh Serre mire i 93a ba: r oy 4, on 4 va" 1 i he ©. TELL AN OAVITy 0) pets 4 ‘ ee) ; 7 . iss 2 reel «wi several widters’ Geld ‘work in Chiriqui Pro YISCE, Pavama, tha woter hus accumeleted for the é lefifornia Academy 6 aecengy cy bidders, ble axuiouny of wnaterial from bitkerts aap Sh sione Ad le Pes wins: 5 ae weil, ps Erect the-Beliar known orcas. apie istarids the species is well Kaiewy, var Hae not been ss samy Eon: Chiriqul: nother dices the Spaces tte! Te i pein hos ifs TRAE, And the exiatente ct Nuiseuti, repenaee- wy G ta oti interest; and other gpemes tave been included ic the op arietec ligt, because the -clevatioa wd. which the Gudisied ul owes , kon > worthy of trate. | - the. lneaiitios westanged in tits Gaper afeon Chto. Proving, me ae, ma, T hie ame Versi Puente does not appr on ast ege Ps Pit pertaic sto WeNtain Ste A iste it:st. dyriie te cho sides Whsiia is bt Ge Ching ans, Fi Beacon rm Gh witht 2 i aia met 7. ’ fi) Py ao 6 Se? jot sb - : ; Mh on, the American EGOeTAphicitotrety >) weds Na ae ai Neytaks ae ate + Ceo isGsan nee “i A 4 Tide Pa a { he Ane gt te a 7 be La | : vi . oe gadtton eh vin Chai: vides.» ia giana an 0 md 4 pate: west or 4 fa » f i? 4 ae As ies A a i f ’ ’ ‘. hy Seo, Prato. Secoenbne Ba Bad 24,2507 Riewgt DOM mh r a ; | clin yen tis Spee oA Ney ’ finn i a} ; bry ah 7 + an ‘Shiki yei ae iv “~~ ee merch oH) wgentaiar iad : ; “ty % mie a we 4. ‘hee, eae, ja Prine ds ed eq uicsalia Abin ¥ yt fue i (as 7 ay . ’ ae me ) es oe Xt aa ne t 2 ; egy! odie ©, 1030 7 - . in «tae ; oy ) _ ; 7 y - 7 - " = ? ™ PROCEEDINGS OF THE te ne FF CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES aa FOURTH SERIES Votrouxtlhl, No 1/,.pp..255—261 SEPTEMBER 1, 1938 No. 17 ON SOME BIRDS RARE IN, OR HITHERTO UNRECORDED FROM, CHIRIQUI PROVINCE, PANAMA* BY M. E. McLELLAN DAVIDSON As a result of several winters’ field work in Chiriqui Province, Panama, the writer has accumulated for the California Academy of Sciences a considerable amount of material from hitherto unworked sections of this Province, as well as from the better known areas. In certain instances the species is well known, but has not been recorded previously from Chiriqui; in other cases the species itself is rare throughout its range, and the existence of museum represen- tatives is of interest; and other species have been included in the appended list because the elevation at which the individual was taken is worthy of note. All the localities mentioned in this paper are in Chiriqui Province, Panama. The name Cerro Punto does not appear on most maps, but it pertains to a mountain and a district lying to the north of the Volcan de Chiriqui. El Banco is on what is marked “Llanos de Cacicén” on the American Geographical Society’s map No. N. C.-17, Panama. Chame is the Indian name of a knife ridge just south of Cerro Flores, eastern Chiriqui. Collumbigallina minuta eleodes Todd.—Nos. 33120—22: male and females; December 18 and 23, 1930; El Banco (900 feet). These specimens appear to be the first of the species taken in Chiriqui * Printed from the John W. Hendrie Publication Endowment. September 1, 1938 256 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. Province. This little ground dove was not detected elsewhere, although Griscom! records it as ‘‘common’’ on the Pacific slope of western Panama. Claravis mondetoura pulchra Griscom.—No. 33126: female; Jan- uary 3, 1931; Cerro Punto (6,000 feet). Here, as elsewhere in the range of the species, the bird is apparently rare. The individual taken was the only one seen, and it was unknown to residents of Cerro Punto: Oreopeleia costaricensis (Lawrence).—No. 33128-30: male and females; January 2 and 6, 1931; Cerro Punto (6,000 feet). No. 38445: male; January 29, 1934; Cerro Azul (5,500 feet), Boquete. W. W. Brown took examples of this species about Boquete and on the Volcan de Chiriqui from 7,000 to 10,000 feet. Ajaia ajaja (Linneus).—One Roseate Spoonbill was seen from time to time in November, 1929, on a sandbar in the Rabo de Puerco River, near Puerto Armuelles. No specimen was secured. Heterocnus cabanisi (Heine).—No. 32557: male; November 23, 1929; Puerto Armuelles. There appears to be no record of this bird having been taken before this time in Chiriqui. Phalacrocorax olivaceus olivaceus (Humboldt).—No specimens were taken, but individuals of the species were seen at close range on several occasions on the Caldera River, near Boquete (3,800 feet). Accipiter striatus velox (Wilson).—No. 38448: male; February 15, 1934; Horqueta (5,400 feet), Boquete. This is the second speci- men taken within the territory. Accipiter bicolor bicolor (Vieillot).—No. 34167: male; November 30, 1931; near San Felix (100 feet). Apparently the bird is not common, but it has been taken previously on the Volcan de Chiriqui. Asturina nitida costaricensis Swann.—No. 33135: male; January 27, 1931; Barriles (4,200 feet), El Volcan. This species does not appear to have been reported from Chiriqui Province. Odontriorchis palliatus (Temminck).—No. 33133: male; February 3, 1931; Barriles (4,200 feet), El Volcan. No. 34165: female; De- cember 3, 1931; near San Felix (100 feet). This rather uncommon species has been collected at Bugaba and on the Volcan de Chiriqui. Chordeiles acutipennis micromeris Oberholser.—No. 34178: male; December 6, 1931; near San Felix (100 feet). No published record of the taking of this bird in Chiriqui has come to my attention. 1 Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard, LX XVIII: 311, 1935. VoL. XXITT] DAVIDSON—BIRDS OF CHIRIQUI PROVINCE, PANAMA 257 Phethornis adolphi saturatus Ridgway.—No. 34212: female; No- vember 29, 1931; near San Felix (100 feet). Not hitherto known from Chiriqui. Popelairia conversii conversii (Bourcier).—No. 34214: female; January 3, 1932; Chame (3,200 feet). No record of an earlier take of this species in Chiriqui Province is known to me. Crotophaga sulcirostris sulcirostris Swainson.—No. 34232: female; December 3, 1931; near San Felix (100 feet). Probably this bird is not uncommon in Chiriqui, but it does not seem to have been reported before. Crotophaga ani Linnzus.—No. 32607: female; November 21, 1929; Puerto Armuelles. Nos. 32608—09: females; December 3, 1929; near Concepcion (1,500 feet). Nos. 33177—78: male and female; January 20 and 22, 1931; Barriles (4,200 feet), El Volcan. According to Griscom? the Ani has only once previously been taken in this area. It has been recorded, however, from Mina de Chorcha by Salvin’, as well as from Divala by Bangs. Veniliornis oleaginus sanguinolentus (Sclater).—No. 33193-94: males; January 20 and 24, 1931; Barriles (4,200 feet), El Volcan. A rare bird at this elevation and on the Pacific slope. It has been known in this Province from but one specimen taken on the Carib- bean slope of the Volcan de Chiriqui, at 7,000 feet. Phliceoceastes melanoleucos malherbii (Gray).—Nos. 34246-48: males and female; December 2, 4, and 9, 1931; near San Felix (100 feet). No. 34249: female; January 12, 1932; Chame (3,000 feet). A specimen in the British Museum, received from Kellett and Wood, from “‘Chiriqui, Veragua,’’ appears to be the only earlier record. Phleoceastes guatemalensis guatemalensis (Hartlaub).—Nos. 32618-19: male and female; November 11, 1929; Puerto Armuelles. No. 32620: male; December 9, 1929; near Concepcion (1,500 feet). Nos. 32621, 33185: males; December 15, 1929, and February 3, 1931; Barriles (4,200 feet), El Volcan. Nos. 38507—08: male and female; January 12, 1934; Salta (5,000 feet), Boquete. More abun- dant and widely distributed than might have been supposed from the two specimens previously known from Divala. Ceophleus lineatus nuperus Peters.—No. 32616: female; No- vember 9, 1929; Puerto Armuelles. No. 32617: male; December 10, 1929; near Concepcion (1,500 feet). Nos. 33182—84: female and 2 Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard, LX XVIII: 313, 1935. 3 Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1870: 211. 258 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. males; December 18, 19, and 20, 1930; El Banco (900 feet). No. 34244: female; December 8, 1931; near San Felix (100 feet). No. 34245: female; January 10, 1932; Chame (2,800 feet). Rather unexpectedly the individuals of this series all seem to appertain to nuperus. The basal color of the under parts is grayish and matches quite closely the color of the Canal Zone birds. The lining of the wing is Sulphur Yellow’, not Maize Yellow as in mesorhynchus. The measurements (in millimeters) yielded by this series are as follows: Breadth Middle No. | Sex Locality Culmen | of billat | Wing | Tail | Tar- | toe and nostril SUS claw 32616} @ | Puerto Armuelles| 39.0 12.0 192.0} 122.0|..28.0 |...32,0 32617| o& | Near Concepcion | 43.0 125 188.0] 120.0} 29.0} 37.0 33183) o | El Banco 41.0 AS 190.0) 115) 5) 2920019" Sac9 33184] of 7 40.0 likes: USEO! 196.0) 2042 Sara 33182] 9 £ 39.0 11.0 182.0} 122.0} 29.5 | 35.0 34244| 9 | Near San Felix 37.0 12.0 179.0] 115.0) 26.0; 34.0 34245) 9 | Chame 36.5 11.0 181.0} 114.0) 27.5 | 33.0 Synallaxis brachyura nigrifumosa Lawrence.—Nos. 32647-48: male and female; December 7 and 12, 1929; near Concepcion (1,500 feet). Griscom® states that this bird is known in Panama definitely only from Almirante, but the British Museum has a specimen from ‘‘Chiriqui” taken by Arcé. Xenops rutilus septentrionalis Zimmer.—No. 33218: female; Jan- uary 12, 1931; Barriles (4,200 feet), El Volcan. An uncommon bird, which has, however, been taken prior to this on the Volcan de Chiriqui. Sclerurus mexicanus pullus Bangs.—No. 32644: male; December 14, 1929; Barriles (4,200 feet), El Volcan. Rare in the Province. Xiphorhynchus guttatus marginatus Griscom.—No. 33223: male; December 23, 1930; El Banco (900 feet). No. 34262: male; Decem- ber 6, 1931; near San Felix (100 feet). Known from Veraguas, but not heretofore from Chiriquti. Tolmomyias sulphurescens flavo-olivaceus (Lawrence).—Nos. 34293-96: males and female; November 29, and December 2, 7, and 9, 1931; near San Felix (100 feet). Nos. 38542, 38556: female and male; January 13, 1934; Salta (5,400 feet), Boquete. In the series 4 Capitalized names of colors are those of Ridgway’s Color Standards and Color Nomenclature, 1912. 5 Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool Harvard, LX XVIII: 338, 1935. Vor. XXII] DAVIDSON—BIRDS OF CHIRIQUI PROVINCE, PANAMA 259 under examination it has proved impossible to find characters separating Boquete specimens from those from eastern Chiriqui. All have been assigned to this subspecies tentatively, until such time as comparative material from Costa Rica and the Canal Zone is available. In spite of the paucity of early records, this species appears to be as abundant here as in Costa Rica. Todirostrum sylvia schistaceiceps Sclater.—No. 32705: male; De- cember 3, 1929; near Concepcion (1,500 feet). Nos. 34300—02: males and female; December 3, 4, and 9, 1931; near San Felix (100 feet). Although these localities are well within the range of this subspecies, previous records for this Province are not known to me. Oncostoma cinereigulare cinereigulare (Sclater).—No. 34305; female; December 7, 1931; near San Felix (100 feet). Known from this territory by but one specimen from Bugaba. Atalotriccus pilaris wilcoxi Griscom.—No. 33271: male; Decem- ber 24, 1930; El Banco (900 feet). No. 34303: male; December 7, 1931; near San Felix (100 feet). No. 34304: female; January 14, 1932; Chame (3,000 feet). Apparently rare in western Panama, and known from Chiriqui from but one specimen taken at David. Serpophaga cinerea grisea Lawrence.—Nos. 33276-78: females and male; January 12 and 15, 1931; Barriles (4,200 feet), El Volcan. Due to its habits rather than to the scarcity of individuals, museum representatives of this species are uncommon. Two examples were taken in Boquete by W. W. Brown. Leptopogon superciliaris hellmayri Griscom.—No. 33257: male; January 15, 1931; Barriles (4,500 feet), El Volcan. Rare throughout its range, but it has been recorded by Salvin from Bugaba and the Volcan de Chiriqui. Leptopogon amaurocephalus faustus Bangs.—Nos. 34315-18: fe- males and males; November 28, and December 2, 4, and 10, 1931; near San Felix (100 feet). Previously taken specimens of this species from Chiriqui Province are not known to me. Capsiempis flaveola semiflava (Lawrence).—No. 32706: male; December 8, 1929; near Concepcion (1,500 feet). Nos. 34298-99: male and female; December 3, 1931; near San Felix (100 feet). This bird is not of common occurrence within its range, and so far as I am aware it has been taken only once before in Chiriqui. Elenia chiriquensis chiriquensis Lawrence.—Nos. 33259-61: males; December 15, 22, and 26, 1930; El Banco (900 feet). No. 34326: male; January 9, 1932; Chame (3,000 feet). Since the type specimen was secured at David by Hicks, no representative of this form has been taken within our limits. 260 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [PRoc. 4TH SER. Myiodynastes chrysocephalus hemichrysus (Cabanis). — No. 38535: male; December 17, 1933; Chiquero (5,000 feet), Boquete. No. 38536: female; February 5, 1934; Horqueta (5,800 feet), Bo- quete. An uncommon bird. Myiophobus fasciatus furfurosus (Thayer and Bangs). — No. 34309: female; January 3, 1932; Chame (3,000 feet). This fly- catcher is rare within its limits, and heretofore had not been en- countered in Chiriqui. Empidonax atriceps Salvin.—Nos. 33306-07: males; January 2, 1931; Cerro Punto (6,000 feet). The occurrence of this rather un- common species at so low an elevation as 6,000 feet was hardly to have been expected. Other examples secured on the Volcan de Chiriqui have been taken between 10,000 and 11,000 feet. Myiochanes cinereus brachytarsus (Sclater). —- No. 34312: male; January 2, 1932; Chame (3,000 feet). Salvin and Godman!’ refer to a specimen said to have been recorded by Salvin’ from Bugaba, but in the publication cited that locality is not mentioned. The species is not otherwise known from this territory. Vireo carmioli Baird.—No. 38363: male; January 24, 1933; Quiel (7,800 feet), Boquete. Already recorded from Chiriqui Prov- ince, but not commonly collected. Hylophilus flavipes viridiflavus Lawrence.—No. 34372: male; De- cember 4, 1931; near San Felix (100 feet). No. 34373: male; January 9, 1932; Chame (2,800 feet). Griscom® records, without locality, one specimen appertaining to this form from ‘“‘eastern Chiriqui.”’ That author finds himself unable to recognize the form pallescens’, to which examples from Bugaba, Divala, David, and Concepcion have been ascribed. He has, however, apparently failed to examine the type (male), taken December 6, 1929, and a female secured on the same date, near Concepcion, and the representatives of viridi- flavus, of comparable age, taken in December and January, from eastern Chiriqui. Cyclarhis gujanensis subflavescens (Cabanis).—No. 33347: fe- male; January 14, 1931; Barriles (4,200 feet), El Volcan. No. 34331: female; January 3, 1932; Chame (2,800 feet). No. 38361: male; January 26, 1933; Quiel (5,300 feet), Boquete. Not abundant in Panama. Helmitheros vermivorus (Gmelin).—No. 32757: male; December 15, 1929; Barriles (4,500 feet), El Volcan. Apparently no repre- 6 Biol. Centr.-Amer., Aves, II: 86, 1889. 7 Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1870: 199. 8 Occ. Papers, Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., VIII: 202, 1935. ® Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., XL: 168, 1932. Vor. XXIII] DAVIDSON—BIRDS OF CHIRIQUI PROVINCE, PANAMA 261 sentative of this species has been reported prior to this time from Chiriqui Province. Compsothlypis pitiayuma speciosa Ridgway.—Nos. 33379-81: male and females; January 12 and 22, 1931; Barriles (4,200 feet), El Volcan. Not abundant, and known from the type locality only in the area being considered. Oporornis tolmiei (Townsend).—No. 32764: male; November 7, 1929; Puerto Armuelles. Nos. 33393—94: unsexed and male; January 21 and February 4, 1931; Barriles (4,500 feet), El Volcan. A single individual taken by Brown at Boquete and three in the British Museum from ‘‘Chiriqui’’ seem to be the only other specimens taken in the Province. Seiurus noveboracensis limneus'!® McCabe and Miller.—No. 32761: male; November 10, 1929; Puerto Armuelles. Specimens ascribed to S. n. noveboracensis have been reported previous to this time, but so far this is the only individual from Chiriqui to be identified as limn@us. I am indebted to Messrs. McCabe and Miller for determining the identity of this example. Amaurospiza concolor australis Griscom.—Nos. 33414-15: male and female; January 4 and 8, 1931; Cerro Punto (6,000 feet). One of the rarest of the fringillids, and, until these specimens were secured, known from Chiriqui from the single specimen taken by Arcé. This bird has since been taken in Boquete!!. In addition to the examples recorded here, others were noted at the same place, and the species was also recognized, but not collected, in Quiel (7,300 feet), Boquete, in January, 1933. Atlapetes gutturalis coloratus Griscom.—No. 34427: female; Jan- uary 2, 1932; Chame (3,000 feet). The type series from Cerro Flores comprise all the specimens hitherto known from this Province. Buarremon costaricensis Bangs.—Nos. 32833-34: male and fe- male; December 6 and 10, 1929; near Concepcion (1,500 feet). Individuals of this species have not been taken before in the Province. Thraupis palmarum atripennis Todd.—Nos. 32867—69: male and females; November 10, 17, and 25, 1929; Puerto Armuelles. The species is new to this territory. Piranga flava testacea Sclater and Salvin.—No. 33495: male; January 17, 1931; Barriles (4,200 feet), El Volcan. Only recently known from this Province from Griscom’s ‘‘Mts. of Chiriqui’’ record. 10 Condor, XXXV: 196, 1933. Griscom, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard, LX XV: 415, 1934. GHG T x BR seer ry, ee icrOY dh Go FRO PRN Wash Mais; Decems best | 0 oy ms Ni Gis ht} Jaye pa ale iy ati ai WiQUeRd: na ts ay Horde bat Bak Keo ehia seoiveqe amu YBitig a (teat 0054) volirradl hoes SS bas Sf eased, aon Pete on Hitcokbshvronst: bie ‘votteboncds 1004: / Are 8) T9827, OOo Ribs) hears ise Cate yas qi ey ¥ ‘te i Pikes Ae Ea eas }rrae rn yt) Ln oduradseegviney’, veibtey CbOTSE. taut ee went Ol | Pm at A ! “iste alent bis boxauity :40-% OEE ao dolfoorcctA peamha PEO RAE TEE: ( howd G02 4) pylini sph t de resend Ah if 7” “pits eR ord Si BAKD Aitorpot 4 ry exginnth cmcosratinaie a) aldhind airsitteye lia Yio ark ouvad erase rho? * seemiorT dh UNE) DE Oe, OMS TOG pty Perey eH erapae Gee WE) OE: Mane ai ah Le amin ater Br eutaiia de UR IRR iieierd, FOR fot oy\-- abies hire adacoM “le yegmanil gizngasiedsyon Bt 20 SPH SAGAN Oi SOM BAMA, Hs tare ORO UT: radnievilt Mate rae ae saniliaae hadrouey dvddue tart katalwndsante 6 jeLomeh! SU Oar Darton tayhrnhn eyhersedt tec ails nat wernss HA he: ARADO eget of betdohalt maid aww eg GEC Ta Hub Obhor wine, whanamor edad toorahiirbadt tan icietS (J Kier ' ae. of ROKR ERP ches. ordain bilerte mee tologada: ssiqeonus rf Wid! eter ee) esc ORES ‘phERE e heasise : bane vahertd aiT ‘nA vd Mattos es Pen roca olyenie ey fro me inet at teow ’ anbiynitiens Sit OF Mott iene ae 7 ‘Sedu po itt rosksd 380. cpa Head. aobsue Sit bas Soaly sired Hie Re Seto sitw's ESB gvsupol (Cast oom: *) frist pti bo tooth HD Je ott fad 188i | rey haa a Say EAA Pi Mee an CE yout CLR Ue eer ik Lng} istsayve? cane Cole, fekewti7 3 1, vhasolébeaitanuétalg ksi a iach sche oe hee foul mere at cebteds Ay ries i {doa 0 NRE prea iy eat yrery: 01 Dex a odd me oroisd cetet noord fom dyed ZHTOBE fw ai 7 hy = ‘ 5 ‘ hi Di reais” he eindhigtC AT tl tat Sha BAC I a han beciaedy i Pi ity eae KOase, ee : abet oy eianaqint ts, payamaring HR ay Pots proper fe onaat SER: &S MET BH Sh RE AK Oye Rn i aryodiriad abt of wer at olgemnseQhihe wiernarcvisd fam, deel? . aaahiges AraR titospes vied ft soboe' ithe it ah O08;2) chow ah “Sep btth.) = ko ia aaoaen bao onits ‘goer, off Waa) ty Meat anes eD Tae, he J i . ‘ u Vi bon Be a eS CAMA LNG |r) Bee TORS 4 eh 1) aD HLS a “be 1 gn ore WN ais, TERE AM a 9 PK 2) Goretalt hele ® by Sa. PROCEEDINGS , a OF THE i CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES ‘apie FOURTH SERIES 4 Vor. XXIII, No. 18, pp. 263-282. Srvaeominm: tnbeae No. 18 STUDIES IN THE ANDRENIDAE OF NORTH AMERICA—I* (Hymenoptera) BY E. GORTON LINSLEY}! University of California There are probably few genera of bees which are more im- perfectly known than the genus Andrena. Nearly one thousand names have been applied to the North American members of this group, yet little is known of the synonymy, distribution, or habits of the majority of the species, and only a few have been adequately described in both sexes. This is particularly true of the Pacific Coast, where the Andrena fauna is remarkably rich and still com- paratively little known. It is therefore the object of the present series of articles to make known, from time to time, biological and distributional information pertaining to our American forms, and to present preliminary keys for the separation of various groups of species. The species discussed below form a convenient but unnatural assemblage, defined primarily by characters of the female sex. The series comprises those Andrena sensu lato, exclusive of Trachandrena, Diandrena, and Parandrena, in which the females are black, with the * Printed from the John W. Hendrie Publication Endowment. 1 The writer wishes to express his sincere appreciation to Mr. P. H. Timberlake and Dr. T. D. A. Cock- erell for the loan of material and encouragement in this study, to Mr. E. P. VanDuzee for the privilege of studying the species contained in the California Academy of Sciences, and to Miss Grace Sandhouse of the United States National Museum and Mr. E. T. Cresson, Jr., of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila- delphia, for the opportunity of examining certain types in their care. September 1, 1938 264 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. pubescence all or predominantly black. The species are confined to western North America, and, although occasionally abundant, they are poorly represented in collections. Most of the species of which the habits are known appear to be oligotropic. The black Andrenas fall rather readily into three more or less natural but unrelated groups. The first of these includes porterae, caliginosa, and submaura. The females of this group may be recog- nized by the long, first flagellar segment of the antennae (at least as long as the three following together), angular cheeks, and short facial foveae, the males by the yellow clypeus. The second series (nigerrima group) is characterized by the poorly defined, non- rugulose enclosure of the propodeum and the shorter, first flagellar segment never as long as the three following together. These species are confined primarily to the Rocky Mountain region. The last series (pertristis-blaisdelli group) may be known by the well defined, rugulose or carinate enclosure of the propodeum (thus approaching Trachandrena Robertson). Apparently this group falls within Melandrena Perez (as defined by Hedicke*), a subgenus based upon the European relatives of A. morio Brullé. Dr. Hedicke (op. cit. p. 212) has proposed Glyphandrena for the species related to A. carbonaria Linn. (Europe), but these differ in the white tibial scopae and anal fimbriae of the females. The following keys may be useful i in separating the North Ameri- can black Andrenae: Females 1. Enclosure of propodeum poorly defined, finely punctured or finely tesselate, never strongly rugulose orjcarinate co: 8 > nec eles oie 2 —. Enclosure of propodeum well defined, coarsely punctured, strongly TUSulOSE OT CArinaten.% <5 45 Fey. Beenie t adednowle Goh oe Coe ee 9 2. First flagellar segment as long as the three following together; facial foveae scarcely attaining upper margin of antennal bases; genae more or lessuright, ANGICG maken 6 opis wee site si si vcere c's po cge san eine eee Sh —. First flagellar segment shorter than the three following together; facial foveae attaining at least the lower margin of the antennal bases; genae broadly rounded: Toe how. oes oe eee te es Pe eee 5 3. Malar space nearly as long as broad, more or less subquadrate; process of labrum obtuse or truncate at apex............-...- "mee: 4 —. Malar space very narrow, several times as broad as long; process of labrum notched at apex. 9.5—10.5 mm. Calif.............. (1) caliginosa 4. Clypeus distinctly broader than long; process of labrum subquad- tate, sides indented, apex subtruncate; smaller species. 9-10 Mim juo. Calit av tlss Riles mere enmaiwion on Gaon See (2) submaura —. Clypeus strongly protuberant, nearly as long as broad; process of labrum subtriangular, sides entire, apex obtuse; larger species. 12-14 mm. New Mexico to Pacific Coast, at fls. Ribes....... (3) porterae 2 Hedicke, H., 1933, Beitrage zur Systematik der Gattung Andrena, Mitt. Zool. Mus. Berl., 19:216. Vor. XXIII] LINSLEY—ADRENIDAE 265 ~I . 10. De 12" 13: First flagellar segment distinctly longer than the two following to- gether; abdomen clothed with short, fine, erect hairs.................. 6 First flagellar segment scarcely as long as the two following together; abdomen clothed with long, coarse, depressed hairs; process of labrum deeply emarginate; clypeus with a well defined, median smooth line. 9.5-10 mm. S. Calif., at fls. Ceanothus......(4) ceanothifloris Facial foveae distinctly widened above the middle, narrowed below; process of labrum transverse or emarginate, not triangular............. 7 Facial foveae parallel-sided, scarcely widened above; process of labrum subtriangular, the apex narrowly rounded; median line of clypeus poorly defined. 9-9.5 mm. Colo............6. 5.0255 (5) hickst Processiof)labrum large, apexiemarginate sajna ).c Pa,.nih. Hie die. ee 8 Process of labrum transverse, welt-like; median line of clypeus poorly defined; abdomen very finely, sparsely, indistinctly punctured, the punctures mostly about three puncture widths iets ew Orta iae | WV VOM ec ere ths ke eee al aiieye de win I ery ret tte eet, nt (6) pineti Clypeus with a distinct but irregular median smooth line; apices of wings clouded; basal one-half of first abdominal tergite impunc- tater ehOrmm™ “New, WIEXE 2th ae ee cores Sn catne ye any. ame eS (7) nigerrima Clypeus without a median smooth line; apices of wings not clouded; basal one-half of first abdominal tergite punctured; abdomen Withiarsh pant oliSh tints le maim, Colon se eh se alos Hien aca ae (8) trana Wings lightly infuscated to very dark blackish; clypeus with a median longitudinal impunctate line; pubescence of scutum uStiallyeSOr tiara cis cc. s.cuobe a piyhe ear hot cbse gs Kav arts satanic gich ca sfiaan ryt psORS 10 Wings hyaline or subhyaline; clypeus more uniformly punctured, usually without a median smooth line (cf. rubrotincta); pubes- cence of scutum at least one-half as long as the pleural hairs........... 13 Process of labrum elongate, constricted near base; propodeum rugo- sopunctate, enclosure with most of the rugae longitudinal or slightly oblique; abdomen distinctly punctured...................... 11 Process of labrum more or less triangular, apex subtruncate; propo- deum tesselate, with a few shallow punctures, basal rugae of enclosure longitudinal, apical rugae transverse; scutum dull, pubescence short, dense; abdomen finely punctured. 15-16 AOE prope OREN Uo fet heed, Keres Se a ie cede Mia cae tat oT BI on ae (9) pertristis Wings brownish; abdominal tergites with a very narrow impunctate AMICH AMAL efit sae eee tee eee ene eA ea Rees cae ericd KoRn Panes celine cieyete: sianals 12 Wings very dark blackish; abdominal tergites with a distinct im- punctate apical margin; scutum clothed with short, very sparse hairs; enclosure of propodeum coarsely rugulose. 14-15 mm. GF CIDR ee A 58 es ag ee A Cea ei eet er eee eee (10) grundeli Punctures of scutum separated, mostly less than one to one puncture width apart; facial foveae not attaining basal line of clypeus; pubescence of scutum about one-fourth as long as that of pleura, moderately dense; rugae of propodeum fine, mostly oblique. 10=12 mm. S. Calif. at fls. Potentila .... scremeia- (11) bernardina Punctures of scutum contiguous and subcontiguous; facial foveae extending below basal line of clypeus; pubescence of scutum short, sparse; rugae of propodeum coarse, mostly longitudinal. Sani Calter snares meta ict uate: Sacntatele aks Weal Ae alnate (12) omninigra Tibial scopa loosely, formed, of;long,:. erect, hairs! 2). bipek vig’ asi ’ a hy "4 i sata f Dr i aa ee ene trae OH ale Pin: | Le od a tk tee Ae ; ik: ; on am CAA atel id Pros he & 4 phe i ia Wilk pet aera ’ : vies Aa ’ - Lee SLY, ihe Dy wi apie geese Seay % 1938 Ua LL a bi Sia Pir, i Mipsit iN AAR . wh a | . “ ) ieee ; Dic eer tn oy il a a, > ‘ Ay his } errs wk ' 2, fi q ; 2 i , j , is Ma, 40. ; REVIEW 6 ov THE Ens GASTRODES* hii, Chrgacitep, Hemiptere) ie nn . Aes 1 BY ‘ | oie , oe Wha ROBERT f, ene Ree h Aercctanht, DotiriemeniiattRursrsclopy Calsformia scadimy of Gerces © sale AL "Sone ot tee gomits Cnstrodes, ‘althongh ; ‘aie in etllentions.,: haya been tornitg up in mcTUShing Nwhbers i pacent yeas die, nical eo the indérest of forest stamalogista . Rhig has vesulted in the: recint Wrerllent conteibawnns to eur emowledge ol the dife hisborv and evovomic stati of che dro Burdpean, species; ablelen' Berereth ME vig Sy ts Dapeer, try Bainte (1922); Navelt (1833), dd Aitkns CREST PA eRe aad bate Pace bitte eoahernatls work: pabitiehi ct aa) Chia eronp frais world | Havilparns. ¢ arti, the, ipaat tty: Wears i eetined that «.n¥ nopta’ 5 ¥ acl phy openulic Merampe tres, mriget Ls Of Value At tins time, Complete aytinyray and: bibWorre: fo hove heed givin py Keuser. (4888), Phan (9G). ai Van Duaee (1927) Mid tees OO be cecented here ar aa eG Apt: Peataaniy ad cite ha) al of thnks ald have sis ame MTEL eae DhaG ragterin) jae ie tol) tiider fie WeRsTO ae rece i | PURINE oh ene Nx Nar. th. er Baber Wy hich has Kina hiv Ye ail: CaNeg nih ‘al Cis Phat ANGrink, ean chehod them waabreit: Mpc Stat.) ie fa a) ie Aw Conline thin.” JA vat, avr? fic < 05 W = Bone!) 322° S5 NY Late! 229s Og Gas Long.; 33° 10’ N. Lat., 119° 30’ W. Long.; 34° 35’ N. Lat., 119° 28’ W. Long. Methods and Measurements: Both live and preserved specimens were examined. Most of the preserved material was treated with formalin or alcohol. Many hundred individuals of Podon and Evadne were measured and dissected and many disarticulated and dissected parts were mounted singly in glycerin jelly. For careful examination of certain deeply set morphological structures attempts at dissolu- tion of muscles proved disappointing and unsatisfactory, regardless of method, due to fragility of tissues andintegument. The extremely delicate parts, those most often sought by this process, were those which were most easily destroyed or distorted. Various selective stains proved more efficacious in making fine discriminations. The method used in taking measurements is illustrated in Pl. 26, fig. 6, and Pl. 28, fig. 1. By and large, the two lengths used in this investigation, viz., morphological, and gross length, proved remark- ably consistent when made on well preserved specimens or relaxed live ones. An idea of the striking change in the outline of the female clado- ceran following emergence of the young from the brood chamber, and the resultant change in measurement, may be deduced from the outline drawings of Pl. 26, figs. 6, 7; Pl. 28, figs. 1, 2; Pl. 29, figs. 6, 7; Pl. 31, figs. 7, 8. These changes have been for the most part ignored in earlier investigations and have led to confusion. In attempting to establish lines for the measuring of the marine Cladocera, various problems have been encountered. Some diffi- culties are the many obliquities and curvatures of surfaces, the un- usual angle at which the brood pouch is set, the varied positions of the eye in the preserved material and the changeableness in angle of inclination of the head in Podon, and the possible distortion of body outline through muscular contraction. Some workers have used as a point of reference the angle of depres- sion between the body and the head. This would be satisfactory, were it not for the fact that this sinus does not occur in all the genera, and that muscle contraction may to a certain degree cause distor- tion. The postmargin of the antenna is not an ideal point, since a new focus is often necessary to obtain the outline of the body; this change of focus would naturally modify results. The center of the nuchal organ could be used advantageously in the genus Evadne, but not effectively in the genus Podon, due to the changes resulting from the movement of the head. The posterior point of reference needs to be defined and delimited. In a recent letter Rammner defined the basic measurements used in 314 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES (Proc. 4TH SER. his work (Rammner, 1931; 618) as follows: ‘“‘Als Fixpunkt fiir die Linge dient die Ansatzstelle der Schwanzborsten; von dort geht die Lange bis zum vordersten Punkt des Kopfes.’’ It would make an appreciable difference whether one took the base of the caudal promi- nence on which the ‘‘Schwanzborsten’”’ are attached, or the place of the attachment of the bristles in making these measurements. ‘This would have little effect on measurements in the strictly marine Evadne and in some of the marine Podon, but if these measurements were applied to the various species of the Polyphemidae, i. e., some of outstanding forms from the Caspian Sea, the Podon leuckarts, and Polyphemus pediculus, the difference in measurement would be striking, as the distance varies markedly between the two points. If the ‘‘Ansatzstelle’’ were used, the measurement would include in a certain sense the measurement of the caudal section per se in all its varieties. In order to obtain the proportions between the various parts it appears that statistical methods including measurements from fig- ures on graph paper, as have been used by various workers on the fresh water forms (Woltereck, 1924; Wagler, 1927; Rammner, 1927a; and others), would yield the best results in so far as the ma- rine forms are concerned. Descriptions and Plates: To secure uniformity in the descriptions a more or less consistent terminology, applicable to the entire class Crustacea, has been employed. Only limited diagnoses have been included in this report, due to a number of generally unsettled points of the cladoceran classification, to the incompleteness of data in the literature, and to the small number of species at hand. Some of the more definitely family or generic characters are quite evidently in- cluded in descriptions along with specific ones. Thus it is reserved to future investigators to complete the diagnoses after a compre- hensive study of remaining species has been made. Unless otherwise designated in the explanation of plates, the draw- ings are of females. Merely outstandingly characteristic features of the males are mentioned in the descriptions. Comparatively few spines are shown in the drawings, since there is general similarity of size and arrangement of the spines on the vari- ous joints. DISTRIBUTION OF MARINE CLADOCERA Even though a number of investigators have treated the distribu- tion of the marine Cladocera (Hansen, 1899; 1-14; Schweiger, 1912: 1-21; KajdiZ, 1912: 915-40; Gibitz, 1922: 85-105; Redeke, 1922: 330-34; Rammner, 1931: 618-33; and others), none of them has attempted to approach a comprehensive treatment in regard to the occurrence of the several species discussed in this paper. For this reason, it seemed desirable to make a more thorough study of the Vou. XXIII} BAKER—CLADOCERA OF MONTEREY BAY 315 species which have been found in California coastal waters, in order to establish whether or not these show definite correlation with environmental factors in their distribution. There appears to be strong evidence of zonal distribution. Some forms, such as E. tergestina, are more or less limited to equatorial regions; other forms to cooler northern and southern waters. The latter forms at least simulate the distributional characteristics of the phenomenon of biopolarity. Whether these forms of the southern hemisphere actually are fully identical with the northern ones can not be finally established as yet, due to incompleteness of data. Scarcity of the Cladocera in the tropical regions, of course, may be apparent only, for they may occur, as does the copepod Calanus finmarchicus, in the deeper strata of the tropical seas, which have been altogether too insufficiently analyzed for Cladocera up to the present time. However, possible occurrence here appears fairly im- probable, considering the fact that the marine Cladocera are quite bound to the superficial waters (upper hundred meters) according to my findings as well as those of others, e. g., notably Schweiger (1912: 1-21) and Kajdiz (1912: 915). In the northern hemisphere Podon polyphemordes occurs in the Barents Sea and off the Murman coasts. It is also found off various European coasts, and in gulfs, and bays of these; on the east coast of North America, from Newfoundland to the southern shores of the New England States; in a similar latitude on the west coast of North America, from southern California coasts to British Columbia; and on the east coast of Asia, in Peter-the-Great Bay. Consistent with records from the northern regions are the few available ones from the southern hemisphere where this species is found on the west central to south coasts of Africa and off New Zealand. The reports for this species are strongly suggestive that it is car- ried by currents from the colder regions to warmer ones, e. g., by the Labrador Current on the east coast of North America and by the Japanese Current on the west, as well as by currents from the colder, coastal waters of Africa to the equatorial regions of the west central section of this continent. However, it may be noted that this species appears to be almost entirely absent from regions from about 40° N. Lat. to 20° S. Lat. The most remarkable exceptions to this general prevalence in the cold waters are its appearance in the Bay of Guinea, in the Black Sea, and in the Mediterranean. This species appears to be predominantly a coastal form, quite in contrast to some of the other species. Furthermore, in accordance with the present records it appears to be moderately eurythermal. This species must be classed as somewhat euryhaline, as may be verified under the heading ‘‘Salinity,’’ following the descriptions. For example, it occurs in the highly saline water of the Mediter- ranean, as well as in the nearly fresh water of the northern end of the Gulf of Bothnia. 316 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES ([Proc. 4TH SER. Evadne tergestina appears to be the most prevalent species in the Torrid Zone, and where conditions are mild, it extends into the Temperate Zones. Except for its occurrence in the Mediterranean, and on the western coast of North America off British Columbia, it has been recorded entirely within forty degrees of the equator, and most abundantly in the equatorial regions of the different oceans. Outside of the Torrid Zone, it has been found almost exclusively in the warmer currents. Its reported appearance off British Columbia may be due to the influence of warmer waters in this region; yet this must be verified by further investigations. E. tergestina has been found in the open ocean slightly less fre- quently than along the coast. From the existing records this species may be considered primarily a warm water stenothermal form. Ac- cording to the salinites as recorded under the topic ‘‘Salinity,’’ fol- lowing the description of this species, this cladocer may be said to be moderately stenohaline. The localities from which Evadne nordmanni has been reported, present a most striking parallelism to those of Podon polyphemoides. With the exception of the Black Sea regions all the areas mentioned for the latter species are applicable to E. nordmanni, even to the extremely cold sections of the Barents Sea and Murman coast, and to the contrastingly hot, equatorial regions off the west coast of Africa. E. nordmanni is particularly more prevalent off the coast of the British Isles, Faerdée Islands and on westward toward Iceland and Greenland. Additional regions for this later species are the coasts of Japan and on the Arctic Circle off the Alaskan coast. Not only has E. nordmanni been found to thrive in coastal regions, but also as a pelagic form at great distances from the coasts. It apparently flourishes best in the colder parts of the Temperate Zones, and may be conceded to be moderately eurythermal and euryhaline. Consistent with this is the fact that this species (as also Podon poly- phemoides), under laboratory conditions, appeared to be more or less tolerant of sudden and complete changes from sea water to distilled water. Evadne spinifera has been found less commonly in the Torrid Zone than in the warmer sections of the Temperate Zones. It has been recorded least frequently in very cold waters, e. g., in the Arctic Zone off the Murman coast. It is quite common on the European coasts, and in the warmer currents of the southern part of the North Atlantic. It is also found off the southern shores of New England. In the southern hemisphere it has been recorded from the Brazil Current, on the equatorial sector of the west coast of Africa, as well as in the more southern, colder waters; also in about the same lati- tude in the Indian Ocean, and on the southeast and southwest coasts of Australia. In the Pacific it is again found in the northern hemi- sphere in Peter-the-Great Bay of the Japan Sea, and off the south and east coasts of Japan, and off the west coast of North America in VoL. XXIII] BAKER—CLADOCERA OF MONTEREY BAY 317 southern California waters. E. spinifera appears to be found as commonly if not more often as a pelagic form than as a coastal form. From the above and as verified to a certain extent under the topic “Salinity,’’ following the descriptions, this species is to be found practically exclusively as a stenohaline form, unless the record of Marapob (1928: 205) can be verified. Furthermore, this species may be considered as moderately stenothermal. As for seasonal occurrence of the four forms discussed, it should be said that difficulty is encountered when one attempts to give a true picture of the occurrence of the different species as they appear in the different respective localities, year after year, as it has been impossible for many of the various investigators to work continu- ously throughout the years with sufficiently frequent samples. According to the observations made on the plankton samples from Monterey Bay, for the three year period, 1929-1931, the two species Podon polyphemoides and Evadne nordmanni appeared in greatest numbers early in May, and P. polyphemoides in the latter part of that same month. This might indicate a similar optimum of en- vironmental factors for both species. This coincidence in regard to the optima of these two species in Monterey Bay appears to be par- ticularly significant when general distribution is considered. That temperature is one of the more potent factors governing the variation and distribution of the Cladocera appears rather unmis- takable. This has been confirmed by numerous workers (Ward and Whipple, 1918: 748; Huntsman and Sparks, 1924: 95, 113; Brown, 1929: 262, 443, 451). As a result of experiments on Cladocera, Brown (1929: 257) says, “Different animals of the same genus and even of the same species may differ in response to low temperature.’’ At the same time it is maintained that physiological differences are likewise manifested by members of the same genus, as also by individuals of the same species (Obreshkove and Banta, 1930: 7-8). If there is any likeli- hood of a correlation between these facts, as appears quite possible (Banta and Wood, 1928a: 397-8), this might account in a manner, for distribution of species in different regions, in accordance with the degree that the different species differ in response to temperature (Brown and Crozier, 1927: 25). Thus this might explain in a manner the differences of response of northern and southern forms to temperature, and at the same time harmonize with the possible close correlation respectively between geographical range and seasonal distribution of different cladoceran species, as shown in the present paper, as well as by the work of Wasenberg-Lund (1926: 225-226), and Brown (1929: 260, 346) for fresh water forms. The incompleteness of the available information in regard to the physical environment of the marine cladocers is very unfortunate. These forms, like most plankton organisms, have extraordinary 318 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. means of dispersal, which would enable them to obtain a completely cosmopolitan distribution. An important restraining factor on their distribution is apparently their different tolerance to the physico- chemical environmental factors. The data at hand strongly support this generalization but their scarcity prevents us from being con- clusive on this point. THE TAXONOMY OF MARINE CLADOCERA In the past specific determination of the marine Cladocera has not been generally attended with as great difficulties as in the case of some of the plastic fresh-water species, or local fresh-water races, which undergo extreme changes in superficial appearance, e. g., in crest, posterior and anterior spines. These changes often simulate definitive, specific characters and lead to confusion. In contrast to these fresh-water forms, the nine, more or less definitely distinguish able, marine species are more eusily recognized. However: difficulties, such as the above, and others will be en- countered if one attemiets to include the epeeles of the Polyphemide from the Azov Sea, mentioned by Czerniavski and Madame Pengo (De Guerne, 1887: 358), and those from the Aral and Caspian Seas, discussed by Sars (1897: 1; 1901: 476; 1902: 40), Zernov (1901: 568), and Meissner (1907: 587-592), as some of these species may approach the fresh-water forms in variability. The work that Woltereck and his co-workers have been doing on the general form changes, etc., on the cladoceran material of regions including the Caspian Sea, may clarify a number of obscure points and disclose some invaluable criteria in regard to the phyletic tree, and bring about a more complete understanding of the specific, generic and group characteristics which may make a more satis- factory revision possible. This looks particularly auspicious when one takes into account the geological significance of the noted region. In regard to the systematic significance of the various characters used by Sars, Zernov, and Meissner the following statements may be made. The caudal claws as units of specific delimitation are valid. The present writer has readily verified this by the examination of a number of marine species (both fresh and preserved material), and a review of the literature. On the other hand, some of the criteria employed by Sars (1902), and accepted by others for distinguishing species, appear unreliable from various standpoints. Sars gave little consideration to the fact that the structure of individuals might fluctuate, and thus be mis- leading under differing attendant circumstances, at various stages of development, and at different times of year. For instance, Sars’ use of such factors as the inclination of the head, extent of cervical depression, size, contour, and also the shape, position and development of the brood pouch, are untenable as deter- minative, specific characters. In species closely related to Podon, as Vor. XXII] BAKER—CLADOCERA OF MONTEREY BAY 319 some of these obviously are, the angle of inclination of the head may be dependent on the state of tension of the muscles that move the head. The head is usually inclined approximately, at a more or less constant angle, though by no means consistently. Furthermore, the shape, position, and development of the brood pouch are doubtful specific characters if used unqualifiedly. Accord- ing to much available evidence these features are governed by vary- ing intrinsic, as well as extrinsic factors. Again, if preserved mate- rial is used, the processes of preservation may cause a distorted or abnormal effect. As may be inferred from the foregoing statements, and quite in agreement with Rammner (1927a), the writer maintains that a de- scription of a ‘‘typical’’ individual is no longer sufficient. The exact species description must take into consideration age, local, geo- graphical, and ‘‘Temporal-Formen”’ variation, if the complete pic- ture is to be realized. Statistical measurements should be stressed along with form changes (Rhumbler 1915; Rammner, 1927a: 117). Postembryological development of various instars must be con- sidered, as only like stages are apt to agree in general appearance. Even within the instars variations are likely to occur, due to various exigencies. Although agreeing with those who stress the general body form, the present writer feels that the real crux of the whole matter will eventually be found to lie in a careful and detailed study of the appendages and bristle formulae in the light of evolutionary and embryological development, such as has been made in the works of Behning (1912), and Lityfski (1916). The exopodite formula is a most strikingly constant feature of the appendages of the marine Cladocera, as is borne out by numerous descriptions. However, the number of setae on the joints of the thoracic appendages, as well as the arrangement and even the rela- tive proportion, shape and direction of the caudal claws, and the proportionate lengths of the antennal rami and their joints are quite constant. It may also be noted in this connection that it is well to take under advisement the suggestions by Litynski (1916: 3) that the groups Calyptomera and Gymnomera are artificial designations. The marine Cladocera afford us what might be termed classic examples of true species. The more material that is examined the clearer the case becomes. There is a marked constancy in the bristle formulae, and in the lengths and arrangement of the individual bristles. Here the species have been found to remain true in ex- tremely different temperatures and salinities, in the open ocean or along the coast, and under other varying, environmental conditions. On the other hand, this should not be interpreted toimply that all the features of the marine cladocers are perfectly constant. Indeed a distinct variability occurs. For instance, in the species, Evadne nordmanni, we have in one sample all the different degrees of grada- 320 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. tion between a brood pouch with a most rounded posterior margin to that of a decidedly mucronate one. This holds true in all the various instars, and for the different sized individuals, and at dif- ferent seasons of the year. In other words, in the marine cladocers, as well as in the fresh-water ones, individual species may be recog- nized in spite of the fact that, as Ferris (1928: 43) stated in a general discussion of the principles of taxonomy, ‘‘all sorts of mixtures and intergradations may be found.”’ Age Variation: As is to be expected, there is apparently consider- able age variation in the marine Cladocera, although certain essential characters are for the most part the same throughout all the stages, with exceptions mentioned elsewhere in this paper in connection with the differentiation of the mature males. Instar Variation: Determination of the instar is very important in the consideration of variations, and in making various other in- terpretations. Thus for instance, it is a matter of course that, in the determination of size, the discrimination between immature instars and those of advanced age is imperative. In examining all the individuals of a rich haul, ranging in size from the smallest to the largest, specimens are often found appearing dark, shrunken, and decrepit-like, along with others fully rounded out and apparently normal. An explanation of this might well be sought in connection with investigations, such as those of Olmsted and Baum- berger (1923), dealing with phenomena of the molting of crabs. At least, some of their conclusions seem apropos in this case. These writers maintain that the ‘‘visible changes preparatory to molting involve a loss in the brightness of color and a change in the texture of the exoskeleton’’; and finally, that the specimen emerges: ‘‘from the old shell . . . plump and well filled out’... “‘quite unlike the puckered and wrinkled condition one sees beneath the broken cara- pace of a premolt”’ stage, which might be misinterpreted as indicative of senility. Furthermore, in keeping with this and quite consistent with the findings of various other investigators (Anderson and Brown, 1930: 485; Hesse and Doflein, 1910: 127; Jackson, 1890: 143) on moltings, the individuals of this same group of less well-rounded cladocers fre- quently have two layers of chitin, presumably in preparation for molting. This latter postulation was readily substantiated by the writer in the dissections of numerous specimens, and this in turn, helped materially in determining and understanding various forms and stages. Local and Geographical Variation: In examining material from a fairly large number of localities, I found that within each species certain characters, i. e., the ones on which I have based specific identification, are strikingly constant under decidedly different con- ditions. On the other hand, certain features may be more typical Voi. XXIII] BAKER—CLADOCERA OF MONTEREY BAY 321 in certain regions than in others. In this category are such items as size, shape, and certain proportions of the brood pouches, and the number of eggs in the brood pouch. Yet in the rich samples from Monterey Bay practically all the various modifications recorded for different regions seem to occur in single hauls at the height of the season. SPECIAL PART Family PoLYPHEMID# (Baird, 1850) For diagnosis, see Lilljeborg (1901: 592). Of the genera belonging to this family, only two were represented in my material. Genus Podon (Lilljeborg, 1853) Head movable; separated from body by deep, cervical constriction. Dorsal pouch oval to subcircular in lateral outline. Buccal area has an investiture of thickly set, minute spinules, increasing in size and decreasing in number away from the mouth. Protopodite of second antenna rather variable in length interspecifi- cally. Endopodite of second antenna with 6 plumose bristles; exopodite with 6-7; the number and arrangement of these bristles constant within species. Second joint of exopodite with 1 bristle; third with 1-2. First and second joints of endo- podite each with 1 bristle. Third joint with the same number and types of bristles as two distal joints of exopodite. Mandibles cylindrical, forming right-angled elbows at 0.5-0.6 the distance from the base, flattened and subequally bifurcated distally. Caudal claws, abdomen and postabdomen vary considerably in size and proportion. For further diagnostic features see Lilljeborg (1901: 625-626). Number and Relationship of Species: There are six marine species (Gibitz, 1922: 97) rather clearly distinguished by the formula of bristles on exopodite of thoracic appendages; Podon schmacheri Poppe, 4—4-4-2; P. trisetosus Kramer, 3—-3-3-; P. polyphemoides (Leuckart), 3—3-3-2; P. schedlert Czerniavski, 2—3—3-1; P. interme- dius Lilljeborg, 2—1—1-2; P. leuckarti Sars, 1-1-1-2. Podon polyphemoides (Leuckart) Plates 26 and 27 Evadne polyphemoides Leuckart, 1859: 262. Pleopis minutus Sars, 1861: 293-4; Sars, 1862: 46. Podon Mecznikovii Czerniavski, 1862: 59-60. Podon minutus de Guerne, 1887: 351-2; Stenroos, 1895: 39-40. Podon polyphemoides Poppe, 1888: 298-9; Sars, 1890: 52; Nordquist, 1891: 119, 121; Kramer, 1894: 222; Lilljeborg, 1901: 633-4; Apstein, 1901: 12; 1911: 118-9; Behning, 1912: 12; Schweiger, 1912: 14-7; Kajdiz, 1912: 934-5; Gibitz, 1922: 90-1; Rammner, 1930: 4. Diagnosis: Bristle formula of exopodites of thoracic limbs: 3-3-3-2. Description: Female — Size: Gross length, inclusive of specimens immediately after emergence, 0.25- 0.70 mm.; morphological length, 0.21-0.40 mm. 322 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. Color: All stages are dull grayish-greenish or have a creamy tinge. Darker than the species of Evadne Dorsal Pouch Wall: In all stages usually less clearly transparent than in Evadne. Cells well marked, giving reticulated appearance, more noticeable than in Evadne. The following description refers exclusively to mature specimens. Body Outline (P1. 26, figs. 6-7): Body robust in appearance, with brood pouch of subcircular outline in lateral view, and with deep cervical depression. Head sub- elliptical; ratio between its long and short axes, about 1.6:1. Abdomen so strongly abbreviated that its tip usually is barely visible in lateral view. First Antennae (P1. 26, fig. 2): Rudimentary stalks of right and left first antennae merged into a platelike structure about twice as long as wide, or less, with 2 groups of sensory bristles of 5 each; those of male and female similar. Labrum (P1. 26, fig. 4): Subovoidal, about 1.5 times longer than wide; its antero- ventral margin well rounded, decidedly narrower than the base of the organ. A moderate number of stiff and comparatively large spines which show an indication towards grouping. The spines are larger and more powerful than in some of the Ttemaining species of this genus. Second Antenna (PI. 26, fig. 1): Unusually small, its total length about 5 times the morphological length of body. Protopodite about 0.5 as wide as long, and about 3 times wider than either ramus. Exopodite slightly longer than endopodite; first and fourth joints subequal in length, and about 0.5 as long as the subequal second and third ones. Second endopodite joint about 0.5 the length of the first, and some- what longer than the third. The most distal joints of the two rami subequal in size. Longest plumose bristles subequal in length to entire appendage; the shortest, which are proximal in position, subequal to length of exopodite. Protopodite with heavy, stout spine proximal to middle of dorsal side; this spine tapers more or less uniformly to a point, in contrast to similarly set spine in the various species of Evadne. At least one very minute spine laterally near distal margin of protopodite. Distal joints of both rami have dorsally, near tips, a number of fine, short spines, one of which (shown in figure) is usually heavier, and thus more easily detected. Mandibles (Pl. 26, figs. 3, 5): Right and left members very similar; the portion distal to the pronounced angle 3 times longer than wide. Dorsal main tooth dis- tinctly longer than the ventral; simple, conical, and about twice longer than basal width; a minute, setose protuberance near center of its ventral margin; minute spines sparsely, if at all, investing its medial surface. Ventral main tooth carries distally several, very closely set denticulations, of which the most central ones have collectively a jaggedly spinous, generally roundish distal contour; these denticula- tions become gradually longer ventrally, and the most distal ones have a tendency to curve gently dorso-medially. Numerous short, sharp, slender spines cover the denticulations at all angles and extend onto surface of main tooth, gradually de- creasing in number and size toward the base. Maxillae: Rudimentary, slightly flattened, knob-like, spinose structures, with spinules slightly larger than those nearer buccal cavity. First Limb (P1. 27, fig.1): First protopodite joint, which is about twice wider than long, attached to a fairly large, somewhat narrower and irregular peduncle, which may or may not be part of protopodite. Second protopodite joint decidedly nar- rower than the first, from which it is well set off; nearly twice wider than long, and about 0.5 as long as first protopodite joint. A very small, bract-like structure is set near middle of lateral side of second protopodite joint, slightly extending over base of exopodite. Endite small, about half size of exopodite, plate-like, its rounded end tapering into a thorn-like process, prolonged into a styliform spine. Exopodite about as long as second protopodite joint is wide, somewhat more than twice longer than wide; slightly 3-lobed distally, the middle lobe longest. First endopodite joint Vou. XXIII] BAKER—CLADOCERA OF MONTEREY BAY 323 about as long as first protopodite joint is wide; its average width about one-third its length. Second and third joints about as long as wide; their total length subequal to one-third the length of first joint. Near middle of ventral surface of first protopodite joint is a group of about 4 fairly strong spines; other similar or larger groups are scattered on medial surface, as well as on second protopodite joint. A number of filament-like, pliant spines occur medially on second protopodite just above middle proximal part of endite; these have about the same appearance as the grouped spines that are scattered on medial surface of first protopodite. At about middle of lateral surface of endite is a group of 4-5 spines, the tips of which extend to or slightly beyond distal edge of endite. On inner surface of this structure, slightly more dorsally, is a somewhat more numerous group of slightly longer, thinner, and less sharply pointed spines. Each of the three distal lobes of exopodite has a long, setose bristle; the most distal, which is longest, extends slightly beyond tip of endopodite; the most dorsal one is a trifle more than 0.5 the most distal, and is the strongest and least flexible, and furnished with the stiffest setae; the most ventral is intermediate in size and the most delicate. The first endopodite joint has, ventrally, 6 coarse, heavy bristles. One of these, situated near distal end of joint, has about the same thickness as the most distal bristle of the exopodite, although being slightly shorter. The remaining 5 of these bristles, fairly uniformly scattered along the joint, are about 0.5 as long; or slightly less. Of the 2 bristles of the second endopodite joint, one is fairly heavy, gently curved, and more or less pliant, about 2 times as strong, and about 0.33 longer than most distal bristle of exopodite; the other is about one-fifth shorter and corre- spondingly weaker. The 2 bristles of the distal endopodite joint resemble the longer of the bristles of the penultimate joint. Second Limb (P1. 27, fig. 2): Slightly shorter than the first. Second protopodite joint quite large, about as wide as long. The first one less than 0.5 the length of the second. At the base of exopodite, second protopodite joint has a small, bract- like structure, rounded distally and slightly extending over exopodite. Endite nearly as long as second protopodite joint; its proximal width about 0.5 its length; ends in 2 powerful, pointed, narrowly conical teeth. Exopodite twice longer than wide, 0.5 as long as first endopodite joint, somewhat lobed ventrodistally. First endopodite joint slightly longer than its proximal width, and about two-thirds the length of corresponding joint of first limb; tapers rather strongly distally. Second and third endopodite joints subequal in length; their total length about 0.5 the length of the first. ,Protopodite lacks distinct bristles (i. e., it has only the spinous armament char- acteristic of many of the surfaces of the thoracic appendages). On lateral side of endite, there is a somewhat larger number of spines than in first limb, and these spines are on the average somewhat longer and weaker. Of the 3 bristles of exopo- dite, the distal is slightly longer, the others slightly shorter than the corresponding bristles of first limb, First endopodite joint with 6 ventral bristles, of which the most proximal one is situated but slightly proximal to the middle of joint; length of longest. of these bristles subequal to proximal width of joint, the shortest only slightly shorter. Of the 2 bristles of the second endopodite joint, one is quite power- ful, and about as long as total length of first and second endopodite joints; the other is somewhat shorter and decidedly weaker. The 2 bristles of the third endopodite joint resemble the corresponding bristles of the first limb, but are only about two- thirds as long. _Third Limb (P1. 27, fig. 3): About three-fourths the size of the second, but other- wise very similar to this in general appearance and proportions. The lateral, bract- like structure resembles that of first limb, and is slightly better developed. Endite with subparallel sides, and rounded distal truncation. Exopodite subequal in length to first endopodite joint, which is also somewhat shorter relatively to the two distal joints of thisramus. Protopodite lacks distinct bristles (see second limb). The truncated distal end of endite with 4 sturdy, pointed spines, placed nearly equidistant from each other. The most exterior of these is gently curved and slightly 324 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. blunted, about twice as long as the remaining ones, and its length is subequal to proximal width of endite. Besides these spines the endite is armed with fine, more or less short spinules arranged in small groups. The bristles of exopodite resemble those of second limb, but are slightly shorter. The endopodite also has the same number of bristles as in the second limb, but these are on the average only about 0.5 as long. Fourth Limb (Pl. 27, fig. 4): Less than 0.5 as long as first limb. Joints of proto- podite nearly completely merged. The first protopodite joint about as wide as the rest of limb is long. The main joint of this limb, second protopodite, is closely merged with the endopodite joints(?), is but slightly narrower than first protopodite and subsquarish; the spine at the ventrodistal corner somewhat more than 0.25 as long as the length of entire joint, nearly straight, or but slightly curved, and bluntly pointed. On or near distal margin there are 3 fairly strong spines, the remaining ones show gradual transitions to the minute, spine-like structure characteristic of many parts of the thoracic appendages. Lateral joint, the exopodite joint, sub- squarish in outline and subcylindrical; its length less than 0.5 the length of preced- ing joint. It has 2 strong bristles, the longer of which is about as long as, or even slightly longer than, the entire appendage, the shorter one somewhat more than 0.5 this length. Abdomen (Pl. 27, fig. 7): Comparatively broad, generally more closely similar to this structure in Evadne than to that of some of the species of Podon. Caudal claws, which are about as long as their proximal width, have gently concave, median margins, usually directed ventrally, ventro-posteriorly or posteriorly; the last direc- tion particularly characteristic of younger individuals. The 2 caudal setae com- paratively heavy, with less delicate plumosity than in the species of Evadne. Description: Male — Size: Maximum gross length, 0.54 mm.; maximum morphological length 0.41 mm. (Both measurements found at Monterey Bay.) Body Outline (Pl. 26, fig. 8): Cervical depression near center of dorsal margin, i. e., slightly more dorsal than in female. Head slightly larger, and more broadly arched. Eyes larger, subglobose. Dorsal pouch comparatively small, slightly, if at all larger than head; subconical, with fairly flattened anterior and posterior margins, and fairly broadly rounded apex. First Thoracic Limb (P\. 27, fig. 5): In mature males the first thoracic limb is similar to that of the female in most respects. The following modifications may be noted: First endopodite joint somewhat shorter, and the second somewhat enlarged. The 2 bristles of the second endopodite joint undergo a decided change. The dorsal one is fashioned into a smooth, somewhat angular hook, of which the length approxi- mates the total length of second and third endopodite joints. Hook recurves sharply ventrally; after tapering from the broadly rounded, enlarged base, this bristle maintains a more or less consistent diameter distally up to the evenly rounded, blunt tip. This rather uniform diameter about equals that of base of bristles of first endopodite joint. Ventral bristle represented by a stiff and fairly stout, rudimentary bristle, set irregularly with small, sharp spines; its length approximately that of the ventral margin of joint. Penis (P\. 27, fig. 6): Right and left organs similar. The thickly muscular, broad and cylindrical vas deferens curves obliquely antero-ventrally. At least the proxi- mal third of the protopodite portion of the penis is narrowly cylindrical. The distal third is composed of two heavy, muscular parts, tapering to fairly narrowly rounded tips, corresponding to the exopodite and the endopodite; the former appears to be a trifle the shorter. The testes lie slightly ventral to middle of base of dorsal pouch. Present Material: The above description is based largely on material from the following localities: —Frenchmans Bay, Maine; July 18, 1930. —Salisbury Cove, Vor. XXII]} BAKER—CLADOCERA OF MONTEREY BAY 325 Maine; Aug. 6, 1930. —Baltic Sea, off the coast of Sweden, Ornskélksvik, 63° 15’ N.; No. 2761, T. Tullberg collection; July 1882. —Peter-the-Great Bay, Japan Sea; no data. —Various stations in southern end of Monterey Bay (California), chiefly surface hauls; Jan. 1929-—Dec. 1931, inclusive. Comparison with previous Descriptions: This best descriptions so far published are the ones by De Guerne (1887: 351) and Lilljeborg (1901: 633). Although it is not necessary to discuss the various descriptions in detail the following remarks may be made. The gross length of 0.25-—0.70 mm. was found for females of this species from Monterey Bay. Other records of gross lengths are those by De Guerne (1887: 353), 0.50—0.60 mm.; Lilljeborg (1901: 634) 0.6-0.66 mm.; and Rammner (1930: 4), 0.66 mm. Thus the maxi- mum gross lengths for this species do not have a range of more than 0.1 mm., in spite of the fact that material from widely separated localities has been measured. Apparently, there are no records of morphological lengths in the literature for comparison. However, it should be noted that Schweiger (1912: 18) recorded only 0.37-0.32 mm. as the length of this form. Unfortunately, this writer did not define his method of measurements so his figures may refer to the morphological length. In the literature, the length of females has been given vaguely as that extending to the end of the brood pouch with the resultant in- complete picture. Few measurements are recorded for the males, and these differ but slightly with the different localities. De Guerne (1887: 353) states size as 0.50 mm.; Lilljeborg (1901: 635) as 0.54 mm.; and Rammner (1930: 4) gives the same measurements as Lilljeborg. These measurements thus nicely approximate the gross lengths given for the material from the Monterey Bay region. In the literature it has been emphasized that the males are de- cidedly smaller than the females. This is not altogether in accord with my findings. Incidentally, the males are somewhat difficult to distinguish from the females as the body outline is not strikingly different, and the dorsal pouch is less clearly transparent. The size of the males is slightly different from that of parthenogenetic fe- males which have just released their young (cf., Pl. 26, figs. 7, 8), and from the ephippial females with very small embryos. The discrepancy is rather apparent than real. The morphological length of the two sexes is practically identical, but this measurement has not usually been taken by previous writers. The larger gross size of the females is due to the excessive development of the dorsal pouch in the process of the development of the embryos. Further- more it may be that some of the previous writers have measured im- mature males in the belief that they were mature, a not improbable supposition, considering the scarcity of the males as a whole, and the preponderance of immature ones over the mature. The immature males show different stages of development of the hook. When this structure first appears it is small, gently and uni- 326 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. formly curved, and tapers practically to a point. Later it increases in length and diameter and at the same time becomes less pointed. In this manner it gradually assumes the type of the ‘‘etwas S-férmig gekriimmte Kralle,’’ of which Lilljeborg (1901, Pl. LXXXYV, fig. 11) speaks. In the fully mature stage, as can be seen from the de- scriptions and figures of this paper, it becomes decidedly larger, and more angular. In all probability this structure has previously been figured from specimens that were not fully mature. It may be noted further that it is extremely difficult to secure this hook in an ad- vantageous position for figuring. A peculiarity in Lilljeborg’s figure (1901, Pl. LXXXV, fig. 11) is that the second endopodite joint of the first hmb is furnished with a bristle sub-equal to total length of the endopodite. If this feature were correctly figured it undoubtedly would form a sufficient founda- tion for the specific separation of Lilljeborg’s and my material. How- ever, the probability is that Lilljeborg erred on this particular point, although nobody so far has drawn attention to this possibility. This assumption is strongly supported by the circumstance that De Guerne (1877: 355-356, Pl. VI. fig. 7) who examined material gives data well in agreement with my observations. The two distal joints of the first limb in the male have not been clearly delimited in the previous literature. De Guerne (loc. cit.) did not attempt to outline the joints, but merely stated the general regions in which the bristles may be found. Lilljeborg’s (1901: 635-636; Pl. LXXXV, fig. 11) work gives the impression of his hav- ing observed this limb entirely from the medial or ventral sides, which, is extremely disadvantageous, particularly in regard to the discernment of the very distal part of the endopodite. De Guerne is apparently the only investigator heretofore to attempt to homo- logize the hook of the first limb. He considers it to be a bristle, a view also held by the present writer. Lilljeborg apparently did not consider this problem, judging by the fact that he located this claw or hook erroneously on the third joint. Synonymy: The disentanglement of the species Podon polyphe- motdes is really the history of the genus Podon, which was established by Lilljeborg (1853: 161). Realizing the confusion in nomenclature that existed in this genus, Poppe (1888) wrote a rather clear-cut criticism pertaining thereto. Though Lilljeborg (1901: 634) failed to mention this reference in his list of synonyms of P. polyphemoides, he was cognizant of it, as also was Apstein in his paper of 1901 andin later ones. Geographic Distribution: Although Podon polyphemoides is ap- parently most prevalent in the coastal waters of the colder regions, it is found also in warmer sections. The type locality, as given by Leuckart (1859: 262), is Nice. Since then, it has been found in other parts of the Mediterranean and north along all European Vor. XXIII] BAKER—CLADOCERA OF MONTEREY BAY 327 coasts, off the British Isles, and in various other parts of the world as follows: —Mediterranean Sea (Aurivillius, 1899: 35); —Gulf of Marseilles (De Guerne, 1887: 351-2); —Adriatic Sea (Schweiger, 1912: 14-16); Kajdiz, 1912: 934); —Black Sea (De Guerne, 1887: 352; Aurivillius, 1898: 123; Schweiger, 1912: 14). —Off coast of Corufia, Spain and West Coast of France, (De Guerne, 1887: 351-2; Aurivillius, 1898: 123; Hansen, 1899: 9); —Sylt (Rammner, 1931: 632); —Zuider Zee, (Redeke, 1922: 334); —Helgoland, (Leuckart, 1859: 262; Apstein, 1901: 15); —various parts of Baltic Sea, (Hensen, 1887: 56; Nordquist, 1891: 119-21; Aurivillius, 1898: 123; Hansen, 1899: 8-9; Apstein, 1901: 15; Driver, 1907: 125; Rammner, 1931: 632); —in Svelvig, Bay of Bothnia, Bay of Finland, south and west coasts and fjords of Norway, (De Guerne, 1887: 351-2; Sars, 1890: 52; Nordquist, 1891: 83, 119-21; Aurivillius, 1898: 123; Hansen, 1899: 8-9; Levander, 1900: 22; 1900b: 14); —along the coast of Norway to Lofoten, and off Murman coast, (Breitfuss, 1904: 9; International Council, 1908-12; Gibitz, 1922: 90); —Skag- erack, North Sea, and coasts of British Isles, (Stenroos,. 1895: 39-40; Aurivillius, 1898: 123; 1899: 35; Cleve, 1899b: 16; 1900a: 12, 42-3; 1900b: 13; 1902: 23; 1903a: 23; Apstein, 1901: 15; Farran, 1913: 2). ite —East Coast of North America, (Cleve, 1901a: 37; Gibitz, 1922: 90), —Narra- gansett Bay and Woods Hole, New England, (Williams, 1907: 79; Fish, 1925: 140); —off Nova Scotia and New Brunswick, (McMurrich, 1917: 6; Kindle and Whit- taker, 1918: 248). —West and south coasts of southern part of Africa, —off Dutch Southwest Africa, (Gibitz, 1922: 90; Rammner, 1931: 619, 632); —Cape Cross, ‘Bay of Guinea,” (Hansen, 1899: 9); —False Bay, (Apstein, 1901: 15). —Hauraki Gulf, Auckland, (Kramer, 1894: 221; Cleve, 1901a: 34). —West coast of North America, “at various places off the coast of Vancouver Island’”’ (Hart and Wailes, 1932: 247, 251). See also previous paragraph ‘‘Present Material’. Seasonal Occurrence: The season of occurrence of Podon polyphe- motdes in the Baltic Sea is summed up by Gibitz (1922: 90) as begin- ning in May and extending into November, with greatest frequency in August. Hensen (1887: 56) claimed that this species also occurred during the beginning of the year. Aurivillius (1898: 123) ascer- tained the season in Skagerak as the middle of June to the middle of October. Cleve (1900a: 42) gave the occurrence off Helder from the last of July to nearly the middle of November. Kajdiz (1912: 934) reported findings of this species in the Adriatic and Gulf of Triest during the months of April, May, July and August. Gibitz (1922: 90) stated that this species: ‘‘wird an den europdischen Kiisten meistens im Sommer und Herbst gefunden”. Summarizing from material at hand, Rammner (1930: 26) stated that P. polyphemoides: “hat in der Nordsee sein Maximum im Sommer und Herbst, meist in Kiistennihe; in der Ostsee kommt er meist nicht hiufig vor, ist im V. und XI. sehr selten, erst im VIII. zahlreich, im Finnischen Busen auch noch im [X.”’ It may also be noted here that Hansen (1899: 8, 9) quoted Brady as saying that this species was: ‘‘constantly to be got in the summer months in the surface net all round the British coasts.’’ However, when Brady made his statements P. polyphemoides had not been 328 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. clearly delimited or distinguished from P. intermedius, by various workers, hence, it is easily possible that the two were confused by him. Results harmonizing with those from European waters may be cited for this species off the eastern coast of North America, where it appears off St. Andrews in October (McMurrich, 1917: 6), and off Woods Hole, with greatest frequency noted in August (Fish, 1925: 140). Thus the seasonal occurrence of P. polyphemoides is rather ex- tended. In Monterey Bay this species has been found by the author to occur throughout the entire year. The highest frequencies were noted during the winter months. Lack of pronounced seasonal differences in the hydrography may be the cause of this apparently unusual phenomenon. It may be seen from this summary that in localities where climatic conditions seem to be more extreme and less stable the seasonal occurrence is considerably curtailed. Furthermore, periods of great- est frequencies vary from place to place and from year to year, as is characteristic of planktonic organisms in general. In regard to the possibility of a difference between the seasonal occurrence of the sexes, it should be noted that little can as yet be said about this point, on account of the general scarcity of the males. De Guerne (1887: 355) reported males from the first half of Septem- ber; Lilljeborg (1901: 635), from the end of August to September. In Monterey Bay, this sex was present during the entire month of April and until the end of August. In other words, the season of the males appears to be shorter than that of the females, but the evi- dence is not conclusive. Temperature: Aurivillius (1898: 123) gave the thermal range as 10.2°-19.8° C. Rammner (1930: 13) stated that: ‘‘Die weiteste Ver- breitung hat Podon polyphemoides als kosmopolitische, ausge- sprochen neritische Oberflachenforme, die am hiaufigsten zwischen 10° und 15° C. angetroffen wird; Grenzwerte sind 2.46° und 17.92°.”’ The temperature range for the Monterey Bay section, from which all the California material came, is from 10°-16°, the most usual, 12°-14° C. ‘It is interesting to note that the optimal thermal range established by Rammner, viz., 10°-15°, agrees closely with that found in Mon- terey Bay, where conditions are remarkably uniform, and where the species occurs throughout the entire year. Salinity: The greatest frequency of this species according to Auri- villius (1898: 123) occurs at 21%/oo. According to Rammner (1930: 6, 12), P. polyphemoides can stand pronounced extremes in salinity, viz., from 1.05-35.1%/o. ‘‘Die offensichtlich sehr grosse Anpassungs- fahigkeit der Art an die Salzverhaltnisse erméglicht es ihr, sogar ins Siisswasser einzudringen (nach Lilljeborg im Odelsee bei Orns- Vou. XXII] BAKER—CLADOCERA OF MONTEREY BAY 329 kéldsvik in Vasternorrland, also nicht sehr weit von der Kiiste ent- fernt); neuere Funddaten aus Siisswasser sind nicht bekannt’’. He further stated that the marine P. polyphemoides: ‘‘ist in der Zuider Zee dagegen zeitweise sehr haufig, und auch Redeke meldet Podon polyphemoides aus mesohalinem (1 bis 10 g.Cl in 1 1.) und poly- halinem Brackwasser (iiber 10 g.Cl) der Niederlande’’. Apparently then P. polyphemoides is strikingly euryhaline. It may finally be noted that my material from Monterey Bay was well within the extremes of salinity previously established, viz., from 32.5-34.0°/o0, usual range, 33.5-34.0°/on. Genus Evadne (Lovén, 1835) Head not movable, not distinct from body; with an evenly vaulted outline. (Slight cervical sinus may be present, depending on the contraction of the muscles.) Somewhat elongated dorsal pouch, variable in shape, subtriangular to broadly ovoid, Spines of labrum comparatively numerous; within respective species similar in general plan, size and shape. Buccal area has an investiture of thickly set, minute spinules, increasing in size and decreasing in number away from the mouth. Rudimentary stalks of right and left first antennae merge into a platelike structure about twice as long as wide, with 2 groups of sensory bristles of 5 each; those of male and female similar. Protopodite of second antenna nearly twice as long as either ramus; 2—3 times longer than wide. Rami subequal in length; each ramus about 3-4 times as long as wide. Lengths of second and third exopodite joints quite similar; also those of first and second endopodite joints. The three distal joints of exopodite similar to the three endopodite joints. Most distal joints of the two rami about equal in size; approximate in length the first exopodite joint. Proximally on middle of dorsal side of protopodite there is heavy spine, consisting of a styliform tip with a conical expansion at base. Each ramus furnished with 6 flexible, deli- cately plumose, hyaline bristles. Bristle absent on first exopodite joint; second and third exopodite joints each with 1 bristle; the fourth with 4. Endopodite with same number and types of bristles at the three distal joints of exopodite. On the dorso- distal tip of margin of each ramus is at least one small, slender, extremely delicate, sharp spine, directed dorso-distally (often not clearly discernible, at first, due to the hyaline, refractive character and minuteness). Mandibles cylindrical, forming right-angled elbows at 0.5-0.6 the distance from the base, flattened and subequally bifurcated distally. Maxillae rudimentary, represented by patches of spinules im- mediately posteroventral to mandibles. Exites not in evidence on thoracic limbs. Endite of first limb extremely rudimentary. Special modifications take place in joints and bristles in males. Investiture of spines and bristles on thoracic limbs strikingly similar within species. Caudal claws comparatively constant in size. For further diagnostic features, see Lilljeborg (1901: 639-40). Number and Relationships of Species: The three marine species are easily distinguishable by the number of bristles of the exopodites of the thoracic appendages: Evadne tergestina Claus 2—3—3-1; E. spint- fera Miiller 2—2-2-1; E. Nordmanni Lovén 2—2-1-1. The two ele- vator muscles of each of the second antennae diverge dorsally in both E. tergestina Claus, and E. spinifera Miiller; those of E. nord- mannt Lovén are more or less parallel. Of the three known marine species of this genus, E. tergestina, in so far as known, is intermediate in both morphological and maximum 330 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES (Proc. 47H SER. gross length, in size of head, brood pouch, length of second antenna and limbs, and relative length of bristles, while E. spinifera has greatest measurements in these respects, except for brood pouch, which is relatively the smallest. The brood pouch of E. nordmanni is the largest. Relative lengths of bristles of E. nordmanni closely simulate those of E. tergestina. Labrum of the former species is rhomboidal with rounded corners, and is the smallest in the genus; that of the latter'species is intermediate in size and general contour. On the other hand, the mandibles of E. tergestina are the broadest, and are supplied with the coarsest teeth; mandibles of E. nordmannti are slightly less coarse than those of E. spinifera, and are generally similar to those of this species in major denticulations; they are in- vested with a greater number of spinules than either of the other two species in the genus. It may be added that as far as known E. nordmannt has the most striking form variation. . The following table gives the number of bristles of exopodites and endopodites of the thoracic limbs of the three best known species of Evadne, and tends to indicate more clearly the structural relation- ships among these forms. Tabulation of Bristles of Female Limb Exop. Ist Endop. | 2nd Endop. | 3rd Endop. E. tergestina RP WWhN VwN PO E. nordmanni SS mm bo hb VNN SP FE. spinifera Se Ol el mem bd tO Vor In regard to the bristles of the remaining appendages, first and second antennae, and mandibles it may be noted that all the species are similar. First antenna has 5 bristles; the second, 6 on both the exopodite and endopodite. As will be seen from these data, the various characters have prob- ably evolved independently of each other. As a consequence, we cannot state that any one species is the most primitive, or the most advanced in every respect. On the contrary, the various species are rather advanced in some respects, while they have remained more Vou. XXIII] BAKER—CLADOCERA OF MONTEREY BAY 331 or less primitive in others. At the same time it may be stated, that, by and large, E. tergestina, occupies an intermediate position within the genus. FE. tergestina rather strikingly illustrates independent evolution of the individual features. In spite of its intermediate position, it appears, at least in the bristle formula of the thoracic limbs, to be closest to Podon. Evadne tergestina Claus Plate 28 Evadne mediterranea Claus, 1862, (part.): 245. Evadne tergestina Claus, 1877: 140; De Guerne, 1887: 355, note 1; Hansen, 1899: 9, 11; Juday, 1907: 157; Schweiger, 1912: 11; KajdiZ, 1912: 932-933; Gibitz, 1922: 90, 93; Rammner, 1931: 620-632. Evadne aspinosa Kramer, 1894; 222. Diagnosis: Bristles of exopodites of thoracic limbs 2—3-3-1. Elevator muscles of second antenna diverge dorsally. Description: Female — Size: Gross length, inclusive of specimens immediately after emergence, 0.30—- 1.30 mm.; maximum morphological length, 0.55 mm. Color: General coloring dark creamy, more or less intermediate between that of E. nordmanni Lovén and Podon polyphemoides (Leuckart). Often with several, more or less conspicuous rows of darkly pigmented cells, giving appearance of uni- formly interrupted, lateral lines. Dorsal Pouch Wall: About same degree of transparency as E. nordmanni Lovén, but somewhat less so than E. spinifera Miiller. Even old specimens are char- acterized by clearly marked, polygonal cells in brood pouch. When brood pouch is broad, these cells are decidedly elongated, with their long axes perpendicular to greatest length of pouch (Rammner, 1931, fig. 2). Elevator Muscles: Diverging dorsally, forming an angle of about 15°; similar to those of E. spinifera Miiller. The following description refers exclusively to mature specimens, Body Outline: (Pl. 28, figs. 1-2): Brood pouch decidedly variable in shape. Anterior margin broadly and fairly uniformly convex. Postmargin either of about the same convexity as the anterior, or nearly straight, or with a more or less pro- nounced sigmoid outline, convex ventrally. Dorsally the pouch is rather broadly to rather narrowly rounded, without spine or mucro. Labrum (Pl. 28, fig. 4): Oval to somewhat reniform with broadly rounded antero- ventral margin; antero-dorsal margin shortest in this genus, but longer than that of Podon polyphemoides (Leuckart). Spines somewhat scattered, but still with the distinct appearance of grouping; comparatively large for this genus, but decidedly smaller than in Podon polyphemoides (Leuckart). Second Antenna: Length intermediate; total length about 5 times the morpho- logical length of body. Protopodite also intermediate, when compared with length of rami; its length about 3 times its width. Penultimate joint of each ramus about 1.4-1.7 times longer than respective distal joints. The 2 most proximal, plumose bristles of both rami 0.50—0.66 the length of those on respective distal joints, which are subequal; of the latter bristles those of postero-ventral margins are longest. 332 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER Small bristle of each distal joint about 0.33 the length of the respective joint; slightly better developed than in other members of genus. The conical base of the proximal dorsal spine of the protopodite is about 0.5 the length of the styliform tip or less. Mandibles (Pl. 28, figs. 3, 5): Right and left members quite similar. The lesser denticulations of ventral major tooth of right member appear slightly less incised than those of the left (however, this feature was extremely difficult to establish with full certainty on my limited material). The portion distal to pronounced angle comparatively short and broad; ratio between length and width, about 3:1. Dorsal major tooth comparatively short and broad, its outline in lateral view subequi- lateral; smooth and well pointed or slightly blunted. The ventral main tooth is slightly less strong, and somewhat longer than the dorsal. It is furnished with a strong, bifurcated projection on its dorso-distal margin; the 2 points of this projec- tion are of markedly unequal length, the more ventral one being approximately twice the length of the other. Ventro-distally it is cleft into groups of jaggedly spinose dentations or serrations. First Limb (P1. 28, fig. 6): First protopodite joint more than 0.5 as broad as long. Second protopodite joint nearly as broad as long, and about 0.5 the length of the first joint. Endite rudimentary, consisting of a small, roundish lobe usually fur- nished with at least 1-2 more or less prominent spines. Exopodite about twice longer than wide, and slightly longer than 0.5 the length of first endopodite joint. Length of first endopodite joint averages 2 times the width, which is less than 0.75 the width of second protopodite joint. Second endopodite joint distinctly shorter than wide, and its length about 0.3 the width of the second protopodite joint. Third endopodite joint has the same relative proportion, and about three-fifths the size. Exopodite furnished with 2 long, narrow, flexible bristles of approximately the same structure; the more dorsal about 2 times the length of endopodite; the ventral slightly more than 0.66 the length of the dorsal. Ventral surface of first endopodite joint furnished with 6 bristles, four of these arranged in pairs, viz., the second and third, and the two most distal ones. One of the most distal pair is the longest, and about 0.25 longer than exopodite; the shortest of these bristles is but slightly shorter than exopodite. The single, ventro-distal bristle on second endopodite joint slightly more than 0.5 the length of the dorsal bristle of exopodite and about equally well- developed. The 2 distal bristles of third endopodite joint stronger than the dorsal one of exopodite, and about 0.66 its length. Second Limb (Pl. 28, fig. 7): Practically of the same length as first limb. Dimen- sions of first and second protopodite joints closely approximate the corresponding ones of first limb. Width of first protopodite joint about four-fifths the length. Width of second protopodite joint subequal to length. Length of endite about equal to that of second protopodite joint; its greatest width nearly 0.66 the length. There are 2 large, tooth-like, bluntly pointed projections on distal margin, set at slightly divergent angles. Exopodite slightly less than 2 times as long as broad, and about 0.8 the length of exopodite of first limb, slightly 3-lobed distally. First endo- podite joint about 0.8-1.0 its width, and about 0.6 the length of the corresponding joint of first limb. Width of second joint is 3 times length. Width of third joint about twice its greatest length. These two joints are quite similar in dimensions to the corresponding ones of first limb; however, the distal one is more narrowed distally. A prominent tooth-like, stiff spine is set on posterior margin of endite a short distance from the 2 distal teeth. Distal and posterior margins of endite as well as nearly all of the medial surface bear irregularly grouped, more or less scattered bristles; some of those on the distal, lateral margin approach the major teeth in length. Each of the 3 minute, irregular, lobe-like prominences of the distal margin of the exopodite set with a bristle, the middle of these is about 0.66 the length of the dorsal bristle of the exopodite, and about 0.60 the length of exopodite of first limb; the most dorsal is about 0.7, and the most ventral 0.8 of the middle one. The 4 bristles on the ventral margin of the first endopodite joint are arranged more or less Vor. XXII} BAKER—CLADOCERA OF MONTEREY BAY 333 in pairs. Two of them, at extreme distal margin, are set close together, and are equal in length and subequal to the shorter of the corresponding ones of the first limb. The remaining bristles, somewhat proximal to the middle of the ventral margin of second endopodite joint, have mutually the same relative length as those on the distal joint; the longer is 0.75 the length of the corresponding one of the first limb. Third endopodite joint with 2 bristles of unequal length; the shorter, ventral one about 0.1 the length of the dorsal, which is slightly less than the corresponding one of first limb. Third Limb (Pl. 28, fig. 8): Length about 0.75 that of second limb. Protopodite joints of the same relative proportions, but slightly smaller than the respective ones of second limb. Endite is similar, yet slightly broader and shorter than that of second limb, and has more gently rounded margin; there are 2 fairly narrow, more or less blunt and curved tooth-like projections. Width of exopodite about 0.7 the length; length about 0.75 the exopodite of second limb; otherwise closely similar in structure. First endopodite joint somewhat squarish, and about 0.75 the length of corresponding joint of second limb. The’second and third endopodite joints practi- cally of the same dimensions as those of second limb. Spines of the endite are quite similar in general arrangement as those of second limb, but slightly shorter. Investiture of bristles of exopodite similar to that of second limb; middle bristle practically the same length as that of second limb; dorsal bristle slightly longer than the dorsal. The 3 bristles of the first endopodite joint subequal in length; one is set fairly near the proximal end of the joint, the other 2 near the distal end; all are about equal to the 2 most proximal bristles on the corre- sponding joint of second limb. Fourth Limb (Pl. 28, fig. 9): Nearly 0.5 the total length of first limb; its width about 0.66 the width of the first protopodite joint of first limb. First protopodite joint about 0.5 as broad as long. Second protopodite joint but slightly longer than broad; its width about same as that of first protopodite joint. Endite (?) has appar- ently deteriorated into a coarse, stout, sharply pointed spine. Exopodite inter- mediate in the genus in size and structure; its length about 0.25 that of second protopodite joint. Length of its distal bristle slightly less than total length of limb, and less than 0.5 the dorsal bristle of the exopodite of first limb. Endopodite is more compact than in other members of the genus. It is furnished with 4 bristles of about equal length, which is slightly less than 0.5 the length of exopodite bristle. Two of these bristles set ventrally; the other 2 bristles situated more distally and slightly dorsal on a narrow lobe. Abdomen: (Pl. 28, fig. 10): Narrowed; length closely approximates that of E. nordmanni Lovén. Caudal claws usually directed antero-ventrally. The 2 caudal setae shorter than those of other members of genus, and with less extensive plumosity. Description: Male — Since no males were seen by the writer, references are made to Claus (1877: 136-137, Pl. V, figs. 16, 17, 171) for descriptions. Present Material: Off southern California, 34° 05’ N. Lat., 119° 28’ W. Long., surface; July 28, 1930. Comparison with Previous Descriptions: The gross maximum length of the present material was 1.17 mm., thus slightly larger than that previously recorded by Juday (1907: 157) for the same general re- gion. Other measurements are those of Schweiger (1912: 18), 0.85, and Rammner (1931: 626), 1.30 mm. Rammner recorded 0.30 mm. as the smallest grosslength. The gross length variation of the species as a whole is evidently considerable. 334 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. As no morphological length appears to have been previously re- corded for this species, no comparisons can be drawn with that of the present material. However, without defining his method of measure- ment, Schweiger (1912: 18) stated that: “‘die Héhe fast immer mehr als die Hilfte der Lange.” Evidences of pigmentation noted on the body wall of the brood pouch are more or less consistent with observations by Claus (1877: 142). The polygonal cells on the brood pouch walls are consistent with findings by Rammner (1931: 622-3, fig. 2) and generally agree with Claus 1877: 141-142) on the existence of such cells. The general contour comes within range of descriptions and figures of previous workers including Claus (1877, Pl. V, fig. 15). Juday (1907: 157), and Rammner (1931: 621-627, figs. 1, 2, 5). According to the literature, the appendages of E. tergestina have not been dissected out and figured separately, with the exception of a few, more or less inadequately analyzed by Kramer (1894, Pl. XXII, figs. 1-8). These figures are but most general sketches of questionable accuracy. Considering this, it is impossible to discuss them satisfactorily in detail. However, the drawings of the present paper, in so far as compar- able, are consistent with drawings of the entire specimen as figured by Claus 1877, Pl. V, figs. 15, 15’, 18), Juday 1907: 158), and Ramm- ner (1931, figs. 1, 2, 5). In none of these references was a detailed appendage delineation apparently a primary concern. Synonymy: Claus (1877: 140, note 1) acknowledged, that this species was probably described in an earlier paper of his (1862: 245), in part as E. mediterranea (De Guerne, 1887: 355, note 1). Kramer (1894: 222) proposed E. aspinosa as a new Species, but Hansen (1899: 9, 11) rejected this step, and properly reduced the name to a synonym of E. tergestina before any confusion resulted. Geographic Distribution: Evadne tergestina is one of the most prevalent species of the Torrid Zone, according to present data, and extends into some of the milder regions of the Temperate Zones. The type locality appears to be the Gulf of Triest (Claus, 1877: 140). Additional localities in this general region include those for the Gulf of Triest, and Gulf of Quarnero, (Schweiger, 1912: 11); (Kajdiz, 1912: 932); —stations in the Mediterranean, (Cleve, 1902: 370); —Suez Canal, (Gurney, 1927: 137-72); and the Red Sea; —station 16° N. Lat., 42° E. Long. (Cleve, 1903b: 370). Other recordings: —North Equatorial Stream and Sargasso Sea; —Florida Stream; off Bermuda Islands, (Hansen, 1899: 11-2, Cleve, 1901a: 36; Hensen, 1911: 324; Rammner, 1931: 621, 632); —East Coast of North America, —Woods Hole region (Fish, 1925: 130-40). —Azores; Cape Verde Islands; —African coasts, including Bay of Guinea; —Freetown; —Atlantic Ocean, 3° N. Lat., 4° E. Long.; —‘‘Cotonu”’ (?) Capetown; as well as, at 23° 8’ S. Lat., 39° 40’ W. Long. in South Atlantic; —Indian Ocean, 19° 52’ N. Lat., 90° 11’ E. Long.; and 4° 56’ N. Lat., 95° 16’ E. Long.; —south of Vot. XXII] BAKER—CLADOCERA OF MONTEREY BAY 335 Ceylon; —off Sumatra; —Banks Strait; —Java (Anjer); —Formosa; —Taka, New Guinea; —Volcanic Islands; 5° 18’ S. Long.; —St. Georges Channel; —Bougain- ville (Hansen, 1899: 11-13); Cleve, 1901a: 36; 1901b: 4; Hensen, 1911: 432; Scott, 1912: 580; Rammner, 1931: 621, 632); —off Auckland, and —‘‘in Jervis Bay, near Sidney’’ (Kramer, 1894: 214), —Freemantle (Hansen, 1899: 11). —Off North American west coast; —Nootka, B. C. (Hart and Wailes, 1932: 247-51); and —‘‘at various places off the coast of southern California’, San Diego region (Juday, 1907: 158). See also previous paragraph “Present material’’. Seasonal Occurrence: Data on the seasonal occurrence of Evadne tergestina are for the most part lacking. Cleve (1901b: 4) found this species off Sumatra in March; Schweiger (1912: 3-5) recorded its occurrence from July 15 to September 5; Kajdiz (1912: 918-919) reported the months of April, July to October. Of its occurrence off Woods Hole region, Fish (1925: 139) wrote: ‘‘Evadne tergestina, new to this region, appeared on May 20, becoming very numerous by July 1. During the summer diatom maximum the numbers de- creased, but rose againin September. After that they declined until November, the last being recorded on November 15.’’ Rammner (1931: 620) stated that: “in dem von mir durchgesehen Material kommt E. tergestina von April bis November vor, allerdings an verschiedenen Fundorten.’’ Present material was taken June 28, 1930. This seasonal occurrence is consistent in general with the prev- alence of the species in the warmer regions of the seas. It should be noted that of various localities in which this species has been found a number are not restricted to comparatively warm regions. Temperature: Cleve (1901a: 36) gave the temperature range as “*22.2° to 27.8°”’. The temperature in the Bitter Lakes of the Suez Canal zone, where this species was found in great abundance by Gurney (1927: 141-2) is very high. The distribution of the species as given in this paper indicates rather conclusively that regions of high temperatures furnish the most suitable environment for this species. The present material was taken from off the coast of southern Cali- fornia at a temperature of 15.7° C. Salinity: Cleve (1901a: 36) stated the salinity for this species as being ‘35.25 to 36.85, exceptionally 32.’’ Gurney (1927: 142) says: “it is particularly interesting to note with what vigour it has estab- lished itself in the Bitter Lakes in the region immediately over the salt beds’’ of the Suez Canal. According to data at hand, this species appears to be the most tolerant of the marine Cladocera to the high- est salinities. 336 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. Evadne nordmanni Lovén Plates 29, 30 Evadne nordmanni: Lovén 1835: 168; Goodsir, 1842: 366; Baird, 1851: 114; Leydig, 1860: 247; Sars, 1862: 54; Sars, 1890: 14; Nordquist, 1891: 119-120; Sten- roos, 1895: 40; Lilljeborg, 1901: 642; Apstein, 1901: 12-3, Apstein, 1911: 17-18; Behning, 1912: 10; Schweiger, 1912: 5; Kajdiz, 1912: 929-931, Gibitz, 1922: 90, 94-95; Rammner, 1930: 4. Diagnosis: Bristle formula of exopodites of thoracic limbs 2—2-1-1. Elevator muscles of second antenna more or less parallel. Description: Female — Size: Gross length, inclusive of specimens immediately after emergence, 0.36- 1.24 mm.; morphological length, 0.20-0.50 mm. Color: Somewhat variable; pinkish, yellowish, grayish to creamy white, or quite colorless. Dorsal Pouch Wall: Of distinct, although moderate transparency. Polygonal cells considerably less distinct with age. Elevator Muscles: Practically parallel. The following description refers exclusively to mature specimens. Body Outline: (P1. 29, figs. 6-7): Brood pouch strikingly variable in shape. Ante- rior margin often broadly and subuniformly convex, the degree of convexity being somewhat different in different specimens; or it may be slightly undulating, being depressed near the middle. Posterior margin may be straight, but is usually more or less sigmoid; in the latter case the convexity may be dorsal or ventral, a fact that contributes to the pronounced variations in habitus. Dorsally the pouch is usually narrowly rounded, but the convexity may be quite broad. In scattered localities the apex is often more or less mucronate, and maximum length of the mucro being about 0.1 of length of nuchal gland. A slight cervical depression may be present when elevator muscles are contracted. Labrum (Pl. 29, fig. 4): Slightly oblongate with rounded-truncate anterio-ventral margin; antero-dorsal margin intermediate in length in genus. Spines small, moder- ate in number, and with distinct arrangement in groups. Second Antenna (Pl. 29, fig. 1): Length smallest in genus; total length about 5 times the morphological length of body. Protopodite shortest in genus, when com- pared with length of rami; its length somewhat less than 3 times its width. Penulti- mate joint of each ramus about 1.3 times longer than respective distal joints. Plumose bristles of endopodite subequal in length. The 2 proximal ones of exopo- dite are only about 0.5 the length of remaining plumose bristles, which approximate those of endopodite. Small bristle dorsally near tips of distal joint of each ramus, minute, about 0.25—0.33 the length of the respective joint. The conical base of the proximal, dorsal spine of protopodite about 0.33 the length of the styliform tip. Mandibles (P1. 29, figs. 3, 5): Right and left members similar. The portion distal to the pronounced angle about 4 times longer than wide. The two major teeth are of approximately equal length, or the ventral is but slightly longer. Dorsal major tooth smooth, conical, and moderately narrow; it tapers fairly suddenly to a nar- rowly rounded tip; its length is approximately 1.5 times its basal width. Ventral major tooth is deeply bifurcated by a narrow notch into subequal teeth. The dorsal of these teeth is the broader and shorter, and somewhat widened distally, and irregularly armed with stiff, short spines, which are more numerous distally. The ventral tooth is comparatively narrow, armed along entire length with minute, Vou. XXIII] BAKER—CLADOCERA OF MONTEREY BAY 337 more or less distally directed, slender, stiff spinules, set at different angles and planes. First Limb (P1. 29, fig. 10): First protopodite joint about 0.75 as wide as long. Second protopodite joint subsquarish in outline, and about 0.5-0.6 or less than the length of first protopodite joint. Endite consists of a fairly small lobe, set with at least one medium-sized spine. Exopodite about 0.35 as wide as long, and about 0.5 as long and 0.25 as wide as first protopodite joint. First endopodite joint twice longer than wide, and about 0.5 as wide as, and subequal in length to, second pro- topodite joint. Second and third endopodite joints subequal in length, their total length approximating 0.5 the length of first endopodite joint; second joint slightly shorter than wide; third joint subsquarish, diminishing somewhat in breadth distally. Exopodite with 2 rather long, pliant bristles; the dorsal of these about twice the length of endopodite; the ventral slightly shorter and weaker. First endopodite joint with 4 ventral, subequal bristles, 0.25-0.33 the length of the dorsal bristle of exopodite. One of these bristles is set distally; the 3 remaining ones are fairly close together somewhat proximal to the middle of joint. Ventrodistal bristle of second endopodite joint about 0.6 the length of the dorsal bristle of exopodite. Third endo- podite joint with 2 distal bristles, similar to, but slightly shorter than, bristles of exopodite. Second Limb (PI. 29, fig. 11): Somewhat shorter than first limb. First protopodite joint about 0.6 the length of second protopodite joint, and slightly greater in width; also it is only about 0.4-0.6 the length of this joint of first limb. Second protopodite joint about as wide as long, and closely comparable in size to that of first limb. Endite about 0.75 the length of second protopodite joint, and about 0.5 as wide as long; narrowed distally into two more or less prominent, conical teeth; medial tooth sharply pointed; lateral one slightly blunted. Exopodite about 0.66 the length of exopodite of first limb and of first endopodite joint; about twice longer than wide. First endopodite joint quite wide proximally, tapering rather strongly distally; length and proximal width subequal. Second and third endopodite joints fairly closely approximate size and proportions of those of corresponding ones of first limb; their total length about 0.5 length of first endopodite joint. Spines on lateral surface of endite less numerous and more uniformly arranged near ventral edges than the more scattered and slightly longer ones on medial side. The 2 bristles of exopodite less pliant, and about 0.6 the length of those of first limb. First endopodite joint with 2 ventral bristles of subequal length; one of these set slightly proximal to middle of ventral margin; the other situated near distal margin of joint. They are shorter than corresponding ones of the first limb, their length being less than proximal width of joint. The 2 bristles of second endopodite joint about as long as first endopodite joint is wide proximally, and about 0.6—0.7 the length of those of third endopodite joint. The 2 bristles of third endopodite joint subequal in length, and about as long as endopodite; their length only about 0.5 the length of the longer of the corresponding bristles of first limb. Third Limb (P1. 29, fig. 12): Slightly smaller than second limb. Although slightly smaller, the 2 protopodite joints are closely similar in general proportions to those of the second limb. Endite is similar in length, though slightly broader than that of second limb. Exopodite about 0.6 the length of exopodite of second limb, and its length and proximal width are subequal. First endopodite joint subsquarish, more or less rounded ventrally; its length about 0.8 the length of corresponding joint of second limb. Second and third endopodite joints fairly similar to those of second limb; their total length is subequal to 0.5 the length of first endopodite joint. Spines of endite relatively shorter than corresponding ones of the second limb. Exopodite furnished with a single bristle, about equal in length to ventral bristle of exopodite of second limb. Endopodite furnished with bristles of about the same number, proportions and arrangement as endopodite of second limb; bristles fairly short; the longest, one of the distal ones, subequal in length to endopodite. 338 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. Fourth Limb (Pl. 29, fig. 13): Slightly narrower than first protopodite joint of first limb, and about 0.5 its total length. First protopodite joint about 0.4 as long as broad. Second protopodite joint about 0.7—0.8 as broad as long, and distinctly narrower than first protopodite joint. Endite (?) apparently degenerated into a sharply pointed, robust spine set on a slight eminence, and in length approximating basal width of exopodite bristle. Exopodite more or less lobe-like, with base broader than length; its length about 0.15 that of second protopodite joint. The single, strong, distal bristle about 0.7 the length of the entire limb, and about 0.33 that of the dorsal bristle of the exopodite of first limb. Endopodite is a rudimentary, lobe-like projection. A slight depression in its ventral margin is suggestive of a coalesced joint. Immediately distal to this depres- sion are 2 heavy, stiff, slightly curved bristles, about 0.33 the length of the exopodite bristle. Slightly more distally, on a narrowed lobe, are 2 similar bristles, the longer of which is about 0.5 the length of the exopodite bristle, the other about 0.4. Abdomen (PI. 30, fig. 5): Apparently the widest in this genus, and ‘Wteiiaellives in length. Caudal claws usually directed posteriorly, or slightly postero-ventrally. The 2 caudal setae intermediate in length and proportion in genus, and Ss comparable with ee of Podon polyphemoides (Leuckart). Description: Male — Size: Gross length, inclusive of specimens immediately after emergence, 0.37- 0.83 mm.; morphological length, 0.22—0.40 mm. Body Outline (P1. 29, fig. 8): Head slightly larger than in female, and more strik- ingly and uniformly arched, particularly on ventral aspect. Dorsal pouch fairly constant in shape. The anterior and posterior margins nearly straight, or but slightly undulating, or sigmoid. Dorsal margin narrowly rounded to pointed, ee ing an angle of about 25° to 35°. In mature males the thoracic limbs appear generally similar to those of i fe- males, except for proportions of second and third endopodite joints of first limb, and for certain modifications of bristles on the second and third endopodite joints of the first, second, and third limbs. First Limb (Pl. 30, fig. 1): Second endopodite about 0.5 the length of first, and 0.75 the width. Third endopodite joint about 0.25 the length of the second, and less than 0.5 its width. On the second endopodite joint there is a rugose, short, stout, pointed spine at the middle of dorsal margin, and, presumably on dorso- distal edge of the same joint, a small, semi-circular, smooth hook, recurved dorsally from its broadly bulging base; this hook, which is of subuniform width throughout most of its length, and ends in a sharply decurved tip or barbule, has a diameter approximating 0.16 the length of the joint. The curvature of the hook varies con- siderably with the state of contraction of the muscles of this organ. One of the 2 bristles of third endopodite joint is about 0.6-0.7 length of bristles of exopodite, and slightly more than total length of endopodite; the other is about 0.2 shorter. These bristles are differentiated into fairly robust structures with gently recurved, blunt distal ends. Their proximal 0.25-0.50 furnished with sparsely set spines; distal 0.50-0.75 bearing extremely minute, closely set spinules. Second Limb (Pi. 30, fig. 2): Of the 2 distal bristles on the second endopodite joint, the ventral is fairly similar to that of female; the dorsal resembles the bristles of third endopodite joint of first limb, but its distal third is narrower, and the minute, closely set spines are restricted to this part. The 2 bristles of the third endopodite joint of unequal size, and modified in the same manner as those of the first limb; the more dorsal is slightly longer than total length of endopodite, the ventral about 0.7 the dorsal, and is less recurved distally. Third Limb (Pl. 30, fig. 3): Bristles of second endopodite joint of about the same type as those of second limb, but the dorsal one is less recurved distally. Bristles Vor. XXII] BAKER—CLADOCERA OF MONTEREY BAY 339 of third endopodite joint also less recurved distally; the dorsal subequal to total length of endopodite, and weaker than the ventral, which is slightly the shorter. Penis (Pl. 30, fig. 4): Right and left organs similar. Proximal part comparatively wide. Distal 0.50-0.66 composed of 2 elongated, subcylindrical parts, endopodite and exopodite, of subuniform width, with comparatively broadly rounded tips. Exopodite slightly the shorter. Vas deferens but slightly curved, tapering slightly distally. Present Material: The above description is based on material from widely scat- tered localities: —Frenchmans Bay, Maine, July 18, 1930; —Salisbury Cove, Maine, Aug. 6, 1930; —Firth of Clyde, S. W. Scotland, May, 1919, and Sept. 9, 1918; —Plymouth, England (off coast), no data; —Off coast of Bergen, Norway, No. 2750, Lilljeborg collection, Sept. 11, 1858; —Off coast of Sweden, Baltic Sea, in vicinity of Dalaré, 59° 10’ N. Lat., No. 2747, Lilljeborg collection, Aug. 20, 1894; —Peter-the-Great Bay, Japan Sea, no data; —Southern end of Monterey Bay (Cali- fornia), chiefly surface hauls, Jan. 1929-—Dec. 1931, inclusive; —Off coast of southern California, 33° 10’ N. Lat., 119° 30’ W. Long., surface, June 16, 1930; —32° 10’ N. Lat., 122° 05’ W. Long., 40 m. to surface, June 17, 1930; —34° 05’ N. Lat., 119° 28’ W. Long., 50 m. to surface. Comparison with Previous Descriptions: There appears to be a con- siderable variation in the length of this species in different localities. Lovén (1835: 168) recorded the length of the female as about .05 mm.; Miiller (1868: 222), ‘‘longit. 0.4-0.5 mm., alt. ad 0.8 mm.”’; Apstein (1901: 15), 0.4-0.8 mm.; Lilljeborg (1901: 642), 0.94-1.12 mm.; and Rammner (1930: 4), 1.00-1.20 mm. In Monterey Bay this species had a gross length of 0.36-0.92 mm., while in the waters of southern California it reached 1.24 mm. Rammner (1930) also gives the morphological length. His value, 0.50 mm., is nearly identi- cal with the one from the southern California material, 0.48 mm., but decidedly larger than that from Monterey Bay, 0.20-0.42 mm. In regard to the size of the male, the variations in length appear to be even more pronounced. Lovén (1838: 145) gave 0.38-0.44 mm. De Guerne (1887: 353) 0.50 mm.; Lilljeborg (1901: 646) about 1mm.; Rammner (1931: 4) spoke of the males as but little smaller than the females. The males from Monterey Bay and Peter-the-Great Bay, of Japan Sea, were within the range established by these writers. In all probability the low values of Lovén may be partly ascribed to immature specimens. The color of the Monterey Bay specimens was pinkish, yellowish, grayish to creamy white, or quite colorless. Fish (1925: 139) states the coloring to be pinkish white. Sharp (1911: 435) describes it as grayish white to yellowish. The account of the body contours given by Rammner (1931: 623, fig. 3) is misleading, in so far as it infers that the variations are geo- graphical in nature. There is included within certain samples of material from Monterey Bay those which approximate every outline shown by Rammner along with continuous intergradations. Other samples examined by the present writer from the Peter-the-Great Bay of Japan Sea contain most of the outlines shown in Rammner’s figure cited above. In other words, there undoubtedly is a connec- 340 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. tion between the number of embryos and the shape of the dorsal pouch, but, since the variations in the number of embryos is not in all cases limited geographically, it follows that the differences in the body shape are not necessarily of geographical nature. In speaking of the structure of the distal part of the endopodite of the first limb in the male Lilljeborg (1901: 646) stated: ‘‘Der vordere Theil des Endgliedes dieses Fusses ist in einen ziemlich starken, nach vorne gekriimmten Haken umgewandelt. Hinter diesem findet sich in demselben Gliede ein kleiner, mit einem grossen gekriimmten Borstchen versehener Absatz; in der fusseren Seite tragt das vor- letzte Glied ein ihnliches Endborstchen.’’ Lovén (1838: 157) con- sidered the distal joint of this endopodite to have been transformed into the hook. Leydig (1860: 248) adopted Lovén’s interpretation. Apstein (1911: 18), citing Lilljeborg as authority, merely restated his view by saying that the ‘‘Ende des 1. Beinpaares’’ was furnished “mit Haken’’. According to my own observations this hook belongs to the second endopodite joint, and is homologous with one of the two distal bristles characteristic of this joint in the female. It may be interest- ing to note in this connection that the other of these two bristles is also present in the male, but has become transformed into a short spine, which has migrated proximally along the dorsal side of the joint. This view is based on the following consideration. In an early larval stage the second endopodite joint of the males exhibits a decidedly bulged appearance on the dorsal distal margin at the place where the hook later appears. Later on, the smooth, recurving hook appears, and somewhat proximally to this and on the same joint a small, sharp, smooth spine is developed. In a still later stage the hook becomes larger, and the spine also increases in size, and assumes a slightly less regular outline. After this the stage included in the description of the fully mature male follows. The short spine described above has been overlooked by all previ- ous writers, but was found in all specimens examined by me. This refers not only to the California material, but also to material from Japan Sea and Plymouth, England, as well as the original Lilljeborg collection. That this spine has been overlooked until now is probably due to its glassy transparency. In fact, when it is not silhouetted but rests against the joint, it is practically impossible to detect. Judging by previously published figures, the hook-like modifica- tion of the two bristles of the third endopodite joint of the first limb of the male, as well as of some of the distal bristles on the second and third limbs of this sex, have not been previously discovered. These features are constant. At first sight these bristles give the impression of having been mutilated, but careful observation under an oil immersion lens will insure the recognition of the true structure. It should be noted that this modification is brought about just before sex maturity is attained. Vor. XXIII] BAKER—CLADOCERA OF MONTEREY BAY 341 Lovén (1838: 160), as well as Leydig (1860: 248), described the penis as conical. Lilljeborg’s (1901: 646) description of this structure is more in harmony with the one given above. His drawing (PI. LXXXVI, fig. 17) in a manner indicates the presence of an endopo- dite and an exopodite, but he failed to mention these features. In- deed he described the penis as furrowed distally, instead of divided. Finally it should be noted that Rammner (1930: 5) mislabeled his figure 12, which is a copy of Lilljeborg’s Pl. LXXXVI, fig. 15. This figure refers to Evadne nordmanni and not, as stated by Rammner, to Evadne spinifera. Synonymy: Evadne nordmanni was the first marine cladocer to be named and described. The original description was done so pains- takingly by Lovén (1835: 168) that practically no doubt has ever been felt concerning its identity. Whatever uncertainty there has been resulted chiefly from inaccessibility of the original description, to poorly preserved material, inadequate magnification, or lack of attention to detail. As mentioned in connection with the synonymy of E. spinifera, and as may readily be confirmed by a study of the plates of Lilljeborg (1853: 162, tab. 17, fig. 1; tab. 18, fig. 14, 15), we know that the name E. nordmanni was used in 1853 to designate the species which was later described by Miiller (1868: 225) as E. spinzfera. Geographic Distribution: The type locality of Evadne nordmanni as given by Lovén (1835: 168) is the Cattegat. Numerous workers have reported this species as occurring commonly in this region, as well as extending far in various directions and in widely scattered regions of the world. Records include: —Cattegat and Swedish Coast, (Lovén, 1835: 168; Stenroos, 1895: 40; Cleve, 1900a: 22, 1902: 23; 1903: 23; Apstein, 1901: 13; Liicke, 1912, Taf. A); —Baltic Sea, (Hensen 1887: 54; Nordquist, 1891: 119-120; Aurivillius, 1898: 121-122, 1899: 35; Hansen, 1899: 10; Apstein, 1901: 41; 1904: 14, 114; 1906, table 1, 2; Driver, 1907: 125 and table; Brock, 1908: 6; Rammner, 1931: 632); —Bay of Bothnia, (Stenroos, 1895: 40; Hansen, 1899: 10); —off Heligoland, Oere- sund, and Faeré Channel, (Aurivillius, 1898: 121-2; Levander, 1900a: 14; Lillje- borg, 1901: 642; Gran, 1902: 67-70; International Council, 1908-12: 8-135); —Skagerak, and North Sea (Kiel), (Aurivillius, 1898: 123; 1899: 35; Cleve, 1899b: 16; 1900b: 13; 1902: 12-3; 1903a: 23; Apstein, 1901a: 13; 1904: 110, 114; Rammner, 1931: 632); —from Skagerak along Norwegian coast, and islands nearby, —Barents Sea, and along Murman coast, )Cleve, 1899a: 5; 1899: 9; 1900a: 12; Breitfuss, 1904: 9; Nordgaard, 1905: 48; Gibitz, 1922: 94). —Coasts of British Isles, (Goodsir, 1842: 366; Cleve 1898: 5; 1900b: 13; 1902: 123; 1903a: 23; Hansen, 1899: 10; Sars, 1900: 47; Herdman, 1911: 75; Liicke, 1911: 14; Farran, 1913: 2). —Bay of Biscay, (Stebbing, 1904: 52, 54; Gibitz, 1922: 94). —Mediterranean Sea, and off Naples and Triest, (Schweiger, 1912; Gibitz, 1922: 94). —In Gulf Stream of North Atlantic, west of the Hebrides, almost half way to Cape Farewell, (Greenland Sea) (Goodsir, 1842: 336; Aurivillius, 1898: 121-2; Hansen, 1899: 10, 13; Cleve, 1901a: 35; Scott, 1906: 46-54); —Labrador Stream off New Foundland to about 50° N. lat., (Apstein, 1901: 13; Hansen, 1899: 10, 13, tab. 4; Hensen, 1911: 324-325). —Other regions along East Coast of North America, (Gibitz, 1922: 94); —Narragansett Bay, Long Island Sound, Woods Hole, New 342 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. England coast, (Williams, 1907: 70, 79; U. S. Bureau of Fisheries, 1911: 409, 435; Fish, 1925: 139-140); —Gulf of St. Lawrence, and Nova Scotia, (Kindle and Whit- taker, 1918: 248). It might be added that Hansen (1899: 10) suggested that there may have been a specimen of E. nordmanni in a haul from the Sargasso Sea region, but due to imperfect preservation it was not possible to be certain. —Gulf of Guinea, and south along west coast of Cape Cross, Great Fish Bay and southern coast (Capetown) of Africa, (Hansen, 1899: 10; Gibitz, 1922: 95; Ramm- ner, 1931: 620-621, 632); —False Bay (Apstein, 1901: 13). —FEast and southern coasts of Japan (Gibitz, 1922: 95; Rammner, 1931: 620- 621, 632. —West coast of North America at Grantley Harbor, Port Clarence Bay, and at 68° 31’ N. Lat., 166° 32’ W. Long., Alaska (Juday, 1920:18), and —‘‘at various places off the coast of Vancouver Island” (Hart and Wailes, 1932: 347, 251). See also previous paragraph ‘‘Present Material’. Seasonal Occurrence: Evadne nordmanni appears to have the most extended seasonal occurrence of the Cladocera considered in this re- port. A similar opinion was expressed by Fish (1925: 139), in dis- cussing the occurrence of these forms on the eastern coast of North America. Aurivillius (1898: 121) stated that the appearance of E. nordmanni in Skagerak éxtended from: ‘‘Mitte April bis Ende Februar (jedoch im Jan.—Febr. selten).’’ Kajdiz (1912: 916-18, 929-930) reported this species as occurring in the months of April, May, and June, ‘‘or 1 Exemplar trat allerdings schon im Jinner auf,” and gave a sum- mary statement for the Baltic Sea saying that in the ‘‘Ostsee schwirmt E. nordmanni von April bis Dezember’’.. Fish (1925: 139-140) mentioned that E. nordmanni appeared soon after May 20, and disappeared about January 20. This species occurred during each month of the year in Monterey Bay. Its greatest frequency came in the early part of May; relatively few specimens occurred during the winter months. Considering the scarcity of this species in March, as recorded in the literature on distribution, it is rather singular to note that there was a comparatively high frequency in the samples taken during this month in Monterey Bay. Males occur much less frequently than the females. Lovén (1838: 162) recorded males from June and July; Lilljeborg (1901: 647) from September. In Monterey Bay males were found to occur from the last part of February until November. Due to scarcity of observa- tions, no generalizations can as yet be made in regard to the seasonal occurrence of this sex. Temperature: Cleve (1901a: 35) gave the following thermal records: “9.17°, mean of 8 obs., max. 12.8°, min. 8° (only such samples as considered this species abundantly)’. In summing up the data from various records, Rammner (1930: 13) stated that: ‘““Evadne nord- manni ist am hiufigsten zwischen 6° und 18° (Grenzwerte 1° und 22.6°): diese Art ist eine kosmopolitische, neritische Oberflachen- form.” The temperature range for Monterey Bay region was from Vou. XXIII) BAKER—CLADOCERA OF MONTEREY BAY 343 10°-16° C.; the most usual range is 12°-14° C., that for southern California, 15.5°-18.5° C. Salinity: It has long been recognized that the variation in the salinity under which this form lives is extreme. In his survey Cleve (1901a: 35) gave the salinity as ‘34.49, mean of 7 obs., max. 35.47, min. 31.83’’. In asummarizing statement Rammner (1930: 13) said that: ‘‘Evadne nordmanni wird am hiaufigsten bei einem Salzgehalt von 2 bis 35°/o angetroffen (Grenzwerte 1.33 und 35.4°/o0)’’. It is thus clear that, although E. nordmanni can withstand great extremes in salinity, it has not been found in the highest salinities recorded for some of the Cladocera. Evadne spinifera Miiller Plate 31 Evadne nordmanni Lilljeborg, 1853 (part.): 162-4 (non E. Lovén). Evadne mediterranea Claus, 1862 (part.) (?): 245; Claus, 1877: 142, note 1. Evadne spinifera Miiller, 1868: 225; De Guerne, 1887: 355, note 1; Sars, 1890: 53; Hansen, 1899: 11; Lilljeborg, 1901: 647-648; Apstein, 1901: 13; Apstein, 1911: 18-19; Behning, 1912: 10; Schweiger, 1912: 9-11; Kajdiz, 1912: 924-929; Gibitz, 1922: 90, 93-94; Rammner, 1930: 5. Evadne spinosa Kramer, 1894: 222. Diagnosis: Bristle formula of exopodites of thoracic limbs 2—2-2-1. Elevator muscles of second antenna diverge dorsally. Description: Female — Size: Gross length including apical spine 0.70-1.40 mm.; maximum morpho- logical length in California coast specimens 0.51 mm. Color: Slightly creamish, or with a pearly whitish tint. Dorsal Pouch Wall: Clearly transparent. Elevator muscles: Diverge dorsally, forming an angle of about 20°. The following description refers exclusively to mature specimens. Body Outline: (Pl. 31, figs. 7-8: Brood pouch variable in shape. Anterior margin usually broadly and subuniformly convex, but may be gently and unevenly undulat- ing, particularly after emergence of young. Postmargin may be gently and sub- uniformly convex, but is often more or less sigmoid, convex ventrally. Dorsal margin more or less narrowly rounded; with strong spine, often somewhat longer than nuchal gland. Labrum (Pl. 31, fig. 1): Elongated, oval with antero-ventral margin obliquely and somewhat rounded truncate; antero-dorsal margin longest in genus. Spines very numerous and arranged in distinct and somewhat transverse groups; most of them short and delicate. Second Antenna: Length greatest in genus; total length about 6 times the morpho- logical length of the body. Protopodite longest in genus, when compared with length of rami, its length somewhat more than twice its width. Penultimate joint of each ramus about 1.8-2.0 times longer than respective distal joints. Plumose bristles of endopodite subequal in length, except the proximal, which is somewhat 344 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES (Proc. 41H SER. longer than the remaining ones. Among plumose bristles of exopodite the proximal is about 0.5 the length of the remaining ones, which are subequal. Small bristle dorsal near tips of distal joint of each ramus, about 0.5 the length of respective joint, or slightly less. The conical base of the proximal dorsal spine of the protopo- dite is about equal in length to the styliform tip. Mandibles (Pl. 31, fig. 2): Right and left members strikingly similar. Compara- tively elongate and slender, as also are the major distal teeth; ratio between length and width distal to the pronounced angle, at least 3:1. The dorsal major tooth is about 0.66 the length of the ventral; simple, smoothly conical, and uniformly taper- ing into a somewhat blunt tip; its length slightly less than twice its basal width. At base of this tooth, and set slightly ventro-laterally, is another smooth tooth, approximately equilateral in outline and about 0.33 the length of the dorsal major tooth. The ventral major tooth is deeply incised into two slender bifurcations, separated by a narrowly rounded notch. The dorsal bifurcation is again divided at tip into 2 unusually sharp points. The ventral bifurcation is a trifle longer, and carries distally 2 denticulated points; at ventral base of this bifurcation are a few, short, slender, sharp bristles. In the middle of lateral side of ventral major tooth there is a minute, roundish, toothlike prominence. First Limb (Pl. 31, fig. 3): First protopodite joint 0.8-0.9 as broad as long, Second protopodite joint about 0.7 the length of the first, and of about equal width. Endite extremely rudimentary, merely a slight knob set with 1-2 slender, sharp spines. Length of exopodite approximately 2 times the width, and about 0.75 the length of first endopodite joint. First endopodite joint averages in width about 0.6 its length, its width is nearly 0.5 the width of first protopodite joint. The 2 distal endopodite joints of about equal length, and about twice wider than long; their total length averages about 0.3 that of second protopodite joint. There is a number of rather weak spines arranged in pairs on ventral surface of second protopodite joint; the paired arrangement appears characteristic. Exopo- dite furnished with 2 long, well-developed, flexible bristles, which are strikingly similar in structure and size; their lengths subequal, approximately 2.4 the length of endopodite. Spines on ventral surface of exopodite strikingly well-developed; they progressively decrease in length toward distal end of ramus, the most proximal ones being about 4 times the length of the most distal; the most proximal at least 2 times the length of corresponding spines in other members of the genus. The 4 bristles on the ventral margin of first endopodite joint have a serial arrangement, the distance between the bases growing progressively greater distally as the length and strength of the bristles also increase somewhat. The most distal of these bristles about 0.4 the length of the dorsal exopodite bristle; most proximal bristle about 0.4 the length of the most distal. The bristle of the second endopodite joint about as well-developed as the dorsal bristle of exopodite, but only about 0.66 as long. The 2 distal bristles of third endopodite joint subequal in length to those of exopodite but slightly stronger proximally. Second Limb (P1. 31, fig. 4): Approximately equal in length to first limb. Proto- podite joints of same proportions and size as corresponding joints of first limb. Endite about as long as first endopodite joint, gradually narrowing distally. Exopo- dite of the same proportions, but only 0.66 as long as that of the first limb. Endopo- dite about as in first limb, but its first joint is somewhat broader. Distal margin of the endite set with 2 powerful, conical, sharp, spine-like, smooth teeth, diverging at about 30° angles. Of the 2 distal bristles of exopodite, the ven- tral is weaker than, and about 0.66 the length of, the dorsal, which is about 0.6 the length of the dorsal bristles of exopodite of first limb. Bristles of first endopodite joint strikingly similar in size and structure to those of the corresponding joint of first limb. The ventral of the 2 bristles on second endopodite joint less well-devel- oped, and 0.7 the length of the dorsal; the latter approximates in length bristles of third endopodite joint. The 2 bristles of third endopodite joint are as well-developed as those of corresponding joint of first limb, but only 0.6 their length. Vor. XXII] BAKER—CLADOCERA OF MONTEREY BAY 345 Third Limb (P1. 31, fig. 5): Slightly shorter than second limb. Protopodite joints nearly of the same relative proportions as in this limb, yet almost imperceptibly smaller. Endite fairly closely approximates that of second limb in size and propor- tions. Exopodite of about the same width as, but only about 0.75 the length of, that of second limb. Width of first endopodite joint about 0.7—0.8 the length; this joint approximately 0.7—0.8 the length of corresponding joint of second limb. Second endopodite joint similar in length and proportions to that of second limb. Third endopodite joint similar to this joint of second limb, although slightly shorter. Armature of spines of endite closely similar to that of second limb. Exopodite with 2 bristles, the ventral one of which is about 0.5 the length of the dorsal, which is about 0.7 the length of the dorsal bristle of exopodite of second limb. First endo- podite joint with 3 ventral bristles, the 2 distal ones fairly near distal margin, the remaining ones somewhat proximal to middle of joint; all 3 slightly shorter, yet about equal in development to the 3 most proximal of the corresponding bristles of second limb. Bristles of the second and third endopodite joints similar in arrange- ment and development to the corresponding ones of the second limb, but only 0.7- 0.8 their lengths. Fourth Limb (P1. 31, fig. 6): About 0.4 the length of the first limb. First protopo- dite joint slightly less than 0.5 as long as broad. Second protopodite joint about 0.7—0.8 as broad as long; its width is slightly less than that of first protopodite joint, and about 0.7 the corresponding width of first limb. Endite (?) is represented by at least one fairly short, sturdy spine, slightly more robust than in E. nordmanni Lovén, and less so than in FE. tergestina Claus. Exopodite slightly more than 0.25 the length of second protopodite joint, and tapers very strongly from a compara- tively broad base. It has a nearly straight distal bristle, the length of which is slightly less than length of this limb, and about 0.4 the dorsal bristle of exopodite of first limb. Endopodite of about the same length as exopodite and about 0.5 as long as broad, with 4 bristles; 3 of these are subequal and about 0.4 the length of exopodite bristle; the remaining, most ventral one, is about 0.33 shorter. Abdomen: Bifurcations slightly longer, and little, if at all, narrower than in other members of genus; closely approximating that of E. tergestina Claus; tips of caudal somewhat more curved than in other species of genus, and usually directed poste- riorly. The 2 caudal setae, long and extremely fragile. Description: Male — Since no specimens were seen by the writer, reference is made for diagnosis and description to Lilljeborg (1901: 649, Pl. LX X XVII, figs. 2, 3); Apstein (1911: 18-9, fig. 29 (from Lilljeborg 1901); Rammner (1930: 5, fig. 10). It should be noted that Rammner’s fig. 10 should read E. spinifera, instead of E. nordmanni. This figure is copied from Lilljeborg’s monograph (Pl. LXX XVII, fig. 2). Present Material: The above data are derived largely from mate- rial from the following localities: —Baltic Sea, off coast of Sweden, in vicinity of Skelderviken: 56° 15’ N. Lat., Aug. 10, 1880; No. 2716, Lilljeborg collection. —Three stations off coast of southern Cali- fornia: —31° 31’ N. Lat., 119° 57’ W. Long., 50 m. to surface, Feb. 18, 1931; —43° 55’ N. Lat., 122° 00’ W. Long., 40 m. to surface, June 17, 1930; —34° 05’ N. Lat., 119° 28’ W. Long., surface, June 28, 1930. Comparison with previous Descriptions: Aside from some obvious omissions and errors in previously published descriptions and figures, the results of my morphological analysis of this species are well in agreement with these data. Various maximum gross lengths of the 346 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. females of this species are recorded. Miiller (1868: 266) gives 0.4 mm.-—0.8 mm.; Lilljeborg (1901: 647), 1.34 mm.; and Rammner (1930: 5), 0.70-1.40 mm. The specimens off the coast of southern California reached 1.26 mm. Considerable variation in the maxi- mum length may thus be noted from region to region. There are no records of the morphological length available in the literature for comparison. Synonymy: The synonymy of Evadne spinifera is comparatively clear from the beginning. The first figures seem to be those by Lillje- borg (1853: Pl. 17, fig. 1; Pl. 18, fig. 14, 15). However, the species was not recognized as distinct until the work of Miller (1868: 225). There seems to be a possibility that Claus (1862: 245) may have mentioned and described E. spinifera as E. mediterranea (De Guerne, 1887: 355, note 1), but Claus (1877: 140, 142 note 1) fails to acknowl- edge this. In connection with material from Jervis Bay the name E. spinosa slipped into the literature (Kramer 1894: 222), presum- ably in place of E. spinifera, but through the correction, soon after, by Hansen (1899: 11) practically no confusion has resulted. Geographic Distribution: Evadne spinifera, described originally from ‘‘Hellebaek’’ (Miiller, 1868: 225), is widely distributed in the various oceans, predominantly, but not exclusively, in the warmer regions. It has been found scatteringly in the general region of the type locality, but most commonly in warmer waters. Lists include the following: —Baltic Sea and North Sea (Sars, 1890: 53; Aurivillius, 1898: 44; Cleve, 1899a: 9; 1900a: 12, 40, 42; 1902: 3; Hansen, 1899: 10-11; Apstein, 1904: 107, 110, 114; 1910: 10; Driver, 1907: 125 and tab.; Rammner, 1931: 620, 632); —Cattegat, Oerosund, and Skagerak (Auri- villius, 1898: 4; Cleve, 1900b: 13; 1902: 23; 1903: 23; Apstein, 1901: 13; Interna- tional Council 1908-12: 57-135); —Coast of Norway. (Apstein, 1901: 13); —Bar- ents Sea and off Murman Coast (Breitfuss, 1904: 9). —Off coast of British Isles (Hansen, 1899: 11; Cleve, 1900a: 12; 1903: 23; Ap- stein, 1901: 13; Herdmann and Scott, 1908: 261-262). In a survey of the North Atlantic and some of the bordering waters Gibitz (1922: 93) says that E. spinifera extends: ‘‘von der Beltsee durch Kattegat and Skagerak sowie Nordsee bis zu den Faeréer. Von da geht die Nordgrenze ihres Verbreitungs- gebietes durch den atlantischen Ozean bis etwa Nova Scotia and der nordameri- kanischen Kiiste.”’ —Along the east coast of North America, along New Brunswick (MacDonald, 1912: 83), and Nova Scotia (Kindle and Whittaker, 1918: 248); —in North Equa- torial Stream of Atlantic Ocean; —Sargasso Sea; almost all the way from Bermuda Islands to the Cape Verde Islands: somewhat south from the later islands; —off the Azores, and at a station far to the north-east of these, at about same latitude as the northern coast of Spain; —and at different places in Brazil Stream, including 23° 8’ S. Lat., 39° 40’ W. Long., and 25° 29’ S. Lat., 36° 21’ W. Long. (Hansen, 1899: 10-13, tab. 4; Cleve, 1901la: 36; 1900b: 13; Hensen, 1911: 324; Scott, 1912: 580; Rammner, 1931: 632). —Along the European coasts, in Bay of Biscay (Stebbing, 1904: 52); —at 36° N. Lat., 6° W. Long. (Cleve, 1903b: 369); —Naples (Apstein, 1901: 13); —numerous stations in the Adriatic Sea (Schweiger, 1912: 9-10); —-Mediterranean Sea near Messina and Triest (Hansen, 1899: 10-11; Graeffe, 1900: 1; Kajdiz, 1912: 916- 919); at 37° N. Lat., 2°-10° E. Long. (Cleve, 1903b: 370); and in ‘“‘siissen und brackischen Gewissern Dalmatiens’’ (Car, 1902: 602). It might be noted here that Markaroff (1928: 204-205), in a list of Cladocera from the Ingul River, reports E. (spiniféra): ‘‘man muss besonders das Vorkommen der Evadne (spiniféra) beto- Vor. XXIII] BAKER—CLADOCERA OF MONTEREY: BAY 347 nen, welche Form bisher nur aus dem Meer bekannt ist. Die erwaihnte Form wurde in Flusse Ingul unweit von der Miindung dieses Flusses in Bug entdeckt.” —Additional records include northwest, west and south coasts of Africa, Gulf of Guinea, Great Fish Bay and Cape Town (Apstein, 1901: 13; Rammner, 1931: 620-621, 632). —Central Indian Ocean (Apstein, 1901: 13; Rammner, 1931: 621). Incidentally, Apstein recorded ‘‘Indischer Ozean 27-30° N. Br., 87-91° O. L.,” but must have meant 27°-30° S. Lat., instead of North. In connection with the Valdivia Expedi- tion he spoke of the region as ‘*87°-90° O, and 16°-31° S” (Gibitz, 1922: 94). —Off southwestern and southeastern coasts of Australia (Hansen, 1899: 11; Gibitz, 1922: 93; Rammner, 1931: 621), —Jervis Bay, Sidney (Kramer, 1894: 222); —and south and east coast of Japan (Rammner, 1931: 623). See also previous paragraph ‘‘Present Material’. Seasonal Occurrences: This species is recorded from the Cattegat as early as February, and has been observed from March until the last of December in the Adriatic Sea (Kajdiz, 1912: 916-919, 925-929). The period of occurrence is apparently somewhat curtailed in northern regions. Thesummary by KajdizZisin general in keeping with results of various workers in the field. Here itis stated that: ‘‘ Die Schwarm- zeit von E. spinifera ist bei uns um 4 Monate linger als in Norden, ihr Auftreten um 1 Monat friiher und ihr Verschwinden um 3 Monate spaiter; die Hauptzeit ihrer Entwicklung erstreckt sich bei uns unge- fahr auf 3 Monate, ist im Norden auf 1 Monat beschrankt; der Kulminationspunkt wird bei uns ungefahr einen Monat friiher erreicht als im Norden (Triester Golf: Mitte Juli; Norden: August)”’. In my very limited material from the southern California coast E. spinifera appeared in February and June. This indicated that in these waters the species has a period of occurrence at least as ex- tended as the one established for the specimens from the Adriatic Sea. In all probability it may occur throughout the entire year. Temperature: As summed up by Cleve (1901a: 36) the temperature range for this species was, ‘“‘20.7, mean of 35 obs., max. 25, min. 10.7.’ A brief, yet comprehensive summary by Rammner (1930: 13) is to the effect that: ‘‘“Evadne spinifera zeigt Vorliebe fiir warm- eres Wasser, ist am haufigsten zwischen 14° und 18° und kommt im Normeer zwischen 2.99° und 18° vor. . . . sie findet sich in den wirmeren Teilen aller Weltmeere als thermophile Oberflachenform.”’ Temperature range for present material was 15.7°-18.5° C. Salinity: Cleve (1901a: 36) summed up the salinity as “35.39, mean 26 obs., max. 37.31, min. 30.60”. Of the salinity Rammner (1930: 13) remarked that ‘“Evadne spinifera kommt im Nordmeer bei einem Salzgehalt von 8.55 bis 35°/o9 vor, im Sargassum bet 27°/o’. It has been reported (Marapob, 1928: 205) rather uncer- tainly that this species has been found in fresh water, as quoted above. This would indicate a salinity hardly comparable with any recorded for any of the principally marine species. Until this record has been checked too much reliance should not be placed on this statement. 348 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. REFERENCES Anderson, B. G., and Brown, L. A. 1930 Study of chitin secretion in Daphnia magna. Physiol. Zodl., 3 (4): 483- 485. Apstein, C. 1901 Cladocera (Daphnidae). Nordisches Plankton. Kiel, 7 (1): 11-15. 1904 Die Schitzungsmethode in der Planktonforschung. Wiss. Meeresunter- such. N. F. Kiel, 8: 14-122. 1906 Plankton in Ost- und Nordsee auf den deutschen Terminfahrten. I. Wiss: Meeresuntersuch. N. F. Kiel, 9. 1910 Cladocera. Bull. Trimestrial. Resumé1. Partie. 1911 Die Cladoceren (Daphniden). Nachtrag. Nord. Plankton, (1), 7: 17-21. Aurivillius, C. W. S. 1898 Tiergeogr. Untersuch. im Skagerak. Kgl. Svenska. Vet.-Akad. Handl., 30 (3): 1-427. 1899 Animalisches Plankton aus dem Meere zwischen Jan Mayen, Spitzbergen, K. Karls Land und der Nordkiiste Norwegens. Kg]. Svenska Vet.-Akad. Handl. 32 (6): 4-71. Baird, W. 1850 British Entomostraca. p. 114-115. Banta, A. M., and Wood, T. A. 1928 Thermal race of Cladocera originating by mutation. Zeitschr. Abstam. u. Vererb. Supp. 1: 397-398. Intern. Rev. ges. Hydrobiol. u. Hydrogr., 11 (3/4): 261-263. Behning, A. 1912 Morphologie u. Lokalvariation der Phyllopoden-Extremitaten. Intern. Rev. Hydrobiol. u. Hydrogr., Biol. Supp. Leipzig, 4: 1-70. Bigelow, H. B. 1930 Reconnaissance of the waters and plankton of Monterey Bay, July 1928. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard. Cambridge, 70 (5): 429-581. Brady, G. S. 1863-64 Reports on dredging operations on the coasts of Northumberland and Durham, in July and August 1863. Trans. Tyneside Nat. Field Club, 6: 188, Breitfuss, L. L. 1904 Expedition fiir wissensch.-prakt. Untersuch. an der Murman-Kiiste. St. Petersburg, p. 5-18. Broch, H. 1908 Planktonstudien an der Miindung der Ostsee im Juli 1907. Sv. Hydro- Biol. Komm. Skrift., p. 1-8. Brown, L. A. 1929 Natural history of Cladocerans in relation to temperature. 63: 248-264, 346-352, 443-454. Brown, L. A., and Crozier, W. J. 1927 Rate of killing of Cladocerans at higher temperatures. Jour. Gen. Physiol., it? 25: Vor. XXII} BAKER—CLADOCERA OF MONTEREY BAY 349 Caries 1902 Planktonproben aus dem Adriatischen Meer u. einigen siissen u. brack- ischen Gewissern Dalmatiens. Zool. Anz., 25: 601-605. Claus, C. 1877 Zur Kenntnis des Baues und der Organisation der Polyphemiden. Denk- schr. Math.-Naturw. Kl. K.-K. Akad. d. Wiss. Wien, 37: 137-160. Cleve, P. T. 1899a Plankton Swedish Expedition to Spitzbergen in 1898. Kongl. Svenska Vet.-Akad. Handl., 32 (3): 1-48. 1899b Plankton-Researches in 1897. Ibid. 32 (7): 3-33. 1900a_ Plankton of North Sea, the English Channel, and the Skagerak in 1898. Ibid. 32 (8): 3-53. 1900b_ Plankton of North Sea, the English Channel, and the Skagerak in 1899. Ibid. 34 (2): 3-77. 1901a Seasonal distribution of Atlantic plankton organisms. Géteborg. Ibid. 35 (3): 35-368. 1901b Plankton from Indian Ocean and Malay Archipelago. Ibid. 36 (5): 58. 1902 Plankton of North Sea and the Skagerak in 1900. Ibid. 35 (7): 447. 1903 Plankton-Researches in 1901 and 1902. Ibid. 36 (8): 3-53. Czerniavski, V. 1868 Materialia ad zoographiam ponticam comparatam. 4: 19-136. Dana; J. D: 1849 Conspectus Crustaceorum (etc.). Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts Sci., 2: 9-55. 1853 United States Exploring Expedition, 1838-1842. Crustacea 14 (2): 1275-1276. De Guerne, J. 1887 Sur les genres Ectinosoma Boeck, et Podon Lillj. Bull. Soc. Zool. France., 12: 341-367. Driver, H. 1907 Das Ostseeplankton der 4 deutschen Terminfahrten im Jahre 1905. Wiss. Meeresuntersuch. Kiel, (NF), 10: 125-127. Farran, G. P. 1913 Clare Island Survey. Pt. 45. Marine Entomostraca. Proc. Roy. Irish Acad., 31: 2. Fish, ‘C.J: 1925 Seasonal distribution of the plankton of Woods Hole region. Bull. Bureau Fisheries, No. 875, p. 139-140. Fowler, G. H. 1909 Biscayan plankton. Pt. 12, The Ostracoda. Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. zool., 10: 224. Gibitz, A. 1922 Verbreitung und Abstammung mariner Cladoceren. Verh. Zool.-Bot. Ges. Wien., 71: 85-105. Goodsir, H. D. S. 1842 Description of some new crustaceous animals found in the Firth of Forth. Edinburgh Phil. Jour., 33: 366-367. 350 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc 47H Ser. Graeffe, E. 1900 Uebersicht. d. Fauna d. Golfes von Triest. V. Crustacea. Arb. zool. Inst. Wien, 13: 1-80. Gran, H. H. 1902 Das Plankton des norweg. Nordmeeres. Rep. Norw. fish and mar. Invest., 2; (5): p. 65-81. Gurney, R. 1927. Report on the Crustacea, Copepoda and Cladocera of the Plankton. Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond., 22 (2): 139-172. Hansen, H. J. 1899 Cladoceren d. Plankton-Exp. Humboldt-Stiftung. Ergebn. Plankton-Exp., a, Gr. 1d 23-08, Hart J. L., and Wailes, G. H. 1932 Food of the Pilchard, Sardinops caerulea (Gerard), off the coast of British Columbia. Contr. Can. biol. and fish., 7 (19): (Ser. A, no. 16) 247-254. Hensen, V. Shire 1887 Ueber die Bestimmung des Plankton oder des im Meere treibenden Mate- rials an Pflanzen und Thieren. Fiinfter Ber. Komm. wissensch. Unters. deutschen Meere. Kiel, 3-254, 1-104. 1911 Lebenim Ozean nach Zaihlungen seiner Bewohner. Erg. d. Plankton-Exp d. Humboldt-Stiftung. Kiel u. Leipzig, 6: 324-325. Herdmann, W. A. 1911 Comparison of the summer Plankton on the West Coast of Scotland with that in the Irish Sea. Jour. Linnean Soc. London, 32: 23-38. Herdmann, W. A., and Scott, A. 1908 Study of the marine Plankton around the south of the Isle of Man. Trans. Biol. Soc. Liverpool, 22: 33-289. Hesse, R., and Doflein, F. 1910 Tierbau and Tierleben. Berlin, 1: 127-128. Humperdinck, I. 1924. Ueber Muskulatur und Endoskelett von Polyphemus pediculus de Geer. Zeitsch. Wiss. Zool. Leipzig, 121: 621-655. International Council. 1908-12 International Council for the Society of the Sea. Bull. planktonique, pt. 1, p. 8-135. Jackson, H. 1890 Studies in the morphology of the Lepidoptera, pt. 1, Trans. Linn: Soc. Lond., (2), 5: 143-186. Juday, C. 1907 Cladocera of the San Diego region. Univ. Calif. Pub. Zool., 3: (10): 157-158. 1920 Report of the Canadian Arctic Exped., 1913-18. Crustacea. Cladocera. Rep. Can. Arctic Exped., 7 (H): 3-8. Juday, C., and Muttkowski, R. A. 1915 Entomostraca from St. Paul Island, Alaska. Bull. Wisconsin Nat: Hist. Soc., 13: 23-31. Vou. XXIH] BAKER—CLADOCERA OF MONTEREY BAY 351 Kajdiz, B. 1912. Temporale Verteilung der Cladoceren und Ostracoda im Triester Golf, Sitzb. K. K. Akad. Wien, Math.-naturw. Klasse. Abt.1. 121: 915-940. Kindle, E. M., and Whittaker, E. J. 1918 Sessional paper No. 38a. Contr. to Can. Biol., 1914-17. 14: 229-248. Kramer, A. 1894 On the most frequent pelagic Copepoda and Cladocera in the Hauraki mi Gulf. Trans. and Proc. New Zealand Inst., 27: 214-223 Leuckart, R 1859 Ueber das Vorkommen eines saugnapfartigen Haftapparates bei den Daphniaden u. verwandten Krebsen. Arch. f. Naturgesch., 25: 262-265. Levander, K. M. 1900a_ Ueber das Herbst- u. Winterplankton im Finnischen Meerebusen. u. in der Alands-See 1898. Acta Soc. pro. Fauna Flora Fennica, 18 (5): 1-25. 1900b Die Cladoceren der Umgebung von Helsingfors. Ibid. 19 (2): 8-34, Leydig, F. 1860. .Naturgeschichte der Daphniden (Crustacea Cladocera). Tiibingen, p. “" "247-248. Lilljeborg, W. 1853 De Crustaceis ex ordinibus tribus: Cladocera, Ostracoda et Copepoda in Scania occurentibus. Lund, p. 1-222. 1901 Cladoceren sueciae. Nova Acta Reg. Soc. Sci. Uptoticnds (3) 19: 1-701. Litynski, A. 1916 Ueber den Bau der Extremitaten bei den Cladoceren und deren Bedeutung f. das System. Bull. Akad. Sc. de Cracovie., Cl. sc. math. nat., Ser. B. (sc. nat.), p. 3-30. Lo Bianco, S. 1908-9 Notizie biologiche riguardanti il periodo di maturita sessuale degli ani- mali del golfo di Napoli. Mitteil. zool. stat. Neapel, 19: 594. Lovén, S..L. 1835 “Evadne nordmanni, ett hittills okandt Entomostracon. Kgl. Vet. Akad. Handl., p. 168. 1836 Ibid. p. 1-29. 1838. -Evadne nordmanni, ein bisher unbekanntes Entomostracon. Arch. f Naturgesch., 4: 143-166. Liicke, F. , 1912” Quantitative Untersuchungen an dem Plankton bei dem Feuerschiff “‘Borkumriff”’ im na 1910. Wiss. Meeresuntersuch. N. F., 14 (5): 14-126. MacDonald, D. L. 1912 On a collection of Crustacea made at St. Andrews, New Brunswick. Contr: ‘Can. Biol. Ottawa, 1906-1910 (1912): 83-84. Marapob, A. Ke 1928 Novorossiiskoe obsehehestvo estestvoesphlatelei. Odessa. Zapiski, 44: 199-205. McMurrich, J. P. 1917 Winter plankton in the neighborhood of St. Andrews, 1914-15. Contr. to Can. Biol., 1915-16: 1-8. 352 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. Meissner, W. 1907 Das Plankton des Aralsees. Biol. Centralbl., 27: 587-592, 593-604. Merriel, H. B. 1893 Structure and affinities of Bunops scutifrons Birge. Wisconsin Acad. Sci., 9: p. 319-342. Miiller, P. E. 1868 Denmarks Cladocera. Naturhist. Tidsskrift. Kjobenhavn, (3), 5: 53-240, 295-356. Nordgaard, O. 1905 Hydrographical and biological Investigations in Norwegian Fiords, Bergen, p. 3-254. Olmsted, J. M. D., and Baumberger, J. P. 1923 Form and growth of grapsoid Crabs. Jour. Morph., 38: 279-295. Poppe, S. A. 1888 Ein neuer Podon aus China nebst Bemerk. zur Synonomie der bisher bekannten Podon-Arten. Abh. Naturw. Verein Bremen, 9: 295-300. Pouchet, G. et de Guerne, J. 1885 Surla Faune pelagique de la Mer Baltique et du Golfe de Finlande. Compt. Rend. Acad. Sc. Paris, 100: 919-921. Rammaner, W. 1926a Formanalytische Untersuchungen an Bosminen. Int. Rev. ges. Hydro- biol. a. Hydrogr., 15 (1-2): 89-136; (3-4): 145-203. 1927a Die beschreibende und die bildliche Darstellung der Formanderung bei Cladoceren. Internat. Rev. Hydrobiol. Leipzig, 17, (1-2): 115-128. 1930 Phyllopoda. Tierwelt der Nord- und Ostsee, (18): 1-32. 1931 Mitteilungen iiber marine Cladoceren. Biol. Zentralblatt, 51 (11): 618-633. Redeke, H. C. 1922 Zur Biologie der niederlindischen Brackwassertypen. Bijdrag. tot de Dierkunde, 22: 330-334. Rhumbler, L. 1915 Wachstum tierischer Kérper. Handwérterbuch der Naturwissensch. Sars, G. O. 1861 Fortssettelse af hans Foredras, over de i Christiania Omegn Forh. Vid. Selsk. Christiania., p. 250-302, 292-294. 1862 Om dei Omegnen af Christiania Forekommende Cladocer. (Andet Bi- drag)., Ibid. p. 46, 54. 1890 Obersigt af Norges Crustaceer. Forh. Vid. Selsk. Christiania, 1 (Aftr): 14, 52-53. 1897 Pelaghicheskiya nisshiga rakoolraznuiya Kaspiiskagho morya. Ann. Mus. St. Petersb., 2 (5): 1-73. 1900 Crustacea. Norway North Polar Expedition. 1893-1896. London, 6: 1-137. 1901 Pelaghicheskiya nisshiga rakoolraznuiya Kaspiiskagho morya. Ann. Mus. St. Petersb., 6 (4): 476-569. 1902 Ibid. 7: 40-51. Vor. XX] BAKER—CLADOCERA OF MONTEREY BAY 353 Schweiger, L. 1912 Adriatische Cladoceren und Planktonostracoden Sitzber. Akad. Wiss. Mathem.-naturw. Cl. Wien, 121: 1-34. Scott, A. 1906 Rep. on the tow-nettings. Proc. Trans. Biol. Soc. Liverpool, 21: 46-54, 137-190. Scott, T. 1912 Entomostraca of the Scottish Nat’l. Antarctic Expedition, 1902-1904. Trans. Roy. Soc. Edinburgh, 48, (3): 521-599. Sharpe, R. W. 1911 Notes on the marine Copepoda and Cladocera of Woods Hole and adjacent Regions. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus., Washington, 38: 405-436. Stebbing, T. R. R., and Fowler, G. H. 1904 Biscayan Plankton collected during a cruise of H. M. S. “Research” 1909. Tr. Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool., 10 (2): 13-54. Stenroos, K. E. 1895 Die Cladoceren d. Umgeb. von Helsingfors. Acta Soc. pro Fauna et Flora Fennica, 11: 5-41. Timm, R. 1896 Copepoden und Cladoceren. Beitrige zur Fauna der siidéstlichen und dstlichen Nordsee. Wiss. Meeresunters. Helgoland, 1: 363-402. Wagler, E. 1927 Ueber die Schwebefortsitze der Daphnien. Zool. Anz. Leipzig, 74 (11-12): 284-302. Ward, H. B., and Whipple, G. C. 1918 Fresh-water Biology, New York, p. 676-740. Wesenberg-Lund, C. 1926 Contributions to the biology and morphology of the genus Daphnia. D. Kgl. Danske Vidensk. Selsk. Skrifter, Naturvidensk. Og. Mathem. Afd., (8) 11 (2): 91-250. Williams, L. W. 1907 List of Rhode Island Copepoda, Phyllopoda and Ostracoda. Thirty- seventh ann. Rep. Com. Inland Fisheries R. I., (Special paper No. 30): 69-79. Woltereck, R. 1924 Beitrage zue Variationanalyse tierischer starrer Formen. I. Die Methode der “‘Rasteranalyse’”’ bei Crustaceen. Intern. Rev. Hydrobiol., 12. Zernov. 1901 Cladocers of Sea of Azov. Ann. Mus. St. Petersb., 7 (4): 568-569, 687. 354 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. PLATE 26 Podon polyphemoides (Leuckart) ' Fig. 1. Second antenna. X 107. Fig. 2. First antennae. X 173. Fig. 3. Mandible. X 148. Fig. 4. Labrum. =X 173. Fig. 5. Mandible. X 148. Fig. 6. Female with well-developed embryos. X 18. Fig. 7. Female after emergence of the young, with newly formed eggs. X 18. Fig. 8. Mature male. X 18. . 5 Fig. 9. Female shortly after emergence. XX 27. _ All figures are of right lateral view except Fig. 2, which is anterior, and Fig. 3, left medial. [BAKER] Plate 26 PROC. CAL. ACAD. SCI., 4th Series, Vol. XXIII, No, 23 WDE SS YSPZ< Vos<< SS ZEA 107. Penis, male. X 173. Caudal furca with bristles. 173. [Proc. 4TH SER. All figures are in right lateral view except Fig. 4, which is right ventrolateral, and Fig. 7, dorsal. PROC. CAL. ACAD. SCI., 4th Series, Vol. XXIII, No. 23 [ BAKER ] Plate 27 358. CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES - - [Proc. 4TH Sek PLATE 28 Evadne tergestina Claus Fig. 1. Female with well-developed embryo. X 18. Fig. 2. Female after emergence of the young, with newly formed eggs. X 18. Fig. 3. Left mandible. x 173. | Fig. 4. Labrum. X 173. Fig. 5. Mandible. X/173. Fig. 6. First thoracic limb. 107. Fig. 7. Second thoracic limb. X 107. Fig. 8. Third thoracic limb. X 107. Fig. 9. Fourth thoracic limb. X 107. Fig. 10. Caudal furca and bristles. X 107. All figures are of right lateral view except Fig. 3, which is left lateral, Fig. 9, oblique lateral, and Fig. 10, dorsal. PROC. CAL. ACAD. SCI., 4th Series, Vol. XXIII, No. 23 { BAKER ] Plate 28 ( ‘ ' = H H ‘m= MORPHOLOGICAL LENOTH-~-- 360 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES {Proc. 41TH SER. PLATE 29 Evadne nordmannt Lovén Second antenna. XX 95.6. First antennae. X 133. Mandible. XX 133. Labrum. X 133. Mandible. X 133. Female with well-developed embryos. XX 16.4. Female after emergence of the young, with newly formed eggs. X 16.4. Mature male. X 16.4. hy ~ i) NS OO Ta NOR 1 2 a Female, shortly after emergence. X 24. Fig. 10. First thoracic limb. X 76. Fig. 11. Second thoracic limb. %X 76. Fig. 12. Third thoracic limb. X 76. Fig. 13. Fourth thoracic limb. X 133. All figures are of right lateral view except Fig. 2 which is anterior, and Fig. 3, left medial. PROC. CAL. ACAD. SCI., 4th Series, Vol, XXIII, No. 23 [ BAKER ] Plate 29 362 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. PLATE 30 Evadne nordmanni Lovén Fig. 1. First thoracic limb, male. X 107. Fig Fig . 2. Second thoracic limb, male. X 148. . 3. Third thoracic limb, male. X 148. Fig. 4. Tip of caudal furca and penis, male. X 173. Fig. 5. Caudal furca with bristles. X 173. All figures are of right lateral view. PROC. CAL. ACAD. SCI., 4th Series, Vol. XXIII, No. 23 [ BAKER } Plate 30 364 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES {Proc. 4TH SER. PLATE 31 Evadne spinifera Miiller Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Second thoracic limb. XX 95.6. 1. Labrum. 2955. 2 3 4 Fig. 5. Third thoracic limb. XX 95.6. 6 i 8 Mandible. »X 155. First thoracic limb. XX 95.6. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fourth thoracic limb. XX 95.6. Female with well-developed embryos. X 16.4. Female after emergence of the young, with newly formed eggs. X 16.4. All figures are of right lateral view except Fig. 2, which is right medial. PROC. CAL. ACAD. SCI., 4th Series, Vol. XXIII, No. 23 [ BAKER J Plate 31 Tay aa we WwW May ¢ Phe ey ys iv tA i eae jl ie : 1 a i 4 Lelbhia | aaxaa | cod NO TANT sett “Stn ' per: SH iyi vy Mt PROCEEDINGS 5» dl OF THE m\ “ 2 amg CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES & 4 FOURTH SERIES VoL. XXIII, No. 24, pp. 367-380, pl. 32 JuLy 20, 1939 No. 24 MARINE PLEISTOCENE MOLLUSKS FROM THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS* BY LEO GEORGE HERTLEIN Assistant Curator of Paleontology AND A. M. STRONG Los Angeles, California During the expedition of the California Academy of Sciences to the Galapagos Islands! in 1905-1906, Mr. W. H. Ochsner collected some marine mollusks from a raised beach on Albemarle (Isabela) Island, about 12 to 15 meters above sea level. Dall and Ochsner? con- sidered these beds to be Pleistocene in age. Smith*, remarking on the climatic significance of this fauna, stated that no displacement of the isotherms was indicated in comparison to present day con- ditions. During the G. Allan Hancock Expedition of the California Acad- emy of Sciences to the Galapagos Islands in 1931-1932, Mr. George Stone, photographer on Captain Hancock’s exploration cruiser * Printed from the John W. Hendrie Publication Endowment. 1J. R. Slevin. Log of the Schooner “‘Academy”’ on a Voyage of Scientific Research to the Galapagos Islands, 1905-1906. Occ. Pap. Calif. Acad. Sci., No. 17, 162 pp., 17 pls., Feb. 14, 1931. See also: Galapagos Islands. Handbooks prepared under the direction of the Historical Section of the Foreign Office, (London), 22, no. 140: 60 pp., 1920.—L. W. Chubb, The St. George Scientific Expedition. Geol. Mag., 62: 369-373, 1925.—L. W. Chubb, Geology of Galapagos, Cocos and Easter Islands. Bernice P. Bishop Mus., Bull. no. 110, 1933, 44 pp., 5 pls. Petrology of the Galapagos Islands by C. Richardson, pp. 45-64. Bibliography, pp. 65-66. 2W.H. Dall and W. H. Ochsner. Tertiary and Pleistocene Mollusca from the Galapagos Islands. Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., (4), 17, no. 4: 89-185, pls. 2-7, 5 text figs., June 22, 1928. See especially pp. 91-92, 96-97. 3J. P. Smith, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., (4), 9, no. 4: 135, 1919, July 20, 1939 368 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 41H SER. Velero III, called the attention of the senior author to a raised beach at James Bay on James (San Salvador) Island. This ancient strand line extends along the coast for possibly a kilometer, at an elevation of about five to ten meters. Where not hidden by later lava flows this raised beach is on a lava platform which is covered by a thin veneer, or, in places, pockets of sand, fine sediment and some scat- tered boulders. A collection was made of the fossil marine shells which occur scattered about. A study of. the fossils of this beach leads to many interesting con- siderations. The Galapagos Islands lie on the equator about 960 kilometers (600 miles) west of Ecuador. On the lower slopes the islands are dry and warm, but the cool Humboldt current which sweeps up from the Peruvian coast, makes the climate along the shores unusually cool despite their equatorial position. A com- parison of the fossil mollusks with those of the present known Galap- agan fauna, and with those of the adjacent mainland, casts some light on the origin of the islands and the derivation of the fauna. Dall and Ochsner regarded many of the Pliocene and Pleistocene mollusks to be related to those of the Panamic province, and the Gulf of California, and some affinities were noticed with the Carib- bean region. With this conclusion the present writers are in accord. Pilsbry* pointed out that the land snails are essentially Central American and Mexican in affinities. Furthermore the basaltic rocks of the Galapagos Islands are essentially Central and North Ameri- can types. A study of the birds of the Galapagos Islands convinced Swarth® of the Caribbean affinities of much of the avifauna. A map by Dacqué® showing the trend of the Tertiary mountain ranges in the Central American region is very illuminating in regard to this: study. The Tertiary mountain axes formed a bend to the east, thus including, west of the main mountain chain, a considerable portion of the present Caribbean region. Faunal evidence indicates that the Central American land barrier was open, at least during a part of the Miocene. Asmall faunule was collected by the senior author from hard sand- 4H. A. Pilsbry. Notes on the Galapagos, pp. 117-122, in ‘‘To the South Seas,’ by Gifford Pinchot, Philadelphia, 1930, (John C. Winston Co.). 5H. S. Swarth. The Avifauna of the Galapagos Islands. Occ. Papers Calif. Acad. Sci., No. 18, 1931, pp. 1-299, 1 pl. (map), 57 text figs. — The Bird fauna of the Galapagos Islands in relation to species forma- tion. . Biol. Reviews, 9, 2: 213-234, 3 figs., April, 1934. — See also, A. Gulick, Quart. Rev. Biol., 7, no. 4: 416-417, 1932. 6 E. Dacqué. Grundlagen und Methoden der Paliogeographie. Jena, 1915. [See map.] See also Charles Schuchert, Historical Geology of the Antillean-Caribbean Region. New York, 1935, (John Wiley and Sons.), I-X XVI, pp. 1-811. 16 pls. (Paleogeographic Maps); 107 figs., 1 frontispiece. Lecointre (Mem. Soc. Sci. Nat. Maroc., No. 14: 86-90, 134-135, 1926), has recorded the occurrence of “Calyptraea (Trochatella) trochiformis Gmelin” and ‘Purpura (Acanthina) crassilabrum Lamarck’’ in the Marine Quaternary of Anfa, Morocco. These are known Recent. off Chile and Peru and the former is recorded by Lecointre from the Cape Verde Islands off Western Africa. He suggested that these species might have made their way around Cape Horn when conditions were warmer than at present, and then reached western Africa by following a landmass or a chain of islands or by attachment to floating objects. Assuming the identity of the Chilian and African species, there appears as yet no evidence of any con- siderable migration of species between these two regions, during any late geologic period. VoL. XXIIJ} HERTLEIN AND STRONG—GALAPAGOS PLEISTOCENE MOLLUSKS 369 stone beds, at sea level on South Seymour Island. The species from that locality are all living in the waters about the Galapagos Islands. Mr. J. R. Slevin, in 1927, during the voyage of Captain G. Allan Hancock’s ship, Oaxaca, collected a few species from Albemarle (Isa- bela) Island in beds reported to be somewhat similar to those just mentioned on South Seymour Island. Two species were collected on the Templeton Crocker Expedition to the Galapagos Islands, from beds exposed on the shore on Jervis (Rabida) Island. The species are all Recent. The shells from all the localities retain color mark- ings, or traces of such markings, in many cases. The shells from James Bay are assigned to the late Pleistocene. Those from South-Seymour and Jervis (Rabida) Island are regarded as probably the same age. Those from Albemarle might perhaps be regarded as late Pleistocene or possibly subfossil. The writers wish to express their acknowledgments to: Captain G. Allan Hancock, whose generosity made it possible to secure the collection on which this paper is based; to Dr. G. Dallas Hanna, Curator of the Department of Paleontology of the California Acad- ‘emy of Sciences, for the line drawings of Transennella galapagana illustrated in the present paper, and for helpful suggestions. Ac- knowledgment is also due the late Mr. H. S. Swarth, and to Mrs. M. E. Davidson, formerly of the Department of Ornithology of the same institution, for criticism of the manuscript; and to Mr. E. H. Quayle who kindly identified the coral. Loc. 27255 (C. A. S.). Raised beach 5 to 10 meters above sea level at James Bay, James (San Salvador) Island, Galapagos Islands; L. G. Hertlein, collector; January 11, 1932. Late Pleistocene. Astropsammia pedersenii Verrill Lima pacifica d’Orbigny Antigona tsocardta Verrill Lithophaga aristata Dillwyn Antigona multicostata Sowerby Mytilus adamsianus Dunker Arca (Acar) gradata Broderip and Sower- Ostrea fisheri Dall [juvenile] Pecten (Lyropecten) magnificus Sowerby MA Arca (Acar) pusilla Sowerby Pedalion chemnitzianum d’Orbigny Arca (Barbatia) reeveana d’Orbigny Semele punctata Sowerby Arca (Fossularca) solida Sowerby Semele rupium Sowerby Chama frondosa Broderip’ Transennella galapagana Hertlein and Chione undatella Sowerby Strong, n. sp. Codakia galapagana Dall Venericardia megastropha Gray (V. flam- Kellia suborbicularis Montagu mea Michelin) Acanthina grande Gray Alvania veleronis Hertlein and Strong, Acanthina muricata Broderip n. Sp. Acmaea sp. Anachis incerta Stearns Agathotoma cf. camarina Dall Anachis sp. Alaba supralirata Carpenter Aspella erosa Broderip Aletes squamigerus Carpenter Aspella pyramidalis Broderip Alvania lara Bartsch Bullus punctulatus A. Adams 7 A specimen of this species was also collected by Mr. H. S. Swarth, at Loc. 27545 (C. A. S.), James Bay. It was attached to lava at an elevation stated to have been about 90 to 100 meters, and perhaps 300 meters inland from the shore, about midway between the “‘red butte,’’ which is surrounded by lava, and the houses at the north end of James Bay. 370 Caducifer thaleia Pilsbry and Lowe Calliostoma sp. Cancellaria haemastoma Sowerby Cantharus sanguinolentus Duclos Cerithiopsis anaitis Bartsch Cerithiopsis curtata Bartsch Cerithium adustum Kiener Cerithium uncinatum Gmelin Cheilea equestris Linnaeus Clathurella trichodes Dall Colubraria lucasensis Strong and Hert- lein Conus brunneus Wood Conus nux Broderip Conus purpurascens Broderip Conus tiaratus Broderip Craspedotriton scalariformis Broderip Crepidula aculeata Gmelin Crepidula arenata Broderip Cymatium wiegmanni Anton Cypraea nigropunctata Gray Cypraecassis tenuis Wood Cypraeolina margaritula Carpenter Daphnella sp. Diodora alta C. B. Adams Diodora inaequalis Sowerby Engina reeviana C. B. Adams Epitonium (Asperoscala) cf. emydoneus Dall Epitonium sp. Erato marginata galapagensis Schilder Fossarus angiostoma C. B. Adams Fossarus atratus C. B. Adams Fossarus sp. Fossarus sp. Gadinia peruviana Sowerby Heliacus cf. planispira Pilsbry and Lowe Hipponix barbatus Sowerby Latirus tuberculatus Broderip Latirus varicosus Reeve ‘‘Mangelia”’ hancocki Strong, n. sp. ‘“Mangelia”’ sp. Marginella minor C. B. Adams Melanella falcata Carpenter Melanella cf. hastata Sowerby Metaxia convexa Carpenter Microcitharia uncinata Sowerby Mitra funiculata Reeve Mitra cf. lens Wood Hertlein and CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES {[Proc. 4TH SER. Mitra solitaria C. B. Adams Mitra (Strigatella) tristis Broderip Mitra sp. Mitrella ocellata Gmelin Modulus cerodes A. Adams Morum tuberculosum Sowerby Muricopsis dubia Sowerby Nassarius versicolor C. B. Adams Odostomia (Miralda) incantata Hertlein and Strong, n. sp. Odostomia (Ividella) orariana Dall and Bartsch Odostomia (Chrysallida) paupercula C. B. Adams Odostomtia sp. Olivella gracilis Broderip and Sowerby Pedipes angulatus C. B. Adams Phasianella (Tricolia) perforata Philippi ‘“‘Philbertia”’ stoner Hertlein and Strong, n. sp. Phyllonotus princeps Broderip Phyllonotus regius Wood Pleurobranchus sp. Polinices uber Valenciennes Pyrene haemastoma Sowerby Rissoina dina Bartsch Rissoina cf. laurae de Folin Rissoina signae Bartsch Seila assimillata C. B. Adams Tectarius galapagiensis Stearns Tegula cooksoni E. A. Smith Tegula snodgrassi Pilsbry and Vanatta Terebra strigata Sowerby Terebra sp. Thais callaoensis Gray Thais crassa Blainville Thais patula Linnaeus Thais planospira Lamarck Triphora alternata C. B. Adams Triphora chathamensis Bartsch Triphora galapagensis Bartsch Triphora inconspicua C. B. Adams Tritonalia parva E. A. Smith Trivia galapagensis Melvill Trivia pacifica Gray Turbonilla (?Strioturbonilla) sp. Turrid sp. Vermicularia eburnea Reeve Williamia galapagana Dall This list contains 106 definitely identified species, with six addi- tional ones, the identity of which is not positive; these latter are compared to previously described species. In this ancient beach fauna, only two species, ‘‘Mangelia’’ han- cockt Hertlein and Strong, n. sp., and ‘‘Philbertia’’ stone1 Hertlein and Strong, n. sp., are not known in either the Recent West Ameri- Vo.t. XXIII] HERTLEIN AND STRONG—GALAPAGOS PLEISTOCENE MOLLUSKS 371 can, or Galapagan fauna. Eighteen of the species have not been recorded living in the waters of the Galapagos Islands. Of course the Recent fauna of the Galapagos Islands is not completely known. It is likely, however, that a considerable part of the common shore and shallow water forms have been collected there,® but it is not improbable that all or nearly all of the species cited in the foregoing list may ultimately be found, should intensive collecting be under- taken in the Archipelago. The ranges of the species in the present fauna, serve to emphasize the predominant Panamic character of the assemblage with, to a lesser degree, some Caribbean affinities. Only a few species show close affinities with the Polynesian or Indo-Pacific faunas, such as the tritons which are wide ranging forms. Many of the shells retain color markings, or traces of such mark- ings. The fauna is considered to be of a late Pleistocene age. The following species, included in the preceding list, have not been reported living in the waters of the Galapagos Islands. Species Range Astropsammia pedersenti Verrill................-. Gulf of California Antigona tsocardia Verrill.. ».).wiswsonnkh. oe... Gulf of California; Tres Marias Islands Kellia suborbicularis Montagu.................. England (type locality); An- tilles; British Columbia to Peru (Dall) Alabavsupralirare’ Carpeaier nic ocean. ot 2 8 =: Gulf of California (?) to Panama Alvania veleronis Hertlein and Strong, n. sp......Taboga Island, Panama Aspella erosa Broderip........................-Mazatlan to Panama Certthiopsis anattzs Bartsebsagoyg 8th) hk... 2... Panama Rossarus, airatus Ge BONGAUSS pater Biases at Lanama Gadinia peruviana Sowerby.....................Gulf of California to Chile (Dall) ““Mangelia”’ hancocki Hertlein and Strong, n. sp..Not known Recent Microcitharia uncinata Sowerby................+: Tres Marias Islands; Acapulco, Mexico, to Panama Marra junieulata Reeve rg. s)n ncpcks a icystoneiais BGT aaw iGo sDlevde. 12 i wees] | 10210\ | tai), 3 -3[4-1| At S607s| GF 19-19-17) 154) 54-1 [ok |-e28!| , do2to! | i241) 32) 41) Peg B6079” & .|19-19-17| 148] 64c ||. £ | 828] | 102f0,| 1-1) 3-3) 1-4) 14-2 [03 66980) juv. 9-19-17) 14a\'ege t) tes] | to2to!| a1) B-3)a1 | te SA 60S i aav, 19-19-17 .145| 740. ||. 41] 828] 1010) Mi=4| Bat 1114-9 S71 fe) BOIRI|” © O_o 171 145| soc [| 4 | asl toStor| ei) 3-3) 1a ea 1-20 Bbess| oO o=to- iy! 144 ‘ode || a | S28! | 102401) til 323) a1) 15-3 Se Bosal = Saliteetoliyli4allete | at | eos. gedit ot) gag ya) ee ees 66985] ot |19-19-17| 147 68+ | 1 | 8-8] 10-10 | 2-1] 3-3] 1-1] 143-143 GEORG gp (1G 198171 153] 700 (| 2 | Bs) 10210: | 121) 3-3] 1-4) T4220 43 Baos7| oO soe foL1 7) 149|-66c 1. t | S28) | ONO | tr) aoa fg Sree GGdsalt ride 10-4171149\ "Fee" || "a | Set LOLtO | ea! 323) ee fees ee 669891 9 |19-19-17] 147] 63c | 1 | 9-9] 10-10 | 1-1] 4-3] 1-1] 143-143 BEosglo OH 19-17| 149) G2e.-| 4. | 8-8| Addit, | 11) 3-glnda ah dee RENoi io WO 10-157! 449 Foe. ion 1. | s8-8) . 11h | teil B35 tg 3 — 1s 66992! o |19-19-17| 147] 72c | 1 8-8] 10-10 | 1-1] 3-3] 1-1] 1+2—-1-+2 660931, Oo. 119219171 143] 62c | 4 | 8-8! 10-10 | 1—11°3-3l 121) 142 S144 BEdoA Me itoe onti7Mide| Selene ah g28t i HOLTO bh 222Nses Peon -es 12 66995| |19-19-17] 148] 65+ | 1 | 9-8} 10-10 | 1-1] 3-3] 1-1] 142-142 6609blb-eru|19219-17). 1491 Faee|!o t | 828h1 99211. ath Beslan) (0-43 — 143 5509 11000, 19210217) A403c.0) sth s|-,8-8|,, 4010.4 deadly 3-3 tly 1-2 = 1 413 BGo0s| 7 \162190-17| 145] 7ic | 1) 828) 10-10 | 1dr 323) 11) aes 1 43 398 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. Ninia sebe (Duméril and Bibron) Twenty-one specimens from Finca El Cipres were taken from piles of earth and leaves which had been scraped together when the undergrowth was cleared from about the coffee trees. Owing to the rapidity with which vines and weeds grow in the coffee country it is necessary to keep the Indians constantly at work clearing the cafetals. In doing so the debris is gathered together into small piles mixed with earth, and when the leaves rot and the piles settle down till they become somewhat firm, they make excellent cover, and several species of snakes were found to inhabit them?. All of the snakes in this series are reddish above in coloration, with the characteristic yellow collar followed by a black one, and all show the black cross bars, though in some individuals these bars are broken into blotches. Scale counts are as follows: 7] a We iee S| areialens pmret iy Sse Ways alee SH: gma S o 3 eS xn = AS SS Ras 2s 3 2 | 4 |s8]ee/Ss/S] 38] S8] ee ies] és 66870 ie) 19 ISH) || SAO 1 7-7 7-7 1-1 | 2-2) 14+2-—-1+42 66871 fot 19 Sys} || Syke 1 7-7 7-8 1-1 | 2-2} 1+2-—-1+2 66872] juv. 19 137 | 46c 1 7-7 7-6 1-1 | 2-2; 142-142 66873 fof 19 130 | 56c 1 7-7 7-7 1-1 | 2-2} 1+2-—-1-+2 66874 Q 19 139 | 52c 1 7-7 7-7 1-1 | 2-2) 14+2-—-1+2 66875] juv. 19 12554) Size 1 7-7 7-7 1-1 | 2-2) 14+2—-1-+2 66876 Q 19 137 | 46c 1 7-7 7-7 1-1 | 2-2) 142-142 66877 ofl 19 Sly |e SKe 1 7-7 7-7 1-1 | 2-2) 14+2-—-142 66878] juv. 19 131 | 60c 1 7-7 7-7 1-1 | 2-2) 142-142 66879 Q 19 133 | 49c 1 7-7 7-7 1-1+| 2-1} 1+2—-1+42 66880 rot 19 133) 162¢ 1 7-7 7-8 1-1 | 2-2} 1+2-—-1-+2 66881 ce) 19 132 | 47c 1 7-7 7-7 1-1 | 1-2) 1+2-—-1-42 66882 rot 19 LSSitl coc 1 7-7 7-7 1-1 | 1-2} 14+2-—-1+2 66883] juv. 19 131 556 1 7-7 7-6 1-1 | 1-2} 1+2-—-1+42 66884] juv. 19 TASH yo2e 1 7-7 7-7 1-1 | 2-2} 1+2-—-1-+42 66885 | juv. 19 122 | 47c 1 7-7 7-7 1-1 | 2-2) 1+2-—-1+42 66886} juv. 19 Usb) | pSKsxe 1 7-7 7-7 1-1 | 2-2; 1+2-—-1+2 66887 Q 19 137 | 44+ 1 7-7 7-7 1-1 | 1-1} 14+2-—-1+2 66888 rot 19 135 | 51+ 1 7-7 7-7 1-1 | 2-2) 14+2-1-+42 66889 2 19 IB | Se 1 7-7 7-7 1-1 | 2-2} 1+2-—-1+2 66890 Q 19 136 | 50c 1 7-7 7-7 1-1 | 2-2} 1+2-—-1+42 Eudryas dorsalis (Bocourt) Two specimens of this distinctive highland form were taken; one No. 67002, from Volcan Agua, and one, No. 67003, from San An- tonio. Both were found in open fields close to rock fences, and both are of the typical green coloration, with the characteristic dorsal and lateral stripes quite prominent. 2 See Plate No. 1, Fig. 1, for list of species found to inhabit this type of cover. Vot. XXIII] SLEVIN—REPTILES AND AMPHIBIANS FROM GUATEMALA 399 Scale counts are as follows: > : a) 14 a —) = a 3 2 este sis Sa) Sass] Sis 2 Sls sles 3 = 2 3 sw xn %© ~ Q's acs Se a4 x BS 2] ? jae jee) 58)s ies) S38 8 sia srs as 67002} 9 17 | 199] 132c | + | 9-9} 11-10 | 1-1] 2-2} 1-1] 2+2-2+2 67003] 3 17. | 191] 122+] + | 9-8} 10-11 | 1-1] 2-2] 1-1] 24+2-—2+42 Eudryas slevini (Stuart) This name is applied to three specimens, Nos. 66946-66948, from Finca El Cipres. The dorsal coloration is uniform bluish-gray. The underfaces are uniform yellowish, the throat being marbled with bluish-gray. All three snakes were taken in the cleared areas amongst the coffee trees. Scale counts are as follows: ~ 2 3 ' s ya WRK ; Gl pe | t 2 2 | € | S288 S$) SSS) SS lsses] EFF 2 Ae See | lest ey eS el | 9 ae 66946 Q Wi 137|-109-F is = (9-10) fetiatt -) 1-12 2-24) A—-1 |) 2--2— 25-2 66947 2 17 186} 104c | + |9-9 10-10 | 1-1) 2—2) 1-1) 2+-2 —2-+-2 60948 °) 17 185} 107c | + |9-9 10=10Vh 1-1) 2-2) 1-1) 2--2 —2--2 Drymobius margaritiferus (Schlegel) One of the more common species met with, and ranging in eleva- tion from about 150 feet to 5,000 feet. Apparently it does not con- fine itself to any particular type of habitat, as individuals were taken in the open country of the grassy highlands, amongst the coffee trees at the 2,000 foot level, and in the low, humid areas of the Montagua Valley. The series includes three specimens, Nos. 67004-67006, from San Antonio; two Nos. 67007 and 67009, from Quirigua, and nine, Nos. 66928-66936, from Finca El Cipres, Volcan Zunil. The green and yellow scales, with their black borders, make this snake quite conspicuous, even in a somewhat heavy under- growth. 400 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. Scale counts are as follows: S mh me? | Stoll} i See) eae eee A & Pe Sal naaelll gas 1 2 | & | 38 ls §8) 8 Ss) S&S [SSS] 8) BS = CNS Soot Bd tons |r Se | eel Siok 8 66928 fot 17 145) 127c + | 9-9 9-10 | 1-1] 2-2] 1-1} 2+2—2-+2 66929 9) 17 150} 95-+-) + | 9-9). 10-10 | 1-1} 2—2) 1-1] 24+2—2-42 66930| of 17 146] 127c | = | 9-9) 10-10 | 1—-1| 2-2) 1-1) 2+2—2-+42 66931 g 17 146) 125c + | 7-8 9-9 1-1} 2—2| 1-1) 2+2—2+42 66932 (of 17 146) 136c + | 9-9) 10-10 | 1-1} 2-2) 1-1) 2+2-—2-42 66933 a ike 150} 125c + | 9-9} 10-10 | 1-1) 2-2] 1-1) 24+2—2-+2 66934 rot 17 148} 129c + | 9-9) 10-x 1-1} 2—2| x-1} 2+2-—2+42 66935 ie) 17 146) 127¢c + | 9-9 9-9 1-1} 2—2| 1-1) 2+2—2-42 66936 ot 17 145} 129c + | 9-9} 10-10 | 1-1} 2-2) 1-1) 2+2-—2-+42 67004 rot 17 152} 45+] + | 9-9 11-11 | 1-1} 2-2) 1-1} 24+2—2-+2 67005 fof 7 154| 116c + | 9-9) 10-10 | 1-1] 2-2) 1-1) 24+2—2+2 67006 fof iN7f 152] 119¢c + | 9-9) 10-10 | 1-1] 2-2) 1-1) 24+2-—2+42 67007 Q 17 151} 107+] + | 9-9 9-9 1—1| 2—2| 1-1) 2+2-—2-+2 67009 of il? 156) 119c + | 9-9) 10-9 1—1| 3-2] 1-1} 2+2—2-+-2 Drymarchon corais melanurus (Duméril and Bibron) Two specimens, Nos. 66970-66971, from Finca El Cipres, Volcan Zunil, have the following scale counts: ~ 1 t o oS “ cd Q aS n o 2 oS 4 a) > Bw SS CS ek SS ‘ S 2 =3S /S vo] os SESS SEs s/s s] s 53 = S 3 S oo] & do = |a:s = SS || SSX Ss S 27S oS = SS >) oO © & = Y ae iss oszia les SS CIA SA S 5 Hs 2, Rip 2 x? ; Ns Yes is) i) 66970 s 17 201} 20+ 14838 8-9 Ti 22 lee 66971; °° 7 203) 61+ 1 | 8-8 9-9 alll AA) l=il|) PaeY4 = oe No. 66970 was dug out of a rotten stump in a small clearing amongst the trees of the original rain forest. Pituophis lineaticollis (Cope) A single specimen, a male, No. 66972, taken on the western slope of the Volcan Agua at about 5,900 feet, has scales in 27 rows, gastrosteges 246, urosteges 65c, anal single, supralabials 8-8, in- fralabials 10-10, preoculars 1-1, postoculars 3-2, loreals 1-1, tem- porals 2-3. This snake was found in a small corn field and dug out of a stump in which it had taken refuge. Vou. XXII] SLEVIN—REPTILES AND AMPHIBIANS FROM GUATEMALA 401 Leptophis mexicanus (Duméril and Bibron) One specimen, found crawling about the edge of a pile of rotting banana leaves near Quirigua, has scale counts as follows: Scale rows 15, gastrosteges 161, urosteges 162+, anal divided, supralabials 8-8, infralabials 10-10, preoculars 1-1, postoculars 2-2, loreal 1-1, temporals 1+2—-1-+2. Probably the excellent type of cover the banana plantations afford made this more or less common species difficult to find, as only a single specimen was seen during twelve days intensive hunting. Liophis godmani (Gunther) Six specimens, Nos. 67020-67025, of this distinctive little snake, were taken at Chichivac under old boards remaining from a dis- mantled sawmill. All show the typical dark-brown head and yellow spotted labials. Scale counts are as follows: S oo o “ Ss 3 =< 8 << 2 x S ds ad 2 > 3 x 4 8 3 NS S = 3 os 3 3 o i 3 = 2 3 BS My ON = |aA¢s ws x3 || ES = SS a Sa SP es ee SS 67020| o& ah 172) 93c 1) 8-8 9-9 MSI Ppa 9A eu AU oy — 67021| o& 21 169} 93c =! |.8-8 9=9 LES) Aa NE rs es oe! 67022| of 21 167} 88c => | O—9 8-8 SS 94 a ee eu 67023} o& 21 D2) 8S tel 2) | O-0 gay NE eed a te Us I yea | S 67024 g 21 173) 83c =" 8-8 9-8 LS de a ee a 67025| o& 21 169} 91c = | o-8 9-9 1 4 a NG Liophis lachrymans (Cope) This species, together with L. godmani was found only in the highlands. Four specimens, Nos. 67016-67019, were taken at Chichivac under old boards and pieces of bark. The chestnut dorsal coloration and heavy black lateral bands, as well as the head mark- ings, easily distinguish this species from L. godmant. Scale counts are as follows: > ' 1 . “ alr i PS aolsio fb vies! SS) GSiReaba ie as 67016 ron 17 165| 86c + | 8-8 8-9 1-1) 2-2] 1-1) 1+2-—-1+2 67017 Q 17 180) 72+ + | 8-8 9-9 1-1} 2-2] 1-1} 1+2—-1+2 67018} juv. 17 167| 83c + | 8-8 9-9 1-1] 3-2] 1-1) 1+1-—-1+1 67019) juv. 17 163] 80c + | 8-8 9-9 1-1) 2—2] 1-1) 1+2-—1-+42 402 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 41H SER. Xenodon colubrinus (Gunther) Eight specimens from Finca El Cipres, Volcan Zunil, were dug out of piles of earth in the cafetals. Scale counts are as follows: 3 SoG Se shig Sd! sr] eesp oS Sl ify sla Shes sz ~ s a ea SP Sr © lacs cs eS os] & = 5 AQIS SS) ~ ies) SS ss 8S] eR 66920 Q 19 136| 40+ 1 | 8-8} 10-10 | 1-1) 2-2} 1-1) 1+2-—1-+2 66921 oft 19 137| 44c 1 | 8-8 9-9 1-1} 2-2} 1-1) 1+2-1-+2 66922 of 19 129} 40c 1 | 8-8 9-9 1-1} 2-2) 1-1] 1+2-—1+2 66923 a 19 133} 44c 1 | 8-8 9-9 1-1} 2-2) 1-1) 1+2-—-1-+42 66924 e) 19 141) 36+ 1 | 9-9 9-9 1-1] 2-2} 1-1} 1+3-—-1-+2 66925 Q 19 141} 41+ 1 | 8-8} 10-10 | 1-1) 2-2] 1-1] 1+2-—1+2 66926 of 19 142) 39+ 1 | 8-8 9-10 | 1-1] 3-3} 1-1} 1+2-—-1-42 66927 of 19 134| 41c 1 | 8-8} 10-10 | 1-1) 2—2} 1-1) 14+2—1-+42 Urotheca elapoides elapoides (Cope) Seven specimens of this brightly black, red, and yellow banded snake are from Finca El] Cipres, Volcan Zunil. The Indians do not distinguish this snake from the coral snake, which they know to be venomous, and they could not be induced to handle one. Scale counts are as follows: ~ \ t 3 OT ase) PR esac aca eS uae S| oS fas 23 = S sp eS Sol SR = |/a-s Cs SrS{os] & 2 S| 7 | Gm (SSrPS progesbakagigiels ia, 3] aS 66910 fe) 17 129|} 66+ + | 8-8] 10-10 | 1-1} 2-2] 1-1) 1+1-—-1-+41 66911 o 17 128] 115c + | 8-8) 10-10 | 1-1} 2-2] 1-1) 1+1-—1-+41 66912 of 167 124) 79+ + | 8-8 9-9 J—1| 2-2} 1-1) 1+1-—1-+1 66913 x 17 132} 8+ + | 8-8} 10-10 |} 1-1] 2-2] 1-1} 1+1—-1-+2 66914 9 bf 132] 99+ + | 8-8} 10-10 } 1-1] 2-2] 1-1} 1+1—1-+41 66915 x 7 137) oO+ + | 8-8) 10-10 | 1-1} 2-2] 1-1) 1+1-—1+1 66916 ot 167 123) 57+ + | 8-8; 10-10 | 1-1] 2-2} 1-1) 14+2-—1-42 Trimetopon posadasi (Slevin) Five specimens of this snake, Nos. 66962-66966, were taken at Finca El Cipres, Volcan Zunil. The description of the type, No. 66964, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci., and the scale counts of the remaining specimens, together with those of a specimen, No. 20420, Field Vor. XXIII] SLEVIN—REPTILES AND AMPHIBIANS FROM GUATEMALA 403 Museum of Natural History, Chicago, are given in the Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., Ser. 4, Vol. XXIII, No. 4, pp. 79-81. It is believed that this series represents all the specimens now known from Guatemala. Adelphicos quadrivirgatus (Jan) This proved to be an abundant species at Finca El Cipres, Volcan Zunil, where the entire series of 145 specimens, Nos. 66725-66869 was dug out of piles of debris in the cafetals. The series shows little if any variation in color, the reddish-brown ground color, with black- ish longitudinal lines, being constant throughout. All have scales in 15 rows, anal divided, supralabials 7—7, infralabials 7—7, loreal 1-1, postoculars 2-2, temporals 1+1—1-+1. Sexes and variations in scale counts are as follows: S vcsille hubba. 2 mele aGeai ll, be bia lapegies See oleal e ieee tie eeoal flea lle Slices = A) Se | SeeS = 2) Ses FSS = 2B S 2 MSs = Oo a = O° a ay Oo? a 66725| juv. | 129 fof 126 | 26c | 66789| of 1132 30¢ 66726] juv. | 135 Q 139 | 28c || 66790) 9 135 23c 66727| of 125 ot 120 | 30c | 66791; of 131 31c 66728) juv. | 125 juv. | 138 | 20c || 66792] 9 134 25c 66729) juv 124 Q 142 | 26c | 66793} o& 128 22¢ 66730 Q 136 juv. | 121 | 22c || 66794; 9 137 22c 66731] juv. | 126 2 134 | 26c | 66795} of 131 28c 66732 Q 135 rofl 127 | 29c | 66796} o& 127 24c 66733; of 126 ie) 128 | 28c | 66797} 9° 138 26c 66734 9 142 fof 129 | 28c || 66798) 9@ 136 26c 66735|. juv. | 131 fof 127 | 33c | 66799} juv. | 130 28c 66736 9 S37) ce) 136 | 26c || 66800] juv. | 121 27c 66737] juv. | 131 fot 127 | 33c | 66801} o& 126 S2e 66738| juv. | 124 of 128 | 29c || 66802} @ 139 26c 66739) of 129 of 122 | 30c | 66803} @ 141 DIKE 66740 Q 138 fe) 138 | 26c | 66804} juv. | 136 24c 66741 fe) 138 2 134 | 26c | 66805} o& 130 31c 66742) o& 130 Q 141 | 29+] 66806} o& 127 30c 66743| of 126 ie) 143 | 27c | 66807} o& 129 35¢ 66744) of 128 fe) 134 | 25c | 66808} of 122 29c 66745| of 126 fot 126 | 31c | 66809} @ 139 23¢ 66746) of 123 2 124 | 28c | 66810; o& 126 26c 66747 Q 140 fot 123 | 31c || 66811} juv. | 134 25c 66748 Q 134 fof 129 | 22c | 66812) juv. | 125 27e 66749} of 125 ce) 138 | 26c | 66813} @ 139 26¢ 66750; of 124 Q 141 | 23c | 66814) 9 141 27c 66751 fof 128 fof 125 | 30c | 66815) of 127, 32¢ 66752| juv. | 128 Q 134 | 27c | 66816} 133 28c 66753)|' juve | 132 ce) 136 | 24c || 66817} 9° S5 26c 66754| of 129 juv. | 138 | 27c || 66818] 9° 144 24c 66755 Q 141 Q 134 | 24c || 66819} of 124 32¢ 66756| of 132 Q 125 | 26c || 66820] juv. | 125 27¢ | 404 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc QA 10 FAW AYA™AA0 G00 . 4tH SER. S Lea lap ee| AS Baa wiecanl es ~~ ifs ie) s = Y BA Pp s = = oO “” “” = Oo “4 ic) = 66821 Q 136 | 27c | 66838] juv. | 131 | 29c | 66854 66822 fof 126 | 30c || 66839} juv 126 | 28c || 66855 66823 fe) 137 | 28c | 66840} juv. | 129 | 33c || 66856 66824) of 129 | 29c || 66841 fo) 143 | 27c || 66857 66825 Q 135 | 24c || 66842} 9 140 | 25c || 66858 66826; of 130 | 28c | 66843} of 134 | 32c || 66859 66827; of 128 | 30c || 66844| 9 142 | 27c || 66860 66828| juv. | 131 | 24c | 66845) 9° 146 | 26c || 66861 66829| juv. | 129 | 25c | 66846) of 127 | 31c || 66862 66830| juv. | 120 | 26c | 66847) 9 133 | 28c || 66863 66831 fot 126 | 29c | 66848} of 131 | 29c || 66864 66832] juv. | 121 | 29c | 66849); 9 135 | 28c || 66865 66833} of 129 | 32c || 66850| of 129 | 33c || 66866 66834 Q 139 | 27c | 66851) juv. | 134 | 26c |) 66867 66835 ot 128 | 32c || 66852) juv. | 129 | 30c || 66868 66836 Q 135 | 27c |\\66853) = of 131 | 30c || 66869 66837| juv. | 124 | 26c Catostoma chalybeum Wagler The most common species found at Finca El Cipres, Volcan Zunil, 217 specimens having been dug out of piles of debris in the cafetals. The series shows practically no variation in coloration. Alcoholic specimens are a dark brown, but in life the dorsal coloration was silvery-gray, although occasionally a darker phase was met with, especially in the young. All have scales in 17 rows, anal single, supralabials 6-6, postoculars, 1-1, loreal 1-1. In 73 out of 124 males chin tubercles are present. Sexes and variation in scale counts are as follows: Gastro- | Uro- | Infra- Gastro- Number| Sex | steges | steges | labials | Number| Sex | steges 66508 Q 121 25c (= 66518 2 66509 Q 124 26c fe) 66519 of 66510 of 118 33c l=h 66520 of 66511 of 120 34c 7-8 66521 of 66512 Q 123 27c ei 66522 ref 66513 Q 125 29c Tea 66523 Q 66514 of 120 34c (1 66524 of 66515 of 121 34c fi=7/ 66525 2 66516 fof 121 23+ (=f 66526 Q 66517 of 119 33c ia 66527 of Uro- steges 28e Infra- labials Ta ao Rao TNT Td sa sss VoL. XXIII] SLEVIN—REPTILES AND AMPHIBIANS FROM GUATEMALA 405 Gastro-| Uro- | Infra- Gastro- | Uro- | Infra- Number| Sex | steges | steges | labials || Number| Sex | steges | steges | labtals 66528 of 121 32¢c ist 66579 oil 123 30c dad 66529 ot 121 33¢ 13 66580 fof 122 SVAC i=t 66530 i! 119 33¢ fa | 66581 of 12 Sule ih 66531 Q 121 26c a= 66582 g 126 29c hat 66532 fol 125 31c vi 66583 of 119 34c (has 66533 ot 122 33¢ herd 66584 of 12H 32c¢ dod 66534 Q 124 26c deel 66585 of 123 32¢ dd 66535 2 127 26c id 66586 g 123 26c UU 66536 2. 130 29e 7-7 66587 rot 121 28+ 8-8 66537 2 116 30c id 66588 Q 117 24c Teil 66538 Q 124 12-- dct 66589 fof 118 32¢ ist 66539 oh 119 33¢c ri | 66590 fot 121 32¢ 7-7 66540 2 125 28c lied | 66591 Q 123 24+ 8-8 66541 ot 121 33c leoi) 66592 of 120 wie iat 66542 oy 119 32c Tat 66593 of 120 34c iat 66543 ofl 120 32c t6 66594 fof 122 33¢ 7-6 66544 of 120 29c (a 66595 g 121 Tis ae 7-8 66545 of 119 32¢ t0 66596 of 119 34c 7-8 66546 of 120 32c taal | 66597 ofl 122 34c rir) 66547 Q 117 25¢ 8-8 66598 of 122 30+ dod 66548 2 125 25c 7-7 66599 fof 121 33¢ (ea) 66549 of 120 35¢ 6-6 66600 rot 118 30¢ ta 66550 Q 124 29c 8-8 66601 of 121 DS) 18 66551 Q 120 26c ies’) 66602 fof 120 34c 130 66552 g 122 26c Tia | 66603 g 123 28c (i 66553 ot 123 33¢ laa 66604 g 123 27¢c ta 66554 2 121 25€ (=| 66605 of 118 32¢ 6-6 66555 Q 126 27¢c isw’ 66606 fof 117 Syke 1) 66556 Q 123 27c ei 66607 g 119 Die dat 66557 Q 126 Zic 7 66608 g 126 26c 8-8 66558 of 127 32c it 66609 of 119 Se ical 66559 of 122 31c (ew) 66610 g 119 24¢c iat 66560 Q 124 26c 16 66611 fof 120 326 8-8 66561 of 122 34+ (oy 66612 fof 120 31c d=i 66562 of 122 34c (| 66613 Q 12 26c ist | 66563 of 121 31c (i 66614 Q 124 29¢ ist 66564 er 119 32¢c Gh 66615 fot 122 33¢ bd. 66565 of 116 32¢c 7-8 66616 fot 119 33c dcoth 66566 of 124 32¢ (Ey 66617 fof 118 33c rea 66567 Q 121 25¢ (ev) 66618 ot 120 30¢ femal | 66568 Q 122 26c (ea) 66619 of 117 33c (fil! 66569 Q 121 25c Th 66620 g 127 26c lial 66570 of 120 30c (7 66621 rot 121 33c i 66571 of 124 37¢ ih 66622 g 122 29c (7) 66572 Q 126 27c in 66623 Q 124 24c th 66573 9 123 25c ih 66624 Q 129 28c 7-8 66574 of 124 33c i 66625 (of. 120 33c (Ee) 66575 of 119 ZSC oh 66626 g 125 26c ia 66576 Q be | 28c (=U 66627 of WAP 31c 6-6 66577 ot 123 32¢ Sonal 66628 of 121 33c aol 66578 of 121 37c 8-8 66629 of 121 34c Gh 406 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. Gastro- | Uro- | Infra- Gastro- | Uro- | Infra- Number| Sex | steges | steges | labials || Number| Sex | steges | steges | labials 66630 of 122 34c that 66678 Q 123 27c =i 66631 of 123 32¢c (tl 66679 | juv. 1125 29¢ i 66632 2 123 27¢ id 66680 of 122 32e cE) 66633 2 125 26c (eI 66681 ofl 120 3ic 17 66634 9 122 26c if 66682 Q 125 28c 8-7 66635 2 125 26c id 66683 of 116 34c to 66636 of tan7 34c iat 66684 ol 122 33c 1-7 66637 2 128 Ze 6-6 66685 Q 125 24¢c (7 66638 of 122 14+ i=7 66686 2 124 28c fe 66639 ou 119 34c 7-8 66687 Q 123 27c 137 66640 of 118 30c (at 66688 reg 124 31c CF 7) 66641 rot 123 34c Tell 66689 9 123 26c (E 66642 of 120 34c (Fi 66690 of 119 32¢c fe) 66643 Q 128 27c 11 66691 Q 126 27c TM 66644 of 117 34¢c 7 66692 Q 124 29¢ i 66645 Q 124 28c T= 66693 fot 118 34c i=1 66646 of 118 35¢ 7-6 66694 Q 128 29¢ ist 66647 Q 124 DiC tM 66695 of 122 31+ (i) 66648 Q 126 28c di 66696 Q 123 24c til 66649 of 119 33¢c 7-7 66697 fof 124 34¢ (=u 66650 | juv 118 28c dt 66698 fof 122 35c i= 66651 of 119 28+ (axl 66699 of 118 32¢ i= 66652 Q 123 27¢ 7 66700 ©) 125 26c 8-7 66653 of 119 31ic fie’) 66701 of 118 34c ton 66654 | juv 125 25c 8-7 66702 ref 119 32¢ 17 66655 of 122 30¢ lecil 66703 of 118 28c 7) 66656 of 123 33c 6-6 66704 of 119 32¢ J=1/ 66657 Q 122 26c 17 66705 of 125 35¢c 7-7 66658 2 124 27c ia 66706 fof 122 36c Teeth 66659 Q 124 Zie ltl 66707 Q 126 28c (EAL 66660 Q 123 24c 8-8 66708 of 119 33c ta 66061 Q 122 28c TM 66709 2 126 29c 1h 66662 of 122 35¢ (a 66710 of 126 256 ie 66663 of 118 37¢ Tamil 66711 of 118 Sexe Teall 66664 Q 121 27c 8-8 66712 Q 122 25¢ Teaih 66665 fe) 124 26c T= 66713 of 118 32c¢ 6-6 66666 Q 119 256 8-8 66714 Q 123 25+ Ti 66667 Q 122 27c Tail 66715 of 123 31c 6-6 66668 fof x 31c FES 66716 of 122 33c i= 66669 | of 119 | ° 34c 71) | 66717 | cht 119 32¢ To 66670 Q 124 29¢ Teo 66718 2 122 25C ith 66671 fof 118 32c 6-6 66719 of 125 31c Tal 66672 of 124 x 1h 66720 Q 119 25¢ (ei 66673 Q 124 24c dam 66721 of 120 33¢ =U 66674 of 121 30c (7) 66722 fe) 123 18+ =] 66675 of 116 34c 7-8 66723 of 125 31+ (Ti 66676 Q 125 26¢ Tat 66724 fe) 121 25c =I) 66677 of 121 32¢ Teil | VoL. XXIII] SLEVIN—REPTILES AND AMPHIBIANS FROM GUATEMALA 407 Catostoma rhodogaster (Cope) This species was found only in the highland country, where six specimens, Nos. 67010-67015, were taken in the vicinity of Chi- chivac. They were all found under debris at the site of an old sawmill. Scale counts are as follows: ~ 3 ee cree ak cal sal AS Km on Sal ta 1 S be) befles | oe lel se Leslee & 5 a) 7) peetioeg (Pe lilies bSsie apa o's 67010 of 17, 140 45c 1 6-6 7-7 1-1 | 1-1] 14+2—142 67011 a lz 139 45c 1 6-6 6-6 1-1 | 1-1] 14+2—1-+42 67012 fof 17 35 44c 1 6-6 7-6 1-1 | 1-1} 1+2-—1-+2 67013 fof 17 138 44c it 6-6 7-6 1 Does ed LE i a —1+2 67014 ce) 17 141 Silie 1 6-6 6-6 1-1 | 1-1] 1+2—1+42 67015 of 1 131 40c 1 6-6 6-6 1-1 | 1-1} 1+2-—-1+2 Tropidodipsas annulata (Boco urt) Twelve specimens were taken from under the bark of low cut stumps in the open areas about Chichivac. As will be seen by the scale counts three of these, Nos. 67042-67044, have one preocular, the loreal entering the eye in the remainder of the series. The black annuli range from 34-64 on the body, and from 12-22 on the tail. These are generally bordered by a single row of whitish colored scales. The dorsal region between the black annuli is a brownish- gray. All have 17 scale rows, anal single, infralabials 7-7, postoculars 2-2, loreal 1-1, temporals 1+2—1-+2. Sexes and variation in scale counts are as follows: x i es x ; hee es = of ss}, Hk 2's = 2 Sf i Ss 8 Ses |) el as = ie Cicaiss = eo Srl | yeaa 8 67034 fot 180 57¢c 6-6 || 67040 ot 179 57¢ =O; 4 eae 670385 | od 2hr176) }.60c: | 727 67041 |r ot .)1179| 67 |! 6-6 Jat. 67036 2 190 40c 7-7 || 67042 fof 176 47¢ gail il 67037 | Q 188 | 570. | 6-0 .W67043)) oo | 175 | 53+), 6-7 | 1-4 67038 | 9 177 | 60c | 6-6 1167044) o@ | 181 | 53c | 7-7 | 1-1 67039 Q 1S Se MRrISe 6-6 || 67045 of 163 47c lala ee 408 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. Imantodes cenchoa (Linnaeus) Six of these arboreal snakes, Nos. 69940-69945, were found at Finca El Cipres, Volcan Zunil, entwined about the limbs of the coffee trees, close in toward the trunk. It is probably not an un- common species, but difficult to locate amongst the dense foliage. All have strongly enlarged vertebrals. Scale counts are as follows: S| 2 |as le sees ls [$8] 82 Slash ag = a > SS > NS > — y ~~ Sil ieee s |S eatin HSI Se ae 66940) x 17. | 242)137-+) + | 8-8| 10-9 PAS SS) aes 66941 x 17 x1 120 + | 8-8 x10) |1—1' |) 2=2)) 112-3) 66942 x LAV 220i126e + | 8-8] 10-10 | 1-1] 2-2} 1-1|}1+2—1-+2 66943 x 17 (| 224] 114c == |(8=8)|) 10-11) 22) 2-2) 1-1 i eS 66944| of E7252 MA Tc = |9-9| 10-10 | 1-1] 3-3] 1-1| 2+3—2-53 66945 Q 17 | 2424 1426 = | 8-8] 10-11 | 1-1) 3-3} 1-1) 2+3—2-53 Leptodeira annulata polysticta (Gunther) Two specimens, Nos. 66937-66938, are from Finca El Cipres, Volcan Zunil. Both show a short longitudinal line on the neck. Both were found in similiar situations as Imantodes cenchoa. Scale counts are as follows: ~ 2 ; o Su 12 ss 3 8 ee 4 se al < = Wig aee 2) 8 |) S218 S$] 8/88] S2 [SSeS] §] FFE 2 AS ISS PS) a3] fs ses ay os 66937) x 23 | W199 ss2e = |8-8| 10-10 | 2-2) 2-2) 1-1) 1--2)— #22 66938 Q 23 | 203)) 844-1 = | 8=8.) 10-10 | 2-2) 2=2) 1-1) 1-2 ae Pseudoboa cleelia (Daudin) Three specimens were dug out of piles of debris in the cafetals at Finca El Cipres, Volcan Zunil. In life this oddly marked snake has a ground color of dark pink, with a large bluish spot occupying the center of each scale. In alcoholic specimens the ground color may become a light reddish-brown, with the blue spots turning a darker brown. The head is blackish, with a large yellowish band Vor. XXIII] SLEVIN—REPTILES AND AMPHIBIANS FROM GUATEMALA 409 crossing the parietals and extending down on to the neck. The undersurfaces are uniform yellowish, with the gular region somewhat clouded. Scale counts are as follows: ~ q ' 7) “ > “ 14 ie a x © 2 |S & % | 3S) sl [ESS = = S| a2 hee Siemens [Seelieees. 1 SUS 1 ea8 [18 = § Ss bet i) o = TN Ae PS eS om era cee (Ry SIG S| ,S mS = oe is : Re aes S sips y 66917 Q 17 | 208} 88c vee ey 8-8 22 i 2S 2S 66918 °) Lie 221 |e Site Ly 8-8 tle 2-2 66919; of 17°: 210 | 89c fh ltl 8-8 Phe ia SiS Conophis lineatus (Duméril and Bibron) Two specimens, both showing the typical striping, were taken, one No. 66999 was captured as it emerged from a hole in the ground, close to the road entering the town of San Antonio, and the other, No. 67000, under a stone at Progreso, a range in elevation of about 2,500 feet. Scale counts are as follows: S ' liw rh Ae Ve) C29) = “ 3 zed S Sle S| 2 SilpSapeshas Ss ba. Slecst S = 3 = o 3 S So] S oo = /acs = :s 2S < > = S| 2 )ae gs Ss )siss Ss ses Gg, as 66999| of 19 |166}| 69c —o—8 9-9 ML |) S363.) Tt P=) 67000; o& 19 |166} 58c Neko!) TOO ral |) AEP a Tee Oxybelis acuminatus (Wied) A single example of this species given to me by my host Sefior Posadas has scales in 17 rows, urosteges 166c, anal divided, suprala- bials 9-9, infralabials 9-9, preoculars 1-1, postoculars 2—2, temporals 1+2—1+2. I did not meet with the species myself, but the Indians report it as not rare. 410 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. Coniophanes punctigularis Cope A common species at Finca El Cipres, Volcan Zunil, where 87 specimens, Nos. 66421-66507, were dug from piles of earth in the cafetals. There appears to be little if any variation in color through- out the series. All have 21 scale rows, anal divided, supralabials 8-8, with the exception of No. 66497, which has seven on the left side, preoculars 1-1, postoculars 2—2, loreal 1-1. The temporals are 1+2, with the exception of No. 66475, which has 1+1 on the right side. Sexes and variation in scale counts are as follows: Gastro-| Uro- | Infra- Gastro- | Uro- Infra- Number| Sex | steges | steges | labials | Number| Sex | steges | steges | labials 66421 g 126 74c 10-10 | 66457 Q 126 42 +) |) 10-10 66422 x 125 T+ Je! 66458 ot 124 80+ 9-9 66423 of 123 81c 9-9 66459 of 119 15-- |} d0=16 66424 ou 117 81c 10-10 || 66460 S: 126 74c 10-10 66425 fof 121 82c Oo 66461 2 124 80c 10-10 66426 of 120 78c 9-9 66462 ofl 119 12+} 10-10 66427 | juv. 121 78c 9=9 66463 Q 128 79c 10-10 66428 | juv. 124 L2C 9=9 66464 g 126 8ic 10-10 66429 Q 125 74+ | 10-10 | 66465 Q 125 75c 9-9 66430 g 94) 70c 10-10 | 66466 ol 116 83c G9 66431 of 122 37+ | 10-10 | 66467 Q 123 56+ | 10-10 66432 | juv. ipl 71+ | 10-10 | 66468 of 121 81c o=9 66433 2 124 21+ | 10-10 | 66469 Q 127 73¢c 9-9 66434 Q 126 76c 10-10 || 66470 of 119 84c 9-9 66435 | juv. 120 80c 959 66471 of 120 77c 10-10 66436 | juv. 118 40+ | 10-10 || 66472 Q 127 74+ | 10-10 66437 of 120 79¢ 9-9 66473 of 120 ris 9-9 66438 of 120 73 yy, 66474 of al 82c 959 66439 | juv. AZ 70c 9-9 66475 Q 122 34+ 9-10 66440 i} 125 51+ | 10-10 | 66476 2 125 16-- | 10-10 66441 ow 121 17+ | 10-10 | 66477 of 120 45+ | 10-10 66442 of 122 66+ 9-9 66478 of 118 48 + 9-10 66443 of EW 82c 10-10 || 66479 Q 125 48+ | 10-10 66444 fof 118 57+ | 10-10 | 66480 Q 124 78c 9=9 66445 Q Ihe 41+ | 10-10 | 66481 Q 125 76c 9-9 66446 Q 128 74c 10-10 | 66482 Q 126 20+ 9-9 66447 of 119 78c 10-10 || 66483 g 128 77c 10-10 66448 g 114 70¢ 9-9 66484 of 119 81c 10-10 66449 of 120 83c 10-9 66485 of 116 69+ 9-9 66450 ofl 121 41+ | 10-10 || 66486 of 120 79¢ 10-9 66451 of 118 86c 10-10 | 66487 Q 126 76¢c 9-9 66452 of 122 67+ | 10-10 | 66488 ot 120 63 + 9-9 66453 of 119 77¢c 10-10 ||, 66489 er 116 Sate | 10=10 66454 Q 123 71c 9-9 66490 Q 130 77c o-9 66455 of 121 14+ | 10-10 | 66491 of 116 69+ | 10-10 66456 of 119 67¢c 10-10 || 66492 Q 130 SL- |. 10=10 Vor. XXIII} SLEVIN—REPTILES AND AMPHIBIANS FROM GUATEMALA 411 Gastro-| Uro- | Infra- Gastro-| Uro- | Infra- Number| Sex | steges | steges | labials | Number| Sex | steges | steges | labials 66493 rot 118 52+ 9-9 66501 Q 130 6+ 9-9 66494 of 123 79¢ 10-10 | 66502 of 118 28+ 9-9 66495 rot 122 80+ 9-9 66503 ou 119 34+ | 10-9 66496 | juv. 126 74c 9-9 66504 of 122 65+ 9-10 66497 2 128 76c 9-9 66505 Q 130 rae 9-9 66498 rot 121 74+ | 10-10 | 66506 rot 122 32+ 9-9 66499 of 123 53+ | 10-10 | 66507 ow 118 82c 10-10 66500 of 118 75+ | 10-10 Tantilla fusca (Bocourt) A fairly common species at Finca El Cipres, Volcan Zunil, where 19 specimens, Nos. 66891-66909, were taken. All show a light lateral line and a yellowish-white collar. The head is blackish, with yellow- ish spotting on the side and the tip of the snout. All have 15 scale rows, anal divided, supralabials 7-7, infralabials 7-7, preoculars 1-1, postoculars 2-2, temporals 1+1—1+1. Sexes and variations in scale counts are as follows: Gastro- Uro- Gastro- Uro- Number Sex steges Steges Number Sex steges steges 66891 fof 140 50c 66901 of 146 46c 66892 Ct 143 35+ 66902 Q 150 19+ 66893 juv. 142 40c 66903 of 139 47c 66894 of 140 41+ 66904 Q 149 40c 66895 fof 151 49c 66905 fot 139 45c 66896 Q 153 42c 66906 Q 153 42c 66897 of 144 49c 66907 oft 146 47c 66898 Q 151. 37+ 66908 x 154 5+ 66899 x 151 18+ 66909 ot 141 48c 66900 of 147 45c Stenorhina degenhardtii (Berthold) A single specimen, No. 67001, found under a stone at Progreso, has scales in 17 rows, gastrosteges 173, urosteges 33c, anal divided, supralabials 7-7, infralabials 7-7, preoculars 1-1, loreal 1-1, tem- porals 1+2—1+2. This specimen is the reddish type of coloration, with three longi- tudinal black lines and the under parts uniform yellowish. 412 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 47H SER. Micrurus nigrocinctus zunilensis Schmidt This new subspecies, distinguished by coloration and geographic range, was described by Mr. Karl Schmidt®. Thirteen specimens, No. 66001 (the type), Nos. 66949-66954 and Nos. 66956-66961, were dug from piles of earth in the cafetals of Finca El Cipres, Volcan Zunil. All have scales in 15 rows, anal divided, supralabials 7-7, infra- labials 7-7, preoculars 1-1, postoculars 2-2, temporals 1+1—1+1, with the exception of the type, which has 1+2 on the left side. Sexes and variations in scale counts are as follows: Gastro- Uro- Gastro- Uro- Number Sex steges steges Number Sex steges steges 66001 of 198 46c 66956 of 198 52¢c 66949 Q PHS) 35C 66957 of 193 45c 66950 ©) 208 38c 66958 Q 210 38c¢ 66951 Q 195 48c 66959 Q 216 33¢ 66952 fot 203 48c 66960 fof 202 50¢ 66953 of 197 52¢c 66961 of 205 49c 66954 of 202 50c Bothrops godmani (Gunther) This species was found only in the highlands in the vicinity of Chichivac, where eight specimens, Nos. 67026-67033 were taken under the bark of fallen logs. Strange to say they were all found on the top of the log when the bark was removed, and not wedged in on the sides, as is often the case with snakes in general. Scale counts are as follows: ~ ' ' S 2 HES S| Ssh esos WSs | Seale eS a 25 eee = o =) en) ~n ~~ A'S a OS x ots ~ eye Weel ees arene SS | See as a ee 67026 rofl Ail 140 30¢ 1 8-9 11-10 2—2 Ss) 1—1 67027 of ZA 137 ZIG il 9-9 =a 2-2 33 11 67028 of Dal 139 28c 1 10-10 | 11-11 =p) 4-4 ita 67029 fe) 19 131 27c 1 9-9 10-11 2—2 3-4 11. 67030 2 Di 138 26c 1 9-9 10-11 2-2 3-4 =H 67031 oi 21 133 24c 1 10-9 ibaa 2) 3-3 1-1 67032 fe) 21 140 24¢c 1 9-10) 10-10 2-2 3=3 Vet 67033 e) DS 138 27c 1 10-10 | 12-11 2-2 3—3 iil 3 Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., Ser. 4, Vol. XX, No. 7, pp. 265-267. Vot. XXIII] SLEVIN—REPTILES AND AMPHIBIANS FROM GUATEMALA 413 Bothrops nigroviridis aurifera (Salvin) A single specimen (9), No. 67049, was given to me by Sefior Axel Pira, my host at Chichivac, who captured it in Quiche Province at Finca El Soche, about 25 miles west of Coban. It has scales in 19 rows, gastrosteges 162, urosteges 58c, anal single, supralabials 9-9, infralabials 10-11, preoculars 2-2, post- oculars 3-3, loreal 1-1. Crotalus terrificus durissus (Cope) One specimen, a female, No. 67048, taken in the arid country south of Progreso, has 29 scale rows, gastrosteges 185, urosteges 23c, anal single, preoculars 2-2, postoculars 2-2, loreal 2-2. This was the only specimen seen during twelve days intensive hunting in excellent-looking rattlesnake country. The natives re- ported them to be very scarce in the vicinity. Ole % ea QGIC 4 é Ps : S76° ' '& Cg aS Lye a a ‘a S(LIGRA ar _ \ ork ; . (oN ae | \ tA SS 414 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 47TH SER. PLATE 37 Fig. 1. The small pile of earth seen in the lower right hand corner of the picture is the type of cover in which ten species of snakes were found: Ninia sebe Catostoma chalybeum Xenodon colubrinus Pseudoboa cloelia Urotheca e. elapoides Coniophanes punctigularis Trimetopon posadasi Tantilla fusca Adelphicos quadrivirgatus Micrurus nigrocinctis zunilensis Fig. 2. A road at Finca El Cipres, the type of country inhabited by Drymarchon corais melanurus and Sybinophis annulatus. PLATE 38 Fig. 1. A road at Progreso. The vegetation in this arid country resembles that of the deserts in the western United States. Fig. 2. A trail through the forest above Chichivac. On the lower edge of this forest is the home of Bothrops godmani. 26 c + Vol. XXIII, No. PROC. CAL. ACAD. SCl., 4th Serie PROC. CAL. ACAD. SCl., 4th Series, Vol. XXIII, No, 26 [SLEVIN] Plate 38 OF MARINE ostRACODS samen Ni bi EACH Paecikece. | bye ttn ee sharine Ostrawods Drought tf ORG Aiditien, 96-1901) vorlaland v Father ie iB amber of He ae Fo.kelece CHK mevsrad, whic Vuatee irae A to ne. h4e heen eaniigad, Hay-diccumstance: hove. “haat piiewan fro be pehiieh all the matte: Yeh. fallvwing che a ; DOE Gasp eed 2 and SORRY te PRT ie specie be- IE pon Wye: Ciakaacepe fret bey. whe Be tio, nis WW, the rice oF inte Ppiteeatel She dvcriptigaat fhe walk wot tie! material m oun. The following aw, samc’ Prok arity hid big found Wh tit ths vetral, ‘ Fb ai eres eo ot +(e aan a ee cmt} he A earner 4 a Wine bs Diy , , . "aime csi! eh Ai hiocacael 1 vetoed “pla niaherestacma ach it Reoctocna 7 bt Pr kw ig gs Fi eae ; te. "i heey aes: Heathen, Th, Bewprad, ‘Noe leet dik idem ed shy iid | Bt ra i, Pn geet, Aen § ain kfc ncaciee a Rea a. h i Age dove HR § A PROCEEDINGS /® OF THE iz \ : CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES FOURTH SERIES Vovt. XXIII, No. 27, pp. 415-425, text figs. 1-13 DECEMBER 29, 1939 No. 27 A NEW GENUS AND SPECIES OF MARINE OSTRACODS FROM SOUTH GEORGIA* BY TAGE SKOGSBERG Hopkins Marine Station, Pacific Grove, California The somewhat extensive material of marine Ostracods brought home by the Swedish Antarctic Expedition, 1900-1901, contained a rather large number of species new to science. The material, which was entrusted to me, has been examined, but circumstances have not allowed me to publish all the results. Indeed, following the publication of Skogsberg, 1920 and 1928,! in which the species be- longing to Myodocopa and Cladocopa and to the genus Cythereis of Podocopa were presented, the description of the bulk of the material still remained unpublished. The following new species belonging to a new genus was found in this material. * Printed from the John W. Hendrie Publication Endowment. lSkogsberg, T. Studies on Marine Ostracods. I. Cypridinids, Halocyprids, and Polycopids. Uppsala, 1920. Skogsberg, T. Studies on Marine Ostracods. II. External Morphology of the Genus Cythereis with Descriptions of twenty-one New Species. Occ. Pap. Calif. Acad. Sci. XV, San Francisco, 1928. December 29, 1939 416 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER Copytus Skogsberg, new genus Diagnosis: Shell: Without noticeable sex dimorphism. Elongated, low, with smooth surface. Left valve somewhat larger than the right, the edge of which it partly overlaps. Inner line and line of junction widely separated along anterior and posterior margins of shell and coincide along middle portion of ventral margin. Marginal pores simple, moderate in number. Selvage narrow, hard to detect, ap- parently with smooth edge. Eye probably absent (if present, very small). Hinge without teeth. Four muscle impressions form a small, rounded group near middle of each valve, and a small, single impression occurs somewhat in front of this group. Calcareous, but thin and fragile. First antenna: No sex dimorphism. Of moderate length and strength; 5-jointed; fourth joint composed of 2 merged joints, with slight traces of original division; when at rest, with the 3 distal joints bent upwards, the third joint forming a rather decided knee with the second. First joint without bristles. Second joint with a long bristle at about middle of posterior side. The 3 distal joints with same number of bristles as in subgenus Cythereis (Jones); some of these bristles rather long, some rather strong; 1 of the 4 distal bristles of end joint narrow, subequal in width throughout, rounded distally, hyaline, sensory, and joined to its neighbor at base. Second antenna: No sex dimorphism. Of moderate strength but rather short, due to shortness of second endopodite joint. Exopodite long, 2-jointed. First endopodite joint with 1 postero-distal bristle. Second endopodite joint with 2 bristles on anterior side, 3 at about middle of posterior (1 of these sensory), and 1 postero-distally. Third endopodite joint with 4 bristles, 1 of which is rather weak and short, the others claw-like and fairly long. Mandible: No sex dimorphism. First (protopodite) joint of moderate size and strength, narrow, wedge-shaped; its proximal part without rounded hump on anterior side; its part below palp (pars incisiva) about 3 times longer than toothed edge and with distinct posterior notch; toothed edge with about 6 teeth, of which the anterior is simple and rather large; the remaining ones decrease in size posteriorly, the posterior one being very small; 2 short bristles between teeth number 1 and 2; and a similar bristle between teeth number 2 and 3; at base of small posterior tooth, there are 2 short bristles. On anterior side of this joint, somewhat ventrally to palp, there is 1 rather short bristle with short hairs. Palp about as long as first protopodite joint, with thin walls, 3-jointed (second protopodite and first endopodite joints almost completely merged). Second protopodite joint with 2 ventral bristles (as in sub-genus Cythereis). Epipodial appendage with 1 bristle and a scale-like process (the latter directed forward in Fig. 5); its position rela- Vor. XXII] SKOGSBERG—NEW MARINE OSTRACOD 417 tive to second protopodite joint can not be established due to merging of joints, but probably the same as in sub-genus Cytherevs. First endopodite joint (just as second protopodite joint) shorter than high; with 2 dorso-distal bristles, and with 3 bristles located somewhat more ventrally; one of the more ventral ones is of extra- ordinary size, non-annulated, and furnished along its entire length with numerous, long, stiff hairs, arranged as the pinnules of a feather. Second endopodite joint very long and narrow (6-7 times as long as high), and of subuniform width throughout; with but a few (about 4) weak bristles distally. End joint of about the same shape and with the same number (4) of bristles as in sub-genus Cytherets. Maxilla: No distinct sex dimorphism. Epipodial appendage of about the same size as in the genus Cytheretta (G. W. Miiller, 1894; pl. 39, fig. 10); with about 17-18 marginal bristles. The anterior two of these bristles directed forward and located on a small, lobe- like process; the remaining ones of about the same type and relative lengths as in figure mentioned above. Protopodite with 3 well de- veloped endites; the two distal usually about twice as long as high or slightly longer, and a little shorter than first joint of palp; the proximal endite generally slightly shorter and higher than the distal ones. Each endite with 6-7 bristles. Palp distinctly 2-jointed; first joint rather large; end joint small. These joints with about 3 and 4 bristles, respectively. Fifth limb: Without, or with hardly distinguishable, sex dimor- phism. Of moderate strength and length, somewhat smaller and weaker than in the sub-genus Cythereis; 4-jointed. Protopodite with 4 bristles on anterior side: 2 distally and 2 near or somewhat proxi- mally to middle; of the latter 2, the one is situated somewhat proximally to the other. Epipodial appendage situated somewhat proximally to middle of posterior side of this joint, and consists of a small lobe with 2 long bristles, both non-annulated, soft, and furnished with moderately long, soft hairs. Exopodite with 2 bristles, viz., 1 ventro-distally on first joint, the other forming the end claw. Sixth limb: Without sex dimorphism, or nearly so. Differs from generic type of fifth limb mainly in having a slightly longer exopodite and in having only 1 bristle antero-distally on protopodite. Seventh limb: Without sex dimorphism, or nearly so. Differs from generic type of sixth limb chiefly by having a somewhat longer exopodite, by having only 1 bristle at about middle of anterior side of protopodite, and by having the epipodite represented by a single bristle. Brush-shaped organ: Of ordinary type, about as in the genus Cytheretta, as figured by G. W. Miiller (1894, pl. 39, fig. 19). Penis: See description of species, below. Furca: In the female: Relatively large, but short; with about 5 bristles. Same number of bristles found in male, in which furca is attached to penis. 418 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. Copytus caligula Skogsberg, new species Description: Male: Shell (Figs. 1, 2): Length, 0.94-1.02 mm. Length : height, about 3:1. Length : breadth, 3.20-3.25:1. Seen from the side, oblong, subequal in height nearly throughout; extremities rounded, the posterior subcircular, the anterior somewhat depressed dorsally. Seen from below, narrowly subobovoidal, broadest at about the middle, broadly pointed anteriorly, asymmetrically rounded pos- teriorly; with even contours. Pores of surface almost impossible to detect, small and few; some of them with very short bristles. Margi- nal pores of about the types shown in Fig. 1; some of those along anterior margin of shell with short, fine, simple bristles; most of those along posterior margin with short, or moderately long, fine bristles, some of which are bifurcated. When shell is regarded in transmitted light, no dark fields can be detected. First antenna (Fig. 3): The 2 proximal joints with rather thin walls; third and fourth joints with thick walls. First and second joints taper quite strikingly distally. Relative lengths of joints about as follows: 10 13 2.5 5 3 ome OTE EN eee eee 12 10 4 6 3 Fourth joint shows on medial side traces of a division into 2 sub- equal joints. Bristle at about middle of posterior side of second joint about as long as posterior side of the 4 distal joints; of moderate strength; with short, fine hairs; and non-annulated, or nearly so. Bristle of third joint antero-distal; of about same type as bristle of second joint but smaller, about as long as or somewhat shorter than anterior side of second joint. Of the 7 bristles of fourth joint, 3 are situated near middle of joint. Two of these 3 bristles are on anterior side, 1 on posterior side of joint; the posterior and 1 of the anterior are rather weak, non-annulated, naked or almost so, and about as long as or slightly longer or shorter than this joint; remain- ing one of these 3 is non-annulated, naked, rather strong, gradually tapering to a very fine point, and about as long as or somewhat longer or shorter than posterior sides of second and third joints. The 4 remaining bristles of the fourth joint situated distally; 2 of them are antero-medial, and of same type and length as long bristle just described; of the other 2, 1 is posterior, rather weak, non-annulated, naked or almost so, and about as long as distal joint or somewhat longer; and 1 is antero-lateral, of about the same type as the last mentioned bristle but somewhat longer and furnished with short, fine hairs. Of the 4 bristles of the distal joint, 1 is of about same type and length as the small antero-distal bristle of the preceding joint but naked or almost so; 1 is anterior, about 3 times longer Vor. XXIII] SKOGSBERG—NEW MARINE OSTRACOD 419 than end joint, non-annulated, naked or almost so, gently curved, and rather strong. The claviform, narrow, sensory bristle is some- what shorter than the last-mentioned bristle and about half as long as its neighbor, to which it is attached at the base. The last bristle is of about the same type as, but slightly shorter and distinctly \ \V \ W/Z ii Be ee GV” Copytus caligula Skogsberg, new species. Pr Fig. 1. Left valve, lateral view. 50. 2. Shell, ventral view, anterior end up. X 39. 3. Left first antenna, from inside. antenna, from outside. X 270. 5. Right mandible, from inside. Type speci- men, male. South Georgia, off mouth of Cumberland Bay. X 270. 4. Right second 420 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. weaker than the long and strong bristle at about middle of anterior side of fourth joint. Medio-distally on fourth joint, there is a minute spine. Pilosity: A few hairs are to be found dorso-distally on first joint; anteriorly, near proximal boundary, and antero-distally on second joint; and postero-distally on third joint. Second antenna (Fig. 4): Walls of joints moderately thick. Rela- tive lengths of joints about as follows: 11 5 7 aS Protopodite -—— Endopodite I -— II -— III -—— 1 ne 6.5 oEg Exopodite rather narrow; its proximal joint shows possible signs of division in 2 joints, and is about as long as anterior side of endo- podite; its distal joint about as long as total length of first and second endopodite joints. Postero-distal bristle of first endopodite joint about as long as or slightly shorter than second endopodite joint, of moderate strength, and furnished with short hairs. The 2 bristles on anterior side of second endopodite joint are closely-set, near distal boundary of joint, narrow, non-annulated, and naked; 1 about as long as or slightly longer or shorter than anterior side of distal joint; 1 usually not quite twice as long as its neighbor. Of the 3 bristles at about middle of this joint, 2 are of about same type as bristle of first endopodite joint, the lateral being about as long as second endopodite joint, the medial usually somewhat shorter. The sensory bristle is situated laterally and usually somewhat in front of the other 2 bristles; its tip reaches to base of proximal claw of end joint, or nearly so. Postero-distal bristle of second endopodite joint of about same type as postero-lateral of 3 last-mentioned bristles, but somewhat stronger and about as long as or slightly shorter than this bristle. The 3 claws of distal joint are all of about same type; rather strong, well-pointed, almost straight, and naked or furnished with only a very weak pectination; the distal (anterior) of them about as long as or slightly shorter than anterior sides of first and second endopodite joints; the middle one of subequal length; the posterior somewhat shorter. The short and weak end-bristle is situated laterally to posterior end-claw, naked, non-annulated, or nearly so, and less than half as long as its neighbor. Pilosity: Dorso- distally on protopodite, a group of short hairs. Near proximal boundary of first endopodite joint, on anterior side, there is a bunch of rather long hairs. A group of rather short hairs is also found some- what proximally to middle of anterior side of second endopodite joint. This joint has also a fine pectination distally, both on medial and lateral sides. Fine pectination is also found at base of distal end claw. Mandible (Fig. 5): Pars incisiva with 6 teeth, number 2-6 of which are bifurcate, their 2 points being subequal in size. Bristle on anterior side of this part usually somewhat shorter than toothed Vot. XXIII] SKOGSBERG—NEW MARINE OSTRACOD 421 edge. Of the 2 bristles of second protopodite joint, the proximal is non-annulated or nearly so, with short hairs, of moderate strength, and its point reaches almost to the toothed edge of pars incisiva; the distal of these 2 bristles is nearly vestigial, furnished with rather short hairs. Epipodial bristle about as long as pars incisiva; no hairs on it were detected. The 2 dorso-distal bristles of first endopodite joint rather weak, non-annulated, naked or nearly so, subequal, and about half as long as second endopodite joint, or slightly shorter. The 2 medio-distal bristles of this joint about as long as their neigh- bor is thick at base, with hairs of moderate length. The length of their neighboring bristle usually exceeds length of dorsal side of palp. Second endopodite joint about twice longer than dorsal side of first palp joint (second protopodite and first endopodite joints), or even somewhat longer, and about 6 times longer than high, or even slightly more elongated. There are 4 bristles near distal border of this joint; 1 of these, situated ventrally, and somewhat proxi- mally to the others, is rather weak, non-annulated, with short hairs, and is about half as long as this joint or somewhat longer; 2 are about as long as distal joint, or somewhat shorter, non-annulated, and weak, 1 of them being naked, or nearly so, the other furnished with a few rather long hairs. The remaining bristle of this joint is nearly vestigial. The 4 bristles of distal joint rather weak, non- annulated, with short hairs or almost naked; the longest of them about as long as this joint or somewhat longer; the shortest some- what shorter than the joint. Pilosity: First endopodite joint with group of long hairs dorsally; ventrally it has a few rather short hairs. Second endopodite joint has 4 longitudinal rows of rather short hairs, one dorsally, one ventrally, and one on either side. Distal joint with a few hairs ventro-distally. ’ Maxilla (Figs. 6, 7): Epipodial appendage consists of 2 lobes, of which the anterior is subequal in size to masticatory part of this limb. Of the 2 bristles of the anterior lobe, the anterior one is rather long and furnished with long, fine hairs, such as those of the bristles of the posterior, main, lobe of the appendage. The remaining bristle is naked or almost so, about one-third to one-fourth the length of the anterior bristle, and of the peculiar shape shown in Fig. 6. First endite with 6 distal bristles, of which the posterior is rather strong and about as long as or somewhat longer than dorsal side of first joint of palp, non-annulated, and naked or nearly so; the remaining ones rather weak and about one-third the length of posterior bristle, non-annulated or almost so, most of them furnished with a few, mod- erately long, stiff hairs. Second endite has 7 distal bristles of about same types and sizes as the 5 shorter bristles of first endite. Third endite also with 7 bristles, resembling those of preceding endite but on the average very slightly longer and stronger and with fewer hairs. First joint of palp about half as high as this limb is at base of endites and usually not much longer than high. Dorso-distally it has 2 bristles, both apparently rather soft, 1 about twice as long 422 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. as dorsal side of joint or somewhat longer or shorter and furnished with rather long, soft hairs, and 1 which is about half as long or slightly more and usually naked or almost so. Somewhat ventrally and proximally to these 2 bristles, there is a single soft bristle, usually about half as long as dorsal side of joint and furnished with rather long hairs. Distal joint more or less rounded, with 4 bristles; dorsal one of these about as long as dorsal side of preceding joint, with rather long hairs; next bristle of same type but about half as Copytus caligula Skogsberg, new species. Fig. 6. Maxilla. 175. 7. Palp and endites of maxilla. XX 435. 8. Fifth limb,; 240, + 19: ., Sixth limb. 714270, ;10.,' Seventh limb. , 62 705. re Hind portion of body, seen from left side. X 225. 12. Chitinous skeleton of side of body, above fifth to seventh limbs; from left side. X 410. Figs. 6-10, from type specimen, male; figs. 11 and 12, from female. > Vor. XXIT]] SKOGSBERG—NEW MARINE OSTRACOD 423 long; 2 remaining ones short, the dorsal one being about as long as joint, the other slightly shorter, both of them naked or almost so. The entire limb appears to be without pilosity. Fifth limb (Fig. 8): Protopodite relatively broad; first exopodite joint about as long as or but slightly shorter than total length of the 2 distal joints which are subequal. Walls of joints rather thin. Distal one of 2 bristles near middle of anterior side of protopodite and medial knee bristle about as long as or somewhat shorter than first exopodite joint, soft, and furnished with long, soft hairs. Proxi- mal bristle on anterior side of this joint about as long as this side or slightly shorter, furnished with short hairs. Lateral bristle at knee is claw-like, naked or almost so, and about as long as or somewhat shorter than distal width of protopodite. All protopodite bristles non-annulated. Of the 2 bristles of epipodite, the ventral is some- what longer than its neighbor, and about as long as or somewhat longer than first exopodite joint. Bristle of first exopodite joint usually somewhat longer than second exopodite joint, of moderate strength, non-annulated, and with short hairs. Distal claw rather weak, about as long as total length of 2 distal joints, gently curved, and with weak pectination. Two distal joints ventro-distally with a few short, fine hairs. Sixth limb (Fig. 9): Protopodite somewhat narrower than in preceding limb. Of the 2 bristles at about middle of anterior side of protopodite, the proximal usually is about same size and type as corresponding bristle of preceding limb; however, it may be as short as in Fig. 9. The distal of these 2 bristles agrees with corre- sponding bristle of fifth limb, but is about as long as total length of first 2 exopodite joints, or slightly more or less. Bristle at knee has about same type and length as lateral knee bristle of fifth limb, but it is slightly smaller. Epipodite of about same type as that of fifth limb, but its lobe is usually somewhat smaller. Bristle of first exopodite joint differs from that of fifth limb by being slightly longer. The same is true in regard to the end claw. Pilosity agrees with that of fifth limb. Seventh limb (Fig. 10): Proximal part of protopodite somewhat broader than in sixth limb. First exopodite joint somewhat longer than total length of 2 distal joints which either are subequal or the distal one is slightly the shorter. Bristle at about middle of anterior side of protopodite resembles the longer bristle at this place of sixth limb, and is sometimes even somewhat longer than total length of first 2 exopodite joints. Bristle at knee may be weaker than corre- sponding one of sixth limb; with short, fine hairs. Epipodial bristle thin, usually somewhat longer than distal joint and furnished with short hairs. Bristle of first exopodite joint about as long as total length of 2 distal joints, with fine short hairs. End claw with fine pectination; slightly longer than total length of 2 distal joints. Pilosity about as on preceding limb, or second exopodite joint is naked. 424 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [PRoc. 4TH SER. Chitinous skeleton of last 3 limbs, at sides of body, is quite weak. As shown by Fig. 12, it is represented by a strip from postero-dorsal corner of each of these appendages, and by a few, narrow strips from dorsal ends of these strips. Copytus caligula Skogsberg, new species. Big. oS. joReniss eX 1260 Penis (Fig. 13): Both organs of same type and quite constantly as figured. Body of penis rounded dorsally, with small, triangular process anteriorly, near copulatory appendage. This appendage of a very characteristic, boot-like shape (a character for which the species was named), with an auricle-like process antero-proximally. Ductus ejaculatorius narrow, forming a coil; its distal part sur- rounded by rather strong, chitinous walls. Furca (Fig. 11): With 5 rather short, naked or almost naked bristles. (This figure refers to female, but agrees fairly well with that of male.) Female: The above description agrees well with conditions in female, a fact evident from generic diagnosis. Occurrence: This species was taken by the Swedish Antarctic Expedition at the following stations, all of which are located in South Georgia: Off mouth of Cumberland Bay (Sta. 34); depth, 252-310 m.; grey clay, with scattered stones; June 5, 1902: temp. at bottom, 1.45° C; type locality: 14 specimens, mature males and females, as well as 1 larva. Off mouth of May Bay (Sta. 22); depth, 75 m.; clay, with scattered algae; May 14, 1902; temp. at bottom, 1.5° C: 1 mature specimen. Off mouth of Moraine Fiord (Sta. 23); depth, 64-74 m.; grey clay with gravel and stones; May 16, 1902; temp. at bottom, 1.65° C: 1 larva. Off Grytviken (Pot Bay) (Sta. 24); depth, 95 m.; clay; May 20, 1902: 1 larva. Vor. XXIIT] SKOGSBERG—NEW MARINE OSTRACOD 425 Remark: In his monograph of the Ostracods of the Challenger Expedition, G. S. Brady (1880, p. 146) described a single species of the genus Cytherideits, Jones, v1z., C. levata. This species was unfortunately represented by empty shells alone, and was taken at Heard Island in the Antarctic Ocean. Judging by Brady’s figures (Pl. 6:5; Pl. 35:6), it exhibits quite a striking similarity with the species described above. Whether it is a member of the genus Copytus; indeed, whether it is identical with my above species, is a question that can not be settled at present. The only character in which Brady’s species differs from the one described above is the size, 0.77 mm. However, this difference may, of course, be due to possible immature nature of Brady’s material. Considering the un- certainty in regard to the structure and systematic position of Brady’s species, it was judged most advisable to avoid specific identification at present, pending further investigations. ANE HOE AN EE AEH SE ek HR Ae i rovaolied Ds oben) ehooa ra oly te cpsigeisotte emi ieh> aes aatioqaSsicizie ta havkiraeah (OEE ig! 08ST) ines, G vet ania asa aeesscreecieh! (eet Pare (8 ati Mare MOLARS anew hie, Ses a wignts wd ve WATSZONT OS eer san gn ea Psted tg aly Le past) vitor edtt A. ort: a bp ne wee ows —~ nd onal rs = at, mss * eS eo aed ~e x as s = ow ™» » voy = =a: - , atta sit dN sed oneen ABE SE OU i be. Hesore! isn a or sa fy pry ty Pe vrrped wh fiope footeeahi- et te porte % dir, LIQ SOGS ASE PUA IO E ak Cie ; : ; reyA. ’ Oe cl te Fr ; Rh TOSORUB AS VU ait | Su ieel As wth eee Baie D4 JOM tuo ‘ts NG Disc i r iy er Syods hsdbwayh git odt moortiavadirh = PAO “chard doth ats xt oui he Y i Pei tH, « tronic) . ham ripotonk ofctieag Ya woken oifects fi yy £07 iii vii RE hrove « wf ry hi 2998s UD Rote Hayek res noite ; , yhclea 3 ah * enya PROCEEDINGS OF THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES FouRTH SERIES VoL. XXIII, No. 28, pp. 427-436 DECEMBER 29, 1939 No. 28 THE BEES OF THE SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA ISLANDS* BY T. D. A. COCKERELL Professor Emeritus of Zoology University of Colorado There are eight islands off the coast of Southern California, if we consider Anacapa to be one, and ignore the small islets such as Princess Island off San Miguel. Until collections were made in 1937 and 1938, hardly anything was known of the bee-fauna of these islands, although they are fairly rich in species, some of which are evidently endemic. In the following lists the species as yet known only from the islands are marked with an asterisk and the species known from more than one island are indicated by the abbreviations M. (San Miguel), Cz. (Santa Cruz), Ca. (Santa Catalina), Cl. (San Clemente) and N. (San Nicolas). (A.) NorTHERN GROUP San Miguel Island Bombus californicus Sm (Ca.) Tetralonia roberisoni Ckll. *Bombus nevadensis miguelensis Ckll. Emphoropsis miserabilis Cress. *Bombus crotchit semisuffusus Ckll. Nomada edwardsii Cress. *Anthidium palliventre vanduzeeit Ckll. *Epeolus eastwoode Ckll. Osmia sp. *Perdita layie Ckll. Anthophora edwardsii Cress. (Ca.) Colletes californicus Prov. *Anthophora californica erysimi Ckll. Andrena complexa Vier. Tetralonia cordleyi Vier (Ca.) Andrena perimelas Ckll. (Ca.) * Printed from the John W. Hendrie Publication Endowment. December 29, 1939 428 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. *Agapostemon californicus psammobius *Halictus megastictus Ckll. Ck1l. *Halictus perichlorus Ckll. Halictus pavonotus Ckll. *Halictus punctiferellus Ck). *Halictus hammondi Ckll. *Halictus pilosicaudus Ckll. (N.) Halictus grinnelli Ck. *Halictus cabrilli Ck. Halictus nevadensis Crawf. *Halictus miguelensis Ckll. On May 8, after collecting on San Miguel for a week, about an hour before sailing I found some plants of Ranunculus which had been overlooked. Visiting them were females of Andrena complexa Viereck, a regular buttercup species, an addition to the island fauna. One wonders how they got there, and how they found the Ranun- culus; or do both date back to a time when the northern chain of islands was united with the mainland? Santa Rosa Island A series of bees, not yet studied, was collected recently by the expedition from the Los Angeles Museum. Santa Cruz Island Augochlora pomoniella Ckll. (Ca.) *Diadasia mimetica Ckll (Ca., Cl., N.) On August 20, 1938, I had a few hours at Fry’s Harbor. It was excessively dry, and the only bees I could catch were a pair of Diadasia mimetica, at flowers of Opuntia littoralis. Anacapa Island Anthidium maculosum Cress. (B.) SOUTHERN GROUP Santa Catalina Island Bombus californicus Sm. (M.) *Anthophora cataline Cklil. Bombus vosnesenskit Rad. Anthophora edwardsit Cress. (M.) Bombus edwardsti Cress. Dasiapis ochracea Ckkll. Bombus sonorus Say. Exomalopsis nitens Ckll. Alcidamea hypocrita Ckll. *Diadasia mimetica Ckll. (Cl., N., Cz.) Osmia clarescens Ckll. Diadasia opuntie Ckll. (Cl1.) Osmia regulina Ckll. Melissodes lupina Cress. (catalinensis *Anthidium catalinense Ckll. Ck1l.) Megachile (only known by cut leaves) *Epeolus piscatoris Ckll. *Dioxys catalinensis Ckll. Ceratina nanula rigdene Mich. Celioxys sp. (male, Meadows Coll.) Colletes eriogont Ckll. Nomada semisuavis Ckll. *Hylaeus polifolit catalinensis Ck1l. * Nomada avalonica Ckll. *Diandrena gnaphalit Ckll. Nomada formula Vier. *Andrena escondida Ckll. Tetralonia cordleyi Vier. (M.) *Andrena meadowsi Ckll. Emphoropsis depressa Fowler Andrena perimelas Ckll. (M.) Anthophora stanfordiana Ckll. Andrena auricoma Sm. Vor. XXIII] COCKERELL—BEES OF THE SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA ISLANDS 429 Andrena n. sp. Timb. Halictus nevadensis Crawf. (M., Cl., N.) *Andrena hypoleuca Ckll. Halictus n. sp. Timb. *Andrena catalinica Ckll. Halictus helianthi Ckll. Andrena mimetica falli Ckll. 2 Halictus meliloti catalinensis Ck1l. Andrena sp. (Meadows Coll.) Halictus ovaliceps Ckll. Agapostemon californicus Crawf. (N.) Halictus incompletus Crawf. (N.) Augochlora pomoniella Ckll. (Cz.) Halictus sp. (pura, err. det., Seavey, 1892) *Halictus avalonensis Ckll. (C1.) *Halictus cooleyi obscurior Ckll. Apis mellifera L. (introduced) The species recorded as Osmia regulina is perhaps a race of O. cobaltina Cresson. San Clemente Island *Anthophora cataline clementina Ckll. *Agapostemon californicus clementinus Diadasia opuntie Ckll. (Ca.) Ckil. *Diadasia mimetica Ckll. (Ca., N., Cz.) *Halictus avalonensis Ckll. (Ca.) * Melissodes scotti Ckll. Halictus nevadensis Crawf. (Ca., M., N.) Santa Barbara Island A few bees were collected by the expedition from the San Diego museum, and the account has been published by that museum. One subspecies of Anthidium is new. San Nicolas Island *Anthophora nicolai Ckll. Halictus nevadensis Crawf. (M., Ca., *Diadasia mimetica Ckll. (Ca., Cl., Cz.) Cl.) Agapostemon californicus Crawf. (Ca.) Halictus incompletus Crawf. (Ca.) *Halictus pilosicaudus Ckll. (M.) Some undetermined species in the above lists are represented by single specimens, and it is hoped that more material may be ob- tained. The following records are new: Anthophora nicolai Cockerell, new species Female (Type). With rufous hair asin A. cataline Ckll, but resembles A. urbana Cresson in lacking the black hair on sides of thorax and outer side of legs. The face is broader than in A. urbana. Male. Similar to the San Clemente form of A. cataline, but hair on inner side of hind tarsi light ferruginous instead of black, and the white spot on mandibles much larger. The white face is like that of A. urbana, except that the black marks at sides of clypeus are a little larger, and the upper extension of lateral marks along orbit is more slender. The hair of the face is whitish, becoming dense and red in the region of the antenne; that of the thorax above is red. California: San Nicolas Island, July 7, 6, 9, 1938 (Cockerell). It visits Abronia maritima and Mesembryanthemum crystallinum. 430 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. Anthophora cataline clementina Cockerell, new subspecies Female (Type). Like A. cataling Ckll, but hind tibie and tarsi with hair all black, or it may be slightly pallid along posterior margin of tibia. The clypeus has black hair, and the sides of the thorax are black haired except the upper part. Male. Similar to A. urbana Cresson, but with the hair usually much redder, that on the thorax above exceedingly rich deep red in some specimens. Thorax with reddish hair at sides, but black beneath (this is not so in A. urbana); face with whitish hair, red in region of antenne and front; tibie and basitarsi with pale hair on outer side, on inner (posterior) side of middle and hind tibie and tarsi it is black, which is not at all true of A. nicolai or A. urbana. The white face is like that of A. urbana, but the black marks at sides of clypeus are much larger and longer, and the lateral marks are more deeply emarginate above. California: San Clemente Island, June 17 to 21, 1938 (Cockerell, J. T. Scott). Common at Wilson’s Cove; visits Hemizonia clementina, Convolvulus macrostegius (males), and Mesembryanthemum crystal- linum (both sexes). The very red form of the male, contrasted with the palest, looks like an entirely different species; the pale form is superficially like A. urbana. A. cataline was described from a single female taken by my wife on Catalina Island, August, 1901. In 1938, I left Catalina Island June 14, and returned Aug. 29. In the interval, A. cataline must have come and gone, for persistent search when we were on the island failed to produce a single specimen. Melissodes scotti Cockerell, new species Female (Type). Length about 12 mm., resembling M. hymenoxidis Ckll, with the same black hair on pleura, and on front and middle legs, though the middle tarsi have light reddish hair, ferruginous on inner side. Much black hair on clypeus and front but a tuft of long pale hair at each side of upper part of face, a character more or less apparent in M. hymemoxidis; cheeks and occiput with white hair, but long, black hair on vertex; flagellum bright ferruginous beneath, except at base; thorax anteriorly with a broad, sharply defined collar of pale fulvescent pubescence, but the rest of the mesonotum, as well as the scutellum, is clothed with long black hair (much less black hair in M. hymenoxidis); region behind wings with pale hair; tegule black, with a tuft of black hair; wings dusky; stigma and nervures black (much paler in M. hymenoxidis); scopa of hind tibie and tarsi pale reddish, very copious; abdomen with black hair, but second tergite with a thin band of pale at extreme base, and a dense, entire, pale fulvescent band apically; third and fourth tergites with fulvescent bands like that on second; apex with dark hair, a little pale reddish at each side of apical plate, which is more slender and produced than in M. hymenoxidis. The thorax is appreciably more robust than in M. hymenoxidis. California: Wilson’s Cove, San Clemente Island, June 17, 1938 (J. T Scotts Vor. XXIII] COCKERELL—BEES OF THE SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA ISLANDS 431 Melissodes lupina Cresson California: Santa Catalina Island, Pebbly Beach, June 4, female at Malacothrix saxatilis Nuttall, (Cockerell) ; Fisherman’s Cove, June 9, both sexes (W. P. Cockerell, Cockerell). At the latter place it occurred resting in flowers of Calochortus, and one was taken on Sinapis. I had only the male of M. lupina, and the female of M. catalinensis (Ckll), but they are one species, as Timberlake pointed out to me. Dasiapis ochracea Cockerell California: . Santa Catalina Island, Fisherman’s Cove, June .9, (W. P. Cockerell, Cockerell). Many males resting in flowers of Calochortus; one at flowers of Opuntia littoralis. Exomalopsis nitens Cockerell California: described from Laguna, and I have a pair from West- wood Hills, June and August (E. G. Linsley). On Catalina Island, my wife took two at Rancho Escondido, June 6, both males, at flowers of Opuntia littoralis, and I took a female at the same locality, resting in a flower of Bloomeria crocea. On June 9, we found the species common at Fisherman’s Cove, both sexes resting in the flowers of Calochortus. On June 11, a female was taken in Cape Canyon at flowers of Malvastrum catalinense. Augochlora pomoniella Cockerell California: abundant on Santa Catalina Island, first appearing March 31. In Cape Canyon, Aug. 30, both sexes were numerous on flowers of Eremocarpus setigerus. On Sept. 1, near the highest point on the road, a female was taken at flowers of Eriogonum giganteum. At Rancho Escondido, March 31, it was taken on Encelia cali- fornica. Agapostemon californicus clementinus Cockerell, new subspecies Male (Type). Like the specimen of A. ¢. psammobius Ckll. from Princess Island, with strongly blue mesothorax, and yellow band on first tergite broadly inter- rupted, or sometimes very narrowly continuous. The genitalia are entirely of the A. texana type (as figured by Miss Sandhouse). Female. Like A. c. psammobius, but very blue; tegule very dark; sculpture of metathorax delicate. 432 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. California: Common on San Clemente Island (Cockerell, J. T. Scott), middle of June, both sexes at flowers of Convolvulus macro- stegius and Hemizonia clementina. Female at Mesembryanthemum crystallinum. Crawford, in his original account of male A. cali- fornicus, says “head and thorax blue above,’’ and the race now described might be referred to the typical form without much diffi- culty, so far as described characters go. The genitalia appear to separate it from the very similar A. c. psammobius, from:San Miguel Island. However, A. californicus is very common on the mainland, and is emerald green in the female like A. texanus, with which Miss Sandhouse proposes to unite it. The whole series from San Clemente is remarkable for the rich purple-blue colour in both sexes, and contrasts strongly with specimens from Santa Catalina and San Nicolas Islands, the females from these islands being green, and quite like the common form on the mainland, for example at La Jolla. On San Nicolas, in July, I got only females of A. californicus Crawford; they were at flowers of Opuntia littoralis and Mesem- bryanthemum crystallinum. Nomada formula Viereck California: Santa Catalina Island, Fisherman’s Cove, at flowers of Sinapis, June 9 (W. P. Cockerell). Nomada semisuavis Cockerell California: Santa Catalina Island, Pebbly Beach; both sexes taken, June 4 and 13 (W. P. Cockerell). It visits flowers of Mala- cothrix saxatilis. Previously known from Washington State, far to the north. I have a male taken at Avalon, Catalina Island, by Don Meadows, Aug. 28, 1929. Epeolus piscatoris Cockerell, new species Female (Type). Length about 8 mm; black, including mandibles, antenne, tegule and legs, except that the small joints of tarsi are obscurely rufescent; eyes green; pale pubescence tinged with brown; clypeus with fine dense punctures and scattered larger ones, a median line obscurely indicated; dense pale hair in region of antenne and at sides of upper part of face; a band of pale hair on upper part of cheeks; mesothorax margined at sides and behind with pale hair, and two strong parallel bands on disc; mesothorax and scutellum densely punctured; mesopleura except lower part, covered with coarse pale hair; wings dusky, with black nervures; second cubital cell very narrow above, very broad below, receiving recurrent nervure about middle; spurs black, middle and hind tibie with pale hair on outer side; hair on inner side of hind basitarsi pale reddish; first tergite with a broad transverse black band, its lateral corners acute; apical hair-band on same tergite broad, with a linear interruption; lateral corners of black area on second tergite very acute; each side of end of abdomen with a large patch of thin pale hair; venter black, the second and third sternites with white bands at sides. Vo. XXIII] COCKERELL—BEES OF THE SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA ISLANDS 433 California: Santa Catalina Island, Fisherman’s Cove, at flowers of Sinapis, June 9, 1933 (W. P. Cockerell). In my table in University of Colorado Studies, XVI, p. 106, it runs out at 14, on account of the interrupted, broad band on second tergite. By the hairy pleura and black spurs it resembles E. bihamatus Ckll., which differs by the flagellum red beneath and other characters. In the table in Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., 4th Ser. Vol. XIII, 1924, p. 321, it runs out at 7, distinguished by the black legs. In the table in Am. Mus. Novitates, no. 23, it runs out at 8. Timberlake has never seen it in Southern California. Anthidium catalinense Cockerell, new species Male (Type). Length about 14 mm., anterior wing 10; black, with sulphur yellow markings, which include mandibles except the tridentate apex, entire clypeus (which has a dull surface), lateral marks (filling space between clypeus and eye, and extending upward to level of antennze), a cuneate mark above each eye, large spot on tegule in front (but no marks on thorax), middle tibie with a quadrate spot at apex, and small line at base; hind tibie with an interrupted stripe on basal half, stripe on outer side of basitarsi, four large spots on tergites 1 to 3, on 4 and 5 they are narrowly united on each side, the sixth has a band with linear inter- ruption, but the seventh is all black. Pubescence mostly clear white, but reddish brown on head and thorax above; front and vertex dull, and very densely punctured; mesonotum dull, scutellum shining in middle posteriorly; base of metathorax shin- ing in middle; wings strongly dusky; lateral apical lobes very broadly dentiform, triangular, the apical point directed mesad; median spine not extending to level of ends of lobes; subapical median process strongly bidentate. Female. Length about 12 mm.; hair of head and thorax above paler; clypeus with two very large yellow marks, separated by a narrow interval, the upper end of each mark rectangular; no lateral marks; cuneiform marks above eyes long, longer than the interval between them; a small yellow spot above tegulz, a yellow spot on tubercles, and a couple of transverse marks on scutellum; legs black, the front and middle basitarsi brilliantly white from a covering of hair; hind tarsi with red hair on inner side and white on outer, bright yellow band on first tergite inter- rupted in middle and emarginate posteriorly on each side; second tergite with four spots; on tergites 3 to 5 the spots are united laterally; the sixth tergite has two large quadrate yellow marks; ventral scopa clear white. California: Santa Catalina Island, the male from Fisherman’s Cove, in a flower of Calochortus, June 9 (W. P. Cockerell); female from Pebbly Beach, June 13 (Cockerell). The sexes appear to be correctly associated, but proof is lacking. The species could not be matched at the Citrus Experiment Station of the University of California. In the table by Schwarz in Am. Mus. Novitates, 253, the male runs to A. tenuiflore Ckll., which is smaller, with much paler markings. The female runs to A. palmarum Ckll., differing in the colour of the legs and other characters; the markings on tergites 3 to 6 resemble those of A. portere Ckll. 434 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. Halictus pilosicaudus Cockerell California: San Nicolas Island, at flowers of Malacothrix impli- cata and Mesembryanthemum crystallinum, July 8 to 15 (Cockerell). Previously known only from San Miguel Island. Halictus meliloti catalinensis Cockerell Common on Santa Catalina Island, new localities are Fisherman’s Cove, at flowers of Calochortus and Sinapis; and Cape Canyon, at flowers of Opuntia littoralis. Halictus incompletus Crawford California: Mr. Timberlake, being very familiar with this small species in southern California, was able to sort out no less than 21 specimens from my recent island collections; the data are as follows: San Nicolas Island, July, at Mesembryanthemum crystallinum, Hemi- zonta clementina, and Heliotropium oculatum. Santa Catalina Island: Fisherman’s Cove, many at flowers of Sinapis (W. P. Cockerell), and we found them resting in flowers of Calochortus. Isthmus, Aug. 31 (Cockerell). Rancho Escondido, June 6 (W. P. Ckll., Ckll.), female at Opuntia littoralis, both sexes flying round Salvia mellifera. Halictus nevadensis Crawford The following were referred here by Timberlake: — San Nicolas Island, July 9 (Ckil.). At Mesembryanthemum crystallinum. San Clemente Island, Wilson’s Cove, June 21 (J. T. Scott). Santa Catalina Island, Pebbly Beach, June 4 (W. P. CkIll.). Halictus helianthi Cockerell Santa Catalina Island, Avalon, at flowers of Chrysanthemum frutescens, the Marguerite daisy, Sept. 1, (Cockerell). Cape Canyon, June 11 (Chklil.), at Opuntia littoralis. There are two other species of the subgenus Chloralictus in the collection. One, near H. neva- densis, is represented by a single specimen from Rancho Escondido; the other, with four from Fisherman’s Cove and one from Rancho Escondido, is a species well-known to Timberlake from the main- land, and named by him in manuscript after Fowler. VoL. XXIII] COCKERELL—BEES OF THE SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA ISLANDS 435 Halictus cooleyi obscurior Cockerell, new subspecies Female (Type). Compared with a paratype H. cooleyi Crawford, from Corvallis, Oregon, it differs by the much duller, less polished mesonotum, the dark tegule and the smaller head. Male. Smaller than my males of C. cooleyi, and distinguished by the total lack of hairy fringes on the subapical sternites of abdomen. California: Santa Catalina Island, Cape Canyon (type locality), June 11, at Opuntta littoralis, females, (CkIl.); Fisherman’s Cove, at Sinapis, June 9, both sexes (W. P. Ckil.); Avalon, June 8, at Chrys- anthemum frutescens, (Ckll.). Halictus avalonensis Cockerell Santa Catalina Island; a female in flower of Calochortus, Fisher- man’s Cove, June 9 (W. P. Ckil.). The male, hitherto unknown, is represented by a series as follows: Santa Catalina Island, at Simapis and Calochortus, Fisherman’s Cove, June 9 (W. P. Chil.); Avalon, June 8, at Chrysanthemum frutescens, (Ckll.). San Clemente Island; three at flowers of Convolvulus macrostegius, June 18 (Ckil.); Wilson’s Cove, two at Hemizonia clementina, June 20h Fe Scotty. The male has lower part of clypeus, spot on mandibles, and labrum cream color; face with white hair; antenne very long, flagellum variably reddened beneath; stigma sometimes very dark; anterior tibiz pale reddish in front; tarsi yellowish-white, more or less rufescent apically. In Crawford’s table (1907) it runs to 19, and here should doubtless go in the group with dark tubercles, but the tubercles have a very minute light spot in the Scott specimen from San Clemente, in the Calochortus one from Fisherman’s Cove, and in the specimens from Avalon. The dull mesonotum would place it with H. niger Viereck, which is a much larger species, or with H. cordleyi Crawford, which is also larger and more robust. I know only the female of H. cordleyz; it differs from that sex of H. avalonen- sts by its much more robust form and duller clypeus. Ceratina nanula rigdene Michener Santa Catalina Island; Cape Canyon, Aug. 30, three females (W. P. Ckll.). It visits flowers of Eremocarpus setigerus. It was prob- ably this which Seavey (1892) recorded as C. acantha Provancher. 436 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. Andrena mimetica falli Cockerell Santa Catalina Island; Avalon, females abundant at Cotoneaster, June 3 to 5 (W. P. Ckll., Ckil.). A new species of Andrena (named in manuscript by Timberlake, who found it on the mainland) was taken at Middle Ranch. Bombus sonorus Say Santa Catlina Island; White’s Landing, April 13, and Avalon, Sept. 11 (D. Meadows); Cape Canyon, June 11, visiting Solanum douglasit (W. P. Ckil., Ckll.). Later in the year it was very abundant. B. edwardsii Cresson, B. vosnesenskit Rad., and B. californicus Smith were also taken at Avalon. The males of B. edwardsii were at cultivated Statice, March 21 and April 1. B. vosnesenskit was taken at Rancho Escondido, June 6 (W. P. CkIl.). Osmia clarescens Cockerell Santa Catalina Island; Rancho Escondido (Ckll.), June 6. Females visiting Astragalus leucopsts. I am greatly indebted to Mr. P. H. Timberlake of thé Citrus Experiment Station of the University of California with whom I examined most of the bees from the islands, and his critical judg- ment has gone far to fortify the determinations. At the same time, he must not be held responsible for my decisions. sf 4 yan ) ee es viy, Pi Mane a7 aN * Bait “ied j Othe it. hea e's, PUKE). Velicr’ by poveary A AS By, fate a aa ‘ { ; Agae Ms Mayme Phi, é Pitta Ake. by Sy: Seay ik Daths : PONG AS at Ese ata OE Pe a) eniyi 4 Ti) i , : Aid bse? 4 j id e Le Ween be wy t's ‘de a figs veut we Vo) ae Lee PG, i te aN a | iyo) en aie ‘Rint Aol Hien, ' ACM EAT VAs beak i eens Aed BAPPES Wp)? t ‘ ve ry a a oT Ree ie Mouse , BOE pair a wc i, AC Aven Re oie a M | AA er | i f 7 iz 7 H » iT al i 4 Wes ak ory i : ci SL ae wy pi 4 : t j ' ; 1% } i MO Ail Ay VRS = Pua tctil yyy sé mbes ih i j y ; i ct ‘ : hd EP ee ay li Med a font . ere € 5 iA \ et af as SHU AG WRC) ey ia me Le wes ig 4 Oe : A VRE IOS) As SoA ai Lae th Lin. hae veh ony im) t ae tea ey " ro dy Thy, fe tf Nhat } ; es i: Le Ohains te tits EL TEM y ti i a ¥ y ive ee ry ne nN, Cis ep ve OTH 17 goer, G AN i ae wi bnghny Cay peda Va MEGS hol it “es enon hig is , { ; a Alia ie ae i M slg J hk tty % & fa ; ke 1) yom o , le as Me ag vi ¥ % f kaw fee Va: Wed ay ms tare aay, $s, tn Ash re pa ‘ A PL AU * Lips rete 7 (ye 0 Bt ne ie en : b Pk : i ou thle AY f ‘ ay t} bed a Be cat i tegen ec Pris, + s wits a, tH) : ; aM BISEE Nap in sob: i De Or be AV Beet) i does Pee nly fe een ink a ‘id ne ee a ee Ai oat (Ce | an ok y maha Ki} eS Jk ee 7 : 4 PROCEEDINGS OF THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES FOURTH SERIES VoL. XXIII, No. 29, pp. 437-442 DECEMBER 31, 1940 No. 29 THE NEOTROPICAL ANCHOVIES OF THE GENUS AMPLOVA* BY GEORGE SPRAGUE MYERS Stanford University, California The anchovies, particularly those of Tropical America, with their nomenclature, long were a perplexing problem, and few ichthyologi- cal papers of recent years have been more welcome than Jordan and Seale’s Review of the Engraulide.! Its receipt prompted me to an examination of the Amazonian anchovies in the collection of Indiana University’, which the late Dr. Eigenmann had asked me to identify. Aside from numerous Lycengraulis batesiz (Giinther), from Santarém and Lagoa Grande between Santarém and Obidos, these consisted principally of small fishes referable to the group called Amplova by Jordan and Seale. Examination of them and search through the literature made it appear best to include references to all the de- scribed species of Amplova, especially since Jordan and Seale mention but three of the forms in their paper. A formal revision is not at- tempted, however, due to lack of material of several of the species. *Printed from the John W. Hendrie Endowment. 1 Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., Ixvii, 1926, pp. 355-418. 2 Now in the California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco. I am greatly indebted to Dr. Barton Warren Evermann, Director of the Museum of the Academy, for permission to publish on this material. The present paper was written at Indiana University, at the instigation of the late Dr. Eigenmann, in 1926. December 31, 1940. 438 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. Amplova Jordan and Seale GENOTYPE: Anchovia brevirostra Meek and Hildebrand = Am- plova balboe Jordan and Seale. This genus is characterized by the compressed, keeled venter, without scutes; the separate gill-membranes; the low number of gill- rakers on the lower limb of the first arch (30 or fewer in the known species); the low number of vertebre (under 46); the small mouth and short snout; and the short, curved maxillary, broad and rounded terminally. Jordan and Seale assign three species to the genus, Anchovia brevirostra Meek and Hildebrand (Amplova balboe), recently de- scribed from Balboa, Panama; Engraulis brevirostris Giinther, from ‘“‘Caxoeira’’, Brazil; and a new species from the Amazon, Amplova jamest Jordan and Seale. Four others are here added. The follow- ing synopsis should be used with caution, for we know little of the variation of these forms. Synopsis. 1a. Deep, depth contained 4 times or less in standard length. 2a. No silvery lateral band; dorsal origin midway between front of eye and caudal base. (Pacific coast of Panama). 1. A. balboe. 2b. A silvery lateral band; dorsal origin midway between snout tip and caudal base. (Coast of Guiana). 2. A. lepidentostole. 1b. More slender, depth 4.33 or more in standard length. 3a. Head large, 3.57 to almost 4 in standard length; depth 4.33 to 4.80. (Rio Sao Francisco). 3. A. vaillanti. 3b. Head smaller, 4 to 4.5; depth less, 5.17 to 6 in standard length. 4a. Depth 5.17 to 5.40. 5a. Head 4.5; pectoral terminating at a great distance from pelvics; dorsal origin midway between snout tip and caudal base; anal origin below last part of dorsal. (Coast of Bahia). 4. A. brevirostris. 5b. Head little more than 4; pectorals not reaching pelvics by half eye diameter; dorsal origin midway between caudal base and snout tip; anal origin under tenth dorsal ray; body greatly compressed; size up to 60 mm. (Amazon and Guiana). 5. A. guianensis. 5c. Head 4.5; pectorals not reaching pelvics by half eye diameter; dorsal origin half eye diameter nearer snout tip than caudal base; anal entirely behind dorsal; body not greatly compressed, oval in section; up to 88 mm. (Marafion). 6. A. alleni. 4b. Depth 6; anal 22. (Amazon). 7. A. jamest. VoL. XXIII) MYERS--NEOTROPICAL ANCHOVIES OF GENUS AMPLOVA 439 1. Amplova balbow Jordan and Seale Anchovia brevirostra Meek and Hildebrand, Marine Fishes of Panama, Part 1, 1923, p. 198, pl. 12, fig. 1 (Balboa, Pacific Coast of Panama) (not Engraulis brevirostris of Giinther). Stolephorus brevirostris Hildebrand, Bull. Bur. Fisher., Washington, xli, 1925, p. 284 (Cutuco, Salvador). Ampblova balboe Jordan and Seale, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., lxvii, 1926, p. 411 (sub- stitute name). : Head 4.3 to 4.6; depth 3.5 to 4; dorsal 11 to 14; anal 23 to 27; scales 35 to 40 laterally; rakers 25 to 30 on lower limb of first arch; dorsal origin midway between anterior margin of eye and base of caudal; insertion of anal under middle of dorsal; pectorals reaching almost to base of pelvics; color pale silvery, without a lateral band. (Condensed, after Meek and Hildebrand). This species differs from all the others in the absence of the charac- teristic brilliant silvery lateral band. In other characters it is scarcely to be distinguished from A. lepidentostole. The figure given by Meek and Hildebrand, a photograph, shows the pectoral well overlapping the pelvic base, contrary to the description. Probably a mistake was made in cutting out the photograph for mounting, a little of the background having been left at the pectoral tip. The axillary pectoral flap is not nearly as long as that of lepidentostole, and the dorsal origin is very slightly further forward. A. balboe is the only known Pacific Coast representative of the genus. 2. Amplova lepidentostole (Fowler) Anchovia lepidentostole Fowler, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1911, p. 214, fig. 3 (Surinam). Head 4.25; depth 4; dorsal 16; anal 26; scales 35 laterally; rakers 18+25; dorsal origin midway between snout tip and caudal base; anal origin about opposite first third in dorsal length; pectoral .75 to pelvic; a broad silvery lateral band, about equal to eye diameter, becoming a little constricted at shoulder and along side of caudal peduncle; 4 inches. (Condensed, after Fowler). Fowler well figures the characteristic maxillary of Amplova, and there is no doubt the species belongs here, close to balbo@e. These two form a group distinguished from the others by the greater depth and compressed body. Both are probably brackish-water forms. 3. Amplova vaillanti (Steindachner) Engraulis vaillanti Steindachner, Anz. Akad. Wiss. Wien, xlv, 1908, p. 193 (Joazeiro and Barra on Rio Sao Francisco; Rio Grande do Norte; Rio Preto). Stolephorus vaillanti Eigenmann, Repts. Princeton Univ. Exped. Patagonia, iii, 1910, p. 451 (name only). Anchovia vaillanti Starks, Fishes Stanford Exped. Brazil, 1913, p. 10. (name only). 440 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. Head 3.57 to almost 4; depth 4.33 to 4.80; dorsal 12 or 13; anal 22 to 25; scales 35 to 38 laterally; 18 to 19 rakers on lower limb of first arch; dorsal origin always falling before middle of the body length, without caudal; anal origin on vertical of last dorsal ray; pectoral tip reaching almost or exactly to pelvics; a sharply defined silvery lateral band; a faint dark band or a small spot at the caudal base. (Translated and condensed, after Steindachner.) I have examined a single specimen in Indiana University’, collected by J. D. Haseman at Barra, Rio S4o Francisco, whence came Stein- dachner’s types. It agrees well with the above account; dorsal 12, anal 20. Close to A. alleni but well distinguished by the longer head, deeper and more compressed body, longer anal, and the extent of the pectoral fins. 4. Amplova brevirostris (Giinther) Engraulis brevirostris Giinther, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., vii, 1868, p. 392 (‘‘Caxoeira”’ in Prov. Bahia, Brazil); Jordan and Seale, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 1xvii, 1926, p. 411 (name only). Stolephorus brevirostris Eigenmann, Repts. Princeton Univ. Exped. Patagonia, iii, 1910, p. 451 (name only). Head 4.5; depth 5.33; eye 3.5 in head; dorsal 15; anal 18; scales 41 laterally; dorsal origin midway between end of snout and root of caudal; anal origin below posterior part of dorsal; pectoral terminating at a great distance from pelvics; abdo- men slightly compressed; 3.5 inches. (Condensed, after Giinther.) Apparently not recognized since described, unless what I call guianensis is the same. 5. Amplova guianensis (Eigenmann) Stolephorus guianensis Eigenmann, Mem. Carnegie Mus., v, 1912, p. 447, pl. 62, fig. 5 (Bartica Grove; Morawhanna; Demerara Flats). Anchovia brevirostris Pearson, Indiana Univ. Studies, No. 64, 1925, p. 50 (Lake Rogoagua, Bolivia) (not of Giinther). Head slightly more than 4; depth 5.16, eye 3.5; dorsal 14 or 15; anal 17 to 19; scales deciduous, about 38 laterally; rakers 22, longest 1.33 in eye, narrow, pointed, with fine spinules interiorly; dorsal origin midway between caudal base and snout tip, longest ray 1.25 as long as fin base; anal origin under about the tenth dorsal ray; pectorals not reaching pelvics by half eye diameter; pelvics inserted considerably in advance of dorsal, midway between pectoral insertion and anal fin; length of caudal peduncle .8 head; body much compressed; pale straw colored; a more or less diffuse silvery line down the side; occiput dark. Here described from numerous specimens, up to 60 mm., Lagoa Grande, on lower Amazon near Obidos, Dr. Carl Ternetz. I have compared them with the paratype from Morawhanna, I. U. No. 3 Now in The California Academy. VoL. XXIII] MYERS—NEOTROPICAL ANCHOVIES OF GENUS AMPLOVA 441 12562, and with Pearson’s specimens, No. 17354. All seem to repre- sent the same species. Dr. Eigenmann gives the dorsal as equidistant from snout and caudal or nearer the former, anal 18, dorsal 13. Whether or not this fish is the same as A. brevirostris (Giinther) remains to be seen. The head length and the extent of the pectorals would seem to differ. 6. Amplova alleni Myers, sp. nov. Head 4.5 in body length; depth 5.4; eye 3.66 in head; dorsal 14; anal 18; pelvics 7; scales deciduous, 36 to 39 laterally, mostly lost; rakers 22 on lower limb of first arch, longest 1.8 in eye, narrow, pointed, with fine spinules interiorly; dorsal origin half an eye diameter nearer snout tip than to caudal base, the longest ray 1.25 times as long as fin base; anal entirely behind dorsal, its origin on the vertical of last dorsal ray to half an eye diameter posteriorly; pectorals not quite reaching pelvics (by half an eye diameter); pelvics inserted considerably in advance of dorsal, mid- way between hind border of opercle and anal origin, the tips reaching vertical of fifth dorsal ray; length of caudal peduncle equals head; body thick and oval in cross- section, differing greatly in this from guianensis; a sharply defined brilliant silvery lateral stripe from head to caudal, narrow at the head, broadening to the width of the eye over the anal, and narrowing slightly on the caudal peduncle; occiput black; several rows of dark chromatophores down midline of back; caudal dark bordered. Contamana, Rio Ucayale, Peru. August, 1920. W. R. Allen. Eleven specimens, 68 to 88 mm. total length. Lake Cashiboya, Rio Ucayale, Peru. August, 1920. W. R. Allen. Six, 84 to 87 mm. Gosulima Cocha, Upper Rio Morona, Peru. W. R. Allen. One, 84 mm. Rio Morona, Peru. W. R. Allen. One, 76 mm. Holotype: No. 6421, standard length 68 mm. Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci. Ichthyol. Lake Cashiboya, Peru, Aug. 1920, W. R. Allen, Coll. This fish is distinguished from guianensis principally by the less compressed form and much greater size, and from brevirostris by fin positions and extent of pectoral fin. It is the common anchovy of the Marafion. I take pleasure in naming this species for the collector, Dr. Wil- liam Ray Allen, of the University of Kentucky. 7. Amplova jamesi Jordan and Seale Amplova jamesi Jordan and Seale, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., Ixvii, 1926, p. 410 (Jutahy River; Lago Alexo). Head 4; depth 6; dorsal 12; anal 22; scales 38 laterally (approximate); rakers 20 on lower limb of first arch; dorsal origin midway between middle of opercle and caudal base; anal origin below fifth dorsal ray; pectorals reaching pelvics; a diffuse indistinct lateral silvery stripe. (Condensed, after Jordan and Seale.) Apparently well distinguished from all the other species by the position of the dorsal and the slender form. Two very small speci- 442 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. mens of an elongate anchovy from the Rio Ucayale, collected by Dr. Allen, may belong here. I was unable to place satisfactorily numerous young anchovies collected by Dr, Allen in the Rio Morona. They may represent the young of A. alleni but they have the more compressed body of A. guianensis. The thick body of allent may be an adult character. The specimens have the dorsal origin midway between snout tip and caudal base and dorsal 12 or 13, anal 18 or 19. Possibly they really are guianen- sts. Stolephorus manjuba, Miranda Ribeiro, Peixes da Ribeira, Kosmos, Rio de Janeiro, V. 1908, (no pagination), may be an Amplova. Dr, Hildebrand thinks it may be the young of Cetengraulis edentulus. Miranda Ribeiro has several times recorded Lycengraulis (‘‘Stolephorus’’) poeyt Kner and Steindachner from the fresh waters of Brazil. As that species is a marine form known only from the Pacific side of Panama, there evidently must have been a misidentification, possibly of the closely related L. batesii (Giinther). oes” Sree ey - a 5 Se) ae) wal ¥ fi} ne A ; a Bi ‘ , af nai ay / ui hie A Oy Uy 5 y 7 ' fj ey aa it, é j fi a ‘ meng My near} fie any Lin a PW ALT | . a a ae an a PEMSAY FT iin th Party 1", Pai ' by ,: a | i i PogcaTaaet ra ety fe ane ma bet 4 ‘Wi a y } i] s ‘ ree f , : Pi ad sister: SKE P ue Mitr) . “i ; We oe eee ai ee eos et Oe, 7 rat Po RiAes Gel, ad ° * f 7 | are ri) W= te Beye e > es te Me a) ots : i fw ‘ - * Le Bap os + Campbenin zeanhwoums OS POGTELGUS CXDILTISER Visi: soir : ate ii 4 fk 7 fi a Uh iphee VE ae EP ils i ares 1 t _ ie 7 ¢ Gia y a eh ee are ; Trike - i rey int . . } 3 ; Pee) Tat Non f tee r , Aart “ae aa dal Zane eee hs halrood,-: eat) Vea) Ise, Sake Oil, Betton Pacey faye Ach) i atia al ; “ : ml | Pe ' ef , : Sb BILE A Weezy) Cm pe Sf 05 PPT ET ARES GO meaty tbe 3 ee Shy th en Gk te ol Feta) 1 Ce ee ee a ' 1 Ona wil aN “nike hee sere Oy ap SVs Ce oe cee . piaubwmir sed GMs +) —— Ais taco. Seek iat ay Same sane Teteas Mee thet ie en ah Meret Et Piaene Bag k » ha kde (3 wt. L wah Me 4 irae 0 ) Sie ier © Vaal Sb ere) : i si or ) 42), Avi cb bon ce ur We ) stiles ee CORr otis La, \' a he y i ne Daw it un od ea ts 192) em OP ; > wt oo ¢ En ae Li el eae iy Se i. apa, Pe ss 2 ben AY sev, toy BONS po iuils ry, GF = 4 ; j : ; vs Sreheees ae hi, pi’ Tay & v7 @ m pa’ KO we ae ey nS a es oo 2 bem) its AN j Ca a 7 “. jew | wy woah é Hy mi. § iva y - a coh ee ae NA) isn Gell Sol alle ts sr Abbi pen bike PROCEEDINGS OF THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES FOURTH SERIES Voi. XXIII, No. 30, pp. 443-452, text figs. 1-4 SEPTEMBER 30, 1941 No. 30 NOTES ON A CALIFORNIA EARTHWORM, PLUTELLUS PAPILLIFER (EISEN, 1893) * BY GORDON E. GATES Judson College, Rangoon, Burma The genus Plutellus Perrier, 1873, comprises species from Penn- sylvania, Guatemala, the western coast of the United States, Queen Charlotte Island, Australia, Tasmania, New Caledonia, Auckland Islands, Burma, India and Ceylon. Such a distribution, in view of the ‘‘polyphyly”’ so prevalent in the Megascolecide, is sufficient reason for suspicion that Plutellus may also be an aggregation of species that should be split into morphologically homogeneous, ‘‘monophyletic’”’ genera of a more orthodox nature. Such a revision, if necessary, is impossible at present as most if not all of the species are inadequately characterized. Four species have been erected for Californian forms. Each species, except for notes of uncertain value on the penial setz of two forms, is known only from the original descriptions. Types of three of the species were destroyed at the time of the earthquake in 1906. One or more specimens of two of these species, identified by the author (Eisen), may be in the Hamburg Museum which has the immature types of the fourth species. Type localities of three species are undesignated. Asa result of mistakes or omissions in earlier accounts * Printed from the John W. Hendrie Publication Endowment. September 30, 1941 via ly 444 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. and lack of information as to variation in characteristics of taxo- nomic importance none of the Californian species can be adequately defined at present. The worms which provided the material for this article are from a small collection forwarded by Dr. A. W. Herre of Stanford Uni- versity. In addition to the Plutelli described below, this collection comprises a number of unidentifiable juveniles, ten clitellate speci- mens of Allobophora caliginosa f. trapezoides (Savigny) 1826, and one clitellate specimen of Octolasium lacteum Orley 1881. The author’s thanks are extended to Dr. Herre for the collection, preservation in good condition and forwarding of the specimens. Plutellus papillifer (Eisen) 1893 Argilophilus marmoratus papillifer Eisen, Zoe, IV, 1893, p. 253. (No types. Type locality not designated. Berkeley, San Francisco, Monterey, Palo Alto, San Joaquin Valley.) Argilophilus marmoratus papillifer, Eisen, Mem. California Acad. Sci., II, (3), 1894, p. 55. (South of San Francisco Bay; Santa Rosa, Santa Clara, Monterey, Fresno and Nevada counties.) Megascolides papillifer, Beddard, Monog. 1895, p. 495. Plutellus papillifer, Michelsen, Das Tierreich X, 1900, p. 166. Plutellus papillifer, Michelsen, Ark. Zool. XIII, (19), 1921, p. 11. (Notes on penial sete of a specimen from Oakland identified by Eisen. One or more speci- mens identified by Eisen may be in the Hamburg Museum.) Material examined. Two juvenile and one clitellate specimens labelled, ‘‘In loam, Mt. McPherson, Castle Rock Ridge, Santa Cruz Mts., Santa Cruz Co., Calif. Elevation 3100 feet. January 14, 1939. Coll. Albert W. Herre.” One clitellate specimen labelled, ‘‘On wooded slopes in forest above Woodside, San Mateo Co., Calif. Elevation about 1,000 feet. May, 1939. Coll. Albert W. Herre.”’. Three clitellate specimens labelled, ‘‘In soil, rather sandy loam. Mt. McPher- son, Castle Rock Ridge, Santa Cruz Mts., Santa Cruz Co., Calif. Elevation 3,100 feet. March 4, 1939. Coll. Albert W. Herre.” External characteristics. Length 85-155 mm. Diameter four to six mm. Unpigmented (formalin preservation), clitellar colouration reddish. The prostomium is epilobous but with no transverse furrow at the posterior end of the tongue. Setz begin on ii, on which all four couples are present. On seg- ments just behind the clitellum ab ca. = % bc, be and aaca. = both bc and aa a trifle smaller than cd, posteriorly dd < %C. Sete, at least in the preclitellar segments, are ornamented ectally with numerous, fairly closely crowded, transversely placed rows of fine teeth. Setal lines (longitudinal) are only slightly, if at all, dislocated mesially on clitellar segments. Nephropores begin on ii and are variable in position, located on anterior segments of certain specimens as follows: ii-x and xii—xili on d, xiv on c; ii-vi on d, vii-viii on c; vii on c, viii on d-left, on Vot. XXIII] GATES—NOTES ON PLUTELLUS PAPILLIFER (Eisen, 1893) 445 c-right, ix on d-left, on c-right, x—xii on c, xiii on d-left, on c-right, xiv on c-left, on d-right. The clitellum is saddle-shaped, extending from 12/13 to 18/19 or slightly onto xix and ventrally to or almost to b; sites of inter- segmental furrows slightly indicated, dorsal pores lacking, setz present. The clitellum may be constricted (clitellar segments slightly narrower than pre- and postclitellar segments) or slightly pro- tuberant, the colouration very faint, faint or marked. Dorsal pores are small, recognizable only with difficulty on the postclitellar portion of the body, beginning on 18/19 (1) or 19/20 (2). Spermathecal pores are present on one worm only, and are rather small, transversely placed, shortly elliptical apertures with centres on b, each aperture filled with a translucent material. Each pore is located at or near the centre of a sharply demarcated, transversely placed, tumescent area of approximately elliptical outline, inter- segmental furrows 7/8 and 8/9 lacking on the tumescences, pores on approximate sites of and in line with the furrows. Female pores are minute, on or just median to a, about midway between the setal arc and 13/14. Male pores are minute, longitudinally placed, straight or crescentic slits (in the latter case with concave side mesially) on b of xvzz1. Appertures of a follicles of xviii are dislocated laterally, of 6 follicles mesially, the male pores closer to the apertures of the 6 follicles than the apertures of the follicles are to each other, the sites of male pores not readily recognizable and apertures visible only with slight traction on neighbouring epidermis under best optical conditions. Male pores and apertures of penisetal follicles are located on paired, transversely placed, indistinctly demarcated areas of approximately elliptical outline, extending from just median to a slightly into bce, the surface convex, each porophore apparently restricted to a middle, secondary annulus (if the usual two, secondary furrows were present). The porophores are connected on one specimen only by a transverse, midsegmental ridge, apparently the result of some special contrac- tion, as there is no trace of any such ridge or of epidermal thickening in aa of other worms. Immediately anterior and posterior to each porophore is a transversely placed area of thickly crescentic outline, the concave sides facing the male porophore. These lunate areas may be opaque, sharply demarcated and tumescent, or depressed, greyish translucent and indistinctly demarcated, reaching slightly further mesially and laterally than the male porophores, and possi- bly extending slightly onto xvii and xix (in some specimens with an appearance of dislocating anteriorly or posteriorly 17/18 and 18/19, though the furrows are lacking in ab). Genital markings are unpaired, median, transversely placed areas of shortly elliptical to shortly spindle-shaped outline, in aa, reaching laterally on each side halfway to a or slightly less. Markings may be tumescent, rather conspicuously protuberant and sharply de- marcated as on aclitellate specimens, or indistinctly demarcated and 446 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. depressed. In the former condition each marking has a wide, opaque, marginal band and a greyish, translucent, central area. GENITAL MARKINGS Specimen Intersegmental furrow Locality poe ee olalatm|[+[mlol[rlolalolatia /S/Sisfel2/2/S/s/2lsle/s Cierbvce cheb fotuliceli cele diablesd ae [eels ha] aie MePhergoal eR rag a ee eo ae 3 eae | aprpowtee? net] aitle Veetll 2 leek Gel gollte. jamoagene meee ee le ae +) led + | ea oe dolok il dulys ateaderceieg Berne RS A OSE ap ea eats | a eer eee Sa whe ees 4b] veebah iat ap [el salle h to coreg Sracal te wal eked pals dell deal osetia Internal anatomy.—Septum 5/6 is very delicate and transparent; 6/7 slightly muscular; 7/8-10/11 thickly muscular, 11/12-13/14 muscular; 14/15-16/17 with muscular fibres but quite translucent; 5/6-10/11 or 11/12 funnel-shaped with apices posteriorly. The large gizzard isin v (7), 6/7 attached to the gut quite definitely behind the gizzard. Septum 5/6 passes to the anterior margin of gizzard, but is not adherent there, and with care can be lifted off to a region of attachment at or just behind the posterior margin of the gizzard. In vi-ix the cesophagus is narrow and white, in x-xiv widened and dark brown, except for a white, median band on the ventral face that is slightly narrowed posteriorly, in xv—xvi brown ventrally as well as dorsally and laterally, the ventral wall of the gut quite obviously thicker than the dorsal wall. The inner face of the gut in x—xiv is provided with numerous, closely crowded, rather ir- regular, longitudinally placed, slightly lamelliform, white ridges. Midventrally the floor of the gut in this region is raised to form a rather conspicuous and fairly wide ridge which may have a smooth flat surface, or a longitudinally placed groove of variable depth. In one worm the margins of the groove are dark red. The narrow, white, cesophageal valve is anteriorly in xvii, with straight, longi- tudinal ridges on the inner wall (4 specimens, unrecognizable be- cause of distention in 3). The intestine begins posteriorly in xvii (4). Vor. XXIII] GATES—NOTES ON PLUTELLUS PAPILLIFER (Eisen, 1893) 447 Septum 17/18 is attached to the intestines slightly behind the origin, and cannot be dissected off anteriorly. The typhlosole, which begins in xxvii (5), is a slightly zigzagged, lamelliform ridge, very gradually decreasing in height posteriorly and unrecognizable behind cxviti (in worm with 164 segments, mm. 82 of length 105), or cxix (in worm with 162 segments, mm. 122 of length 155). In one worm a short, anterior portion of the typhlosole is slightly thickened, with numer- ous, small, vertically placed, buttress-like ridges on the lateral faces so that the typhlosole has an appearance of being triangular in cross section. From xxvii to lii (5) on the floor of the gut at the mid- ventral line there is a longitudinally placed groove. The margins of the groove may be rather conspicuously raised to form two, longitudinal ridges. Calciferous glands, ceca and supra-intestinal glands are lacking. The dorsal blood vessel (single) extends anteriorly to and ap- parently into the pharyngeal bulb. A supra-cesophageal trunk is probably present in x—xiii and adherent to the gut, but is usually empty, in one specimen distended with blood only in xiii where it bifurcates posteriorly, each branch passing laterally to a heart. Extra-cesophageal trunks are formed anteriorly (in iv or v?) by the union of vessels from the pharyngeal bulb and a vessel on the parietes that is parallel but slightly lateral to the nerve cord. Posteriorly in xi or xii each extra-cesophageal turns mesially onto ventral face of the gut and disappears close to the median line. The ventral trunk bifurcates at the anterior margin of the subpharyngeal ganglia. Lateroparietal trunks were not found, and a subneural trunk is lacking (5). Hearts of x—xiii bifurcate dorsally, one branch passing to the dorsal vessel and the other to the supra-cesophageal. Com- missures of ix open only into the dorsal trunk. Commissures from the dorsal trunk are present in vi-—viii, but have not been traced to the ventral trunk, commissures and hearts of ix—xili passing into the ventral trunk. The last pair of hearts is in xiii (7). No hearts or commissures have been found in xiv (7). Nephridia are transversely placed loops in the anterior portions of the segments, extending from a to or nearly to d. Nephrostomes are small and rounded, close to the ventral parietes in region of b. Nephridia are present in xviii though crowded between the loops of the prostate. Male funnels are present in x and xi, in clitellate specimens with slight or fairly marked spermatozoal iridescence. Seminal vesicles are paired in xi and xii, vertically placed, on the posterior faces of 10/11 and 11/12 reaching upwards to or nearly to the dorsal vessel, but ventrally not to the parietes. In x and xi beneath the gut there is compacted coagulum in clitellate worms, but testis sacs have not been found in either segment, nor seminal vesicles in x. Prostates are confined to xviii, but bulge 17/18 anteriorly and 18/19 posterior- ly. The prostatic duct is 14%-2 mm. long, with muscular sheen, slightly thickened ectally, curved once entally to produce a J-shape. 448 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. The deferent ducts of a side pass simultaneously into an ectal portion of the prostate gland, definitely ental to the duct. Two penisetal follicles are present on each side, bound together entally, diverging ectally, the lateral follicle passing into the parietes on the posterior face of the prostatic duct. Each follicle contains one seta. There are no marked differences between sete of a and b follicles. The setal shaft is slightly arced, or may be nearly straight, except for slight curves near ectal and ental ends, both curves on the same side of the shaft, the tip rounded. Ornamentation is of somewhat irregular, transversely placed rows of fine spines, an occasional spine slightly widened entally and triangular. There are no enlarged spines or teeth towards the ectal end of the ornamented region. MEASUREMENTS OF PENIAL SETAE Seta Length Thickness Extent of * ornamentation Ethel He Le or ger atone 23 0.06 0.35 1 Seal lS is Set Ses 5 ha a sles A er an 122 0.04 0.31 G@EAIOIIOI ER IW, SAE oe 15 0.05 0.32 DSORT. TR TARO Oe MEL 1.15 0.05 0.38 psrattiecbene ter aynebs onaspaebe agents 1.14 0.04 0.30 [AOR Biot oP Nea fia s Beene ae AALS 0.045 0.35 OE OE er Ete ching ae eae ibgily 0.042 0.28 DE Re ten ott Rn See ene ae ths dtS) 0.05 Ona Length is measured along line ab in fig. 1. Thickness is measured at region of greatest width at or near base. Extent of ornamentation is measured along line cd in the figure. The first four sete are from one specimen, the other four from another worm. Spermathece are large, reaching dorsally into contact with the parietes, all four spermathece of the thecal worm of about the same size. The duct is not slender, shorter than, and clearly marked off from the ampulla, with one slight bend, abruptly narrowed within the parietes. In the narrowed parietal portion the lumen is small and almost circular in section, this passage opening into the wider, ental portion of the lumen through a small papilla, which forms nearly all of the floor of an ental chamber. In this chamber the lumen is irregularly elliptical to almost circular in cross section. The longitudinal musculature is uninterrupted over the sites of genital markings which are areas of epidermal thickening. Remarks. Nephropores are occasionally visible on clitellar seg- ments, on c or d, but have not been recognized with certainty on postclitellar segments. As all specimens are more or less strongly contracted a different method of killing and fixing is probably re- Vor. XXII] GATES—NOTES ON PLUTELLUS PAPILLIFER (Eisen, 1893) 449 ead Fig. 1. Isolated penial seta of Plutellus papillifer (Eisen). Length is measured along dotted line ab. Fig. 2. Ectal portion of penial seta of same. Extent of ornamentation is measured along dotted line cd, d indicating the level where ornamentation ends. The ornamentation begins at various levels from just behind the spear- head-shaped portion. Fig. 3. Tip of a penial seta of same. X ca. 325. Ornamentation begins at d. Fig. 4. Tip of a penial seta of same. X ca. 325. Dotted line indicates level where ornamentation begins. All figures are camera lucida sketches. quired to provide satisfactory material for study of the nephropores and dorsal pores. Spermathecal pores are lacking on six specimens, a grey spot recognizable in the epidermis at the site of each spermathecal pore, but even with best optical conditions no perforation visible. In each of the six specimens, on the coelomic face of the parietes over approximate site of each spermathecal pore, there is a tiny, rounded body, presumably the rudiment of a spermatheca, the rudiments of 450 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH Ser. about the same size in juvenile and clitellate worms. An athecal condition found more or less frequently in certain species of Oriental earthworms is thought to be due to inhibition of development, resulting from activities of parasites in juvenile stages prior to the period when the spermathece begin to form, while complete or incomplete batteries of deformed or rudimentary spermathece, less frequently found, are the result of parasitic activity at a later stage. Some such parasitic activity may have been responsible for the rudimentary condition of the spermathece in the specimens of papillifer as iridescence on the male funnel is produced by the presence of ripe spermatozoa, thus indicating a stage of maturity at which full development of all sex organs might be expected. No parasites have been observed in the California worms, and the masses of gregarines so often associated with inhibition or abnormal development of spermathece in the Oriental worms are absent. There is of course another possibility, that spermathece develop very rapidly after other sexual organs have matured. ' On the anterior faces of 6/7-9/10, on each side and just median to the vascular commissure, there is a fairly conspicuous but thin, flat band of white tissue with frayed margins, the band curved into an arc like that of the commissure. Two subspecies, ornatus and papillifer, were recognized by Eisen, who was unable to find internal differences between worms with paired and unpaired genital papilla. Michelsen after examination of penial sete of specimens, obtained from Eisen, of ornatus and papillifer raised the latter to specific status, but omitted reference to other internal structures. As there are contradictions in Eisen’s account of the internal anatomy of marmoratus there may be internal differences of taxonomic importance—note for instance (1894, p. 41) “Dorsal and ventral vessels connected by five pairs of hearts in xiv to x.’’, and (p. 53) ‘‘Three pair of stout, oblong, thrice-contracted and sac-like hearts connect the ventral and dorsal vessels in x, xi, and xii.”’. Neither of these characterizations is applicable to the forms described above, which may indicate failure to recognize a third species, though presence of hearts in xiv would be most unusual for a Megascolecid. Absence of large teeth near ectal end of the penial shaft seems to be characteristic and may provide further evidence, in addition to differences in genital markings,! for specific distinctness from mar- moratus as well as collinus. This latter species is dubious and, aside from the difference in penial sete, cannot be distinguished at present from papillifer. P. sierre Michelsen 1921 (erected on two juvenile and one aclitellate specimens) can be distinguished at present from 1 Hisen (1894, p. 53 and p. 55) mentions having had one specimen of marmoratus with unpaired, median genital markings and one specimen of papillifer with paired markings. As Eisen differentiated marmoratus and papillifer from each other only by the paired or unpaired condition of the genital markings, the sole criterion for identification of these exceptional specimens was geographic. Vou. XXIII] GATES—NOTES ON PLUTELLUS PAPILLIFER (Eisen, 1893) 451 papillifer only by the absence of genital markings,—the ‘‘quere ventralmediane Pubertiatspolster’’, probably of no taxonomic im- portance as a similar appearance characterizes one of Herre’s speci- mens. Absence of genital markings may not be a valid criterion for specific status, as an occasional specimen of a species with genital markings may fail to develop the markings. Dimensions and orna- mentation of penial sete of P. sierre are similar to those of sete from Herre’s specimens of papillifer, while penial setz of Michelsen’s specimen of papillifer are longer; slenderer, and (judging from the figure) with a distinctly different type of ornamentation. In absence however of information as to the method of measurement of length little importance can be attributed at present to size differences. Because of the uncertainty with regard to several characteristics that may be of taxonomic value in connection with the problem of differentiating Californian species it is impossible to give a definitive diagnosis of papillifer, or even to be sure that papillifer is the correct name for the specimens described above. The subjoined diagnosis, based on Herre’s specimens, can be regarded only as tentative. To fix the species, worms from one of Eisen’s original papillifer localities must be adequately characterized and designated as a Neotype and Neoparatypes. Such specimens should be preserved in the best possible condition, and deposited in some museum or museums where they will be available for study. Californian species of Plutellus as a group are distinguished from Guatemalan and Oregon species by spermathecal characteristics, from the Guatemalan species by the quadrithecal condition, and from the Oregon species by the adiverticulate spermathece. Diagnosis. Quadrithecal; spermathecal pores on or close to sites of 7/8—-8/9, on b, on or close to centres of transversely placed porophores. Male pores minute, longitudinally placed slits on b, each pore together with apertures of penisetal follicles on an indistinctly demarcated, transverse porophore with convex surface; apertures of penisetal follicles dislocated into ab, apertures of 6 follicles closer to male pores than to those of a follicles. Genital markings unpaired, median, trans- versely placed areas of epidermal thickening, in middle half of aa, on 9/10-10/11, 14/15, and 19/20-20/21; a transversely placed, broadly crescent-shaped marking immediately anterior and posterior to each male porophore. Female pores paired, on or close to a. First dorsal pore on 18/19-19/20. Clitellum saddle-shaped, on Xiii-xviii and ventrally to b. Nephropores onc or d (only?). Sete: abca. = Wbe, bc ca. = aa slightly < cd, dd < YC. Prostomium epilobous. Unpigmented. Length 85-155 mm. Diameter 4-6 mm. Gizzardinv. Intestine begins in xvii. Typhlosole lamelliform, small, in xxvii: : cxvili-cxix. Last hearts in xiii. Holandric; seminal vesicles in xi and xii. Vas deferens passes into ectal portion of prostate gland. Spermathecal duct shorter than the ampulla, lumen in ental chamber opening through an ectal papilla into narrow passage within short, slender, parietal portion. Penial sete 1.12-1.23 mm. long and 0.042—0.06 mm. thick, shaft slightly arced; ornamentation of transversely AN io ae placed rows of fine spines, terminating ca. 0.27—0.35 mm. from ectal end. Iw . , /& 452 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 47H Smr. Family LUMBRICIDAE Genus Allolobophora Eisen Allolobophora caliginosa (Savigny) 1826 f. trapezoides (A. Duges) Material examined. ‘Ten clitellate specimens labelled, ‘‘In boggy meadow in soil and under dead limbs from pine trees,—one mile east of Cow Creek Ranger Station, Sonora Pass Road, Tuolumne Co., Calif. Sierra Nevada Mts., altitude about 5,800 feet. July 17, 1939. Coll. Ira L. Wiggins.” Notes. Sete a and b are a trifle more closely paired on xv than on Xiv or xvi as a result of median displacement of b, or lateral displace- ment of a, or both, and are smaller than on xiv and xv, sigmoid. Ventral Sete of ix-xi are modified. Ventral sete of xii—-xiv are sigmoid, ornamented near tips with transverse rows of very fine teeth. Ventral sete of xxx and xxxii are also slightly modified, small. Seminal vesicles of ix—xi contain small brown discs. Genus Octolasium Orley Octolasium lacteum Orley 1881 Material examined. One clitellate specimen labelled, ‘‘In boggy meadow in soil and under dead limbs from pine trees,—one mile east of Cow Creek Ranger Station, Sonora Pass Road, Tuolumne Co., Calif. Sierra Nevada Mts., altitude about 5,800 feet. July 17, 1939. Coll. Ira L. Wiggins.” The 6 sete of xv are displaced mesially. Tubercles are present in ab on xxii. All nephropores, when recognizable, are close to the b line. The typhlosole begins in the region of xix or xx and ends in xc (specimen of 111 segments). eat EALGHORNEN anne Te cn " nt, W na} sh oti. : 1) ge Mas i | ghey eae” RR ; BC Le. ty He te aoe, ; BA Ld Bee Meee CueeH PTs § UAT Me, & Oe rma ae Ly ue as) he ey at ap, % ce es ? | pul ex : 5 “' i tel ‘v? th Diy Diba eas 4) ’ Phy CR MRR esi eyrle Wy Tt. n° ¢ HT ny A le Le : ’ : ten foe i" a ies hy i { ors Ve Wes, ti; a kobe 38 1 , pert) <1 ” pd Saul ad at ee 4 , Peers | ee! " he Crig li Me Mer te i We ath fh hay}. 4) Marae 2eou8,. 7 a ‘3 t pte Bey Leal , | é } mS i uy tél ee ‘ MEMO 1: ae ee 77, ba iy, ints Peuers ci | yeh me Pa attiy ie kt th = 4 ry Et oh as a r 2 BTR the aa = ; ei”) i, — oe. y Pemba er eal hus ie a NS ea bh Pr dees i Toe ' tun’ Cawicst ‘ 4 ‘ 2 Lav ty rt hy Ai? ts : : | etsy ~~ : , i“ ern Te re i inet. . OP yeep Caatic) dena! , ? 7 y aph iv. | pe i ey ae Ce 7 . - iv kerry oh a ap ae ny ie ven i we ne OnP A : Ss a : poy ane I Ri, : } * i j ay wo i a ‘ a LT: i ; oo i Aega eee I we PROCEEDINGS OF THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES FouRTH SERIES VoL. XXIII, No. 31, pp. 453-462 June 25, 1942 NOTES ON A COLLECTION OF REPTILES AND AMPHIBIANS FROM GUATEMALA* II LIZARDS BY JOSEPH R. SLEVIN Curator, Department of Herpetology California Academy of Sciences In a previous paper! the author has discussed the snakes taken during the spring of 1924 and of 1926, enumerating the various local- ities worked along the trans-Guatemalan railway. It is now pro- posed to treat of the lizards, and the reader is referred to the above mentioned paper for the list and descriptions of the localities visited. My thanks are due Dr. Thomas Barbour who identified that very difficult group, the anoles, and to Drs. Hobart Smith and Charles E. Burt who worked on the lizards of the genera Sceloporus and Cnemidophorus respectively. The material on which the present paper is based includes eleven genera, and twenty-two species; 2,263 specimens in all. The anoles appeared to be the most abundant of the Guatemalan lizards and shared with those of the genera Sceloporus and Ameiva the distinction of having the greatest range in altitude. While both of these genera were found at sea-level in the vicinity of Champerico, Ameiva extended its range to an elevation of 5000 feet on the slopes of the Volcan Agua, and Sceloporus to 10,000 feet at Santa Elena. The remaining genera, with the exception of Gerrhonotus, a strictly highland lizard, were taken in a belt from sea-level to an elevation 2,000 feet. *Printed from the John W. Hendrie Publication Endowment 1Proc, Calif. Acad. Sci., 4th Ser., Vol. XXIII, No. 26, pp. 393-414, Dec. 29, 1939 June 25, 1942 454 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser. Anolis biporcatus Wiegmann This species is represented by one hundred and twenty-two specimens; 66, Nos. 67050-67115, from Quirigua; six, Nos. 67116, 67118, 67119, 67122, 67168 and 67169, from Mazatenango; 49, Nos. 67117, 67120, 67121, 67123, 67125-67167, 67170 and Offa, from Volcan Zunil, and a single specimen, No. 67124, from Cham- perico. It was found commonly on the banana trees and more sparingly on vines entwined about wire fences. Like all the lizards of this genus it proved to be very active and when thoroughly frightened was difficult to catch, as it made leaps of from two to three feet about the dense undergrowth. It appeared to be a characteristic habit of the anoles that on leaping from one limb to another and alighting head upwards the lizard invariably turned about and faced head down. In life the ground color of Anolis biporcatus is golden-brown, covered with dark markings or reticulations, and may or may not have a wide vertebral stripe. No. 67053 in the above series had a wide dorsal stripe of deep orange, bordered with a very narrow stripe of lemon-yellow and extending from the back of the head on to the base of the tail, where it tapered to a point. The dewlap is blood-orange. Anolis cupreus Hallowell An abundant species on the banana trees planted to shade the cafetals on Finca El Cipres, where four hundred and three specimens, Nos. 67599-68001, were collected. Eight specimens, Nos. 67591- 67598, were taken on banana trees at Quirigua. Although a small species it was easily found as it frequented the trunks of banana trees and was more or less in the open, confining itself to the trunks of the trees or to dead leaves hanging loosely about the trunks. In life the ground color is light brown, occasionally with darker markings and a pale yellow vertebral stripe. The dewlap is rather small and a uniform pale yellow. Anolis godmani Boulenger An inhabitant of the coffee and banana belts, this species was not found in such numbers as some of the others, only fifty-eight speci- mens being taken as follows: 48, Nos. 67172-67219, from Quirigua; nine, Nos. 67221-67229, from Volcan Zunil, and a single specimen, No. 67220, from Mazatenango. ‘These lizards were more partial to the vines entwining fences than to the banana trees, and were not disposed to show themselves in the open. The species is no doubt just as abundant as those taken in larger series, but, owing to its small size and more secretive habits, is not so readily seen in the green foliage and heavy undergrowth. Vo.. XXII] SLEVIN—REPTILES AND AMPHIBIANS FROM GUATEMALA 455 In life the ground color is greenish, with occasional dorsal spots of brown and a dark band between the eyes. The dewlap is light orange. Alcoholic specimens show none of the delicate green ground color. Anolis humilis Peters Although thirteen days were spent at Quirigua and one hundred and thirty-one anoles were collected, only two specimens, Nos. 68217-68218, of this species were found. Both were taken on banana trees on the Nahua Ranch of the United Fruit Company. The dorsal coloration is uniform brown. The dewlap is quite small and purplish in color. Anolis petersii Bocourt During an extended stay at Finca El Cipres this species was not encountered, but my host, Sefior Juan Posadas, presented me with three specimens; two, Nos. 68214-68215, from Mazatenango, and one, No. 68216, from his plantation on the slopes of Volcan Zunil. Possibly the reason for not finding this species was seasonal as the specimen from Volcan Zunil was taken in the month of December, a season in which I did not collect. Anolis sallaei Giinther Anolis sallaei was found to be a common species. It inhabits dense foliage and were it not for its brilliantly colored dewlap, its long tail and its unusual activity, it might not be easily detected. It likes the warmth of the sun, and when seen perched upon a leaf or twig with its large orange dewlap, centered with a spot of indigo- blue, extended to full size it becomes very conspicuous against a background of light green. A series of two hundred and nine speci- mens are from the following localities: Nos. 68002-68017, Quirigua; Nos. 68038-68041, Champerico; Nos. 68199-68208, Los Patos River; Nos. 68198, 68022-68032, Mazatenango; Nos. 68018-68021, 68033, 68036-68037, 68042-68197, 68209-68213, Volcan Zunil. In life this species is one of the most beautifully colored of the Guatemalan anoles being a rich, clear, golden-yellow and occasionally having a heavy, lemon colored vertebral stripe. As mentioned above the dewlap is orange, with a central spot of indigo-blue. Anolis uniformis Cope This species appeared to be confined to the highlands and was particularly abundant at Chichivac, above Tecpan. A single patch of tall grass situated on an open hillside was the source of a series of three hundred and fifty-three specimens, Nos. 67238-67590. Upon 456 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser. pulling apart the clumps of grass the lizards were found clinging to the blades a foot or two above the ground. A single specimen, No. 67237, was taken at an elevation of 6,800 feet in a small clump of weeds in a cornfield at the edge of the rain forest above San Antonio. Seven specimens, Nos. 67230-67236, were taken in similar situa- tions on the slopes of the Volcan Agua. In life the ground color is brownish, and a broad vertebral band of yellow, with a narrow black border, is occasionally present. The dewlap is a rich orange color. ’ Basiliscus vittatus Wiegmann This proved to be a common and widely distributed species, a total of ninety-one being taken as follows: Nos. 69185-69194, San Antonio; Nos. 69195-69227, Quirigua; Nos. 69228-69247, 69258- 69262, 69274-69275, Volcan Zunil; Nos. 69248-69256, Mazatenango; No. 69257, Champerico; Nos. 69263-69273, Los Patos River. With the exception of those taken at San Antonio, all were found on the banks of streams or in very close proximity to water, the San Antonio specimens being taken in trees bordering a road, the nearest water being a hundred yards or more away. An extremely wary lizard it would keep in the heavy growth of vines bordering the streams, and at the slightest disturbance it would leap into the water, or seek the denser foliage where it would be lost to view. The present series shows no variation in color, the brownish-olive ground color, with a yellow lateral stripe, being constant. Its native name is Cotate. Iguana iguana rhinolopha (Wiegmann) This species was found more commonly in the rain forest areas, though it also inhabits the arid country about Progreso. A great many individuals were seen but on account of its large size only a few were taken. The series is as follows: No. 69312, Progreso; Nos. 69313-69315, Volcan Zunil; No. 69311, Quirigua. The latter was found stretched at full length on the top of a high hedge. Although brilliantly marked with white and black bands on a ground color of light green it is not so easily detected in its native habitat, the heavy foliage and high trees of the tropical forests. Ctenosaura palearis Stejneger A common species about Progreso, where it was found high up in the tall trees. A series of fourteen specimens, Nos. 69297-69310, was taken. Juveniles, in life, are bright green, the black bars and grayish sides of the adults are not evident until the lizard attains a considerable size. Vout. XXIII] SLEVIN—REPTILES AND AMPHIBIANS FROM GUATEMALA 457 Ctenosaura similis (Gray) This species was found to be fairly abundant on both sides of the plateau, but on account of its large size the series had to be limited. Twenty-one specimens were taken as follows: Nos. 69276-69286, Progreso; Nos. 69287-69290, Los Patos River; Nos. 69291-69296, Champerico. At Progreso and Champerico they were found in trees and at Los Patos River in the tiled roofs of houses. Young individuals are bright green, as in the former species, changing to the characteristic greenish-gray later in life, the tail then becomes ringed and the body barred with black. Sceloporus acanthinus Bocourt Found only in clearings in the rain-forest, and is represented by five specimens as follows: Nos. 68389-68390, Mazatenango; Nos. 71403-71404, Volcan Zunil; No. 68931, Los Patos River. The two specimens from Mazatenango were taken in dense rain-forest country and were found some fifteen feet above the ground running about the trunk of a giant Ceiba tree. The one from Los Patos River was taken on a fence post in a clearing of virgin jungle. The males of this species, in life, are metallic bluish-green on the dorsal surface. The undersurface of the body and throat is blue, that of the hind limbs and tail being yellowish, with a tinge of green. A black collar completely encircles the neck. The females , do not attain the brilliancy of the adult males, having a dorsal ground color of brown. A collar is present, but does not meet on the throat. The undersurfaces are yellowish, the throat being clouded with dark gray. The femoral pores in the five specimens range from twelve to fifteen. Sceloporus formosus smaragdinus Bocourt A common species in the highlands where one hundred and twenty-seven specimens were collected as follows: 17, Nos. 68219- 68235, Volcan Agua; 55, Nos. 68236-68290, San Antonio; 55, Nos. 68291-68345, five miles north of Tecpan; two, Nos. 68392-68393, Santa Elena. At San Antonio and the Volcan Agua it was found on rock fences which enclosed large stretches of open country, while about the vicinity north of Tecpan it was equally divided between rocky situations and solitary trees close to heavily wooded areas. A male, No. 68225, from Volcan Agua, was colored in life as follows: Dorsal surface and upper surface of limbs light green; tail bottle-green above to lighter green on the sides and undersurface; top of head brownish; a black shoulder patch; a black collar ex- tending across the throat; throat light blue; undersurface between limbs light blue, with two longitudinal bands of black separated by a line of greenish-yellow; undersurface of tail yellowish. 458 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser. The femoral pores in 212 thighs are as follows: Pores Thighs 1}: fee. eres see eee oe Eas fo See Oso 2 1 eee AH eaten En etc: bach at ech ancy nc obese 9 OS a oat ee EE Me ee ee Seema ch ats) snareas oy eel MCP 25 Le tae ah nen EME eae ee not cn Yas tee ces oles a faaaeette ones 60 LSE TN A Sis Se RRR TN dd NO CIA: Be, 73 LOE SON RRM ARE OE Ve ae See 26 AT i nfonutlnres Pees Keo Wedd ute re oct geen abet eh. 17 Sceloporus siniferus Cope Found only on the seacoast, where eighteen specimens, Nos. 68358-68375, were collected along an open road cut through what was formerly heavy rain forest in the vicinity of Champerico. It appeared to be strictly terrestrial in its habits, never getting farther off the ground than the top of a rock or small boulder. The ground color, like in its near relative S. sguamosus, is reddish- brown, a lateral stripe of yellow one to one and one-half scales wide extending from the back of the head to the base of the tail. A pronounced black spot over the shoulder is usually present. The area between the lateral lines may be clear or have a series of black spots on each side. The sides may be either with or without black spots. The undersurfaces are grayish, the throat sometimes being clouded with dark gray and having a series of longitudinal white stripes. The femoral pores in thirty-five thighs vary from four to six; being four 12 times, five 18 times, and six five times. Sceloporus squamosus Bocourt A species found both in the highland country, at the base of the Volcan Agua, and in the desert area about Progreso. It was not common in either locality, only eleven specimens, Nos. 68346-68356, being taken at the former locality and two, Nos. 68357, 68376, at the latter. At the Volcan Agua it was seen in corn fields on the lower slopes of the mountain, and at Progreso along the side of a trail leading from open country to a wooded and rocky area. The ground color is a dark reddish-brown, with a whitish lateral line one scale in width extending from the back of the head to the base of the tail. A series of black spots extends down the back, the posterior borders of which have a light edge. The sides are spotted with white and the undersurfaces are grayish. The femoral pores in twenty-six thighs range from five to seven; being five 9 times, six 14 times, and seven 3 times. Vor. XXIII] SLEVIN—REPTILES AND AMPHIBIANS FROM GUATEMALA 459 Sceloporus variabilis variabilis Wiegmann This species was found only at Progreso, where a small series, Nos. 68377-68388, was taken. It was confined to rocky situations along trails and roads in the higher portions of the desert-like areas. There is apparently no difference in coloration from those collected farther to the north in the states of Oaxaca and Vera Cruz, Mexico. A male, in life, showed a dorsal ground color of light brown, with scattered blue and yellow spots and a dorsolateral stripe of light brown. The upper surface of the limbs was blackish and of the tail light gray to pink. The belly had two large patches of pink, edged with blue, and separated by a median line of white. Two black shoulder patches were bordered in front by a line of light yellow. Femoral pores in the above series vary from six to thirteen; being six two times, eight two times, nine four times, ten seven times, eleven seven times, twelve two times, and thirteen once, Gerrhonotus moreletii Bocourt Strictly confined to the highlands this species was found to be common at Chichivac, where eighty specimens, Nos. 68394-68473, were taken in the surrounding forest that had been cut over for timber. Their habitat was under debris on the forest floor and under the loose bark of dead trees and old stumps. Five specimens, Nos. 68474-68478, were taken at Santa Elena under similiar condi- tions. An examination of eighty-four specimens shows a contact between the frontonasal and frontal, a partial separation in three, and a complete separation in one. No. 68419 shows a complete separation. No. 68402 has the prefrontal on the left side forming a narrow suture, and No. 68436 a practically complete separation, the prefrontals terminating in a point which contacts the fronto- nasal. Scale rows are eighteen in 71 specimens and twenty in 14. The dorsal coloration is dark brown, spotted with black. The undersurfaces are greenish-white. Juveniles show darker sides and less spotting on the dorsal surface. Lepidophyma flavomaculatum flavomaculatum Dumeéril This species is strictly confined to the rain-forest. Twenty- eight specimens were taken as follows: Four, Nos. 68479-68482, from Quirigua; three, Nos. 68483, 68505, 68506, from Volcan Zunil; and twenty-one, Nos. 68484-68504, from Mazatenango. With the exception of a single specimen (No. 68482) found in a crack between two stones, part of the wall of a large ruin near Quirigua, all were found under debris on the forest floor or in decaying logs. The old logs sought by these lizards were on the floor of the rain forest, thoroughly soaked from the heavy rains and covered with vines and moss. The interiors were honeycombed 460 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser. with termite tunnels, and an examination of the stomachs of the lizards showed that termites formed their principal food. In life the ground color is a rich brown, the dorsal surface being covered with yellowish spots. The undersurfaces are whitish. Ameiva undulata parva Barbour and Noble A common lizard and found abundantly from the low country to the higher elevations at the base of the Volcan Agua, but very rare in the drier desert area about Progreso. In the coffee districts it was usually found running about the cafetals in search of food and in the wet, humid belt about Quirigua it was a conspicuous lizard amongst the banana trees. A total of two hundred and eighty- eight specimens was taken as follows: Nos. 68629-68662, Volcan Agua; Nos. 68663-68733, San Antonio; Nos. 68734-68765, Quirigua; Nos. 68766-68844, Volcan Zunil; Nos. 68845-68865, Mazatenango; Nos. 68866-68867, Champerico; Nos. 68868-68914, Los Patos River; Nos. 68915-68916, Progreso. Specimen No. 68671, from San Antonio, was colored, in life, as follows: A wide brownish dorsal band extended from the back of the head to the base of the tail, with black bars between limbs broken on median line; top of tail light brown, with black spots at base; top of head brown; top of limbs brown, mottled with black; sides of head and the gular region lemon-yellow; sides between limbs sky-blue; belly, undersurface of hind limbs and tail sky-blue; under- surface of front limbs yellowish. The color of the gular region in this species varies and may be lemon-yellow, orange, or brick-red. The femoral pores in 572 thighs vary from eleven to twenty-one as follows: Pores Thighs fle Aor. Sets. OOAE ET SEs An ATA MK 2 TOT Bis eet eh. yd npregezys fob = 05 8 pr btayecp hte cereaycs sens ayes 6 LS PRS Ler ar Re nT ROOT alte A hate Me aT 30 PATE eh NR ents Ce olan sic..s 6 cee ate Lae IeEG 68 1 RR Se shies Us hou Alter Gh ere ane eee oe oS, 105 MG she oy Sabon cand ca Wer ae serra otaistiod onal ie utsle glen Selacorone 119 1 WT faa sunt Aint nc epi cigs tea aa aachareie he abies grab erst 101 ASST eas ee eines mentee LTS 4 atten Ce ones 76 1S MRR ial gece ie ' ‘ v r de vi ‘ eel { a TEU TEs! 4 ba hl 4 ‘ ~/ ; nyt ' be / fi i al [ \ F ma wan ‘4 Pan ' : j Ni ‘ 4 r 4 " e ; : 7 , 1 s . ; APA | m Ray Ar ‘. 4 i i iy =5 PROCEEDINGS OF THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES FOURTH SERIES VoL. XXIII, No. 32, pp. 463-480, pls. 39-42 JuNE 25, 1942 NOTES ON A COLLECTION OF REPTILES FROM BOQUETE, PANAMA, WITH THE DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES OF HYDROMORPHUS* BY JOSEPH R. SLEVIN Curator, Depariment of Herpetology California Academy of Sciences Through the kindness of Mr. and Mrs. Robert Terry, of Boquete, Chiriqui, Panama, the writer was enabled to spend the summer of 1939 as their guest and enjoyed their hospitality and assistance for a period of four months in that most interesting region. The actual time spent in the field was from May 11th to September 15th. The rainy season of 1939 proved to be an extremely dry one. This no doubt modified conditions considerably, but apparently did not greatly affect reptile collecting, although it may have accounted for the scarcity of some of the species of lizards. However it must have had a considerable influence on animal life in general. Up to May 17th there had been only one light shower, and on the 22nd the first, real tropical downpour occurred. These rains did not continue, and up to the middle of August the country was badly in need of rain. The beginning of September saw a change, but even then the real tropical rains were not in evidence. The collection of snakes considered in the present paper includes 20 genera, 21 species, and 220 specimens; the lizards 7 genera, 11 species, and 447 specimens. Of the snakes Hydromorphus dunni is a new species, Ninia psephota new to Panama, and Spilotes p. pullatus, Sibon sibon and Leptophis o. occidentalis new records for Boquete, and altitude records for western Panama. Of the lizards *Printed from the John W. Hendrie Publication Endowment June 25, 1942 464 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser. Norops auratus is an altitude record for western Panama and new record for Boquete. My thanks are due Dr. Emmett R. Dunn for assistance in making identifications, and for much information from his critical notes concerning Panamanian reptiles, and to Plinio Ruiz, my invaluable native companion, to whom I am indebted for much able field assistance. LIZARDS Anolis copei Bocourt A series of 54 males (C.A.S. Nos. 79036-79089) and 68 females (C.A.S. Nos. 79090-79157) showed this to be, next to Anolis poly- lepis, the most abundant anole met with. It was generally found in the larger and higher trees, but occasionally on fence posts, and once or twice on the ground. While most frequently seen on the tree trunks it was often discovered on fairly high limbs, crouching down as if to avoid detection. In living specimens the ground color was usually uniform light green, but variations occasionally occurred. No. 79090, a female, was uniform light green, shaded with black; belly greenish-white. The posterior two-thirds of the tail was black. No. 79091, a female, had a ground color of light green, with oc- casional black blotches. The top of the head was black. No. 79036, a male, was light green, with heavy black cross-bars both on body and limbs; top of head uniform black; belly whitish, with longi- tudinal black lines. The rather large dewlap of the males had a ground color of orange, with rows of bluish scales. The entire series of males, in life, had a dewlap as described above, while in females the ground color was light blue, with rows of black scales. Color changes took place so quickly that a bright green lizard shot from the limb of a tree would be reddish-brown on striking the ground. Anolis intermedius Peters This species was found rather sparingly in the vicinity of Boquete. Its habitat seemed to be strictly confined to the coffee trees, and the entire series of eight specimens (C.A.S. Nos. 79367-79374) was taken from the older trees on which the bark was mottled silver- gray and brown. The lizard matched this background closely in color and was difficult to detect. The dewlap, in life, is a rich blood- orange. Anolis microtus Cope A single juvenile specimen (C.A.S. No. 79598) was shot off the side of a log cabin in a partly grown-over clearing on the north slope of the Volcan Chiriqui, at an approximate elevation of 7,000 Vou. XXIII] SLEVIN—REPTILES FROM PANAMA 465 feet. In life the ground color is grayish, the body and tail with heavy black cross-bands, which completely encircle the latter; top of limbs cross-barred. A white line extends from under the front of the eye to the shoulder, where it broadens into a patch; undersurface whitish, the chin with dark grayish spots along the sides. The dewlap is whitish, with straw-colored rows of scales. Anolis pachypus Cope A stop of three days in the rain forest on the north slope of the Volcan Chiriqui at an approximate elevation of 7,000 feet resulted in the finding of only two specimens of this species (C.A.S. Nos. 79596-79597) a male and a female. Both were found while cutting the foliage from around the tops of dead stumps. In life the ground color is greenish, with faint traces of black cross-bars on hmbs and tail; sides of head black; undersurface whitish. The throat of the female is prominently spotted with black, while the markings of the male are more obscure. The black coloring on the head of the male extends below the lower labials, giving the throat a black border. Two large black patches back of the fore limbs of the female are absent in the male. The dewlap of the male is a rich blood-red, with straw- colored rows of scales. The base of the tail is greatly enlarged. Anolis polylepis Peters This was the most abundant lizard about Boquete, where a series of 209 specimens (C.A.S. Nos. 79158-79366) was taken. One specimen (C.A.S. No. 79595) was collected on the south slope of the Volcan Chiriqui at an approximate elevation of 6,500 feet. No habitat preferences were shown, it being found commonly on fence posts, coffee trees, and foliage in general. In life the ground color is bronze, occasionally with a few black dorsal spots, the females sometimes having a vertebral stripe; undersurface whitish. The dewlap is orange. The vertebral series of enlarged scales varies in size, but is usually quite prominent, being obscure in only three or four individuals of the entire series. Norops auratus Daudin Found rather sparingly on a plateau above the floor of the Caldera Valley at an elevation of approximately 4,000 feet. Nine specimens (C.A.S. Nos. 79375-79383) were taken in the region south of Boquete. It is apparently a terrestrial species as it was found only on the ground sunning itself on the tops of small boulders. The dorsal coloring, in life, is bronze. A dark band extends along the sides of the body. The undersurface is yellowish and the dewlap dark blue. 466 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser. Basiliscus basiliscus (Linnaeus) A common species along the Caldera River, where eight males (C.A.S. Nos. 79388-79395), six females (C.A.S. Nos. 79396-79401) and four juveniles (C.A.S. Nos. 79384-79387) were taken. These rather striking lizards were usually found-in rock walls close to the river bank, or on boulders in the river. Their extreme shyness is no doubt due to the fact that the natives are continually shooting at them with slingshots, an effective weapon in the hands of any Panamanian boy. Sceloporus formosus malachiticus Cope This lizard was not found in the Caldera Valley proper, and apparently was confined to an elevation some 800 to 1,000 feet higher in the mountainous areas, where it was fairly common in certain parts, forty specimens (C.A.S. Nos. 79402-79431) having been taken. It was usually found on tree trunks, fallen logs, fences, and rocky situations along the mountain trails. Males have the characteristic metallic-green, dorsal coloring and black collar band. Females are much more somber and show considerable black spot- ting on the dorsal region. Femoral pores in fifteen males vary from 13 to 17, and in ten females from 12 to 17. Gerrhonotus monticola Cope Three days were spent from August 10th to 12th inclusive in a locality rarely visited by herpetologists, the crater of the Volcan Chiriqui, the floor of which is estimated to be 10,000 feet above sea-level. Here 22 specimens (C.A.S. Nos. 79599-79620) of this in- teresting alligator lizard were collected. It is of particular interest on account of the wide difference in the coloration of the sexes. Cope described a female in 1877, and in 1907 Stejneger described a male as Gerrhonotus alfarot. The color description of a living adult male and female given below shows that the sexes probably differ more in coloration than any other species of the genus. The series at hand shows little if any variation in squamation. Male—Dorsal and lateral surfaces metallic-black, profusely speckled with minute spots of yellow; undersurface of tail and body lemon-yellow spotted with black; throat and chin greenish-blue. Female— Dorsal and lateral surfaces chestnut-brown, spotted with black; a dorsal line of black extending from the base of the head well down on the tail; a lateral line of black, bordered above by one of yellowish-white, extending along the body and tail; undersurface of body and tail dark salmon without spots; throat and chin green- ish-blue. Vor. XXIII] SLEVIN—REPTILES FROM PANAMA 467 Alligator lizards were found to be scattered over the entire crater floor. They usually occurred in the patches of dry grass, hiding close down by the roots, but one short interval of sunshine brought them out of hiding, and five specimens were secured in the open, close to cover. Two were found under the ice-cold, wet moss and earth on the north wall of the crater about four feet above the ground. In each case a salamander (Oedipus subpalmatus) was found coiled up with the lizard under the same covering. Un- fortunately most of the time the crater was covered by clouds, mak- ing the temperature cool, and only at short intervals, when the sky cleared and there was some vestige of warmth and direct sun- light, did reptile life become apparent. Spiders were found in count- less numbers in the dry grass and no doubt formed the chief food supply of the lizards. Ameiva quadrilineata (Hallowell) This species, found only on the floor of the Caldera Valley, was by no means abundant, only eighteen specimens (C.A.S. Nos. 79432-79449) having been taken. Its usual habitat is along trails, roads and fences which have a sufficient growth of underbrush to furnish a safe retreat. The dorsal surface is olive-gray, mottled with black. Two lateral stripes of white bordering a black band are distinct throughout the series. The undersurfaces are uniform greenish-blue. Mabuya mabuya mabuya (Lacépéde) Seven of these rather secretive skinks (C.A.S. Nos. 79450-79456) were found about old logs and stumps in open pastures. All have four supraoculars and have the supranasals in contact. In two individuals (Nos. 79451-79452) the parietals are not in contact. In Nos. 79451 and 79454 the prefrontals meet in a point, complete separation takes place in the remainder of the series. The dorsal coloration is dark brown, heavily spotted with black; a heavy black lateral band is bordered below by a prominent white line, while above a narrow one may be very obscure or absent. Undersurfaces are whitish. 468 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser. SNAKES Constrictor constrictor imperator (Daudin) Rare in the vicinity of Boquete only a single specimen, a male (C.A.S. No. 78816) having been taken. Owing to the poor condi- tion and size (six feet three inches) of the snake the head only was preserved for the locality record. Upper labials are 21-22, lower labials 23-24. Ninia maculata (Peters) Moderately common under old logs, bark and general debris in the cafetals. The color is somewhat variable. In life the dorsal region may be reddish or grayish, with cross-bands of black. These may either meet or alternate on the vertebral line. The undersurface is whitish, mottled or dotted with square markings of black, and occasionally with a median, rough-edged, black line down the center of the gastrosteges. All have 19 scale rows, anal single, preoculars 1—1, postoculars’ 2—2, loreal absent, temporals 1+2—1-+2. Sexes and variations in scale counts are as follows: Gastro- Uro- Supra- Infra- No. Sex steges steges labials labials MSSM e were tessa: statis ay aan 137 58c 7-7 7-7 AS OMS Re Oe eee ey ler wan Q 139 59c 7-7 7-7 TES19%. 3. ee fa eign: Q 146 57c 7-7 7-7 TSSZO MS Rey. ue ee eae 145 Ske 7-7 7-7 FQN: CVF LINAC otc eee: 141 60c 7-7 7-7 USS 22 ag. ase RR ok a oe neg 140 52¢ 7-7 7-7 UM oR Teather erik Bia sts, 5 as Q 136 52c 7-7 7-7 ESLER NE: CRIES ERAS Q 139 55e 7-7 8-8 VSB 2 SEY LES LV EIAE 2 Ge Ses Q 141 63c 7-7 7-7 ES826¢¢ sou. = Setseyee ocr oy Bale Q 145 53c 8-7 7-7 TOBA ea NSS eco bck seg ees Q 145 57c 8-7 7-7 ES OD Seis wrath d riiako aan ts Q 146 55¢ 7-7 7-7 Pf eke OAS ars Sarah Cal 3 Nitec edt cleave Q 138 61c 7-7 7-7 FESSO:. AEs SEL SALES Q 138 60c 7-7 7-7 Poorer ora tsyys tos cages ef cy Q 143 50c 7-7 7-7 [SOS2 Me ate dee ee ta ome te Q 141 53c 7-8 7-7 78833 of 141 62c 7-7 7-7 78834 Q ISO 50c 7-7 7-7 USS SoS a eter een eins Q 141 54c 7-7 7-7 UBSS OI) Sate eater cs eo Mokeseen fof 145 61c 7-7 7-7 TS SSE Mae Uk tae eee of 141 57c 7-7 7-7 WSESS Sree My eho Q 143 55¢ 7-7 7-7 78839 Q 143 59c 7-7 7-7 MSSAO RONG erate cis oes horace Q 145 55c 7-7 7-7 EDS OD Sein a ST ay auras aes 142 52¢ 7-7 7-7 Vou. XXII] SLEVIN—REPTILES FROM PANAMA 469 Ninia psephota (Cope) A common species under debris in the cafetals, and occasionally found on open trails. It apparently feeds largely on insects as the stomachs of those examined contained a considerable quantity of beetle wingcovers. In life the dorsal coloration is black; undersurface a tessellated pattern of black and coral-pink. In alcoholic specimens the pink coloration is entirely lost and changes to a light straw color. In a series of thirty-one specimens all have 17 scale rows, anal single, supralabials 6—6, infralabials 6—6, preoculars 1—1, post- oculars 2—2, with the exception of No. 78871 in which they are single, loreal absent. Sexes and variations in scale counts are as follows: Gastro- Uro- No. Sex steges steges Temporals 78841 fot 147 73c 2+2-—2+42 SD a ERE ee eter Q 147 64c 1+2-—1-+2 SOLS eet a. Gee N ete a cas hs Ae = saps of 151 i2e 1+2-—1-+2 (hs sv Cave emt Rial ea de ig oa EIN. fot ae (Ake 1+2-—-1-+2 {So Ca Reh ange ieee eee fof 148 70c 1+1i-1+41 AS OA OL ENe. eine. 4s NESS chcpege Wok of 148 66c i+2-—1+2 TRSRSHNTE OR ERA LE fos een, cee Oe Q 151 64c 1+1-—-1+41 SOR OME Tat cae RS oes ee oe 9 147 58c 1+2-—1-+2 IS GAD hae tnt: N ee eee te fit: Q 150 64c 1+1-1+1 78850 ce) 149 65¢c 1+1-—1+1 tekstit US ae Ey POR Ra News hae sold SAE APR ofl 152 59+ i+1—1+2 HS SO 2 gay kecs gk AC CPR ESOT CL Q 139 Sic 1+1-i+1 78853 fot 150 126 1+1-—-1+41 78854 ot 150 67¢c 2+2-—-24+2 78855 9 153 64c 1+2-—142 MOSS OME Mimi es one Shae Cepek: Q 146 70c 1+1i—1+1 US SOAR Ne Peete. Sy el sees EP egy» AS eI « Q 1152 62c 1+2-—1+2 CRN «ee ee eee eee eee Q 147 55c 1+2—1+2 CS) PF a eae Sennen Q 148 56c 1+1-—1i-+1 USO 6 oR BAe Os ip ak bare Q 145 63c 1+2-—-1+2 78861 Q 150 65¢c 1+1i-—-1+41 TASES SO a ee eee Coe fof 153 aie 1+2-—1+42 78863 of 153 63c 1+1-1+1 78864 Q 148 6ic 1+1-1+1 78865 Q 147 65c 1+2-—1+42 78866 fof 152 64+ 1+2-—1+2 78867 Q 152 63+ 1+2-—1+1 ES OOS Rea RNC ee heat reek Q 148 64c 1+1—1+41 SOOO Mam eD Ns eae Mins hPa oe Q a 62¢ 1+2-—-1+2 T8810... a... 242 60. SFO DRL. BRE fof 147 67c 1+1-—-1+41 HS OiTEl its, Bes vlan Ah dee eM oe eS ensi aoak ot 147 68c 1+1-—1+1 Dryadophis boddaertii alternatus (Bocourt) This was by far the most common species seen in the open about Boquete. It proved to be extremely wary, and was usually found 470 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser. along fences and in rocky situations in the vicinity of heavy cover, into which it disappeared, seldom allowing a close approach. On examining the stomach of a male (No. 78889) it was found to con- tain a young individual of the same species over fourteen inches in length. In life the dorsal coloring is light brown, the first, second, fourth and fifth scale rows being of a much lighter shade and forming lateral stripes. The third scale row is light brown, bordered above and below by a narrow black line. Young individuals are dark brown, with whitish cross-bands two or two and a half scales in width; undersurface whitish, the throat being tessellated with black. All have 17 scale rows, anal divided, preoculars 1-1, postoculars 2-2, loreal 1-1. Sexes and variations in scale counts are as follows: Gastro- Uro- Supra- Infra- No. Sex steges steges labials labials Temporals 78872 Q 181 90+ 8-9 10—10 2+2—2+42 78873 Q 173 50+ 9-9 10—10 2+2-—2+42 78874 fof 176 101c 9-9 10—10 1+4+2-—2+42 78875 rot 172 43+ 8-9 8-8 1+1-—1+2 78876 of 173 72+ 8-9 10—10 2+2—2+2 78877 roe 171 100c 9-9 10—10 2+2—2+42 78878 Q 187 100c 9-9 10—10 2+2—2+2 78879 ou 179 107c 9-9 10—10 2+2-—2+2 78880 Q 183 102¢c 8-9 10-9 2+2-—1+42 78881 Q 183 100+ 9-9 10—10 2+2-—2+42 78882 Q 182 89+ 9-9 11-10 2+2-—2+2 78883 Q 185 103 + 9-9 10—10 2+2-1+42 78884 9 184 95c 9-9 10—10 2+2-—2+2 78885 ot 175 91+ 8-8 9—10 2+2—-2+42 78886 ou 174 101c 9-9 10—10 2+2—-2+42 78887 rofl 176 104c 9-9 9-9 2+2—2+42 78888 oe 175 100+ 9-9 10—10 2+1-—2+42 78889 ou 178 103c 9-9 10—10 2+2-—2+42 78890 Q 188 78+ 9-9 10—10 1+2—1+2 78891 9 183 96c 9-9 10—10 2+2-—2+42 78892 fo) 183 104c 10—9 10—10 2+2-—2+2 78893 ref (al 105c 9-9 10—10 14+2-—1-+42 78894 Q 185 74+ 9-9 10—10 2+2-—1+2 78895 9 188 103c 8-8 10-10 1+2-—1+42 Dendrophidion paucicarinatus (Cope) A rare species apparently confined to the forested country con- taining clearings for coffee growing. The five specimens taken were found in heavy undergrowth along trails in the mountainous dis- tricts above the floor of the Caldera Valley. In life the dorsal coloration is uniform brown; undersurface of VoL. XXIII] SLEVIN—REPTILES FROM PANAMA 471 body and tail yellowish, the posterior edge of each gastrostege and urostege with a narrow border of black. Scale counts are as follows: Scale|Gastro-| Uro- Supra-| Infra-| Pre- | Post- No. |Sex|Rows| steges | steges|Anal| labials| labials|oculars\oculars| Loreal| Temporals 78896) Q | 15 187 | 131c| + | 9—9 |10—10) 1-1 | 2—2 | 1-1 |24+2-—2+42 78897| o| 17 184 | 67c | + | 9—9 |10—10) 1-1 | 2—2 | 1-1 [242-242 78898} 9 | 17 182 | 45+) + | 9-9 |10—10) 1-1 | 2—2 | 1-1 |24+2-—2-42 78899) Q | 17 187 |129+) + | 9—9 |11-—11} 1-1 | 2—2 | 1-1 |242-2+42 78900} 9 | 17 182 |132+| + | 9-9 |11-—11) 1-1 | 2—2 | 1-1 |242-—2+42 Spilotes pullatus pullatus (Linnaeus) Four specimens were taken along the banks of the Caldera River. No. 79647 was found stretched along a dead limb projecting over the water, and about ten feet above the surface. It was discovered by a native when he observed a bird about to alight upon the limb. The bird suddenly flew off with a loud cry, thus attracting the attention of the native. A male (C.A.S. No. 79647) was colored in life as follows: dorsal region black, with a few small straw-colored spots; top of head brownish, with black sutures between the plates and a black band across the posterior edge of the parietals, extending over the upper labials; undersurface anteriorly yellowish, with black markings; posteriorly black; undersurface of tail black. Scale counts are as follows: Scale|Gastro-| Uro- Supra-| Infra-| Pre- | Post- No. |Sex|Rows| steges | steges|Anal| labials| labials|oculars|\oculars| Loreal| Temporals: 78903) 9 | 16 222 ji11+) 1) 7-7 |, 9-8 | 1-1 | 2—2 | 1-1 i 79647) @| 16 228 | i3le). 91S F—F | O—8 PLHP ft FD t 4 i talc 472 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser Drymarchon corais melanurus (Duméril and Bibron) Apparently a rare species in the vicinity of Boquete. A large female, the only specimen taken, was found about six feet above ground in a coffee tree as it was about to rob a wren’s nest. On being discovered the snake immediately dropped to the ground and made for cover, where it was captured with some difficulty. This specimen (C.A.S. No. 78904) has scales in 17 rows, gastrosteges 210, urosteges 75c, anal single, supralabials 8-8, infralabials 8-8, pre- oculars 1-1, postoculars 2—2, loreal 1-1, temporals 2+2—2-+2. Chironius carinatus (Linnaeus) This species was moderately rare in the pastures and open country on the floor of the Caldera Valley. None was found in the moun- tainous districts. It was always close to water and would not allow a near approach, showing the speed of a racer when making for cover. When approaching this species in the field the observer is at once attracted by the unusually large eye. In life the dorsal coloration is uniform dark green; undersurface lighter green, with throat and anterior gastrosteges yellowish. Scale counts are as follows: Scale|Gastro-| Uro- Supra-| Infra-| Pre- | Post- No. |Sex|Rows| sieges | steges|Anal\ labials| labials|oculars|oculars| Loreal| Temporals 78905; 9| 12 1594148 |] = 8 —9" 10 te a ee 78906) o'| 12 | . 146 [144+] + | 9-9 |11—x | 1-1) 2=2 ) 1-1 teat 2 78907|...| 12 152 (139+) = | 9-8 | 9—10) 1—1 | 2—2:) 11 [421-2 78908} 9 | 12 152 |144-F)) Sop 9—9°/10— 19) b= 1° | 2 —2 | 2 — 1 2 2 78909} o| 12 147 fi 29-F) pe 9-1L—10) 1 |.2—-2 }-tah 1 4+23>h-F8 78910! Q | 12 151 1128-++-1 + 1 9—9 '10—10! 1-1 1 2—2 | 1—1 142-142 Leptophis occidentalis occidentalis (Giinther) One of the commoner species about Boquete, where thirteen specimens were taken. Strictly confined to the heavy-growth areas in close proximity to water it was found on the floor of the Caldera Valley, islets in the Caldera River, and along the edge of streams in the mountainous sections above the valley floor. This snake is striking in coloration. The body is uniform green, so intense that it is conspicuous even against the luxuriant tropical foliage. A male (C.A.S. No. 78911) was colored in life as follows: dorsal surface uniform light green; a black band from the corner of the eye to the corner of the jaw; undersurface uniform green, but of a lighter shade than the dorsal coloration. Vor. XXIII} SLEVIN—REPTILES FROM PANAMA 473 Scale counts are as follows: Scale|Gastro-| Uro- Supra-| Infra-|- Pre- | Post- No. |Sex|Rows| steges | steges| Anal) labials| labials| oculars\oculars\ Loreal| Temporals 78911} | 15 159 | 91+] + |10—9 |11—11) 2—2°) 2—2 | abs. |1+2—1+2 78912) 9} 15 165 | 167c} + | 9-9 | 9-11] 1-1 | 2-2 “144-2 —-1+42 78913} Q | 15 167 | 74+) + | 9—9 j41—11) 1-1 | 2-2 ‘“ \14+2-—142 78914) 9} 15 163 | 99+} + | 9—10)10—10} 1—1 | 2—2 “ \i+1—1+41 (RESIST frog ea lS) 162_1135+) = |,8—8 | 9—9.| 1—1 |) 2—2 “j1+1-—1+1 78916} co} 15 161 |131+} + | 9—9 | 9—10} 1-1 | 2-2 “y1+2—-1-42 78917) &} 15 160 | 157c]} = | 9—9 |11—11) 2—1 | 2-2 “1142-141 78918) Q | 15 164 |152+| + | 8—8 |10—11} 1—1 | 2-2 ‘Ji 4+1-—-142 78919} 2} 15 170 | 1678S 10-9 110—10) I= Tb 2—2 \1+2—1+42 78920} o&| 15 165 |149+| + | 9—9 |11—11} 1-1 | 2-2 y1+2—-142 78921) Q} 15 160 |152+] + | 8—8 |10—9 | 1—1 | 2-2 “ |t4+-1=—1+42 79034} 9 | 15 163 |120+) + | 9-9 |11—11) 1-1 | 2-2 “4442-142 79035) o}.15 168 }118+| + |10—9 |11—11) 1—1 | 2-2 “1142-142 Leimadophis taeniurus juvenalis Dunn This strikingly colored snake was not confined to any particular type of country, but was usually found on open roads and amongst debris in the cafetals. It proved to be one of the commoner species, fifteen specimens having been collected. A majority of the stomachs contained small tadpoles. In life the dorsal surface appeared as metallic bronze, the anterior portion of the body showing each scale with a red border at the top. The throat is yellow. The undersurface is whitish anteriorly and red posteriorly, with numerous black spots. The undersurface of the tail is red. The stretched skin of the snake will show a ground color of red, with greenish-bronze cross-bands. Scale counts are as follows: Scale\Gastro-| Uro- Supra-| Infra-| Pre- | Post- No. \Sex|Rows| steges | steges|Anal| labials| labials\oculars|oculars| Loreal| Temporals 78922) ow | 17 140 58c] + | 8—8 110-10) 1-1 | 2-2 |] 1-1 {142-142 FE9ZS OA 7 136 61c]} + | 8-8 | 9=—9 | 1=—1 |. 2—2 | 1—b j14+2—-1+42 78924] | 17 140 55c| + | 8—8 |10—10) 1-1 | 2—2 | 1-1 {142-142 78925) 9 | 17 142 57c| = 7 §—8 |10—10/ 1—1 . | 2-—2 pp 1—b 142-12 78926) 2 | 17 138 53c} + | 8—8 |10—10| 1—1 | 2—2 | 1-1 [142-142 78927| os | 17 140 56c| + | x—8 |10—10) x—1 | x—x} x-1 x—1+2 78928) @ | 17 141 | 41+) + | 8—8 |10—10) 1-1 | 2—2 | 1—1 |14+2—1+2 78929) | 17 142 65c] + | 8—8 |10—10} 1—1.|.2=2 | 1-1 |14+2—-1+2 78930} & | 17 137 58c} + | x—x | x—x | 1—x | 2—x | 1-x X—X 78931| Q | 17 141 58c] + | 8—8 |10—10] t-1 | 2—2 | 1-1 ]14+2—1-42 78932) 9 | 17 141 57c| + | x—8 | x—10) 1-1.| 2—x | 1-1 X—X 78933) o | 17 142 53c] =" | S—8 |10=—10/ 1—1 | 2—2 7 t—T 1-42-1142 78934} o| 17 143 55e|--=- |} 8—8 |'9—9 | 2-1 | 2—2 1-2 [1-42-1442 78935] o | 17 142 59e] = | S—S | x—10} 1—1 | 2—2 | BSthitsa2stee2 78936\juv.| 17 132 59c|. +-|-8—8-|10—10} 1—1.).2—2.}-1—1 |1+4+-2—1-+2 474 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser. Lampropeltis triangulum gaigae Dunn A rare species about Boquete, only a single specimen being taken during four months in the field. This is a juvenile showing the red, white, and black banded type of coloration, the adults, as stated by Dunn!, being black. On the dorsal surface the red bands are 4-414 scales wide, white bands 2-2% scales wide, and the red bands 13-13% scales wide. The top of the head is black, with a white band across the snout. Discovered on a main road on the outskirts of Boquete. Trimetopon slevini Dunn A male, No. 78938, taken near Boquete at an elevation of 4,000 feet has the following scale counts: scale rows 17, gastrosteges 155, urosteges 58, anal divided, supralabials 7-7, infralabials 8-8, pre- oculars 1-1, postoculars 2-2, loreal 1-1, temporals 1-1. Hydromorphus dunni Slevin, new species A specimen of Hydromorphus differs so markedly from the two recorded specimens of Hydromorphus concolor, the only species heretofore known in the genus, that it is here described as new. Description: Gastrosteges 164; urosteges 52c; scales in 15-15-13 rows, smooth, without pits; anal 2; supralabials 6-6; infralabials 8-8. On the right side of the head the loreal enters the eye under a small upper preocular, while on the left side it is entirely separated by two preoculars. The postoculars are 2-2; temporals 1+2-—1+42; prefrontals 3, the median one being small; internasals 2; 3 infralabials in contact with anterior chinshields; nasal directed upward in a single plate. The dorsal scales of the anal region are occupied by white keels or tubercles, the largest on the first scale row and extending for fourteen scales anterior and four posterior to the vent. On the fourth row they are on nine scales anterior to the vent. Color above uniform olive; undersurface of body yellowish, with dark gray spotting on the outer edges of the gastrosteges; undersurface of tail grayish. Type: No. 78939 Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci., Vicinity North of Boquete, Chiriqui Province, Panama. Collected by Joseph R. Slevin, July 30, 1939. Named for Dr. Emmett R. Dunn, who is so intimately connected with Central American herpetology. Geophis brachycephala (Cope) By far the most abundant species met with in the vicinity of Boquet, where 63 specimens were found in the cafetals as they were being cleared previous to coffee picking. Stomach contents showed beetle remains. 10cc. Papers Museum Zool. Univ. Mich., No. 353, p.9, April 28, 1937. Vou. XXIII] SLEVIN—REPTILES FROM PANAMA 475 In the present series there are four types of coloration. While all have a dorsal ground color of light to dark slate and whitish under- surfaces, the following variations are found: 36 specimens show reddish spots, blotches or short stripes, 23 specimens are uniform in color, 2 specimens show a white collar and no lateral spots, 2 specimens show a white collar and red lateral spots. With the exception of a damaged specimen, which was not counted, all have scales in 15 rows, anal single, supralabials 6-6, preoculars 1-1, postoculars 2-2, temporals 1-1, loreal absent. Sexes and variations in scale counts are as follows: Gastro- Uro- Infra- No. Sex steges steges labials TSOAOE Oct oh cc te, de ee bis den BER Q 129 36c 6—7 MOONS. hc Fas: a Bg OR PG eletee cae rot 126 39c 7—6 Bee ees Bes are Rue alee nO juv. 125 36c x—7 A OORAL Db cin eee ese OE. hee rot 129 37c 6—6 7) STO SURE. <2 okey ean fe SER of 126 35+ 7-7 PETROS. c clio ds RA Mra wei aba SB ee laters: «ME Q 132 35c 7-7 OO ie his.) aks: eee. Re tcc a ets sols 1s 9 128 35c 7-7 LEOAS aS. 5 whl ays Se eis ails 6 ete Q 131 35¢ 7-7 Teed os A ped es IER ee alt oh x 125 36c 6 —6 Fo eta oak hs PORT NE cc obaaes ahaameiisica rou 127 38c 6—6 (ASS a RC BIE: AREY ON 9 131 35c 6-7 PO SOE ke tes vos sd abe ne PO ee ey nee of 126 40c 7-7 (SAL) 1 Se PORE AL Ae et x 125 ave 6-7 TOO SA 20 ovine es «2 SEP BO te 9 129 34c 6 —6 TOS hes ck, 5 ite Meee vende AVS poi oper vak eae ref 124 40c 7-7 BOS Gb 5. 4 oS sh.tecbyperan sures his pre WS ah g 126 33c 6—6 MS Aa aia a8 = oo sa cm SERRE BRA Aces fox vk sie focoae oy x 123 38c 6-6 TIE CES te a A AE a a x 124 35c 6—6 7 yoo ase Ae Ai EA re hes oe eat oR a of 125 39c 6 —6 BODOO ee a? BN PRO, rhe NG ons juv. 121 Sic 7-7 TODA A et tree cea dhite MEY. CRS OE bead rf 126 36c 7-7 PO cach 56.2: cio eR ees eS roe 125 39c 7-7 7A Si eae A ne a « Hd aS is i a ee ae 9 127 - SOC 6—6 BOCA MS mer ss 8 SE late AS 9 123 34c 6-7 78965 fo) 127 33c 6—6 TIES 3] Sp eS cc | juv. 130 38c 6—7 TRIGUG cic eb srs «soe hacks aa a 9 129 35c 6-7 (S9G8i.< 2 Pokies. «4 2 Pe ee A ae ot 127 38c 6—6 CESOO NS. 38's Css LPR RE Ais of 125 38c 6—6 (i 1UT LE Ree e Same Meee meee on Aca nna jur. 125 36c x—7 TSO Nore ata ee oor a eR ae or ref 125 40c 6—6 Pr AI PERS che isins. cok a, wo.) ope RE oe of 125 39c 6—6 ODES TNS Bain tides. j tee SS enake AM Cee 9 130 33c 6—6 OT Ae AIIM 5d a 0 tan Ss Seman eh ve rot it 39c 6—6 COMI SGI Sass Rite ee Ros Me Q 125 asc 6—6 476 so) 'e: isi] 0) 0 e)eMonial 0, 8: 9} (0 (a, \e\,wU tel *W,t6 .@, ela co, teiheF a CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Q, QS i Z <8 H 1010101010100 8 Qqrx =§ Gastro- Uro- steges steges 118 28c 130 26c 128 24+ 136 44c 126 34c 129 30+ 128 34c 142 46c WIE 38c 119 36c 126 40c 130 34c 123 4lc 126 40c 8} 38c 130 34c 125 34c lath 34c 125 33c 126 33c NS) 33¢c 130 38c 125 38c 123 37c 127 40c ADS 38c AL 30c Sibon sibon (Linnaeus) [Proc. 4th Ser. Infra- labials AIIADADDADADAAAADAADANRADAADAAAAG | SS Neel Slee eal ls] KR IINADAADADAAAADAAIAIAAADAIDAAAAGD Two specimens were brought in by a native, and the habitat could not be ascertained. The ground color, in life, is grayish, with cross-bands of black bordered by a white line one scale wide. The undersurface of the body is whitish, with minute black spots and alternating black blotches. with white spotting. Scale 79002) & 79003) @ rows are as follows: Scale|Gastro-| Uro- Supra-| Infra- Rows| steges | steges|Anal| labials| labials 15 184 89e; 1 | 7-7 | 8-8 The undersurface of the tail is black, Pre- Post- oculars|oculars Loreal| Temporals abs. “eé 12 ale 1-2 eS Vou. XXIII] SLEVIN—REPTILES FROM PANAMA 477 Imantodes cenchoa (Linnaeus) Probably not an uncommon species in the vicinity of Boquete, but owing to its secretive, nocturnal habits it is somewhat difficult to find. Two specimens were taken from the dense foliage in the coffee trees, one was found crawling along a barbed wire fence at night, and another under a large dead leaf, which had fallen from a tree onto a lawn, while a fifth was found in a bromelia. In life the ground color is grayish, with large reddish-brown bands extending over the sides and reaching the gastrosteges. Under- surfaces grayish or whitish, with minute brownish spots. C.A.S. Nos. 79004 and 79008 have a reddish longitudinal line down the middle of the gastrosteges. Scale counts are as follows: Scale|Gastro-| Uro- Supra-| Infra-| Pre- | Post- No. |Sex|Rows| steges | steges|Anal| labials| labials|oculars|oculars| Loreal| Temporals 79004; | 17 261 | 164c} + | 8—8 |10—10}) 1-1 | 3-3 | 1-1 |24+4-—243 79005} @ | 17 255 }117+] + | 8—8 | 9—10) 1-1 | 3—3 | 1-1 |24+3-—2-+43 79006} 2 | 17 243 |151+] + | 8—8 |10—10) 1—1 | 2—3 | 1-1 |24+3-—2+3 79007| 2 | 17 240 | 150c| + | 8—8 | 9-10} 1-1 | 2—2 | 1-1 242-242 79008} 2 | 17 241 | 170c} + | 8—8 }10—10} 1-1 | 3—2 | 1-1 |24+3-—242 Oxybelis acuminatus (Wied) Three specimens were taken from bushes in open pasture land. Like Imantodes cenchoa it is a difficult snake to discover in thick foliage. In life the ground color is a light reddish-bronze, with occasional minute black spots; a narrow black line passes through the eye and along the upper edge of the labials; undersurface of body anteriorly greenish-yellow, posteriorly brownish; undersurface of tail brownish. Erythrolamprus bizonus Jan Of the three specimens taken one was found in a rock wall a few feet above the waters of the Caldera River, and two along the banks of a stream above the floor of the Caldera Valley. The brilliantly red and black banded snake has the black bands in pairs and the red ones heavily marked with black. The bands completely encircle the body and tail. The top of the head and 478 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES (Proc. 4th Ser. neck is black, with considerable white edging on the head plates. C.A.S. Nos. 79013 and 79014 have a narrow white collar across the neck. Scale counts are as follows: Scale|Gastro-| Uro- Supra-| Infra-| Pre- | Post- No. |Sex|Rows| steges | steges|Anal| labials| labials|oculars|oculars| Loreal| Temporals 79012) @} 15 193 Sich ee PST 199) Pe 2 2 ae re 79013} |} 15 193 59c] + | 7-7 | 9-9 | 1—1 | 2—2)| 1-1, )14-2=1-42 79014) | 15 191 58c) + | 7-7 | 9—9 | 1-1 | 2—2 | 1—1 (142-142 Coniophanes fissidens fissidens (Giinther) Probably not common about Boquete, only two specimens hav- ing been taken, one brought in by a native woman and the other found under a stone on the banks of the Caldera River. In life the dorsal coloration of these two snakes was a very light brown, with a pinkish tinge. In alcohol this has changed to a uniform light brown. A white stripe, with a very narrow black border above, ex- tends from the eye to the neck. C.A.S. No. 79105 has a faint trace of a black dorsal line. The undersurfaces are whitish, with minute black spots. Scale counts are as follows: Scale|Gastro-| Uro- Supra-| Infra-| Pre- | Post- No. |Sex|Rows| steges | steges|Anal| labials| labials|oculars|oculars| Loreal| Temporals 79015] @ |} 21 127 82c] + | 8—8 |10—10) 1—1 | 2—2 | 1—1 |1+2—1+42 79016) o| 21 122 Te} 6) $8 =8 | 10-10) 1-1) 2—2 jp b—1 i+ 2 h-F2 Stenorhina degenhardtii (Berthold) A single specimen was dug from the ground while clearing land for a garden, and three were found along the banks of a stream above the floor of the Caldera Valley. All four are of the cross-barred type of coloration. In life the ground color was reddish-brown, with cross bands of black. The Vor. XXIII] SLEVIN—REPTILES FROM PANAMA 479 undersurfaces were yellowish heavily spotted with black, with the exception of the throat which is without markings. Scale counts are as follows: Scale|Gastro-| Uro- Supra-| Infra-| Pre- | Post- No. |Sex|Rows| steges | steges|Anal| labials| labials\oculars|oculars| Loreal| Temporals FOOTHILL 163 38c} + | 7—7 | 7—7 | 1-1 | 2—2 | 1—x [142-142 79018) 9 | 17 156 SOc] + | 7-7 | 7-7 | 1-1] 2-2] abs. |14+2—-1+3 79019) juv| 17 170 38c] + | 7—7 | 7-7 | 1-1 | 2-2 “1142 -—1+42 49020) “| 47 169 34e] = 7 7—7 | 7-7 Pp 1T—1 |-2—2 “ 11--2—1-+2 Micrurus nigrocinctus nigrocinctus (Girard) Nine specimens, found under stones in pasture lands and on open roads in the vicinity of Boquete, constitute the present series. Unlike the northern form, M. n. zunilensis, from Guatemala, the red bands are heavily pigmented with black and the white bands much more pronounced, being 2-2% scales in width. Adult males show conspicuous supra-anal keeling. Scale counts are as follows: Scale|Gastro-| Uro- Supra-| Infra-| Pre- | Post- No. |Sex|Rows| steges | steges| Anal) labials| labials|oculars|oculars| Loreal| Temporals 79021) juv| 15 x 34c | + | x—7 | 7-7 | x-—1 | x-—2! abs. |1+1-1 a5 79022} 9 | 15 217 | 38c | + | 7-7 | 7-7 | 1-1 | 2-2 “ j14+1-—141 79023) 9 | 15 229 | 33+] + | 7-7 | 7-7 | 1-1 | 2-2 “ /14+1-1+41 79024] o | 15 x Se Nh Lap bh 1 2—2 “ /1+1-1+441 79025! juv| 15 225 | 35c | + | 7-7 | 7-7 | 1-1 | 2-2 “ ji+1—-1+41 f9026|e"*, |) 15 ZAZ Ste Ws LHF THF L150 2—-2 “ 114+1-1+4+1 79027) 9 | 15 217 | 39c | + | 7-7 | 7-7 | 1-1 |] 2-2 “7141-141 79028) o@ | 15 197 | 46c | + | 7-7 | 7-7 | 1-1 | 2-2 “ 11+1-1+1 79029} o} 15 208 | 52c | + | 7-7 | 7-7 | 1-1 | 2-2 “ {1+1—1-+1 480 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser. Trimeresurus lateralis (Peters) One of the rare snakes about Boquete. Three individuals were seen, but only two collected, the third escaped in the swift waters of the Caldera River as it dropped into the rushing torrent from an overhanging limb. Of the two taken one was found in the heavy foliage along the river, and one in a coffee tree about a thousand feet above. In life the ground color is uniform green, a somewhat lighter shade underneath. A narrow yellow line extends along the outer row of scales, engaging the tips of the gastrosteges. Scale counts are as follows: Scale | Gasiro-| Uro- Supra-| Infra- | Pre- | Post- No. | Sex | Rows | steges | steges | Anal | labials | labials |oculars| oculars |\Loreal 79030) of 21 169 56c 1 9—38)| 12 —12) (2-2 $= 3) ian 79031} 9 23 166 SOC 1 LOO 2 ee 3 Sn aor PLATE 39 Fig. 1. Trail in the vicinity north of Boquete, Panama. The type of Hydro- morphus dunni was taken at the base of the Yucca-like plant at the right-hand side. This locality is also the habitat of Ninia psephota, Dendrophidion pauct- carinatus, Geophis brachycephala, and Stenorhina degenhardtit. Fig. 2. Top of head Hydromorphus dunni. Fig. 3. Side view of anal region Hydromorphus dunm. PLATE 40 Fig. 1. A road in the Caldera Valley north of Boquete. Along this road were taken Anolis copei, Anolis polylepis, Ameiva quadrilineata, Ninia maculata, Drya- dophis boddaertii alternatus, Leimadophis taeniurus juvenalis, Imantodes cenchoa, and Micrurus nigrocinctus nigrocinctus. Fig. 2. Vegetation on the north slope of the Volcan Chiriqui at about 7,000 feet. Anolis pachypus and Anolis microtus occur at this point. PLATE 41 Fig. 1. Coffee trees on an island in the Caldera River. In these trees were found Anolis intermedius, Drymarchon corais melanurus, and Imantodes cenchoa. Mabuya mabuya mabuya was found on the stump at the left of the picture. Fig. 2. The Caldera River about two miles above Boquete. Trimeresurus lateralis was found on the bank of the river opposite the large rock in the center. It was a common sight to see Basiliscus basiliscus sitting on the tops of rocks such as this, and on the smaller ones adjacent to it. PLATE 42 Fig. 1. The crater of the Volcan Chiriqui 10,000 feet above sea-level. Gerr- honotus monticola was found in the patches of grass scattered on the crater floor. Fig. 2. The Caldera River just to the northward of Boquete. The habitat of Leptohis occidentalis occidentalis, Erythrolamprus bizonus, and Spilotes pullatus pullatus. A large male Spilotes was shot from the dead limb seen in the center of the picture. [SLEVIN] Plate 39 PROC. CAL. ACAD. SCl., 4th Series, Vol. XXIII, No. 33 [SLEVIN] Plate 40 33 XXIII, No. s, Vol. e eri SCl., 4th S« PROC. CAL. ACAD. PROC. CAL. ACAD. SCl., 4th Series, Vol. XXIII, No. 33 [SLEVIN] Plate 41 PROC. CAL. ACAD. SCI., 4th Series, Vol. XXIII, No. 33 [SLEVIN] Plate 42 ee ee a iB iy hl hes iv { $0, fous eae hee, iow Wy ii, a & Pe de ia Pe 5s a eve," | SPECTRE OE THU -PORYCHIAR IO OS RCA Cac WORTH io uy ars ENE Ve ie Coe nenaiad ore ; UT ta Pmiradbr: TM | ne i, ries je Si ey" or hath ah Rn ihn what Somat , Pit ay Beane, ais he PAR, Oreste wre UT Hah | Ss tha Hise Dein oj aetna the Watote af Ae Arye a tiare sed Ap Anadle chao in ast. hen way! Pildacy: (wl hot Teh EM UR perIREHTAS e rears anal Paibiir > ¢ e hi are oy was sir AAT. SOA, ii yor D. iat io Ley eo at ie By Maiohees ree he Ait, Yi, t iviae Le me me ee ae ape) oe 7 Joe: pays ‘gat, Fay: wn, {fis} f HOS. Vera * rhs aay us if seeyt el. Si Paw Nd fave REGEAYe # vd kh thi! nosee bce ae et by Bair hs, Medshies Cnt Goon Se The de Steg A feral Ah = oer el rin Dew. ists ‘ aj (a, ote te ne! anseyarey. tint ¥. er a ee MaAVE eet. Seid wl iran. Lye ie ths ia cr a iyhcn bridd Ay, Beycevsd ras Tal at ¢ ftis% “Gere Py =) gurus ws | iy by fe WETES, y ee dies el oom ey TR Le ar ies Ae. AC sins: on hie Phi) ot ne repee Seas ete edie: wf ruthie: “ceil ital fae Ae at ‘oan ioe ‘of As On et Mb RUT a a Hos ily dale Vasari i ee a nee Pky ttt Pest ‘area lL. wa 3! hd a rp ey at me Ge anche, gees, et Noy iy Bphe isi byt. (var tii. ote gl meeting 6. BLA Belsrimtew. urate ae Lk cn. 4 fre SEONG Beye uel 3 < C. bs “ “ “ “ « “ 1 bs “ “ “ “ OE : 9 “ “ “ “ “ “ 2 1 “ “ “ “ Gs Dx a 7 “ “ “ “ “ “ 13 is “ “ “ a\- xe SOV : 6 “ “ “ “ “ “ 1 5 “ “ “ “ x ES DG 4 4 “ é “ “ “ “ 5 “ “ “ “ xX x x V : 5 “ “ “ “ “ “ 1 2 “ “ “ “ 4 Ly 5 5 “ “ “ “ “ “ 1 1 “ “ “ “ GINA, : 6 “ “ “ “ “ “ 1 if “ “ “ “ Ee = 5 “ “ “ “ “ “ 9 “ “ “ “ lV, : 3 “ “ “ “ “ “ 1 1 “ «“ “ “ Le - 4 “ “ “ “ “ “ 8 “ “ “ “ iy < 6 “ “ “ “ “ “ 1 2 “ “ “ a“ a . mM D4 XE V . 6 ( “ “ “ “ “ 1 4 “ “ “ “ a . xe lv e 5 “ if “ “ ‘ “ 13 “ “ “ “ a . “a c “ ‘“ “ rf “ “ “ “ “ “ XLV: 5 12 1p : 5 ( “ “ “ “ “ 1 1 “ “ “ “ LV : 4 “ é “ “ ( “ 13 “ “ “ “ ck “ “ ‘ “ “ “ “ “ “ “ 1D aes) 12 In the remaining segments of specimen B, the number of bristles decreased gradually although irregularly towards the posterior end of the body; at the same time the size and the differentiation of the bristles also declined. In other words, even though the number of bristles within this species is always moderate, it varies very de- cidedly not only among the individual representatives, but also from one segment to the next. In somite II all the bristles are of about the same type as those in the dorsal group of the typical parapodia; no hooked bristles are present; the bristles in the dorsal group are slightly heavier than those in the ventral group, and the most ventral of the latter are the finest. In the remaining parapodia the bristles in the two neuro- podial groups are different. In the dorsal group the bristles are about as long as or somewhat longer than the distal width of the neuro- podium, subequal in length, straight, narrow, somewhat lanceolate distally, with blunt tips, and furnished along the distal part with numerous cross rows of exceedingly fine spines. The bristles in the ventral group are of about the same length as those in the dorsal; Vor. XXIII] SKOGSBERG—REDESCRIPTION OF THREE POLYNOIDAE 493 they differ from these in being somewhat hooked and well pointed distally; the distal curvature sometimes is rather slight, sometimes quite pronounced. Some distance from the tip these bristles have a fairly great number of cross rows of exceedingly fine spines. While all the bristles of the dorsal group are of subuniform thickness, those in the ventral group vary in this respect; most of the dorsal ones are comparatively strong, while the ventral are more or less slender, about the same strength as those in the dorsal group. Sometimes some of the bristles of the dorsal as well as of the ventral group are more or less hooded; the hood is transparent and apparently with- out structure and in the case of the strong bristles it may be quite large. The surface of the parapodia may or may not be pitted. No pigment is present in the parapodia, except in those of somite VIII; see below. The typical pre-elytrophores are rather small and verruciform; some of the anterior ones are quite large and mammilliform. The nephridia open on rounded, knob-like papillae which some- times are so small that they are fairly difficult to detect. They are not distinguishable on the last few somites but distinct on all the other somites from the sixth on; however, these structures are not really well differentiated before somites VIII-IX. “The dorsum is marked with numerous irregular, transverse bands, lines, and streaks of burnt sienna; the pigment massed in a broad, solid fillet on somites eight and nine.’’ (Johnson, 1897, p. 176). In some of the specimens examined by me the ‘‘irregular, transverse bands, lines, and streaks’? were not developed; only the “‘solid fillet’? was present. The fillet is developed mainly on somite VIII, and frequently extends onto the parapodia and their notocirri. The elytra, which are non-deciduous, i. e., difficult to remove from preserved specimens, have a very varied arrangement behind somite b> @. 2008 Specimen A (73 somites): 2 elytra were present on somite XX XIII and on alternate somites to somite LXV, inclusive, and on somite LXVI; 2 cirri on somite XXXIV and on alternate somites to somite LXIV, inclusive, and on somite LXVII; somites LXVIII, LXX, and LXXII had an elytron on the right side and a cirrus on the left; the reversed condition was found on somites LXIX and LXXI. Specimen B (81 somites): 2 elytra and 2 cirri alternated in a regular manner, such as given for specimen A, from somite XX XIII to somite LXXIV, the latter with 2 cirri; somite LX XV, LXXVII, and LX XIX had an elytron on the right side and a cirrus on the left; and the reversed condition was found on somites LX XVI, LX XVII, and LXXX. Specimen C (89 somites): 2 elytra on somites XX XIII, XXXV, XLIII, XLIX, and on alternate somites from LIII to LXXXVII, inclusive; 2 cirri on somites XXXVI, XLIV, and on alternate somites from LII to LX XXVIII, inclusive; somites XXXIV, XXXVII, XXXIX, XLI, XLVI, XLVIII, and L had an elytron on the right side and a cirrus on the left side; and the reverse was true on somites XXXVIII, XL, XLII, MGV, SGU VII and: Ii. 494 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. < Let OOO eal ae OUD uD OOOO} Figure C. Arctonoé vittata (Baird). 1-6. Left elytra Nos. 1-6, X 6; 7. Left 7th elytron, X 6. Elytra Nos. 8 and 9 of about the same shape and size as No. 7; 8. Left 10th elytron, X 6. This is of about the same shape but somewhat smaller than No. 11; 9. Left 12th elytron, X 6. No. 13 is slightly smaller and more regular; 10-14. Left 14th-18th elytra, X 6. Elytra No. 19 and 20 rounded and somewhat more irregular than No. 18; 15. Left 21st elytron, X 6. Elytron No. 22 about the same as No. 21; 16. Left 23rd elytron, X 6. Elytron No. 24 somewhat more rounded than No. 23; 17. Left 25th elytron, X 6. Elytra No. 26-28 somewhat more irregular than No. 25; 21. Left 29th—32nd elytra, X 6; 22-23. Left elytra No. 34 and 36, X 6. Elytron No. 33 almost circular, its size intermediate between Nos. 32 and 34; No. 35 similar to No. 34; 24. Heavy bristle in ventral group of right neuropodium of 15th somite, X 195; 25. One of the dorsal bristles in the ventral group of neuropodium of 20th somite, X 195; 26. Same as No. 31, but the bristle furnished with a hyaline hood, X 195. VoL. XXIII] SKOGSBERG—REDESCRIPTION OF THREE POLYNOIDAE 495 In all the specimens the last somite had neither elytra nor cirri developed. A characteristic feature of the irregularity is thus that a varied number of somites are asymmetrical, i. e., there are somites with an elytron on one side and a cirrus on the other. For instance, in specimens A and B there was the same characteristic alternation on the last five somites furnished with these structures. It should be observed, however, that while in specimen A the alternation began on somite LXVIII, in specimen B it did not begin before somite LXXV. In specimen C, the alternation began as far an- teriorly as on somite XXXIV and it ended on somite LI, each one of the hindmost somites being furnished with either two elytra or two cirri. The elytra, generally speaking, decrease gradually in size posteriorly; those of somites II and III, however, are frequently somewhat smaller than those of somite IV. Their shape varies not only from somite to somite but also in different specimens. Most of them are suborbicular, as a rule, sometimes somewhat extended on one side; the first of them may be irregularly suborbicular to subovoidal; the second is often subreniform to subovoidal. Their margin is frequently somewhat undulating; their surface is nearly smooth, and there are no “‘cilia’’. The color is usually milky white, entirely immaculate; or ‘‘more rarely with a central black spot or flecks of black, or with a black border on posterior edge’’ (Johnson, 1897, p. 176). Only one of the specimens examined by me had central spots developed, and these were restricted to the anterior half of the body. This specimen was found in the mantle cavity of a Cryptochi- ton from Monterey Bay. Distribution and Biology: Grube’s type specimen of Polynoé vittata was recorded from Alaska; a host was not mentioned. Baird’s type of Lepidonotus lordi was taken from Fissurella cratitia, Van- couver Island. Arctonoé lia Chamberlin was described from a specimen taken in 2-3 fathoms, sandy bottom, in the vicinity of Port Clarence, Alaska. Johnson (1897, 1901) reported Polynoé lordi with Fissurellidae, Cryptochiton, and Dermasterias imbricata, from central California to Puget Sound, Washington. Moore’s (1908) record is based on specimens from the starfish Luidia, Nanaimo, B. C., in 12 fathoms. Berkeley (1923) added Thelepus plagiostoma to the list of hosts, from Nanaimo, B. C. Okuda (1936) reported this species as taken in northern Japan with Asterias amurensis, Haliotis kamtchatkana, and Patelloida sp. Treadwell (1923, p. 4) reported Polynoé lordi even as far to the south as at Pichilinque Bay, Lower California. Even if the last identification should prove to be erroneous, it is evident from these data that the species has a wide range throughout the northern Pacific Ocean. Furthermore, it is probably an obligate commensal, but at the same time seems to have a very great tolerance in regard to choice of host. Systematic Discussion: The species has a fairly extensive synonymy, due to a large extent to the various generic designations it has received. It is an excellent illustration of the confusion which 496 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. has prevailed in regard to the generic delimitations in this family. The specific confusion was caused mainly by the fact that this form is characterized by quite different color phases. The confusion of genera may be briefly exemplified as follows. Grube (1855) re- 8 Figure D. Arctonoé vittata (Baird). 1-2. Ventral bristles in neuropodium, about 20th somite. Some of these narrower bristles may also have a hood. X 195; 3. Bristle from dorsal group of neuropodium of 20th somite, X 195; 4-5. Bristles from dorsal group of neuropodium of 60th somite. Number 4 is seen slightly on edge X 195. Arctonoé pulchra (Johnson). 6. Parapodium of right 20th somite. 7. One of the ventral bristles of neuropodium of somite 21, X 75. Pectinae too small to be drawn. 8. Dorsal aspect of anterior end of body, X 8. Vou. XXIII] SKOGS BERG—REDESCRIPTION OF THREE POLYNOIDAE 497 ferred his new species vttata to Polynoé, while Baird (1863) re- ferred it (under the name of lordz) to Lepidonotus. When, two years later, Baird realized that vittata and lordi were identical, he assigned the species to Halosydna. Later Marenzeller (1902) transferred it to Acholoé, while a few years before Johnson (1897) had reés- tablished it in Polynoé. Finally, Chamberlin (1920) assigned it to a new genus, Arctonoé, under the specific name of lia. His descrip- tion and figures agree well with those for specimens from California which had been designated as Polynoé lordi by Johnson (1897). Arctonoé was separated from Halosydna primarily because its notopodial setae were bidentate, a very trivial feature from the viewpoint of generic distinction. Much more fundamental differ- ences, of course, are to be found, e. g., that the number of setigerous somites in Halosydna is constant from an early developmental stage, a character probably correlated with the fact that the anus shifts dorsally to one of the last segments in front of the pygidium, while in Arctonoé the number of segments apparently continues to in- crease throughout life, a feature connected with the peculiarity that the anus has maintained its original position on the pygidium, thus behind the teloblasts. Chamberlin (1920) did not compare his ha with either Grube’s or Baird’s species, but he referred Lepidonotus fragilis to his new genus. It is interesting to note in this connection that Chamberlin cited Halosydna lordi two pages farther on in the same article without any comment. The description and figures of Halosydna succiniseta Hamilton, based on specimens from Laguna Beach, California, agree fairly well with those for Arctonoé vittata. The character of the so-called collar on the notosetae was based on a single specimen. A bristle of this kind, from a specimen of A. vittata taken in Monterey Bay, is shown in text figure C, 26. My identification is, however, in part based on the assumption that Hamilton’s data are presented in a very superficial manner, and that as a consequence comparisons must be made cum grano salis. Compare, for instance, the pros- tomium as figured by Hamilton (1915, Fig. 3) and by me. Hamilton stated that Halosydna succiniseta ‘‘closely resembles H. lordt.” Arctonoé pulchra (Johnson) Text figure D, 6-8 Polynoé pulchra, JOHNSON, 1897, p. 177; 1901, p. 390. Halosydna pulchra, Moore, 1908, p. 329; 1909, p. 240; 1910, p. 328; TREADWELL, 1914, p. 179; BERKELEY, 1923, p. 212. Halosydna leioseta, CHAMBERLIN, 1919, p. 2. Halosydnoides vittata, (GRUBE) var. pulchra, SEIDLER, 1924, p. 136. Description: The longest specimen measured by me was 70 mm in length, exclusive of prostomial appendages. This Monterey Bay specimen thus was considerably longer than the longest specimen from the same bay taken by Johnson (1897); his longest specimen 498 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. measured only 51 mm. Ratio between length and width (between tips of parapodia, exclusive of bristles) of body, about 5.0-6.4:1. Usual number of somites recorded by me was 48 to 70, exclusive of pygidium. Dorsum usually exposed along the middle, but not quite so broadly as in A. vittata; the middle portion o prostomium usually uncovered; and the anus is not covered. Prostomium always somewhat wider than long but otherwise is variable in shape; sometimes its sides are fairly evenly rounded, some- times they are more or less irregular, due to the presence of two similar lateral expansions at or behind the middle, and some- times the two sides are somewhat different mutually in this respect. It is always two-lobed. The two lobes are separated anteriorly by the ceratophore of the median tentacle; posteriorly they may be separated by a shallow groove, or they may merge completely; anteriorly they are either truncate or more or less rounded. The two pairs of eyes are moderate and subequal in size. Ceratophores of the lateral tentacles are comparatively large and thick, about as long as wide or even somewhat shorter relatively. Lateral tentacles short and stubby; when contracted, they are about 2.0—-3.5 times longer than the ceratophore and about 1.5-2.5 times longer than wide; their filamentous tips may be somewhat longer than the tentacles proper, but usually they are somewhat shorter. Ceratophore of the median tentacle, which begins at or somewhat in front of the middle of the prostomium (its posterior extension is frequently not possible to establish with certainty), is truncate anteriorly, and either sub- obovate or, and this seems to be the rule, subpentagonal. Median tentacle of about the same shape and structure as the lateral ones and either about as long as, or slightly longer than these; in other words, it is, exclusive of the distal filamentous appendage, about as long as or somewhat shorter than prostomium. Its filamentous appendage sometimes is a little shorter than those of the lateral tentacles. Prostomium and its appendages whitish, without dis- tinct pigment cells. The palpi, which are whitish with a dark cross band near the tip, are fairly thick at the base, taper gradually to a fine point, and are about 3-4 times longer than the median tentacle exclusive of its filamentous appendage. The two cirri of the uniramous first parapodium are either sub- equal or the ventral one is slightly the shorter. Dorsal cirri present whenever elytra are not developed. Cirrophores of moderate size or rather large; usually they are subcylindrical, tapering somewhat distally; sometimes they are more or less swollen at the base. Cir- rophores, as well as the dorsal and ventral cirri, are whitish. Notopodium small (from about 4% to much less of the length of the neuropodium), rounded verruciform, and somewhat elongated. The one of the second somite usually has a varying number (about 4-10) of very short setae near the base (Johnson, 1897, pl. 8, fig. 50b). The ones of somites III-VI either lack bristles or have only Vou. XXIII] SKOGSBERG—REDESCRIPTION OF THREE POLYNOIDAE 499 a few short ones. The remaining notopodia seem always to lack bristles. The neuropodia, which are more or less truncate distally and somewhat longer to somewhat shorter than thick, have a small number of bristles. According to Johnson (1897, p. 177), the num- ber varies from 6 to 12; I have found 4-6 to be the usual number and the total range to be 3-9; in the last few somites only 2-3 bristles are found. The size of the bristles also gradually decreases posteriorly. All the bristles are of the same type, somewhat hooked distally with a quite sharp point. The only difference which we have found lies in the thickness of the bristles, and in some specimens all the bristles of each parapodium may have approximately the same thickness. The degree of curvature near the tip may be either somewhat more or somewhat less pronounced than in the figure of the neuropodial bristle given in this paper. The pectinae, located on the thickened portion of the bristle some distance from the tip, are moderate in number (about 8-15), or rather few, and they are so fine that they could not be shown in the appended figure without very decided exaggeration (Johnson, 1897, pl. 8, fig. 50a). Usually the bristles are about as long as or somewhat longer than the distal width of the neuropodium. The typical pre-elytrophores are rather small and verruciform; some of the anterior ones are fairly large and mammilliform. The nephridia open, in most segments, on very small, rounded papillae, which frequently are too minute to allow a certain state- ment as to on which somites they are present. However, the papillae certainly are absent from some of the anterior and from some of the posterior somites. According to Johnson (1897), the dorsum is “transversely marked with brown bands, two to each somite’. In the specimens examined by me the dorsum lacked pigmentation. The elytra, which are deciduous, i. e., they fall off readily in pre- served specimens, had in one specimen a very regular arrangement behind somite XX XIII, being always paired and present on every other somite: on XXXV, XXXVII, etc. In another specimen, the same regularity was established to somite LIV, inclusive; then followed three somites with paired elytra, viz., LV, LVI, and LVII; LVIII had cirri; LIX and LX had paired elytra; and from that segment on there occurred a regular alternation of paired elytra and cirri. In regard to the shape, structure, and pigmentation of the elytra, I found Johnson’s (1897, p. 177) information correct. ‘‘Elytra slightly undulate at margin, broadly reniform, adorned with a black or dark brown spot over the elytrophore, and a narrow posterior border of the same color... very smooth.’”’ I did not find any ‘“‘immaculate”’ specimens in Monterey Bay. It may be noted that Moore (1908) sometimes found the dorsum to be poppy red. Distribution: Alaska south to San Diego, California. Occurs usually in the littoral or sublittoral, but Moore (1910) recorded it off Santa Catalina, southern California, from a depth of 162 fathoms. 500 ; CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. Biology: lake A. vittata, this species appears to be an obligate commensal with a remarkable tolerance in regard to choice of hosts. The following host relationships have been observed: A. pulchra— Stichopus californica—sea cucumber..........Pacific Grove, Calif. (Johnson) Megathura crenulata—keyhole limpet Solaster decemradiata—starfish..................Washington; Alaska (Moore) Cryptochttawy Steller gs oycccse ey scpvesere ete. c2-foile\ cyotso WO Relea Monterey, Calif. (Moore) Sea kirchin scepy ou: hzbb sales Serr bees sie ev aRG AS Laguna Beach, Calif. (Moore) VASTCTEGS— “SUAS hyve acs Cary OR Mae 2 te yeiciiaie hy siouso pea ausee Nanaimo, B. C. (Berkeley) Solaster stimpsoni—starfish Pteraster tesselatus—starfish Luidia—starfish Stichopus—sea cucumber Systematic Discussion: Halosydna leioseta Chamberlin (1919, pp. 2-3), taken at Laguna Beach, California, was described as a com- mensal with a sea urchin. The description does not diverge from that of A. pulchra except that Chamberlin describes the color, after preservation, as grayish with no definite markings. Judging by the variability in the coloration of related species, this single feature should not be accepted as sufficient for specific differentiation. LITERATURE CITED Baird, W. 1863. Descriptions of several new species of worms belonging to the Annelida Errantia and Sedentaria or Tubicola of Milne-Edwards. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1863: 106-110. 1865. Contributions towards a monograph of the species of Annelids belonging to the Aphroditacea, containing a list of the known species, and a description of some new species contained in the British Museum. J. Linn. Soc. London, 8: 172-202. 1866. zm Lord, J. K. The Naturalist in Vancouver Island and British Columbia. London. 375 pp. Berkeley, E. 1923. Polychaetous annelids from the Nanaimo district. I. Syllidae to Siga- lionidae. Contr. Canad. Biol. Ottawa, n. s. 1:203-218, 1 pl. Berkeley, E. and C. 1935. Some notes on the polychaetous annelids of Elkhorn Slough, Monterey Bay, California. Amer. Midiand Naturalist, 16, 5: 766-775. Chamberlin, R. V. 1918. Polychaetous annelids from Monterey Bay. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 31: 173-180. 1919. New polychaetous annelids from Laguna Beach, California. J. Ent. Zool. Pomona Coll., 11:1-23. 1920. Report of the Canadian Arctic Expedition 1913-18. Vol. IX: Annelids, Parasitic worms, Protozoans, etc. Part B. Polychaeta. (Ottawa) pp. 1—41B, 6 pl. Vou. XXIII SKOGS BERG—REDESCRIPTION OF THREE POLYNOIDAE 501 Grube, E. 1855. Beschreibung neuer oder wenig bekannter Anneliden. Arch. Naturgesch. 21,1: 81-136, 3 pls. Hamilton, W. F. 1915. On two polynoids from Laguna. J. Ent. Zool. Pomona Coll. 7: 234-238. Johnson, H. P. 1897. A preliminary account of the marine annelids of the Pacific Coast, with descriptions of new species. Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci. (3), Zool., 1: 153-190, 6 pls. 1901. The Polychaeta of the Puget Sound region. Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 29: 381-437, 19 pls. Kinberg, J. . 1855. Nya sligten och arter af Annelider. Ofv. K. Vet. Akad. Forh. Stock- holm, 12: 381-388. 1857-1910. Kongliga Svenska Fregatten Eugenies Resa omkring jorden under befal of C. A. Virgin &ren 1851-1853. Zool. 3. Annulater. Uppsala. 78 pp., 29 pls. Marenzeller, E. von 1902. Siidjapanische Anneliden, 3. Aphroditea, Eunicea. Denkschr. oes Wiss. Wien, 72: 563-582, 3 pls. Moore, J. P. 1908. Some polychaetous annelids of the northern Pacific coast of North Amer- ica. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 1908: 321-364. 1909. Polychaetous annelids from Monterey Bay and San Diego, California. Ibid., 1909: 235-295, 3 pls: 1910. The polychaetous annelids dredged by the U. S. S. ‘Albatross’ off the coast of southern California in 1904. Ibid., 1910: 328-402, 6 pls. Okuda, S. 1936. Japanese commensal polynoids. Annot. Zool. Japon., 15: 561-571, 7 figs. Seidler, H. J. 1924. Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Polynoiden. I. Arch. Naturgesch Wiegemann, 89.A: 1-217, 22 figs. Treadwell, A. L. 1902. The polychaetous annelids of Porto Rico. Bur. U.S. Fish. Comm. 20: 2, 183-210, 81 figs. 1914. Polychaetous annelids of the Pacific coast in the collection of the Zoologi- cal Museum of the University of California. Univ. Calif. Publ. Zool., 13: 175-234, 2 pls. 1923. Polychaetous annelids from Lower California with descriptions of new species. Amer. Mus. Nov., 74: 1-11, 8 figs. Willey, A. 1926. Polychaetous annelids collected by Captain R. A. Bartlett in Alaska in 1924, with descriptions of new species. Amer. Mus. Nov., 223: 1-8, 17 figs. Ss 502 Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. 8. STS Oyen Cri ae COS ee CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES {[Proc. 4TH SER. PLATE 43 Halosydna brevisetosa Kinberg Dorsal aspect of anterior part of body after removal of elytra, X 6. Same, view of posterior part of body, X 6. Anterior end of body in ventral view with inverted proboscis, x 6. Anterior part of body in dorsal view with the proboscis everted. X 6. Dorsal view of prostomium; tentacles cut off, x 16. Dorsal view of prostomium with intact tentacles, x 10. Mouth, open, X 11. Mouth, closed, X 10. In all the figures, the dots indicated the density of the pigmentation. PROC. CAL. ACAD. SCl., 4th Series, Vol. XXIII, No. 33 [SKOGSBERG] Plate 43 = \ = Ww SS \\\ rs <*> 3 b en re . ae t M shea an en p ys yh ihe Sal r Pie, ap et NY a ican Ve aah ert InN Poesy) ey ou a4, stl MY Saige . q ps, | . ; : * ) , , + ae Bs” y a b Ri wend iat 5 a a j " y 7 i ; ; : F ‘: id - . wa t i \ i We.F, ; re : A : We ‘ VEY on Oy. 2 ” hat Lin) A. } My ‘ '36 a a "Un mu} Siew ' a ie : _ hy ui 4 j cs q 7 . u ee oe * i ® a 2 ' ‘ : A are a i 7 i Nu, aes ' * Si; on | | Ls = 7 ae eee es sy Th are tr Wd MR DE ti wae . A a iJ : an J me f 14 Re 7 ° Lee 8 ve ; = - “ tet ¥ math ; wet bare EE GOk EO CSN OT Ay Ci @ ERE ret : diy, + ere. 1h) eben! Muti jw Aisdeiyt Sirthy WS Aioee tl. ite « me ts Prem de se Sipe Pus oy je hatin’ suTet ney rey Leider, Lory woh Bi) is” rue a " A a ee ive Sao eyaet rr : 4 aie Y : P of 1“ 1%, ona! : * fi p : ay cM Fe i, b :¥ He Leith ' 14 aor ae | ay ol ’ @43) ie , pues ¢ y é ‘a Vie spay ee. wey eae: |; ive. ee oS TD ee | a we 4 “, r 7 - yy a r ey, , a) i ve 59 aw % ia ; we -/ 4 Lit, | 0 5, if , e F ’ : “ 4 - lye oe fis at 4 - 7 - a} i aha yi FAI Te 5 : , are ber" SE i Pr, . Roary hy : res | yg were if ine aes [ ( i 7 BERS fre | | Ss” i 4 3 = A, thd a se hp pa, eel 7 ‘ q f a i 74) i 48 F ; ‘ 1 u ’ j ‘i Ee } ts : m i) as Tehe- ‘ £ f* j | i ' on Ae 7 é ’ : » 1 t VARY i : . %). LP 7 ; .. , 7 ys § 4 \ ary i" 4 s A i . Lh | if ea } M4 a] 9 ' : a BAP Ty ai ‘ y n «¢ by nes “es in hi 4 i ; PROCEEDINGS OF THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES FOURTH SERIES Vou. Ail, Nor a4). pp. 50529 10" pl! 44 OcToBER 13, 1942 No. 34 REEF CORALS FROM THE CALIFORNIA MIDDLE EOCENE* BY J. WYATT DURHAM Recently a number of reef corals were turned over to the writer by Dr. G. D. Hanna for examination and description. Most of the species were found at Calif. Acad. Sci. Loc. 30667 (from basal Spiroglyphus sands, Domengine Reef, S. W. corner Sec. 27 through N. E. % of S. E. 4% of Sec..28, T. 28 S., R. 19 E., Mt: Diablo Base and Meridian, south side of headwaters of Media Agua Creek, Kern County, Calif.), but two were from Loc. 30667A (from top of ridge 1% mi. N. W. of 30667, in a black pebble conglomerate). A single specimen, which is identical with a species from Loc. 30667 (C. A.S.), was from Loc. 1692.(N..W. % of Sec. 11, T. 7.N., R..24 W., San Bernardino Base and Meridian). Because of better preservation this specimen has been made the holotype of the species Leptastrea hertleint Durham, n. sp. No further discussion of this species from Loc. 1692 will be made; all notes refer to its occurrence at Loc. 30667. At Loc. 30667 and 30667A (apparently about the same horizon) the corals were found weathered out on the ground. Other fossils found include Turritella lawsoni Dickerson, Spiroglyphus n. sp. (not S. tejonensis), Campanile n. sp. and Discocyclina sp. (very thin). Some Discocyclina were adhering to the corals, so that there is no doubt as to the corals belonging with the middle Eocene fauna. The material examined includes eight identifiable species, all but one (Astreopora sanjuanensts Durham) being new. The genera in- *Printed from the John W. Hendrie Publication Endowment October 13, 1942 504 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. clude: Astreopora, Astrocoenia, Coeloria, Favia, Leptastrea, Oulo- phyllia, Podasteria (Manicina of authors) and Stylophora. With the exception of Astreopora.none of these genera have previously been reported from the Pacific Coast Tertiary. (Species of Astrocoenia and Favia have been described, but were later referred to other genera.) The recent distribution of these genera is as follows: Astreopora: Red Sea, Indian Ocean, Australia, Solomon Islands. Astrocoenia: Atlantic. Coeloria: Restricted to Indo-Pacific. Favia: Atlantic and Indo-Pacific. Leptastrea: Red Sea, Indo-Pacific. Oulophyllia: Indo-Pacific. Podasteria: Atlantic, Caribbean. Stylophora: Red Sea, Indo-Pacific. From the above list it may be seen that the fauna as represented by these genera has its greatest affinities with the recent Indo-Pacific faunas although there are two definite Atlantic-Caribbean elements init. This may be contrasted with the conclusion of Vaughan (1917, U. S. Geol. Surv. Prof. Paper 98, p. 367) on the late Miocene or early Pliocene reef coral fauna of Carrizo creek, California, which has its greatest affinities with the recent Caribbean fauna. However, it agrees with his conclusion that the earlier Tertiary faunas con- tained representatives of 3 recent faunal provinces. All of these genera are typically reef dwellers, living in shallow tropical seas. At the present time reef corals are not found farther north on the Pacific Coast than Guaymas in the Gulf of California. It therefore appears that this coral fauna would have its modern ecological equivalent at least as far south as Guaymas. In view of the occurrence of reef corals in strata of approximately the same age in northern Washington (about 15 degrees farther north), it is likely that the actual equivalents would be well within the tropics, rather than in the subtropics. According to Vaughan (1919, Annual Report Smithsonian Inst. for 1917, p. 197) massive reef building corals are largely found in waters 37 meters or less in depth, with a few species extending down to 48 meters. It appears probable therefore that this fauna lived in waters of 37 meters or less depth, for associated with it is Disco- cyclina and the large gastropod Campanile, both of which are typically reef or shallow water inhabitants. VoL. XXIII] DURHAM—REEF CORALS FROM CALIFORNIA MIDDLE EOCENE 505 Astreopora de Blainville Astreopora DE BLAINVILLE, 1830, Dict. Sci. Nat., vol. LX, p. 348. Genotype: Astraea myriopthalma LAMARCK (1816). Astreopora sanjuanensis Durham Astreopora sanjuanensis DURHAM, 1942, Journ. Paleo., vol. 16, No. 1, p. 102, pl. P55 fe, 20° pl} 16, fiz: 9: The specimens at hand vary somewhat from the holotype of this species which comes from the Crescent formation of Washington, but their range of variation includes that found in the type. One specimen is 70 mm. high by nearly 60 mm. in its greatest diameter. Many calices are 2.5 mm. in diameter, but some are around 1.5 mm. which size approximates that on the Washington specimen. The septa are thin and have the same pattern but in some corallites extend closer to the center of the calice. Hypotype: No. 5908 (Calif. Acad. Sci., Paleo. Type Coll.), from Loe. 30667. (€: A. S.). The species is found in Washington in beds correlated by Berthi- aume (1938, Journ. Paleo., vol. 12, p. 495) with the Capay of Cali- fornia. Astrocoenia Milne Edwards and Haime Astrocoenia MILNE EDWARDs and HAIME, 1848. Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci., Paris, t. X XVII, p. 469. Genotype (monotypic): Astraea numisma DEFRANCE (1826). Astrocoenia dilloni Durham, new species PLATE 44, fig. 3 Corallum small, 10 by 18 mm., subplanate. Calices small, from 1.3 to 2.5 mm. in diameter, maximum depth 0.5 mm. Maximum thickness of thecal wall 0.4 mm., between adjacent calicular cavities, usually less. Ten prominent septa reach columella, a smaller septum between each pair apparently not reaching columella. Major septa fused to the sunken styliform columella which is usually about one- fourth the diameter of the calice. Major septa with about five poorly defined denticles. Septal faces granulate. Holotype: No. 7724 (Calif. Acad. Sci., Paleo. Type Coll.), from Loc. 30667A (C. A. S.). This species may be distinguished from other American Astro- coenias by the 10 major septa. 506 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER Coeloria Milne Edwards and Haime Coeloria MILNE EDWARDS and HAIME, 1848. Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci., Paris, t. XXVII, p. 493. Genotype (monotypic): Madrepora daedalea ELLIs and SOLANDER 1786, non Forskal 1775 (see Wells, 1936, Am. Journ. Sci., vol. XX XI, p. 104). Coeloria wellsi Durham, new species PLATE 44, figs. 2, 13, 14 Corallum massive, explanate. Valleys usually short and separate, 5 to 8 mm. wide, up to 20 mm. long, averaging around 10 mm. long, 1 to 3 mm. deep. Collines narrow and sharp. Septa about 20 to centimeter, alternates usually incipient only, extending up and across colline but worn at top. Septal denticulations fine. Septa in some valleys as thick as their interspaces but in others considerably thinner. Columella small, trabecular. Holotype: No. 5914 (Calif. Acad. Sci., Paleo. Type Coll.), from Loc. 30667 (C. A. S.). The general form of the corallum and separate valleys closely resembles the recent Coelorias but the closely set septa readily distinguish it. Favia Oken Favia OKEN, 1815, Lehrb. Naturgesch, Th. 3, Abt. 1, p. 67. Genotype: Madrepora fragum EsPER (1795). Favia hannai Durham, new species PLATE 44, figs. 9, 10, 11 Corallum massive, upper surface convex, 45 mm. in diameter, 25 mm. high, attached by pedicel. Corallites distinct, irregular in shape, and separated from 2 to 5 mm., usually 3. Calices up to 3 mm. deep, a slightly raised edge. Costae corresponding to septa, extending out into intercalicular area 1 to 2 mm. Septa thin, 25 to 30 toa mm., alternate septa thicker. Septal denticulations 2 or 3 to a mm., rounded. Columellar area small, apparently formed by trabecular fusion of inner ends of major septa. Holotype: No. 7730, paratypes Nos. 7731, 7776 (Calif. Acad. Sci., Paleo. Type Coll.), Univ. Calif. Mus. Paleo. No. 30641, from Loc. 30667 (C. A. S.). This species is not closely allied to any known to the author. The septa are much closer together and thinner than those of any available description. One poorly preserved specimen has a diameter of 10 centimeters. Vo.. XXIII] DURHAM—REEF CORALS FROM CALIFORNIA MIDDLE EOCENE 507 Leptastrea Milne Edwards and Haime Leptastrea MILNE EDWARDS and HAIME, 1848. Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci., Paris, t. XXVIII, p. 494. Genotype: Leptastrea roissyana MILNE EpWARDs and HAIME (1850). Leptastrea hertleini Durham, new species PLATE 44, figs. 1, 4, 5 Corallum massive, flattened, more or less eroded. Holotype 87 x 52x 33 mm. Intercorallite furrows indeterminate, corallites not projecting. Peritheca dense. Calices rounded, 2 to 3 mm. in diam- eter, usually about 0.5 mm. deep to top of columella. Septa in three cycles, swollen in theca, becoming thinner towards columella. Third cycle not always reaching columella. Septa two-thirds as thick as interspaces next the wall, primaries thickest. In cross section columella one-third to one-half the diameter of corallite, projecting slightly above bottom of calice. Septa not continuous from one calice to next, apparently not exsert. Holotype: No. 5911 (Calif. Acad. Sci., Paleo. Type Coll.), from Loc. 1692 (C. A. S.). Paratype No. 5913 occurs at loc. 30667 (C. A. 5S.) but the specimen is poorly preserved. It seems to have slightly deeper calices than the holotype, but it is partially recrystallized. Because of the poor preservation it cannot be determined whether the differences are real or due to weathering. No comparable species is known as yet from the Pacific Coast Tertiaries. Oulophyllia Milne Edwards and Haime Oulophyllia MILNE Epwarps and Hate, 1848. Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci., Paris, t. XXVII, p. 492. Genotype (monotypic): Meandrina crispa LAMARCK (1816). Oulophyllia californica Durham, new species PLATE 44, figs. 7, 12 Corallum 55 mm. in diameter, about 25 mm. high, broadly pedicelate. Valleys 5 to 14 mm. wide, up to 5 mm. deep, distinct calicinal centers. Collines thin and narrow above, not grooved. Septa thin, about 16 to a centimeter, every alternate one heavier and reaching columella. Upper half of principal septa narrow, lower 508 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER half broad. Septal denticulations apparently coarse. Columella distinct, trabecular, 1.5 mm. to 2 mm. in diameter. Fine costae, about 20 to a centimeter, on external surface. Holotype: No. 5918 (Calif. Acad. Sci., Paleo. Type Coll.), from Loc. 30667 (C. A. S.). The holotype generally resembles the recent O. crispa (Lamarck), but the latter species has only 9 to 10 septa to the centimeter. Podasteria Ehrenberg Podasteria EHRENBERG, 1834; Corallenth., des Rothenmeeres, p. 326. Genotype (monotypic): Manicina gyrosa EHRENBERG 1834, = Podasteria mayort WELLS 1936. non Madrepora gyrosa ELLis and SOLANDER 1786, pl. 51, fig. 2. (See WELLS, 1936, Am. Journ. Seis mvolu oxox, pr 125)% Podasteria churchi Durham, new species PLATE 44, fig. 6 Corallum small, nearly explanate, nearly 45 mm. in diameter. Lower surface with broad pedicel, no calices. . Colline somewhat variable, at times moderately wide and grooved, at others rather narrow and sharp with no trace of groove. Valleys irregular, broad, of varying width, from 4 to 12 mm. wide, up to 3 mm. deep. Septa thin, about 20 to a centimeter. Alternate septa may be less promi- ment than rest. Septal denticulations nearly 3 toa mm. Columella trabecular, from 0.8 to 1.7 mm. wide. Presence or absence of costae indeterminate on holotype. Holotype: No. 7725 (Calif. Acad. Sci., Paleo. Type Coll.), para- type No. 5917 from Loc. 30667 (C. A. S.). This species resembles the recent P. areolata (Linnaeus) but differs from it in the slightly greater number of septa to a centimeter and the lesser depth of the valleys. Stylophora Schweigger Stylophora SCHWEIGGER, 1819 (part). Beobacht, Naturhistor-Reisen, Tab, 5. Genotype: Madrepora pistillata Esper. (1797). VoL, XXIII] DURHAM—REEF CORALS FROM CALIFORNIA MIDDLE EOCENE 509 Stylophora chaneyi Durham, new species PLATE 44, fig. 8 Corallum ramose, a small fragment, 14 mm. high, 5 to 6 mm. in diameter except near points of bifurcation where it is greater. Calices from 0.8 mm. to 1.0 mm. in diameter, distant 0.2 to 0.5 mm. from one another. No apparent projecting upper lip. Septa in two cycles, primaries reaching columella which is usually slight- ly elongated in direction of two directive septa. Directive septa usually slightly more prominent than remainder. Septa of second cycle not as prominent, reaching from one-third to one-half distance to columella. Septa about one-half as wide as septal inter-spaces. Upper edges of septa apparently entire. Columella styliform, not projecting above calicular surface, but extending up about one-half depth of calice from top of primary septa. Coenenchymal surface granulate. Holotype: No. 7723 (Calif. Acad. Sci., Paleo. Type Coll.), from Loc. 30667 (C. A. S.). This species appears to be close to S. canalis Vaughan (1919), but may be distinguished by its more compact coenenchyma. 510 CALIFORNIA’ ACADEMY. OF SCIENCES [Proc. 47H SER. PLATE 44 Fig. 1. Leptastrea hertleinit Durham, new species, X 3.1. Cross section of corallites. Holotype’ No. 5911 (Calif. Acad. Sci., Paleo. Type Coll.), from Loc. 1692 (C. A. S.). Fig. 2. Coeloria wellsi Durham, new species, X 0.47. Holotype No. 5914 (Calif. Acad: Sci., Paleo. Type Coll.), from Loc. 30667 (C. A. S.). Fig. 3. Astrocoenia dillont Durham, new species, X 1.9. Holotype No. 7724 (Calif. Acad. Sci., Paleo. Type Coll.), from Loc. 30667A (C. A. 8.). Fig. 4. Leptastrea hertleini Durham, new species, X 0.48. Holotype (same speci- men as fig. 1). Fig. 5. Leptastrea hertleint Durham, new species, X 2.4. View of calices (same specimen as fig. 1). Fig. 6. Podasteria churchi Durham, new species, X 1.0. Holotype No. 7725 (Calif. Acad. Sci., Paleo. Type Coll.), from Loc. 30667 (C. A. S.). Fig. 7. Oulophyllia californica Durham, new species, X 0.5. Holotype No, 5918 (Calif. Acad. Sci., Paleo. Type Coll.), from Loc. 30667 (C. A. S.). Fig. 8. Stylophora chaneyi Durham, new species, X 1.9. Holotype No. 7723 (Calif. Acad. Sci., Paleo. Type Coll.), from Loc. 30667A (C. A. S.). Fig. 9. Favia hannai Durham, new species, X 0.51. Holotype No. 7730 (Calif. Acad. Sci., Paleo. Type Coll.), from Loc. 30667 (C. A. S.). Fig. 10. Favia hannai Durham, new species, X 1.6. Detail of calices (same speci- men as fig. 9). Fig. 11. Favia hannai Durham, new species, X 0.51. Paratype No. 7731 (Calif. Acad. Sci., Paleo. Type Coll.), from Loc. 30667 (C. A. §.). Fig. 12. Oulophyllia californica Durham, new species, X 2.2. Detail of a calice (same specimen as fig. 7). Fig. 13. Coeloria wellsi Durham, new species, X 1.3. Detail of part of a calice showing incipient septa (same specimen as fig. 2). Fig. 14. Coeloria wellsi Durham, new species, X 1.3. Detail of another calice (same specimen as fig. 2). [DURHAM] Plate 44 4th Series, Vol. X> PROCS CAIVP ACAD SGCIE PROCEEDINGS i OF THE [ CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES \ FOURTH SERIES \4 Vou. XXIII, No. 35, pp. 511-536; pls. 45-47 Aucust 18, 1943 No. 35 MAMMALS OF THE CLEARWATER MOUNTAINS, IDAHO BY ROBERT T. ORR Assistant Curator, Department of Ornithology and Mammalogy INTRODUCTION The Rocky Mountains of northern United States are of great biological interest as a region in which a mixture of Pacific coastal and true Rocky Mountain plants and animals occurs. This condi- tion is in all probability a result of several critical factors, among which may be suggested the proximity of the inland range to the Pacific Ocean at this point as compared with the same mountain mass farther to the south, the more northerly latitude, the absence of high coastal mountains in extreme southern British Columbia and also the absence of high mountain masses in eastern Washington. As a consequence the coastal influence with its relatively high humidity and high annual precipitation extends inland to northern Idaho and extreme northwestern Montana. Relatively little of a general nature has been published regarding the mammals of this region and even less of a detailed nature con- cerning its mammalian fauna. This paucity of information was mentioned by Davis (1939) in his admirable work summarizing all the known data on the mammalian fauna of the state of Idaho. It was with the purpose of furthering our knowledge of the distribution of mammals in central Idaho that an expedition was sent by the California Academy of Sciences, in the fall of 1941, to the region of the Middle Fork of the Clearwater River in Idaho County. The personnel of the party comprised Dr. G. Dallas Hanna, Curator of August 18, 1943. St CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES (Proc. 4TH SER. Paleontology, Mr. Cecil Tose, Department of Exhibits, Mr. Anatole Loukashkin, Research Associate in Ornithology and Mammalogy, and the author. It had originally been planned to collect in the Crags Mountains region which is situated between the Lochsa and Selway forks of the middle branch of the Clearwater River. Excessive rains, however made the roads in that region impassable for the most part and necessitated a change in plan. As a result, most of the field work was done in a portion of the Selway Fork drainage, principally in the canyon through which Meadow Creek flows and the ridges leading down to this north-flowing tributary of the Selway. Two principal base camps were established. The first of these was situated along Meadow Creek, two miles south southeast of Selway Falls, at an elevation of 1,900 feet, between September 5 and 12. Activities here were confined principally to a study of riparian and lower canyon slope associations. The second camp, from September 12 to 30, was located on a ridge four miles southwest of Selway Falls, at 5,800 feet elevation, where opportunity was afforded to collect and observe mammals occurring on the tops and upper slopes of ridges. The second camp proved considerably more productive so far as mammal collecting was concerned. A one day trip was made to the Crags Mountains. The excessive rain and occasional snow, which occurred intermittently during all but five of the days the party was in Idaho, interfered to a considerable extent with collect- ing and especially with the drying of material secured. While the primary purpose of the expedition was to secure mam- mals and land snails from this region, a number of birds, insects, and botanical specimens were also collected. Furthermore, con- siderable attention was paid to the natural history of the various species of mammals encountered, in so far as was possible. In all a total of 251 mammal specimens was secured. These represented 25 different species. The presence of 15 additional species, however, is here recorded, based either on personal observations made by mem- bers of the party or on the reports of other persons known to be reliable and accurate observers. The writer wishes gratefully to acknowledge assistance received from Mr. John Thomas Howell of the Department of Botany of the California Academy of Sciences who kindly identified many of the plants collected, also Mr. Ralph L. Hand of the United States Forest Service, Missoula, Montana, who furnished the writer with in- formation concerning previous forest fire records for the region studied as well as personal notes on the occurrence and distribution of certain species of mammals in the Clearwater Mountains. For the privilege of examining certain comparative material necessary to complete this report the writer is indebted to the University of California Museum of Vertebrate Zoology. The cooperation of the Idaho Department of Fish and Game was greatly appreciated. Vor. XXIII] ORR—MAMMALS OF CLEARWATER MOUNTAINS, IDAHO eo ES Description of Area The Clearwater River, which drains approximately 8,000 square miles of territory in east-central Idaho, has its headwaters principally along the western slopes of the Bitterroot Mountains, whose summit roughly constitutes the boundary between the states of Idaho and Montana in this section. The upper portion of the river is separated into three principal forks which converge in west-central Idaho to form the main Clearwater; the latter flows in a westerly direction and empties into the Snake River along the Idaho-Washington boundary in the vicinity of Lewiston, Idaho. The so-called Clearwater Mountains area is, to quote Lindgren (1904, p. 59) ‘‘... an elevated plateau, of approximately uniform height, now so deeply dissected by such an intricate system of can- yons that at first glance it has almost lost its once doubtless promi- nent plateau features.’’ The average altitude of the ridges and peaks forming this mountain mass varies from 6,000 to 7,000 feet. Little evidence of glaciation is apparent except on the tops of some of the higher mountains. As a consequence of long periods of erosion the canyons are characteristically very deep, and broad valleys are absent. The average vertical distance between the summits of the ridges and the canyon bottoms is around 4,000 feet. This is in marked contrast to the Bitterroot Mountains, which adjoin the Clearwaters to the east, where we find evidence of the most extensive glaciation found in the entire Rocky Mountains of the United States. According to Dr. G. Dallas Hanna, geologist and paleontologist with the expedition, in the immediate vicinity of Kooskia, which is about thirty-three miles west of Selway Falls on the lower, western slope of the Clearwater Mountains, the surface is covered by dark colored lavas of undetermined source and thickness. A few miles up the Clearwater River this type of rock is in contact with light colored gneiss which forms the mountain ranges to the eastward as far as the collecting party went. Much of the gneiss shows irregular banding and often has a granitoid texture. Evidence of mountain glaciers was obvious on the upper slopes of the Crags Mountains. Morainal material and U-shaped valleys were common and in some places it seemed that the ice had recently disappeared. None of the usual evidences used for determining the previous presence of glaciers was observed on the lower slopes of these mountains or in those parts of the surrounding Clearwater Mountains where most of the collecting was done. Dr. E. C. Van Dyke (1919, p. 1-12) many years ago came to the conclusion from a study of ground beetles, that much of the moun- tainous area of Idaho had long been dadissicped from a biological standpoint and, at his special request, careful search was made for evidence of glaciation. If, here, a large region continued through the Pleistocene without denudation, the presence of a relatively isolated insect fauna would be more easily explained. The observations made 514 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. on the routes followed by one party certainly bears out his deduc- tion. Furthermore, there exists in this region a most striking land snail fauna, the affinities of which are now difficult to trace. Un- usual distribution among other groups of animals and plants has been noted. Thus, this region has a definite insular character from a biological standpoint, which, with the absence of evidence of general glaciation, leads to the belief that some of the elements of the fauna and flora may have lived through the Pleistocene without major disturbance. Climatically, the Clearwater Mountains are characterized by relatively high precipitation compared with other portions of the State. No data were available for the exact area where collecting and observations were made, but in the Climatic Summary of the United States, Section 5—Northern Idaho, published by the United States Department of Agriculture Weather Bureau, the average annual precipitation up to the close of the year 1930 for the Pete King Ranger Station was 33.80 inches. This locality is at an eleva- tion of 1,550 feet on the Lochsa Fork of the Middle Clearwater, several miles above its junction with the Selway Fork and is ap- proximately fifteen miles west northwest of Selway Falls. Undoubt- edly the precipitation is considerably greater in the latter locality which is closer to the center of the mountain mass. Farther north in the Clearwater Mountains, at Oxford Ranger Station in Clear- water County, at an elevation of 3,735 feet, the average annual precipitation to the close of the year 1922 is given as 45.77 inches. This locality, however, is within the watershed of the North Fork of the Clearwater. Precipitation is well distributed over the year, although it is somewhat less in July and August than during the remaining months. In winter this precipitation is in the form of snow which is present from November until March. During September, 1941, several light snow falls occurred, sufficient to cover the tops of the higher ridges. Subsequent rain storms, however, soon melted the snow. Summer rains and relatively high humidity combined with moder- ately cold winters are probably the direct factors inducing the growth of a vegetation complex composed of the more hardy species of the Pacific coastal forests and the northern Mesophytic evergreen forests of the west. This is well expressed by Livingston and Shreve, (1921, pp. 537-538) in regard to western hemlock (Tsuga hetero- phylla): ‘‘This tree occupies an area in which conditions are similar to those of the northwestern Evergreen Hygrophytic Forest, with differences due to the extension of the limits of Tsuga into northern Idaho and Montana, well to the east of the Hygrophytic Forest. The number of cold days in the frostless season endured by the easternmost individuals of this species reaches a maximum of 120, whereas no cold days are experienced within the Hygrophytic Forest. The normal daily mean temperature also ranges to lower values for the tree than for the vegetation in which it is most character- Vor. XXII] ORR—MAMMALS OF CLEARWATER MOUNTAINS, IDAHO 515 istically developed. The temperature conditions encountered by Tsuga in northern Idaho... are otherwise very similar to those in coastal Washington and Oregon. The precipitation conditions for the area occupied by Tsuga are very similar to those of the Hy- grophytic Forest, at least with respect to the frostless season. Higher intensities of evaporation are encountered in Idaho....” The average temperature for the Pete King Ranger Station for the period from 1910 to 1930 inclusive, according to the United States Weather Bureau is 50.0° F. with the greatest extremes 112° F. and -30° F. The average maximum temperature throughout the year for this period is 62.1° F. and the average minimum tempera- ture 37.8° F. Habitats Although a considerable portion of the drainage of the Middle Fork of the Clearwater River was burned in previous years the area in which the present studies were carried on was for the most part virgin timber. A number of different forest associations were found to occur. Some of these were quite distinct while others differed principally with regard to the dominance of certain species of trees and shrubs which were common to several associations. This was found in certain instances to affect directly or indirectly the local distribution of some mammalian forms. Since collecting was carried on in the fall of the year most of the annual plants had disappeared and even many of the perennials had shed their leaves. The following plant associations were conspicuous in the limited area studied. With the exception of brushland, which here was largely a result of fire and consequently not governed to any con- siderable extent by altitude, four other principal associations oc- curred from the canyon bottoms to the summits of the highest ridges. These may be described as (1) riparian, (2) fir, cedar and yew forest, (3) fir and spruce forest, (4) lodgepole pine forest, and (5) brushland. Riparian.—The river banks and streamsides were, generally speak- ing, lacking in dense vegetation such as is usually characteristic of mountain watercourses. In several instances it appeared that beav- ers were responsible for the depletion of certain riparian vegetation, such as willow. The following species of plants were noted most commonly along watercourses in the bottoms of canyons: Equisetum arvense Alnus tenutfolia Carex sp. Boykinia major Salix sitchensis Philadelphus Lewisit Salix sp. Symphoricar pos albus Only two species of mammals observed seemed restricted to water- courses and the immediately adjacent territory. These were beaver and mink. Several species of bats of the genus Myotis regularly 516 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. foraged over waterways when available but they were by no means restricted to them. Where suitable grassland grew along stream banks such places proved attractive to meadow mice. White-tailed deer, while not strictly riparian inhabitants in this region, occurred principally in canyon bottoms where they undoubtedly foraged to a considerable extent on streamside growth. Fir, cedar and yew forest.—In the deep canyon bottoms and lower slopes the dominant trees were western red cedar (Thuja plicata), erand fir (Abies grandis) and western yew (Taxus brevifolia). Farther up the slopes, locally, in more open and exposed situations, this forest was partly replaced by one composed principally of Douglas fir (Pseudotsuga taxifolia) and yellow pine (Pinus ponderosa) associated with such shrubs as snow berry (Symphoricarpos albus), service berry (Amelanchier Cusickit) and mountain ash (Sorbus sitchensis). This latter type of forest, however, failed to reach its maximum development here, whereas, on the lower, western slopes of the Clearwater Mountains it was found to be the dominant forest cover. The fir, cedar and yew association was essentially one of shaded canyons or slopes and was characterized by a luxurious undergrowth of shrubs and herbs, numerous fungi and trees well covered with lichens. Locally, tongues of this forest extended upward almost to the tops of the ridges, often following the course of ravines. Here at 5,000 to 6,000 feet it gradually blended with the alpine fir and Englemann spruce forest characteristic of the higher regions. Some of the best stands of cedar were noted on the tops of the ridges which are sometimes relatively flat and plateau-like over limited areas. Where pure stands of cedar occurred, to the exclusion of all other forest trees, there was rarely any appreciable undergrowth. The forest was dense, dark and heavily hung with lichens and the forest floor was bare of vegetation except for numerous fungi, as well as masses of fallen branches and trees. The following species of plants were noted most commonly in the fir, cedar and yew forest: Adiantum pedatum Crataegus brevispina Pteridium aquilinum Acer glabrum Abies grandis Rhamnus purshiana Thuja plicata Sphaeralcea rivularis Taxus brevifolia Cornus canadensis Clintonia uniflora Campanula rotundiflora Montta stbtrica Micromeria chamtssonis Berberis repens Solanum Dulcamara Boykinia major Synthyris sp. Heuchera sp. Symphoricar pos albus Ribes cognatum Lonicera ciliosa Holodiscus discolor Hieracum columbianum Rubus parviflorus Aster Fremontit Fragaria bractata With but a single exception none of the mammals encountered in the Selway region appeared to be restricted solely to this type of Vor. XXIII] ORR—MAMMALS OF CLEARWATER MOUNTAINS, IDAHO 54% forest. One species of chipmunk (Eutamias amoenas) was rarely found much above this forest belt, the highest elevation at which it was observed being 4,500 feet. It was replaced in the higher spruce and fir forests by another species (Eutamias ruficaudus). Solid stands of pure cedar appeared to be singularly unproductive, due probably to the scarcity of undergrowth. Only shrews and flying squirrels seemed attracted to dense cedar forests. Fir and spruce forest.—On the tops of the ridges and on the more protected upper slopes, somewhat lower zonally than the lodgepole and white pine association, a fir and spruce forest predominated. The principal conifers in this association were Englemann spruce (Picea Englemannit), alpine fir (Abies amabilis), grand fir (Abies grandis), western red cedar (Thuja plicata), occasionally Douglas fir (Pseudo- tsuga taxifolia) and, in more open situations, western larch (Larix occidentalis). The undergrowth in such a forest was generally very dense, conserving moisture on the floor of the forest and inducing the growth of many different types of fungi. The principal trees and shrubs composing this ‘‘substratum’’ were western yew, dwarf maple, thin-leaf alder, snowberry, thimble-berry, thin-leaf huckle- berry, rustyleaf, service berry and spirea. The forest floor was like- wise densely carpeted with numerous smaller plants. In more open situations, however, bracken and elk grass formed the main cover. The following species of plants were those most conspicuous in general within this association: Pteridium aquilinum Aquilegia sp. Larix occidentalis Tiarella untfoliata Picea Englemannii Pseudotsuga taxifolia Abies grandis Abies amabilis Thuja plicata Taxus brevifolia Xerophyllum tenax Clintonia uniflora Salix sp. Alnus sinuata Spirea corymbosa Rubus pedatus Amelanchier Cusickii Pachystima myrsinites Acer glabrum Chimaphila umbellata Menziesia ferruginea Vaccinium macrophyllum Symphoricarpos albus Adenocaulon bicolor In the more dense and typical portions of this forest the only coniferous trees, aside from western yew which actually formed a dense undergrowth, were Englemann spruce and alpine fir. The other species of conifers usually occurred where the forest was either of a more open type or along the margins. Two species of mammals appeared in this region to be rather typically associated, although at least one of them was not restricted, to this fir-spruce association. These were Eutamzas ruficaudus and Clethrionomys gappert. The former species was also noted in lodge- pole pine forests and in brushland at high elevations. 518 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES (Proc. 4TH SER. Lodgepole pine forest.—Lodgepole pine (Pinus contorta var. murryana) occurred scatteringly in most of the forest associations where suitable conditions prevailed. Relatively pure stands, how- ever, were found locally at higher elevations. A few western white pines (Pinus monticola) were generally present in any extensive lodgepole pine forest. On the upper parts of higher mountains, such as the Crags, where most of the timber had been burned off in 1934, there was evidence that extensive areas of lodgepole pine previously occurred. Many young trees, some twenty feet in height, were observed among the brushy cover of willow, alder and tobacco brush. Natural reforestation appeared in evidence over widespread areas. This was in marked contrast to burned over spruce, fir and cedar areas where occasional trees had survived but where there was very little indication of reforestation. The following species of plants were most typical of this forest: Pinus monticola Spirea corymbosa Pinus contorta var. murryana Ceanothus velutinus Carex sp. Phyllodoce empetriformis Xerophyllum tenax Vaccinium Myrtillus var. microphyllum This type of forest varied from dense stands of relatively small trees, in which underbrush was practically lacking, to open, loose stands, especially where previous burning had taken place. No mammals were observed to be restricted to this association. Brushland.—Much of the territory north of the Selway Fork and east of Meadow Creek was extensively burned over by the great fire of 1910, and again by the ‘‘Pete King’’ fire in 1934 which de- stroyed hundreds of square miles of virgin forest in the upper water- shed of the Middle Fork of the Clearwater River. As previously noted the higher portions, which were originally forested with lodge- pole and white pine, showed considerable evidence of reforestation appearing amid the dense brush which presently covers most of the area. Lower down, however, there was little indication of fir, spruce and cedar reappearing and brush solidly covered the slopes. In the region west of Meadow Creek there appeared to have, likewise, been intensive fires many years ago, probably about 1889 (fide R. L. Hand in letter). These latter burned areas are still primarily brush- land at present, although locally there are fair stands of pole-size timber. In many places the tops of the ridges have become grass- land and support tall stands of grass with occasional old firs and spruces and standing snags scattered about. The most common shrubs forming this brushland habitat result- ing from fire were thin-leafed alder (Alnus sinuata), willow (Salix sp.), mountain ash (Sorbus sitchensis), dwarf maple (Acer glabrum) and snow berry (Symphoricarpos albus). Bracken (Pteridium aqutlt- num) and elk grass (Xerophyllum tenax) were widely distributed Vor. XXIII} ORR—MAMMALS OF CLEARWATER MOUNTAINS, IDAHO 519 throughout, especially in small clearings. Certain other herbs such as Rudbeckia occidentalis, Polygonum Douglasii and Epilobium sp. were numerous. Higher in the mountains, especially above 6,500 feet altitude in the Crags, Ceanothus velutinus, Spirea corymbosa, Phyl- lodoce empetriformis and Vaccinium Myrtillus var. microphyllum were of importance in the composition of the brushland. These fires and the resulting brushland have greatly affected the distribution of certain mammals over this region and obviously have resulted in the relative isolation of populations of forest-dwelling mammals in the various small “‘islands’’ of unburned timber that survived these catastrophes and are scattered about locally on some of the ridges and deep canyons. Few of the smaller mammalian species seem to have successfully reinvaded these once devastated regions and it appears likely that certain species will not do so until a climax forest is once again established. The white-footed mouse (Peromyscus maniculatus) was one of the few species that appeared to be abundant in the burned over areas. It is possible that this rodent, which exhibits a great range of adapt- ability, possesses a greater population over the entire area now than previous to these fires. This may be due in part to the nearly com- plete absence of competition from other forms of small mammals in the burned areas. White-footed mice were trapped in such localities in numbers. The chipmunk (Eutamias ruficaudus) was another of the small terrestrial mammals that showed some ability to invade or at least survive to a limited extent in areas that had been severely burned. Peripheral brushland, adjacent to forest cover, where numerous snags still stood or littered the ground, was extensively inhabited by members of this species. At high altitudes where rock slides offered protection and shelter the immediately adjoining brushland, especially where this contained some snags and fallen trees, was likewise inhabited. Such talus slopes had undoubtedly acted as focal points for the repopulation of surrounding devastated areas. The distribution of pocket gophers (Thomomys talpoides) did not appear to have been affected seriously by fire. This species in fact seemed more abundant in brushland than in forested sections. Mule deer (Odocotleus hemionus) and elk (Cervus canadensis) may also have benefitted as a result of fire, due to the increase in browsing land. Many other species of mammals, however, without question have suffered severely as a consequence of the depletion of forest cover. Shrews, red squirrels, flying squirrels, red-backed mice, meadow mice and certain other forest-requiring species will be restricted to the remaining timbered areas until such time as a sufficiently extensive forest growth once again develops in the areas now covered with brush. 520 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. SPECIES ACCOUNTS Sorex vagrans monticola Merriam. Wandering Shrew Although most of the areas where trapping was carried on seemed to offer exceptionally favorable habitats for shrews these animals appeared scarce. Four wandering shrews, nos. 8312-8315, were secured between September 14 and 23, from three to four miles southwest of Selway Falls, at elevations varying from 5,500 to 5,800 feet. Two of these were trapped amid fallen bark and other litter in a dense cedar forest, while the other two were taken be- neath dense undergrowth in mixed spruce, alpine fir and cedar forests. Three specimens are in worn summer pelage; a fourth, taken on September 20 possesses new winter pelage on all but the head and shoulders. The weights of two males are 6.1 and 5.2 grams. Sorex obscurus obscurus Merriam. Dusky Shrew A single adult male, no. 8316, of this species in fresh winter pelage was taken on September 24, 6 miles southwest of Selway Falls at an altitude of 5,800 feet. It was trapped in an area densely forested with spruce and alpine fir adjacent to an extensive lodgepole pine forest. The weight of this individual was 5.9 grams. Myotis evotis chrysonotus (J. A. Allen). Long-eared Bat A single individual of this species, no. 8317, was taken on the evening of September 8, shortly before dusk. It was shot as it flew over a bridge on Meadow Creek, two miles south southeast of Selway Falls at 1,900 feet elevation. Myotis volans interior Miller. Long-legged Bat Four individuals, nos. 8318-8321, of this species were secured, one on September 16 and three on September 23. All were shot just before dusk as they flew above a road leading through a moderately dense Englemann spruce and alpine fir forest, four miles southwest of Selway Falls at 5,800 feet elevation. Myotis californicus was associated with this species when foraging. A remarkable range in color variation is to be noted among the specimens secured. One compares favorably in color with the race interior from the Great Basin region of western United States, whereas the other three are so dark in general appearance that they were at first thought to be representatives of the race longicrus which occurs not far to the north and west and which might indulge in local or seasonal population movements. It was later decided, however, that these three specimens were probably immature and Vou. XXII] ORR—MAMMALS OF CLEARWATER MOUNTAINS, IDAHO Sit in a subadult pelage. The resemblance of immature specimens of interior to adults of longicrus has been noted by Miller and Allen (1928, p. 141). Myotis californicus californicus (Audubon and Bachman). Little California Bat Eight specimens, nos. 8322-8329, of the little California bat were secured in the Selway Falls region, between 1,900 and 5,800 feet elevation. All were taken as they foraged over roads or watercourses in forested areas in the evening. Ursus americanus cinnamomum Audubon and Bachman. Black Bear Black bears appeared to be moderately abundant in this region, judging from the numerous signs and tracks observed, especially along the banks of watercourses and trails in canyon bottoms. On September 8 a hole dug by a small black bear the previous night was found in a small sandy beach along Meadow Creek close to camp. Only one bear was seen, however. This was in the late afternoon of September 18 near an unoccupied Forest Service Look- out Station at Falls Point, on a ridge about one mile southwest of Selway Falls. One skull, no. 8330, of a half-grown individual was found in good condition two miles south southeast of Selway Falls on September 24. Procyon lotor excelsus Nelson and Goldman Raccoon Although raccoons have never been recorded this far north in Idaho their presence is here reported in the Clearwater Mountains on the basis of information supplied by Mr. R. L. Hand of the U. S. Forest Service, Missoula, Montana, who was stationed for seven years in the region of the Middle Fork of the Clearwater River and its tributaries. Mr. Hand in a letter to the writer, dated February 17, 1942, states as follows: ‘‘Actually, though they [raccoons] are by no means common, almost every trapper who covered the lower Selway and Lochsa rivers got a ’coon or two each season. I have examined hides from O’Hara Bar, Ratcliff Creek and the upper Middlefork and lower Lochsa and seen tracks frequently.”’ No signs of raccoons were noted by members of the Academy’s expedition in the vicinity of Selway Falls, but this region for the most part is rather high zonally for this species. Ratcliff [Rack- cliff] Creek, the nearest locality from which skins are reported as having been taken by trappers, is about ten miles west northwest of Selway Falls. While this is over three hundred miles north of the nearest locality in Idaho from which Davis (1939, p. 128) records §22 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. this species, it is only about seventy-five miles east of the Snake River Valley in southeastern Washington from which Nelson and Goldman (1930, p. 458) record Procyon lotor excelsus. Martes caurina caurina (Merriam). Marten Martens are reportedly of widespread occurrence throughout the higher portions of the Clearwater Mountains. Shortly before sunset on September 16 a marten was seen in the crown of a dense spruce, four miles southwest of Selway Falls. This individual disappeared in the dense foliage as rapidly as it had appeared (Loukashkin, MS). The skull of an immature marten, no. 8331, was found close to a deserted trapper’s cabin, six miles southwest of Selway Falls, on September 22. Mustela cicognanii cicognanii Bonaparte. Short-tailed Weasel Two short-tailed weasels, nos. 8332-8333, were secured in small steel traps. One of these, an adult male, was caught two miles south southeast of Selway Falls on September 11, in a rocky situation close to Meadow Creek. Grand fir, red cedar and western yew were the principal trees here. The second individual, a female, was taken along a trail in a dense spruce forest, four miles southwest of Selway Falls on September 15. Another female, no. 8334, was shot as it ran along a trail in a spruce forest close to the second camp in the late afternoon of September 16. On September 25 the desiccated remains of a fourth individual, thought to be a female judging from its small size, was found on this same trail. The skull of this animal was saved, no. 8339. The skins of the specimens collected show no indication of winter pelage appearing. The weights of one male and two females are 102.9, 59.0 and 65.9 grams, respectively. Mustela frenata nevadensis Hall. Long-tailed Weasel On September 22 a male long-tailed weasel, no. 8335, was caught in a small steel trap placed at the base of an uprooted stump in a dense fir and spruce forest close to our second camp. At noon on September 25, while the writer was approaching a chipmunk on a pile of logs not far from the above locality, a weasel of this species was seen a short distance away. It was moving about actively over and under fallen logs, branches and other forest debris and was ap- parently so engrossed that, although it approached within less than ten feet of the observer, it failed to notice him. When about twenty- five yards away a few moments later it was shot. This specimen, no. 8336, proved to be a female. Both of the above mentioned Vor. XXII] ORR—MAMMALS OF CLEARWATER MOUNTAINS, IDAHO 523 specimens are in summer pelage. The weights of the male and female are 184.4 and 149.9 grams respectively. The skull of a long-tailed weasel, no. 8340, was found close to a trapper’s cabin, six miles southwest of Selway Falls, on September 28. Mustela vison energumenos (Bangs). Mink A female mink was caught on the morning of September 12 in a steel trap placed near Meadow Creek, two miles southeast of Selway Falls. When the trap was approached another mink was seen close by, but it rapidly disappeared in the adjacent forest undercover. The trapped animal was exceedingly vicious and succeeded in lacerating the collector’s hand before it was dispatched (Loukashkin, MS). The single specimen collected, no. 8337, weighed 565.6 grams. It is exceptionally dark for this race, as was noted by Davis (1939, p. 138) for all of the specimens from Idaho at his disposal. Spilogale gracilis saxatilis Merriam. Spotted Skunk On September 14, a spotted skunk was caught about four miles southwest of Selway Falls at an elevation of 5,800 feet. It was taken in a steel trap placed in a crotch at the base of a divided Englemann spruce. Although the situation was a most unusual one for a member of this species, being in a dense Canadian Life Zone forest, it was only about 100 yards from a grass and brush-covered ridge that contained but a scattering of timber. None of the residents of this region contacted by members of the Academy party knew of the presence of spotted skunks in this part of the state, although all were familiar with the striped skunk. So far as known this locality is about 160 miles north of the northern- most record for Spilogale gracilis in Idaho. The heretofore known range of the species, however, approaches the Clearwater Mountains more closely in eastern Oregon and southeastern Washington (cf. Bailey, 1936, p. 312). According to Whitlow and Hall (1933, p. 248) a single skin examined by them from the vicinity of American Falls in southern Idaho exhibits an extreme restriction of the white markings even for the race saxatilis. The specimen collected in the Clearwater Mountains, a subadult male, no. 8338, shows quite the reverse. The white markings are more extensive than in any specimens of saxa- tilis examined, resembling very much the pattern possessed by the race phenax of California. Cranially, however, this individual re- sembles comparable specimens of the former race. Mephitis mephitis (Schreber). Striped Skunk The presence of striped skunks in the vicinity of Selway Falls was apparently known to a number of residents of the region but 524 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. members of the Academy party failed to secure any specimens. Until a series is available, however, it will remain conjectural as to whether representatives of the species from this region may be re- ferred to Mephitis mephitis hudsonica or to the more southern form M.m. major. Canis latrans lestes Merriam. Coyote No individuals of this species were collected or seen. Tracks, however, were observed regularly, especially on the tops of ridges. Although occasionally noted in dense forests of spruce, they were most frequently seen in more open situations, especially along trails through brush and grassland. Early on the morning of September 28 several coyotes were heard calling some distance away in a lodge- pole pine forest six miles southwest of Selway Falls. That evening a single individual was again heard calling in the same vicinity. Felis concolor hippolestes Merriam. Mountain Lion No mountain lions were seen in this region but their abundance in the Clearwater Mountains was attested to by local U. S. Forest Service officials and employees of the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service. Large herbivores such as elk, mule deer and white-tailed deer, upon which this species normally preys, were numerous. Lynx rufus pallescens Merriam. Bobcat Bobcats were reportedly abundant over most of this region. No specimens were secured but their tracks were noted not infrequently along trails both in forested and brushy country. Marmota caligata nivaria Howell. Hoary Marmot Marmota flaviventer avara (Bangs). Yellow-bellied Marmot Marmots were reported by local residents to be widely distributed over the drainage of the Middle Fork of the Clearwater River, oc- curring generally where rocky situations were present. As these animals are all in hibernation by the middle of August none was seen or collected. Numerous droppings, however, were observed on the upper granitic slopes of Fog Mountain and in talus slopes border- ing Canteen Meadows in the Crags Mountains. In the latter region, marmots were undoubtedly associated with bushy-tailed woodrats and conies. From information derived from various sources it would appear that both the yellow-bellied and hoary marmot are present in the Clearwater Mountains, the former occurring generally at lower altitudes, the latter at higher altitudes. R. L. Hand in corre- spondence (February 17, 1942) states: ‘‘In the Lochsa district both Vou. XXIII] ORR—MAMMALS OF CLEARWATER MOUNTAINS, IDAHO 925 the hoary marmot (Marmota caligata) and a race of Marmota flaviventer occur quite commonly. While the latter is more of a low altitude species I am quite certain that the ranges of the two meet and overlap in the Lochsa Canyon. Actually I have seen the former only above the Lochsa Ranger Station, and the latter some 15 or 20 miles below and on down the Middle Fork. The hoary marmot seems most common at the higher altitudes and I distinctly remem- ber running on to an individual or two near Stanley Butte which is just north of the Crags. I should certainly expect to find the smaller brown species [flaviventer] along the Selway River.”’ Citellus columbianus columbianus (Ord). Columbian Ground Squirrel Columbian ground squirrels were all in hibernation in September, but numerous burrows, presumably occupied by members of this species, were noted from the deepest canyon bottoms to the tops of the higher ridges. Their widespread occurrence over this region was well known to all persons contacted who were familiar with the Selway River country. Citellus lateralis tescorum (Hollister). Mantled Ground Squirrel Members of this species had also entered hibernation by early September when the Academy’s expedition arrived in the Clear- water Mountains. Their presence on Coolwater Ridge, separating the lower Selway and Lochsa rivers, and in the Crags Mountains, however, was reported by a number of reliable observers familiar with this region. Here, as is generally true of the species throughout its range, they were said to inhabit mainly rocky situations. The subspecific name tescorum is herein used on the basis of A. H. Howell’s revision of the ground squirrels (1938, p. 199), no specimens having been examined by the writer. Eutamias amoenas luteiventris (Allen). Buff-bellied Chipmunk This species was found to be very abundant throughout forested country and in marginal brushlands at elevations below 4,500 feet. It was not found, however, in the higher Englemann spruce forests where Eutamias ruficaudus occurred. As is true generally of this species throughout its range Eutamias amoenas was found to be primarily terrestrial, foraging over the ground and along fallen logs. Individuals were occasionally seen on the lower branches of trees, especially yews, the berries of which were eaten. When approached they would invariably attempt to get to the ground rather than escape by ascending higher into the trees. The cheek pouches of a 526 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES (Proc. 4TH SER. female taken on September 8 contained a number of seeds of grand fir. The wings of the seeds had been removed. The following trapping data gives some evidence of the abundance of members of this species in the Selway Falls region in September 1941. At mid-morning on September 6, 40 mouse traps were placed out in a semi-circular area within a radius of 100 yards of the center of our first camp on the east bank of Meadow Creek. By 2 p.m. 22 chipmunks had been captured. Between 2 p.m. and sunset four more were taken and at 6 a.m. the next morning three more were in the traps. The traps, of course, were visited often and reset when found sprung. Even this did not seem to represent the total chipmunk population foraging over this very limited area as more individuals were seen here during the day of September 7 when the traps were removed and on succeeding days. Of this total of 29 individuals secured around camp in less than 24 hours, six contained one or more large bot fly (Cuterebra) larvae beneath the skin. The greatest number noted on any one chipmunk was three. These larvae were located on the neck, chest, back, flank and beneath the ear. Five additional individuals possessed capsules beneath the skin from which larvae had already emerged. The incidence of infection by these parasitic flies seemed especially high, therefore, as shown by 11 out of 29 specimens secured over a very limited area either being currently infected, or giving indication of having recently been infected. The series of Eutamias amoenas obtained from the Selway region shows a very intense pigmentation on the ventral part of the body. It is more marked in these specimens than any comparable examples of the race luteiventris examined from Montana, southern British Columbia or extreme northern Idaho. A total of 35 specimens, nos. 8380-8414, were secured two miles south southeast of Selway Falls. These represent 30 skins plus skulls, four skulls only and one complete skeleton. Of this number 15 are males and 20 are females. The average and extreme measure- ments in millimeters of 14 males are: Total length, 204 (193-214); tail length, 88.4 (80-98); hind foot, 31.9 (31-34); ear from notch, 17.1 (16-19). The average and extreme measurements in mill- meters of 19 females are: Total length, 209.1 (191-222); tail length, 91.2 (77-98); hind foot, 31.8 (31-33.5); ear from notch, 16.9 (15-19). The average and extreme weights in grams of 14 males and 19 fe- males are 50.6 (45.3-55.4) and 53.6 (44.4-62.7), respectively. Eutamias ruficaudus simulans Howell. Rufous-tailed Chipmunk In general this species of chipmunk was very abundant higher in the mountains, being a common resident of the Englemann spruce and alpine fir association. A single specimen was secured on Sep- tember 6 in a lowland fir and cedar forest along Meadow Creek at Vor. XXIII] ORR—MAMMALS OF CLEARWATER MOUNTAINS, IDAHO 527 1,900 feet altitude. This was the only individual noted below 4,500 feet. On September 20, members of this species were seen at an altitude of 7,000 feet in the Crags Mountains. These chipmunks were found to be much more arboreal in habits than Eutamias amoenas, which occurred at lower elevations. Much of their foraging was carried on in trees and in a large number of instances they were found to have nest holes in trees or standing snags. Although forest-dwelling for the most part, many marginal tracts of brushland in which snags were still standing were inhabited by these chipmunks. In one place a broken, dead fir, approximately 18 feet in height, was seen to house six individuals. These six chip- munks were observed daily in this tree for a period of a week, and each seemed to possess a separate hole in the main trunk in which it would take refuge. On September 14, two chipmunks were observed picking up feathers about camp, four miles southwest of Selway Falls. These were placed in their cheek pouches and later carried to their burrows where undoubtedly they served for nest material. Many chip- munks were caught in small steel traps baited with meat for small carnivores such as weasels. Two chipmunks secured in brushland on September 23 had their cheek pouches filled with the seeds of Polygonum Douglasit. During the last week in September when the weather was quite cold there was a noticeable decrease in the num- ber of chipmunks seen. Thirty-nine specimens, nos. 8341-8379, representing 16 males and 23 females, of Eutamias ruficaudus were secured. The average and extreme measurements in millimeters of 16 males are: Total length, 219 (207-246); tail length, 95.5 (82-111); hind foot, 32.6 (31-35); ear from notch, 17.5 (16-21). The average and extreme measure- ments in millimeters of 19 females are: Total length, 219.4 (206— 236); tail length, 95.6 (88-106); hind foot, 32.4 (31-34); ear from notch (18 averaged), 17.3 (16-19). The average and extreme weights in grams of 16 males and 19 females are 55.5 (46.5-66.3) and 57.5 (46.5—70.2), respectively. Tamiasciurus hudsonicus richardsoni (Bachman). Red Squirrel Red squirrels were abundant throughout the forested portions of this region, but most numerous where either grand or alpine fir occurred. During September red squirrels were seen to ascend regularly to the tops of firs in the early morning to cut off cones. Sometimes they would dismantle the cones in the tree tops and secure the seeds there, the presence of a squirrel being more often detected by the steady dropping of chips and seeds rather than by any sound it made. Generally, however, the cones were cut off and let drop to the ground. After several cones had been dropped the squirrel would descend and secure them. These cones were 528 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES {Proc. 4TH SER. often then taken apart on logs, the cone scales being left in a pile while the seeds that were secured were carried away. A total of 29 specimens, nos. 8415-8443, was secured. Of this number 15 are males and 14 are females. Glaucomys sabrinus bangsi (Rhoads). Flying Squirrel Flying squirrels appeared to be fairly common in the more heavily forested portions of the Selway River region, being more often de- tected at night by sound rather than by sight. Flying squirrels were seen or heard almost nightly in the vicinity of our first camp on Meadow Creek. Here, in a grand fir and red cedar forest, one or more individuals were regularly observed by lamp light gliding from tree to tree shortly after dark. High pitched notes emitted by these squirrels were commonly heard in the surrounding forest at night. One specimen was trapped close to this camp on September 11, and two additional specimens were secured four miles southwest of Selway Falls at 5,800 feet altitude. One of these was taken in a cedar forest on September 18 and the other in a dense spruce forest on September 29. All three individuals were caught in small steel traps baited with meat and placed on the ground. These specimens were found on comparison to agree with a large series from Golden, Idaho County, which were reported on by Mayer (1941) and placed in the race bangs1. The two individuals taken on September 11 and 18, respectively, are in worn summer pelage with new winter pelage appearing beneath the surface of the old hairs on the shoulders, sides, flanks and posterior part of the back. The specimen taken on September 29 has new pelage on the entire dorsal surface, with the exception of the head. Worn pelage remains on the ventral parts of the body but new pelage is readily apparent beneath the surface. The weights of three males, nos. 8444-8446, collected are 94.1, 109.5 and 159.2 grams. Thomomys talpoides saturatus Bailey. Pocket Gopher Pocket gophers were distributed locally over this region. Very few signs of this species were noted in the canyon bottoms which were quite rocky and lacking in grassy clearings. Over a period of eight days only two separate workings were noted along Meadow Creek canyon from its junction with the Selway River to a point three miles upstream. One specimen was secured in the vicinity of our first camp, two miles south southeast of Selway Falls. The scarcity of pocket gophers was also apparent on the steep, rocky slopes of the mountains. On the tops of the mountains, however, where considerable fine top-soil was present, pocket gophers were numerous. Their workings were found to be almost equally numer- ous in heavily forested country, where, of course, there was con- siderable low-growing vegetation, as on more or less open, grassy ridge tops. Burned over areas, grown up with brush and containing Vor. XXII] ORR—MAMMALS OF CLEARWATER MOUNTAINS, IDAHO 529 many small clearings, appeared to present optimum conditions for members of this species in this region. Twenty-eight specimens, nos. 8447-8474, were secured and of this number 13 were males and 15 were females. This series on comparison with Thomomys t. fuscus from central Idaho appears darker in coloration, agreeing in this respect with specimens from northern Idaho which were considered by Davis (1939, p. 256) to be best placed with the race saturatus. Castor canadensis Kuhl. Beaver Many signs of beavers were noted along the lower part of Meadow Creek, especially where the water was relatively deep and flowing quietly. So far as could be determined these animals inhabited holes in the banks of the creek, the entrances being below the surface of the water. No dams were observed, nor were they necessary due to the permanence of the water supply. Many beaver cuttings were seen along the shores of the creek. Among the species of trees and shrubs cut were grand fir, western red cedar, western yew, service berry, snowberry and willow. Where the latter occurred in beaver territory it was usually trimmed to the ground, apparently being a preferred food. Some of the firs and cedars cut measured up to 10 inches in diameter. Occasionally partly cut larger trees were noted, the largest one seen being two feet in diameter, and at a distance of 25 feet from the edge of the water. On one occasion a living cedar, which had fallen, probably as a result of a storm, with part of its crown submersed in the creek, was found to have all the tips of the branches cut off by beavers. Frequently the smaller vegetation, such as sedge and horsetail grow- ing along shore, was noticeably trampled down by these animals. Shortly before dusk on the evening of September 7, about one- half mile up Meadow Creek from our first camp, a beaver was seen. It was heard to hit the water with its tail as it started to swim across the stream. The noise was a dull thump which, however, had con- siderable carrying power. A second beaver was believed to be pres- ent but visibility was too poor to be certain. The writer and Cecil Tose returned to a point about 150 yards below this same locality on the following night at 8:15 p.m., equipped with a strong spot- light. An approach was no sooner made than a beaver was heard to hit the water with its tail. Upon turning on the light it was seen swimming toward the center of the stream where it turned abruptly and swam down stream. After continuing down stream it made a sharp right angle turn and swam toward the observers. Each time, before turning, it dived momentarily, slapping the water with its tail as it did so. This behavior, consisting of sharp turns while swimming accompanied each time by a shallow dive and the slap- ping of the water with its tail, continued for some time. Finally, it became frightened, dived and was not seen again that evening. 530 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. Peromyscus maniculatus artemisiae (Rhoads). White-footed Mouse White-footed mice were widely and abundantly distributed over all portions of the Selway River drainage in which trapping was carried on. The following data at our camp on Meadow Creek gives evidence of the abundance of this species. Forty traps placed out on the evening of September 6 in a semi-circular area possessing a radius no greater than 100 yards contained 15 mice by 10 p.m., and at 6 a.m. the following morning three additional individuals were found to have been caught during the night. This, of course, was in a camp that appeared to be regularly used, at least during the summer, and represented a somewhat higher population than was present over the entire area in general. Where information was definitely recorded in the field notes of members of the party as to the exact number of mouse traps placed out at night and the suc- ceeding catches the next morning it was found that 670 known trap nights produced, among other small mammals, 91 white-footed mice. This represents the results of trapping in varied forest habitats, brushland and riparian growth. A number of those mice taken at lower altitudes were found to be infected with bot fly larvae. One individual, captured on September 7, was found to have 11 seeds of cascara sagrada (Rhamnus purshiana) in its cheeks. Although a large number of half-grown young were taken, only one female was found to be pregnant. This individual was captured on September 7, two miles south southeast of Selway Falls, and contained four embryos averaging 16 millimeters in length. Another taken on this same day showed signs of nursing young. On the morning of September 8 at 10:30 o’clock a small, shrill, bird-like call note was heard repeatedly in a thicket of brush about camp. On investigating it proved to come from a young white-footed mouse that had wandered from its nest and was not yet old enough to feed itself. The mother had probably been trapped on the night of September 6-7. The series of 29 specimens, nos. 8476-8504, secured in this general area appears to be typical artemisiae, exhibiting none of the sub- specific characters of the race serratus recently described by Davis (1939, p. 290). The average and extreme weights in grams of 12 males and 10 females are, respectively, as follows: 21.1 (19.4—23.5) and 25.4 (19.6-34.4). Neotoma cinerea occidentalis Baird. Bushy-tailed Wood Rat Bushy-tailed wood rats occurred locally throughout this area wherever the terrain was rocky, and were also found about deserted human habitations. Talus slopes, such as were inhabited by conies Vor. XXIII] ORR—MAMMALS OF CLEARWATER MOUNTAINS, IDAHO 531 in the Crags Mountains, were found to contain numerous signs of wood rats. Four specimens were secured, nos. 8505-8508. Three of these were taken about camp, two miles south southeast of Selway Falls, 1,900 feet altitude, and the fourth was trapped at a deserted cabin six miles southwest of Selway Falls at 5,800 feet altitude. These few specimens appear to be intermediate in character between Neotoma cinerea occidentalis and N. c. alticola approaching nearer, however, to the former (cf. Hooper, 1940, p. 418). Clethrionomys gapperi idahoensis (Merriam). Red-backed Mouse Red-backed mice were taken only in spruce and fir forested areas at higher elevations, intensive trapping in canyon bottoms in situations seemingly suitable for members of this species producing no results. At higher altitudes red-backed mice were moderately common in coniferous forests where there was an abundant under- growth of dwarf maple, alder, yew, and snowberry as well as numer- ous fallen logs. One individual was trapped in a crotch in a spruce tree at a height of three feet above the ground. The majority of red-backed mice captured were immature, many of them being less than half-grown. One adult female, taken on September 13, carried three embryos measuring 22 millimeters in length. A total of 40 specimens, nos. 8509-8548, was secured, 24 being males and 16 females. This series agrees with those specimens from southern Idaho, in the collection of the Museum of Vertebrate Zoology, which were assigned to the race tdahoensis by Davis (1939, p. 311). It may here be remarked, however, that the differences between Cleth- rionomys g. 1dahoensis and C. g. saturatus are very slight. Microtus longicaudus mordax (Merriam). Long-tailed Meadow Mouse Meadow mice were relatively scarce in those portions of the Sel- way drainage in which trapping was carried on. This was probably due to the scarcity of mountain meadows and grassy streamside banks, except locally at high elevations where glaciation had oc- curred. The greatest number secured at any one time was on Sep- tember 9 when four individuals were taken from 30 traps placed over a very limited area along Meadow Creek. Three of these were caught in traps placed among horse-tail, sedge and grass, growing within 15 feet of the creek. The fourth was secured next to a fallen log in the forest, a few yards from the stream, where wild straw- berries formed the principal ground cover. On the tops of ridges meadow mice were occasionally taken in dense spruce and fir forests in association with red-backed mice. They were nowhere near as 532 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. numerous, however, as was the latter species. A total of 10 in- dividuals, nos. 8549-8558, in all was secured. Microtus richardsoni macropus (Merriam). Richardson Meadow Mouse A single immature individual, no. 8559, of this species was secured on September 17, 4 miles southwest of Selway Falls at 5,800 feet elevation. It was taken in a trap set on a mossy ledge in the center of a small rivulet having its origin at a spring several hundred yards above. When found the extremities of this animal were partly sub- merged and being eaten by leeches. Erethizon epixanthum epixanthum Brandt. Yellow-haired Porcupine Although no porcupines were seen, a skull and part of the skeleton, no. 8475, of one was found by Dr. Hanna one mile above Selway Falls on September 10. Undoubtedly these animals are common throughout the forested portions of this region. Ochotona princeps princeps (Richardson). Pika On September 20 many pikas were heard in the talus slopes sur- rounding Canteen Meadows in the Crags Mountains. Although it was quite cold a few individuals were seen as well as heard at noon when there was intermittent sunshine. All disappeared by 2:30 p.m., at which time it began to snow lightly. Snow continued falling dur- ing the remainder of the afternoon and, although pikas were heard beneath the rock slides, only one individual was seen. Late in the afternoon a pika was seen on top of a rock, in the snow, by Tose who promptly collected it. Due to the general plateau-like surfaces of the mountain tops and the sheer, eroded sides of the canyons there were few talus slopes for these animals except in the highest areas. The one specimen secured, no. 8560, agrees in characters with the race princeps, as represented by a series in the University of Cali- fornia Museum of Vertebrate Zoology from the vicinity of the Glidden Lakes, Shoshone County, Idaho. Lepus bairdii bairdii Hayden. Snowshoe Rabbit Snowshoe rabbits were peculiarly localized in their distribution over the Selway River region. They were in fact noted only in two limited localities about five miles apart. The intervening territory, as well as many portions of the surrounding country, appeared equally suitable for these animals but, while careful search was made for rabbits or signs of such, no evidence indicating their presence was found. Vor. XXIII] ORR—MAMMALS OF CLEARWATER MOUNTAINS, IDAHO 543 Shortly after dark on the evening of September 10, and again on the evening of September 15, a snowshoe rabbit was seen along the edge of the road about one mile southwest of Selway Falls at an altitude of approximately 4,500 feet. The forest cover here was rather open with, however, a dense undergrowth of brushy species present. On September 27, snowshoe rabbits were discovered in- habiting dense undergrowth in a spruce-fir forest six miles south- west of Selway Falls at 5,800 feet elevation. This undergrowth con- sisted principally of western yew, thin-leaf alder, dwarf maple, and snowberry. The following evening at dusk four rabbits were ob- served along the edge of a road in this vicinity over a distance of one-half a mile. One of these was secured. This specimen, no. 8561, is a male with new white winter pelage appearing on the ventral parts of the body. Cervus canadensis nelsoni Bailey. American Elk Elk were very abundant in those portions of the Selway River drainage visited. Tracks and signs were of equally common oc- currence from the canyon bottoms to the tops of the higher ridges. According to Parsell (1938, p. 23) elk were scarce here in the early days and it is only within the past 20 years that their numbers have greatly increased to the present estimated population of 11,000 in the Selway National Forest. This great increase has been attributed in large part to the extensive burning that has occurred over much of this area, resulting in large tracts of brushland which provide adequate winter food for elk. Although fresh elk signs were noted daily and individuals could regularly be heard morning and evening higher on the ridges, the animals themselves, despite their abundance and size, were seen but rarely. Bulls were heard bugling principally in the early morning, late afternoon and evening, their cries resounding from every canyon. Judging from observations made, much of the day was spent well down in the canyons. In the late afternoon the bulls, at least judg- ing from their calls, gradually ascended to the ridge tops. In many places on the tops of the ridges, especially where brush and grass- land intermingled, there were areas 10 to 15 feet in diameter where the ground and vegetation had been torn up apparently as a result of fighting. On the evening of September 27, on Burned Ridge, west of Meadow Creek, the writer heard several elk bugling in the canyons on either side of the summit shortly after sunset. One individual could be heard rubbing its antlers on a tree several hundred yards down a canyon to the south. To the north several hundred yards, in a canyon on the opposite side of the ridge, two other individuals were heard crashing about in the brush as they moved toward the summit. The one in advance was not bugling but the other, follow- ing some distance behind, was calling although not with the usual 534 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES (Proc. 4TH SER. series of ascending notes. Its cry somewhat resembled that of a steer. Finally, after a few minutes, the first animal, a large bull elk, came into sight, trotted up the ridge at a moderately rapid gait through brush and grassland and disappeared over the crest and down the south slope. About 10 minutes later the second animal appeared, following the same trail. The light was so poor, however, at this time that it was impossible to discern the antlers. Numerous well worn elk trails were noted in equal abundance both in densely forested areas and in more or less open brushland. Odocoileus hemionus hemionus (Rafinesque). Mule Deer Mule deer were reported to occur during the fall of the year in the higher parts of the mountains although it is highly probable that later in the year they would descend to lower elevations where the snow would not be so deep. Signs of mule deer were seen sparingly on the higher ridges. Elk signs were many times more numerous. It would appear, according to Case (1938, pp. 25-27), that the large number of elk present in this region is responsible for the present reduction in deer, due to scarcity of winter food. No deer were seen although a single four-point antler and a portion of the skull of one, no. 8562, were found near Canteen Meadows, nine miles northeast of Selway Falls, on September 20. Incidentally it might be mentioned that more signs of deer were seen high in the Crags Mountains than elsewhere in this region. Signs of elk were very rare here. The abundance of granite rock and the scarcity of dense brush or forest cover likely was responsible for this difference in the relative abundance of these two species. Odocoileus virginianus ochrourus Bailey. White-tailed Deer White-tailed deer were reported by local representatives of the U. S. Forest Service and U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service to occur principally in the canyon bottoms. Signs of deer, presumably mem- bers of this species, were noted not uncommonly in Meadow Creek and the Selway River canyons. On September 15, at sunset, a doe and yearling white-tailed deer were seen running through the forest, adjacent to the river, several miles below Selway Falls. Their tails were held high in the air as they ran. Alces americanus shirasi Nelson. Moose According to Adams (1926), in his summary of big game animals on the National Forests, it was estimated that there were 485 moose present in the Selway National Forest in Idaho in 1925. No moose were observed during the month of September but residents of this region have seen these animals in the higher moun- Vor. XXII] ORR—MAMMALS OF CLEARWATER MOUNTAINS, IDAHO 535 tainous area separating the Selway and Lochsa rivers, especially where lakes were present. Ovis canadensis canadensis Shaw. Mountain Sheep A few mountain sheep are reported to occur in the Crags Moun- tains. On September 20, on Fog Mountain in the Crags Mountains region the following observations were made by Tose (MS): ‘‘Look- ing down into the cirque north of the lookout and on the sheltered side of the mountain I saw what appeared to be a sheep. It had seen us and stopped to look for a moment and then continued over a slight rise and out of sight. I first noticed it because of the white rump patch and then felt fairly certain it was a sheep by its heavy appearing body lines and by its loping or bounding gait. It did not have the heavy horns of a ram so must have been either a young ram or a ewe. The distance must have been about 450 yards from S50 Oreamnos americanus missoulae Allen. Mountain Goat Mountain goats were reported to be moderately abundant in the higher, rocky, mountainous area between the Selway and Lochsa rivers. R. L. Hand of the United States Forest Service at Missoula, Montana, writes [in letter of January 21, 1942] as follows: “... goats were fairly plentiful and at the time I left (about 1930) had increased in numbers and extended their range northward, at least to the Lolo trail on the Lochsa-North Fork Divide. I saw them frequently in bands of 15 to 20 individuals at different points be- tween the Crags and the Lochsa River.” LITERATURE CITED Adams, C. C. 1926. The economic and social importance of animals in forestry. Roos. Wild Life Bull., 3:509-676, pls. 20-21, figs. 153-180. Bailey, V. 1936. The mammals and life zones of Oregon. U.S. Dept. Agric., Bur. Biol. Surv., N. Am. Fauna, 55:1-416, 52 pls., 102 figs. Case, G. 1938. The influence of elk on deer populations. Univ. Idaho Bull., 33:25-27. Davis, W. B. 1939. The recent mammals of Idaho. The Caxton Printers, Ltd., Caldwell, Idaho, 400 pp., frontispiece, relief map, 33 figs. Goldman, E. A. 1938. Notes on the voles of the Microtus longicaudus group. Journ. Mamm., 19:491-492, Hooper, E. T. 1940. Geographic variation in bushy-tailed wood rats. Univ. Calif. Publ. Zool., 42:407-424, 2 figs. 536 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. Howell, A. H. 1938. Revision of the North American ground squirrels with a classification of the North American Sciuridae. U.S. Dept. Agric., Bur. Biol. Surv., N. Am. Fauna, 56:1-256, 32 pls., 20 figs. Lindgren, W. 1904. | So as ? Ly} ee : | ' r - , ral A { ' Wi sy 4 ¢ ‘ “ft | : f ; a as f , 7 ' i“ Pie ve 7 4 aT | : a nA ie; arora ; ; hy ul a , ‘ inn ; an o i Ves + a I a au Me , on ) 0 V4 e ei e,, : ; ; | a 1 if a ‘ - £ wy : i J aa a) | OB tity ok TERR ee ME AE RN Che Be f, * % Nae! é y : i] i a i] 7 tee S - Viet 7 he, ‘Lore Laan sf > iy eee. Sd pee oF a t ae i UREA Soy AL. satis ear ei LE a ae we Ay Ry yt rs 1 Vie, Pee J " yj if P i Fy 4 q i iA io 9 Sear se Get hl ae CYL Vy oetel yo * Wie Wheeden Be ' R 2 ’ Nat ' saab ; A hae aie Fi yw Le «08 TERRE ee oY BY LOVGS 114 Ae”: a°F) aye ; Aire Dae eres ' ; 7 +) i ORT RE Tipekae ER tee HO CVO tea Whee, ote OAR gE) TDN it, Wee AR AM Te Pyare ta eT, iy a , ' an / i i 7 i ha P bet LOMAS ath » my o- hig J ‘ ae ; arin ; Pon th a \ ae “et ep’ Rate Saeed A aihie- take yee DIOR sel Toe) |) Fatt CN aad 1 ‘ge NI AEA PAPCU (dee eee ek L UES be ek Ae eee AT res a Hite LAL, a ee : * ee ir he Rae ie . fae at i , P U : ‘i Tans Lire " we ¥ ie A re aa ryt el AP, Whiten Re eS Fi 1 AAS e cota eiic Shed Lea iat) ee Os ate ca a Lede. al he MUO DP Pam The tea: Cor cate ais Tits vk TP Lim otha ae Ca te Ya | = tee easy d, tte VPLS oy LOR AAPL ah aa : Ary 1 i ty ay ee AYE Pi 1¢) Ke ray 1/08 he me yF i b's ee may tebe j vA ve Chats ae ar ie aay Ge Ara thre” Ae eae Dk Wia'e 7 Ca telat, be EAN Ne 3 Cy dae ae das tO gy ; ol k. ha ye Ee eh : ph Re RD Alig RO Th er ie a MF) ) Ree a tanh, 1" 5), ye Lewy) (AI 2 RR the wlan rm ong! Per 8M ravi Malin uy ah unt ST KC LEY, an Th sa ee CARE eR ei Reb C UY PTA Ny kl pee Ma hy ray | r . iB ‘ i ‘ ay Lah ; of'v) qi: i i f vei \ ue | F yi i 7 5 ( o'Tele ; (* - j i y i : bi Tae 4 A t yey! F rere.) HE ’ i : ) Tdi ; ‘ =h : 2 ‘ : ; ‘ va ae ae «A ’ ' ) (aE if Vary th'¢ Ty i 47 diye Paha : ‘ « te r+ Ta! 4 th PY 7 ‘ a RY £, ae . we fhy Fi + i Pract 7 ’ f : ohn A ¥ 4, i ' : a ; i *} i \ igs y ; t ‘ee 1 WEAY. hal + —_ PROCEEDINGS ste \ OF THE & CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES FOURTH SERIES VoL. XXIII, No. 38, pp. 561-586, plates 50-51 AuGUST 22, 1944 / No. 38 NOTES ON SOME UNFIGURED TYPE-SPECIMENS OF CHINESE MOLLUSKS FROM THE NORTH PACIFIC EXPEDITION BY TENG-CHIEN YEN* The North Pacific Exploring Expedition was carried on from Jtine, ‘1853, to: October, 1855, by the’ U.S. S:’** Vincennes”) at ‘first under Captain Ringgold, and after August, 1854, under Captain Rodgers. William Stimpson was the official Zoologist and did most. of the collecting work. The ship was for some time stationed at Hong Kong and cruised to Macao and along the Pearl river up near Canton. In these regions most of the Chinese molluscan specimens were obtained, but those localities given as ‘‘China Seas”’ and ‘‘Coast of China”’ generally indicate the open sea, Lat. 21° 52’ N. and Long. 114° 09’ E. to Lat. 22° 25’ N. and Long. 123° 53’ E. which the ship passed through on her way to Japan. The molluscan collection of this expedition was studied by A. A. Gould, and his results were published successively in the ‘‘Proceed- ings of the Boston Society of Natural History”, from 1859 to 1861, and reproduced in 1862 as the third part of his ‘‘Otia Conchologica’”’. However, in neither of these publications were his new species from this expedition illustrated. A few of them were subsequently figured by Sowerby in Reeve’s ‘‘Conchologia Iconica’’, and some by Watson in the ‘‘Report on the Scientific Results of the Voyage of H: M.S. ‘Challenger .?.. Zoology, Vol!' ‘15, Pt! 42.""’ But these illustrations were not taken from the specimens of the original lots. Gould’s report on the result of this expedition was an important one in Chinese malacology, not only because of its early date of pub- *With a grant-in-aid from the American Philosophical Society in Philadelphia, Pa., U.S. A. August 22, 1944 562 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. lication, but also because of the great number of species contained therein. No fewer than 122 species were proposed as new to science. Since then the regions where Stimpson’s material was obtained, were repeatedly explored, and studied by naturalists abroad as well as at home in subsequent years, and many of Gould’s species were neglected and duplicately named, possibly due largely to the brief original descriptions without illustrations. A few cases of these can be cited here as examples: Columbella (Amycla) planaxiformis Sowerby, 1894, is Columbella bicincta Gould, 1860, Minolia (Conot- rochus) strigata Sowerby, 1894, is Margarita musiva Gould, 1861, Limnaea parvia von Martens, 1869 (= Limnaea andersoniana Nevill, 1871), is Limnaea ollula Gould, 1859, etc. Moreover, the original collection from this expedition, after being studied by Gould, was believed to have been dispersed. A few of the specimens were incorporated in Gould’s own collection which is now in the New York State Museum in Albany. Most of the re- mainder were in the care of its collector, William Stimpson. There- fore a part of the collection was preserved in the Smithsonian In- stitution in Washington where Stimpson was for years in charge of the Department of Invertebrate Zoology, and still a greater part was brought by him to the Chicago Academy of Sciences when he was elected as Secretary of the Academy and, later on, Director of the Museum. Subsequently a not inconsiderable part of this collec- tion was destroyed in Chicago by the great fire in 1871. This has been confirmed by the early records of the Academy and, during my recent visit to that institution, I obtained the information that the loss included ‘‘the invertebrates of the United States North Pacific Exploring Expedition, largely collected in the Japanese Seas by Dr. Stimpson during the years 1853-1856. This collection included a large number of annelids, mollusks and radiates....’’ It is very unfortunate that such a loss can never be replaced. Having had the privilege of studying the Stimpson material still in existence at the U. S. National Museum and in the New York State Museum, I here present my notes and illustrations of the original specimens as an aid to future students. At the same time, it must be made clear, however, that it is difficult to ascertain in a number of cases whether or not the specimens represent the types of the respective species, since the measurements from such in- dividuals do not agree even approximately with those given in the original descriptions. However, there seems to be little doubt that these specimens are a part of the original lot and are, probably, the only ones still in existence. In expressing my thanks to those who rendered aid of various kinds towards the completion of this work, I am grateful to Dr. Edwin G. Conklin of the American Philosophical Society in Phila- delphia for his keen interest and encouragement. A grant from the Johnson Fund of this Society was made to me for the purpose of carrying on my studies of Chinese mollusks in this country. To Vor. XXIII] YEN—CHINESE MOLLUSKS FROM THE NORTH PACIFIC EXPEDITION 563 Dr. C. C. Adams and Dr. Dayton Stoner of the New York State Museum, as well as to Dr. A. Wetmore and Dr. Paul Bartsch of the U. S. National Museum, I am thankful for their kindness and courtesy extended to me during my stay in their institutions for the purpose of examining the material discussed in the present work. They have also kindly furnished me with photographs of the type specimens with permission for their reproduction here. SYSTEMATIC ACCOUNT Family TROCHIDAE Euchelus verrucus (Gould), 1861 Plate 50, figures 10, 11 Diloma verruca Gould, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 8:18, March, 1861. Type locality: ‘‘Coral Seas, China’’. The original lot is in the U. S. National Museum, ‘“‘Type C. 420, Smithsonian Institution 24190’. It contains 2 specimens, the smaller one is reddish stained on the larger whorls, the other bears pinkish streaks on white. Their measurements are: 3.1 mm. in altitude, 2.8 mm. in width, with 4% whorls; another 2.8 mm. in alti- tude, 2.4 mm. in width, with 4 whorls. The original was given as “axis, 4; diam. 3 millim’’. Monodonta glabratum Gould, 1861 Monodonta glabratum Gould, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 8:20, March, 1861. Type locality: ‘‘China Seas’’. The lot in the U. S. National Museum is marked with a query “? Type C. 2051’, and contains a single specimen, measuring 20.0 mm. in altitude, 17.5 mm. in width, and with 6 whorls. It agrees well with M. labio Linné, but it does not seem to represent M. glabratum Gould. The original was given as “axis, 15; diam. 13 millim’’. Trochus lacertinus (Gould), 1861 Plate 50, figures 1, 2 Polydonta (Infundibulum) lacertinum Gould, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 8:19, March, 1861. Type locality: ‘‘Hong Kong Harbor’’. The lot in the U. S. National Museum is marked ‘‘Type C. 629, Smithsonian Institution 24888’’. It measures 19.0 mm. in altitude, 564 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES (Proc. 47H Ser. 23.5 mm. in width and has 10 whorls. It is larger than any of the 4 specimens preserved in the New York State Museum (Gould Type Cat. No. 128, original no. 2420), but still is smaller than that given in the original description. Gould gave its measurements as ‘‘ Diam. et axis, 25 millim’’. Calliostoma acutum (Gould), 1861 Plate 50, figures 6, 7 Ziziphinus acutus Gould, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 8:19, March, 1861. Type locality: ‘‘Eastern Coral Seas’’. The lot in the U. S. National Museum is labelled ‘‘Type C. 414, Smithsonian Institution 24157’’, and measures 5.0 mm. in altitude, 4.0 mm. in width, and has 8 whorls; while in Gould’s original de- scription it is slightly smaller, given as “‘axis, 4; diam. 3 millim’’. The apical whorls are dark red, early ones pinkish and yellowish- green, and the later ones yellowish with white streaks. It seems to resemble closely C. decussatum (A. Adams, 1853) described from the Philippine Islands, which is of but slightly smaller size. Minolia musiva (Gould), 1861 Plate 50, figures 8, 9 Margarita musiva Gould, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 8:15, March, 1861. Type locality: ‘‘Hong Kong Harbor, in 10 fath., shelly gravel’ . The lot in the U. S. National Museum is labelled ‘“‘Type C. 536, Smithsonian Institution 31126’’ and contains 2 specimens, one measuring 5.8 mm. in altitude, 5.2 mm. in width, with 6% whorls; another 4.6 mm. in altitude, 4.9 mm. in width, with 534 whorls. The lot in the New York State Museum is marked as ‘“‘Gould Type Cat. No. 142 (original no. 2440)’’ which also contains 2 specimens of smaller size. Gould’s original description reads ‘“‘axis, 6; diam. 5 millim’’. Ethalia capillata Gould, 1861 Plate 50, figures 16, 17 Ethalia capillata Gould, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 8:17, March, 1861. Type locality :; “Coast ‘of 'China;”'23° 30" "N.. in, 29 (fathome. sandy”’. The lot in the U. S. National Museum is marked ‘‘Type C. 1801, Smithsonian Institution 24233’’ and contains 3 specimens, the measurements in millimeters are as follows: altitude 4.9, width 7.9, Vo.. XXIII] YEN—CHINESE MOLLUSKS FROM THE NORTH PACIFIC EXPEDITION 565 with 6 whorls; altitude 4.3, width 6.8, with 5% whorls; and altitude 3.5, width 5.4, with 414 whorls. The lot in the New York State Museum is marked ‘‘Gould Type Cat. No. 121 (original no. 2453),’’ and contains 2 specimens of smaller size. These specimens agree well with the original de- scription. The callus located at the columellar parietal angle of the aperture is tongue-shaped, and partly covers the umbilicus. The umbilicus is completely openin the young. The original dimensions were given by Gould as “‘axis, 4+; diam. 8 millim’’. Family CYCLOSTREMATIDAE Cyclostrema modestum Gould, 1859 Plate 50, figures 22, 23 Cyclostrema modestum Gould, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 7:142, October, 1859. Type locality: ‘‘Hong Kong”’. The lot in the U. S. National Museum is labelled ‘‘Type C. 448, Smithsonian Institution 24170’, and contains a single specimen, 4.3 mm. in width and 3.0 mm. in altitude, while the measurements given in the original description by Gould are ‘‘diam. 4 millim.; axis 2 millim’’. Family TURBINIDAE Liotia solidula Gould, 1859 Plate 50, figures 24, 25 Liotia solidula Gould, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 7:141, October, 1859. Type locality: ‘‘Dredged in 25 fathoms off the coast of ‘China’’. The lot in the U. S. National Museum is labelled ‘‘? Type C. 1295, Smithsonian Institution 24224’’, and contains 2 specimens. The locality given by Stimpson on the label for this species is‘‘ Kagosima’”’. Liotia asteriscus Gould, 1859 Plate 50, figures 30, 31 Liotia asteriscus Gould, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 7:142, October, 1859. Type locality: ‘‘Hong Kong’’. The lot in the U. S. National Museum is labelled ‘‘Type C. 2050, Smithsonian Institution 24055’’, and contains a single specimen, while the lot in the New York State Museum, “‘Gould Type Cat. No. 120 (original no. 2425)’’, contains 2 specimens. All these speci- mens are somewhat larger than the one in the original description. 566 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. The shell is minute in size, solid and thick, openly and widely um- bilicated. The umbilicus is defined by a ridge-line externally. The whorls rapidly increase in width, having the surface marked by growth and by spiral lines, and this sculpture is prominently de- veloped on later whorls into spiral rows of tubercles. There are 3 such rows on the body whorl. The upper 2 rows produce a biangu- lated appearance; the third row is on the base. The aperture is oblique, circular in form, having its peristome continuous, thick and double margined. The interior of the umbilicus is sulcated. Meas- urements: altitude 1.1 mm., width 2.0 mm., diameter of umbilicus 0.3 mm., with 4% whorls. Leptothyra lenticula (Gould), 1861 Plate 50, figures 32, 33 Collonia lenticula Gould, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 8:21, March, 1861. Type locality: ‘‘China Coral Seas’’. The lot in the U. S. National Museum is labelled ‘‘Type C. 400, Smithsonian Institution 24196’’, and contains a single specimen in worn condition, but having its fine spiral sculpture traceable. Its umbilicus is completely covered by thick callus. It measures 3.0 mm. in altitude, 4.0 mm. in width, and has 4 whorls, while the original is ‘‘diam. 4; axis, 2 millim’’. Family LITTORINIDAE Plesiotrochus luteus (Gould), 1861 Plate 50, figures 42, 43 Tectarius luteus Gould, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 8:14, March, 1861. ay pestocahty-- “iC hina’ Geas'? The lot in the New York State Museum is labelled ‘‘Gould Type Cat. No. 87 (original no. 2526)’’, and contains 2 specimens, one of which measures 5.0 mm. in altitude, 3.1 mm. in width, 8% whorls; the other 4.1 mm. in altitude, 2.9 mm. in width, with 7 whorls. The original is given as “‘axis, 6+; diam. 4.0 millim’’. The shell is whitish, somewhat in worn condition, but its fine spiral sculpture is easily traceable. The body whorl is prominently carinated at the periphery and descends in front. The aperture is somewhat ventricose and has a thin lip-margin. This species seems to be related to P. souverbianus Fischer, 1878, described from Lifu Island. Vor. XXIII] YEN—CHINESE MOLLUSKS FROM THE NORTH PACIFIC EXPEDITION 567 Family RISSOIDAE Alvania trochlearis (Gould), 1861 | Plate 50, figures 38, 39 Rissoina irochlearis Gould, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 7:400, January, 1861. Type locality: ‘China .Seas’’. The lot in the U. S. National Museum is labelled ‘‘Type 661’’, and contains a single specimen. The internal side of the outer lip is sparsely dented with 2 to 3 well developed sulcations which are not mentioned in the original description. These sulcations correspond with the strong spirals externally. Alvania ligata Gould, 1861 Plate 50, figures 12, 13 Alvania ligata Gould, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 7:402, February, 1861. Type locality: ‘‘Dredged in Hong Kong Harbor’’. The lot in the U. S. National Museum is labelled ‘‘Type 948’’, and contains a single specimen. The lot in the New York State Museum is labelled ‘‘Gould Type Cat. No. 93 (original no. 2467)’, and contains a single specimen. It seems to be identical with the preceding species, but Gould considered them as belonging to dif- ferent genera as well as species. The shell is small and thick, having its peristome continuous, bluish porcellaneous inside of the aperture, having its outer lip somewhat expanded, thickened externally and dentate within. The sculpture consists of strong, spiral keels throughout the shell except on the apical part. Measurements: altitude 3.8 mm., diam. 2.0 mm., with 7 whorls. Alvania fusca Gould, 1861 Plate 50, figures 18, 19 - Alvania fusca Gould, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 7:403, February, 1861. Type locality: ‘‘Dredged in Hong Kong Harbor’’. The lot in the U. S. National Museum is marked ‘‘Type Smith- sonian Institution 37347’, and contains a single specimen. The lot in the New York State Museum is labelled ‘‘Gould Type Cat. No. 94 (original no. 2466)’, and contains 2 specimens. The locality given on the label for the second lot is ‘‘Hakodadi’’. They nearly approach in size that given in the original description. 568 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES {Proc. 4TH SER. Rissoina nitidula Gould, 1861 Plate 50, figures 26, 27 Rissoina nitidula Gould, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 7:400, January, 1861. Type locality: ‘‘China Seas’’. The lot in the U. S. National Museum is labelled ‘‘Type C. 578, Smithsonian Institution 24071’’, and contains a single specimen, measuring 5.0 mm. in altitude, 2.1 mm. in width, with 8% whorls. The original measurements were given by Gould as ‘‘axis 5; diam. 2 millim’’. Hyala abnormis Gould, 1861 Plate 50, figures 34, 35 Hyala abnormis Gould, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 7:408, February, 1861. Type locality: ‘‘China Sea; coral regions’’. The lot in the U. S. National Museum marked ‘‘Type 392’’, con- tains a single specimen. The species is distinguished by its minute size, glossy surface, bearing but very fine striae and by being almost translucent. The generic position is uncertain, Gould himself sug- gested that it might belong to Auriculina Gray except for the lack of a columellar fold. It may belong to Cecina A. Adams. Family THIARIDAE Semisulcospira libertina (Gould), 1859 Plate 50, figures 40, 41 Melania libertina Gould, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 7:42, June, 1859. Type locality: ‘‘Simoda and Ousima, in sluggish streams and ditches”. Japan. The lot in the U. S. National Museum is marked ‘‘Type C. 2120”, and contains 3 specimens from Ousima. This is a common species occurring in eastern Asia. It has-been repeatedly recorded from the lower Yangtze valley as well as the coast of the southern provinces. There is another lot of 2 specimens from Simoda also preserved in the U.S. National Museum. The figured specimen is from Ousima. Vor. XXIII] YEN—CHINESE MOLLUSKS FROM THE NORTH PACIFIC EXPEDITION 569 Family POTAMIDIDAE Batillaria placida (Gould), 1861 Plate 50, figures 3, 4 Cerithium placidum Gould, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 7:386, January, 1861. Type locality: ‘‘China Seas’. The lot in the U. S. National Museum is labelled ‘‘Type C. 443, Smithsonian Institution 24137’, and contains a single specimen, measuring 6.5 mm. in altitude, 2.1 mm. in width, with 10 whorls. The original was given by Gould as “‘axis 8; diam. 2 millim’’. The specimen is in worn condition, but its sculpture is easily traceable; the spiral lines are more prominently developed. The apical part is injured. Bittium glareosum Gould, 1861 Plate 50, figure 5 Bittium glareosum Gould, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 7:387, January, 1861. Type locality: ‘‘Port Lloyd, Bonin Is., and Loo Choo Is.” The lot in the U. S. National Museum is marked ‘‘Type 2422”, and contains 6 specimens, the largest one measures 6.0 mm. in alti- tude, 2.0 mm. in width, with 10 whorls. It has been recorded from Hong Kong as well as from the southern coast of China. Bittium alutaceum Gould, 1861 Plate 50, figures 14, 15 Bittium alutaceum Gould, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 7:387, January, 1861. Type locality: ‘‘China Seas’’. The lot in the U. S. National Museum is labelled ‘‘Type C. 531, Smithsonian Institution 24179’’, and contains a single specimen which measures 7.2 mm. in altitude, 3.1 mm. in width, and having 9 whorls. Bittium craticulatum Gould, 1861 Plate 50, figures 20, 21 Bittium craticulatum Gould, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 7:387, January, 1861. Type locality: ‘‘Hong Kong; laminarian zone’’. The lot in the New York State Museum is labelled ‘‘Gould Type Cat. No. 57 (original no. 2471),’”’ containing 7 specimens. Two of the larger specimens yield these measurements: one 7.0 mm. in alti- 570 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER, tude, 2.1 mm. in width, 10+ whorls; and another 6.0 mm. in altitude, 1.9 mm. in width, with 11% whorls. The smaller specimen has its apical whorls well preserved. Family CERITHIOPSIDAE Joculator semipictus (Gould), 1861 Plate 50, figures 28, 29 Cerithiopsis semipictus Gould, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 7:388, January, 1861. Type locality: ‘‘China Seas’’. The lot in the U. S. National Museum is labelled ‘‘Type C. 376, Smithsonian Institution 24208’, and contains a single specimen in worn condition and somewhat injured on the early whorls, however, the coloration is well retained. It seems to resemble somewhat /. ridiculus (Watson, 1886), described from Australia. Cerithiopsis laqueata Gould, 1861 Plate 50, figure 44 Cerithiopsis laqueaia, Gould, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 7:387, January, 1861. Type locality: ‘‘China Seas’’. The lot in the U.S. National Museum is labelled ‘‘C. 505b, Smith- sonian Institution 24098’’, and contains a single specimen, measuring 9.4+ mm. in altitude, 2.2 mm. in width, and having more than 13 whorls. The original measurements given by Gould were, ‘‘axis 8; diam. 2 millim’’. Family PYRAMIDELLIDAE Actaeopyramis sinuata (Gould), 1861 Plate 50; figures 36, 37 | Monoptygma sinuata Gould, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 7:406, February, 1861. Type locality: ‘‘China Seas’’. The lot in the New York State Museum is marked ‘‘Gould Type Cat. No. 47 (original no. 2459)’’, and contains a single specimen, measuring 7.3 mm. in altitude, 3.3 mm. in width, with 6 whorls, but the original was given by Gould as ‘‘axis 18; diam. 4 millim’”’. Could the measurement ‘‘axis 18’? mm. given by Gould be a typographic error? Vo. XXIII] YEN—CHINESE MOLLUSKS FROM THE NORTH PACIFIC EXPEDITION 571 Actaeopyramis puncticulata (Gould), 1861 Plate 50, figures 45, 46 Monoptygma puncticulata Gould, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 7:405, February, 1861. Type locality: “‘China Seas’’: The lot in the New York State Museum is marked ‘“‘Gould Type Cat. No. 45 (original no. 2457)’’, and contains a single specimen which is 10.0 mm. in altitude, 3.1 mm. in width, and with 8 whorls. The original was given by Gould as ‘‘axis 10; diam. 3.5 millim’’. Family FOSSARIDAE Fossarus tornatilis (Gould), 1859 Plate 51, figures 1,.2 Fossar tornatilts Gould, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 7:44, June, 1859, Type locality: ‘‘Hong Kong Harbor, 10 faths.”’ The lot in the U. S. National Museum is labelled ‘‘Type, 560’’, and contains a single specimen, measuring nearly the same size as that given in the original description. Family COLUMBELLIDAE Pyrene araneosa (Gould), 1860 Plate 51, figure 3 Columbella araneosa Gould, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 7:336, September, 1860. Type locality: ‘‘Kagosima Bay and China Coast’’. . The lot in the U. S. National Museum is labelled ‘‘Type C. 1368, Smithsonian Institution 24180’, and contains a single specimen, measuring 9.5 mm. in altitude, 4.0 mm. in width, with 9 whorls. It seems to be very closely related to Pyrene martens: (Lischke, 1871), which is a very common form found on the Chinese coast. Pyrene bicincta (Gould), 1860 Plate 51, figure 4 Columbella bicincta Gould, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 7:335, September, 1860. Type locality: ‘‘Hong Kong Harbor, 10 fathoms, shelly sand’’. The lot in the U. S. National Museum is labelled ‘‘Type C. 517, Smithsonian Institution 24167’, and contains a single specimen, 572 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. 9.0 mm. in altitude, 4.0 mm. in width, with 7+ whorls. Pyrene planaxtformis (Sowerby, 1894), described from Hong Kong, is the same as this species, differing only by 0.5 mm. in width. Pyrene lineolata (Gould), 1860 Plate 51, figure 5 Columbella lineolata Gould, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 7:335, September, 1860. Type locality: ‘‘Hong Kong”’. The lot in the U. S. National Museum is marked ‘‘Type C. 562, Smithsonian Institution 24199’’, and contains a single specimen, measuring 9.0 mm. in altitude, 3.6 mm. in width, with 8 whorls. Anachis minuta (Gould), 1860 Plate 51, figures 12, 13 Columbella (Anachis) minuta Gould, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 7:334, Septem- ber, 1860. Type locality: ‘China Seas’’. The lot in the U. S. National Museum is labelled ‘‘Type C. 397, Smithsonian Institution 24231’’, and contains a single specimen, measuring 2.5 mm. in altitude, 1.2 mm. in width and having 5% whorls. Anachis atrata (Gould), 1860 Plate 51, figures 14, 15 Columbella (Anachis) atrata Gould, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 7:334, Septem- ber, 1860. Type locality: ‘‘Hong Kong Harbor’’. The lot in the U. S. National Museum is marked ‘‘Type C. 2026, Smithsonian Institution 24172’’, and contains 3 specimens. The lot in the New York State Museum is marked ‘‘Gould Type Cat. No. 30 (original no. 2464)’’, and contains 2 specimens. The shell is small in size, ovate-oblong or subfusiform in outline, solid and thick, of reddish-brown coloration. The whorls are scarcely convex and rapidly increase in height. The suture is super- ficial but well marked by a strong spiral line. The surface is sculptured by strongly developed riblets throughout, except in the last third of the body whorl where these riblets become obsolete. There are a few spiral sulcations towards the base. The aperture is Vou. XXIII} YEN—CHINESE MOLLUSKS FROM THE NORTH PACIFIC EXPEDITION 573 narrowly oblong, open below, having its outer lip thickened ex- ternally, sharp at superior margin and denticulated within; inner lip moderately callused and well defined. Measurements: altitude 4.9 mm., width 2.0 mm. with 6 whorls. Anachis alternata (Gould), 1860 here Plate 51, figures 28, 29 Columbella alternata Gould, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. vi 335, September, 1860. Type locality: “Hong Kong’’. The lot in the U. S. National Museum is marked as ‘‘Type C. 582, Smithsonian Institution 24222’’, and contains a single specimen, measuring 3.5 mm. in altitude, 1.6 mm. in width, with 5 whorls. Anachis virginea (Gould), 1860 Plate 51, figures 33, 34 Columbella virginea Gould, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 7:335, September, 1860. Type locality: ‘‘China Seas’’. om Lae lot in the U. S. National Museum is labelled ‘Type C. 382, Smithsonian Institution 24139”, and contains 2 specimens. Anachis peaseti (von Martens, 1871), Gecenied from the Sandwich [Hawaiian] Islands, seems to be very closely related, if not identical, with this species. . | ‘ Anachis nebulosa (Gould), 1860 Plate 51, figures 45, 46 Columbella (Anachis) nebulosa Gould, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 7:333, Septem- ber, 1860. Type locality: ‘‘China Seas’’. The lot in the U. S. National Museum is labelled ‘‘Type C. 412, Smithsonian Institution 13283’’, and contains a single specimen measuring 5.9 mm. in altitude, 2.4 mm. in width, with 8 whorls. It is ovately oblong in outline, sculpture consisting of strong riblets and incised spiral lines, outer lip not thickened within, columellar plait not well developed. The generic position is uncertain. 574 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCLENCES [Proc. 47H Sr. Family OLIVIDAE Olivella spreta Gould, 1860 Plate 51, figures 47, 48 Olivella spreta Gould, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 7:383, December, 1860. Type locality: ‘‘Hong Kong Harbor, in 10 faths., shelly sand’’. The lot in the U. S. National Museum is marked “Type C. 516, Smithsonian Institution 24169’’, and contains a single specimen, measuring 6.0 mm. in altitude, 3.0 mm. in width with 4 whorls. Olivella fortunei (A. Adams) seems to be only a larger form of this species. Family MITRIDAE Pusia russa (Gould), 1860 . Plate 51, figures 58, 59 Mitra russa Gould, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 7:333, September, 1860. Type locality: ‘China Seas’’. The lot in the U. S. National Museum is labelled “‘Type C. 431, Smithsonian Institution 24164’’, and contains a single specimen, appearing to be a young form, and measuring 5.5 mm. in altitude, 3.1 mm. in width, with a little more than 5 whorls. It seems to be closely related to Pusia pardalis (Kuester), a form reported from Polynesia, Philippines, Red Sea, Mauritius, etc. Family MARGINELLIDAE Persicula tantilla Gould, 1860 Plate 51, figures 60, 61 Persicula tantilla-‘Gould, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 7:384, December, 1860. Type locality: ‘China Seas’’. The lot in the U. S. National Museum is labelled ““Type C. 445, Smithsonian Institution 24258’’, and contains a single specimen, measuring slightly smaller than that given by Gould. Vot. XXIII] YEN—CHINESE MOLLUSKS FROM THE NORTH PACIFIC EXPEDITION 575 Crithe atomaria Gould, 1860 Plate 51, figures 62, 63 Crithe atomaria Gould, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 7:384, December, 1860. Type locality: ‘‘China Seas’’. The lot in the U. S. National Museum is marked “Type C. 386, Smithsonian Institution 24181’’, and contains but one specimen. Family TURRIDAE Asthenotoma vallata (Gould), 1860 Plate 51, figures 6, 7 Driilia vallata Gould, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 7:336, September, 1369. Type locality: ‘Vicinity of Hong Kong, in 10 fathoms, shelly mud’’. ‘ The lot in the U. S. National Museum is labelled ‘““Type C. 528, Smithsonian Institution 24195”, and contains a single specimen, measuring 9.8 mm. in altitude, 3.2 mm. in width, with 10 whorls. Eucithara lota (Gould), 1860 Plate 51, figures 16, 23 Cythara lota Gould, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 7:339, October, 1860. Type locality: ‘‘China Seas’’. The lot in the U. S. National Museum is labelléd ‘‘Type C. 413”, and contains a single specimen, measuring 4.8 mm. in altitude, 2.8 mm. in width, with 5 whorls. Mangelia dorsuosa (Gould), 1860 Plate 51, figures 21, 22 Columbella (Anachts) dorsuosa Gould, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 7:333, Septem- ber, 1860. Type locality: ‘“‘Hong Kong’’. The lot in the U. S. National Museum is marked ‘‘Type C. 495, Smithsonian Institution 14191’’, and contains a single specimen, measuring 6.0 mm. in altitude, 2.2 mm. in width, with 8 whorls. It is slightly smaller than that given in Gould’s original description as “axis 7; lat. 3 millim’’. 576 ' CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. Pseudorhaphitoma tetragona (Gould), 1860 Plate 51, figures 8, 9 Mangelia tetragona Gould, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 7:382, December, 1860. Type locality: ‘‘China Seas’’. ‘The lot in the U. S. National Museum is labelled ‘‘? Type C. 375, Smithsonian Institution 24197’, and contains a single specimen, measuring 5.5 mm. in altitude, 2.0 mm. in width, with 7 whorls. The specimen is in worn condition, having its sculpture faintly traceable. ‘This species seems to be related to Pseudorhaphitoma wxicula Hedley, 1922 (= P. hexagonalis Brazier, non Reeve). Veprecula pungens (Gould), 1860 Plate 51, figures 17, 18 Clavatula pungens Gould, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 7:339, October, 1860. Type locality: ‘‘Hong Kong Harbor, in 10 faths., shelly sand”’. The lot in the U. S. National Museum is marked ‘‘C. 515’’, but is not mentioned as the ‘“‘Type’’. The single specimen measures 9.0 mm. in altitude, 3.0 mm. in width, with 8 whorls, which agrees well with that given by Gould as ‘‘axis 9; diam. 3 millim’’. Daphnella aspersa (Gould), 1860 Plate 51, figures 24, 25 Clathurella aspersa Gould, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 7:338, October, 1860. Type locality: ‘Off Hong Kong, in 15 fathoms, shelly sand’’. The lot in the U. S. National Museum is labelled as ‘‘Type C. 532, Smithsonian Institution 24147’’, and contains a single specimen, measuring 13.5 mm. in altitude, 3.9 mm. in width with 8 whorls. Pseudodaphnella intaminata (Gould), 1860 Plate 51, figures 10, 11 Mangelia intaminata Gould, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 7:339, October, 1860. Type locality: ‘‘China Seas’’. The lot in the U. S. Nat. Museum is labelled ‘‘Type C. 402, Smithsonian Institution 24214’’, and contains a single specimen, measuring 6.3 mm. in altitude, 2.3 mm. in width, with 7 whorls, while the original given by Gould is “‘axis 7; diam. 3 millim’’. Vor. XXIII] YEN—CHINESE MOLLUSKS FROM THE NORTH PACIFIC EXPEDITION 577 Hemidaphne gouldi Yen, nom. nov. Plate 51, figures 19, 20 Mangelia pura Gould, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 7:339, October, 1860, (non Reeve, 1846). Type locality: ‘‘Hong Kong Harbor’’. The lot in the U. S. National Museum is marked ‘‘Type C. 436, Smithsonian Institution 24246’’, and contains a single specimen, measuring 7.0 mm. in altitude, 2.2 mm. in width, with 7 whorls. There is another lot in the New York State Museum labelled “Daphnella deluta (Gould Type Cat. No. 4, original no. 2495)”’ which should belong to this species, as the specimen bears no trace of color pattern and the outer lip is not denticulated within, and thus does not agree with Gould’s description for D. deluta. It is identical with the species here named Hemidaphne gouldt. The name Mangelia pura was used by Reeve (Conch. Icon., Vol. 3, sp. 63, pl. VIII, fig. 63, June, 1846) for a species recorded from South Australia. I propose the new name for the Chinese species in honor of its original author, A. A. Gould. Hemidaphne deluta (Gould), 1860 Plate 51, figures 26, 27 Daphuelio deluta Gould, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 7:339, October, 1860. Type locality: ‘‘China Seas’’. The lot in the U. S. National Museum is labelled ‘“‘Type C. 316, Smithsonian Institution 24225’’, and contains a single specimen, measuring 7.6 mm. in altitude, 2.5 mm. in width, with 7 whorls, while the original given by Gould is ‘‘axis 20; diam. 5 millim’’. Family ACTAEONIDAE Actaeon secale Gould, 1859 Plate 51, figure 32 Actaeon secale Gould, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 7:141, October, 1859. type locality: «China Seas’. The lot in the U. S. National Museum is labelled ‘‘Type 557’, and contains a single specimen, agreeing in size as well as in general shape and sculpture with that given in the original description. 578 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES (Proc. 4TH SER. Family RINGICULIDAE Ringicula arctata Gould, 1860 Plate 51, figures 30, 31 Ringtcula arctata Gould, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 7:325, September, 1860, Type locality: ‘‘Hong Kong Harbor.”’ The lot in the U. S. National Museum is marked ‘“? Type 567”, and contains 2 specimens. This has been figured by Lischke from a specimen obtained in Japan, and his figure agrees well with the type. Ringicula doliaris Gould, 1860 Plate 51, figures 35, 36 Ringtcula doliaris Gould, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 7:325, September, 1860. Type locality: ‘‘Hakodadi Bay, 6 fathoms, sandy mud’’. Japan. The lot in the U. S. National Museum is marked ‘‘Type 1692”, and contains a single specimen. The figure given by Watson for this species in the ‘‘Report on the Scientific Results of the Voyage of H. M. S. Challenger....Zoology, Vol. 15, Pt. 42’’, seems to have a more thickly callused inner lip and a more thickened outer lip. Family ATYIDAE Atys muscaria Gould, 1859 Plate 51, figures 40, 41 Atyvs muscaria Gould, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 7:138, October, 1859. Type locality: ‘‘China Seas’’. The lot in the U.S. National Museum is marked ‘‘? Type 334’’, and contains a single specimen. It is minute in size, thin and greenish in color, its sculpture consists of finely incised spiral lines and weaker growth striae. Its outer lip is somewhat injured, appearing to be thin-margined and its columella is short and twisted. Measurements: altitude 4.5 mm., width 2.6 mm. Vor. XXIII] YEN—CHINESE MOLLUSKS FROM THE NORTH PACIFIC EXPEDITION 579 Family SCAPHAN DRIDAE Cylichna protracta Gould, 1859 Plate 51, figure 37 Cylichna protracta Gould, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 7:140, October, 1859. Type locality: ‘Coast of China’’. The lot in the U. S. National Museum is labelled ‘‘? Type 1864’’, and contains a single specimen having a slightly smaller size than that given by Gould. It is solid and thick, bearing spiral sculpture, and its columella is short and rather strongly plicate. Cylichna operosa Gould, 1859 Plate 51, figure 38 Cylichna operosa Gould, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 7:140, October, 1859. Type locality: ‘‘Hong Kong Harbor’’. The lot in the U. S. National Museum is labelled ‘‘Type 537’’, and contains a single specimen. It approaches the shape of the pre- ceding species, but has a wider and thinner shell. Cylichna melampoides Gould, 1859 Plate 51, figures 43, 44 Cylichna melampoides Gould, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 7:140, October, 1859. Type locality: ‘‘China Seas’’. The lot in the U. S. National Museum is marked ‘‘Type Smith- sonian Institution 419’’, and contains a single specimen, measuring 4.0 mm. in altitude, 2.5 mm.in width. It isin worn condition, but its incised spiral lines are traceable at the basal part of the shell. Cylichna villica Gould, 1859 Plate 51, figure 53 Cylichna villica Gould, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 7:139, October, 1859. Type locality: “China Seas”’: The lot in the U. S. National Museum is labelled ‘‘Type 418’, and contains a single specimen. Judging by it the expression ‘‘utroque 580 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES (Proc. 4TH SER. subconica’’ does not seem to be quite exact. It is truncate and flat on top, obtusely angulated at the shoulder, and somewhat reduced at the base. The lateral outline is gently convex. Measurements: altitude 3.2 mm. width 1.8 mm. Family PHILINIDAE Philine vitrea Gould, 1859 Plate 51, figure 64 Philine vitrea Gould, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 7:139, October, 1859. Type locality: ‘‘Dredged at Hong Kong’”’. The lot in the U. S. National Museum is labelled ‘“‘Type Smith- sonian Institution 24077’’, and contains 2 specimens. This species seems to be closely related to Philine orientalis A. Adams, 1854, but the shell is much thinner and translucent. Family LYMNAEIDAE Galba ollula (Gould), 1859 Plate 51, figures 42, 50 Limnaea ollula Gould, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 7:40, June, 1859. Type locality. ‘‘Streams and marshes on Hong Kong Island”’. The lot in the U. S. National Museum is marked ‘‘Type C. 831”, and contains 2 specimens. One of them is a species of Succinea. Galba parvia (von Martens, 1869), described from North China, and G. andersoniana (Nevill, 1871), described from Yunnan province, seem to be the same as G. ollula. This is a very common form occurring throughout China, and Gould’s name so far has been neg- lected, however, it has priority. Family PLANORBIDAE Gyraulus spirillus (Gould), 1859 Plate 51, figures 49, 52 Planorbis spirillus Gould, Pre Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 7:40, June, 1859. Type locality: ‘‘Ousima’’. Japan. The lot in the U. S. National Museum is labelled ‘‘Type 1557, Smithsonian Institution 24217’’, and contains 3 specimens. It seems to be closely related to G. compressus (Hutton), which is a very common species in Eastern Asia as well as in India. Vou. XXIII] YEN—CHINESE MOLLUSKS FROM THE NORTH PACIFIC EXPEDITION 581 Polypylis lucida (Gould), 1859 Plate 51, figures 54, 55 Segmentina lucida Gould, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 7:41, June, 1859. Type locality: ‘‘Loo Choo’’. The lot in the U. S. National Museum is labelled ‘‘Type C. 834, Smithsonian Institution 24243’’, and contains a single specimen. It seems to be closely related to Polypylis hemisphaerula (Benson, 1842), which is a common form existing along the Yangtze valley. The present specimen seems to be a young stage, and has its outer lip somewhat injured. Family CORILLIDAE Plectopylis pulvinaris (Gould), 1859 Plate 51, figures 39, 51 Corilla pulvinaris Gould, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 6:424, February, 1859. Type locality: ‘‘Hong Kong, high up in the ravines; also near Canton.” The lot in the New York State Museum is labelled ‘“‘Gould Type Cat. No. 286 (original no. 2479)’’, and contains a single specimen in an imperfect state of preservation. The shell is planorboid in form, large and thin. The apical sur- face is deeply and widely concave. The whorls are closely coiled and bear strong growth lines decussating the weaker spiral striae. The latter are visible only at a few places on the surface and not at all on the base. The aperture is elongately oval in outline, the parietal callus is very thin, the peristome whitish, callus, and well reflected. It measures 7.0 mm. in altitude, 19.0 mm. in width, 8.8 mm. in diameter of umbilicus, with 61% whorls. The measurements are larger than those given by Gould. As the specimen is partly in- jured, internal armature which may have been present is unknown. 582 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER Family ENDODONTIDAE Discus pauper (Gould), 1859 Plate 51, figures 56, 57 Helix pauper Gould, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 6:423, February, 1859. Type locality: ‘‘On dead wood in thickets, Petropaulski, Kam- tschatka, also Hakodadi (Isl. Jesso)’’. There are 2 lots in the New York State Museum. One is labelled “Gould Type Cat. No. 234 (original no. 2478)’’, and contains 3 specimens; while the other lot ‘‘Gould Type Cat. No. 263 (original no. 2478)’’, contains 5 specimens. The shell in discoidal, thin, having a low spire and widely open umbilicus. The whorls are decidedly convex and bear strong, costulate growth lines. The body whorl obliquely descends in front, is very obtusely angulated at the periphery and roundly convex at the base. The aperture is oblique, subovate in form, having its peristome simple and parietal callus thin. The largest specimen measures 4.0 mm. in altitude, 7.0 mm. in width, 2.4 mm. in diameter of umbilicus, and with 4% whorls. This is a common species occur- ting in North China. Vou. XXIII] YEN—CHINESE MOLLUSKS FROM THE NORTH PACIFIC EXPEDITION 583 PLATE 50 Figs. 1,2. Trochus lacertinus (Gould). Specimen from original lot 1n the U. S. National Museum ‘‘Type C. 629, Smithsonian Institution 24888”. Hong Kong Harbor, China. Figs. 3,4. Batillaria placida (Gould). Specimenin the U.S. National Museum “Type C. 443, Smithsonian Institution 24137”. China Seas. Fig. 5. Bittium glareosum Gould. Specimen from original lot in the U. S. National Museum ‘‘Type 2422’. Originally described from Port Lloyd, Bonin Islands, and Loo Choo Islands. ‘ Figs. 6, 7. Calliostoma acutum (Gould). Specimen in the U. S. National Museum ‘Type C. 414, Smithsonian Institution 24157”. Eastern Coral Seas. Figs. 8, 9. Minolia musiva (Gould). Specimen from original lot in the U. S. National Museum ‘‘Type C. 536, Smithsonian Institution 31126”. Hong Kong Harbor, China, in 10 fathoms, shelly gravel. Figs. 10, 11. Euchelus verrucus (Gould). Specimen from original lot in the U. S. National Museum ‘‘Type C. 420, Smithsonian Institution 24190’. Coral Seas, China. Figs. 12, 13. Alvania ligata Gould. From original lot in the U. S. National Museum ‘‘Type 948’’. Dredged in Hong Kong Harbor, China. Figs. 14, 15. Butttitum alutaceum Gould. Specimen in the U. S. National Museum ‘Type C. 531, Smithsonian Institution 24179’’. China Seas. Figs. 16, 17. Ethalia capillata Gould. Specimen from original lot in the U. S. National Museum, “‘Type C. 1801, Smithsonian Institution 24233’’. Coast of China. Lat. 23° 30’ N., in 25 fathoms, sandy. Figs. 18, 19. Alvania fusca Gould. Specimen from original lot in the U. S. National Museum ‘“‘Type Smithsonian Institution 37347’. Dredged in Hong Kong Harbor, China. Figs. 20, 21. Butttum craticulatum Gould. Specimen from original lot in the New York State Museum ‘‘Gould Type Cat. No. 57 (original no. 2471)’. Hong Kong, China, in the laminarian zone. Figs. 22, 23. Cyclostrema modestum Gould. Specimen in the U. S. National Museum ‘‘Type C. 448, Smithsonian Institution 24170”. Hong Kong, China. Figs. 24, 25. Liotia solidula Gould. Specimen from original lot in U. S. National Museum‘? Type C. 1295, Smithsonian Institution 24224’’. The locality on the label given by Stimpson is ‘‘Kagosima’’, Japan. The original locality given by Gould was ‘‘ Dredged in 25 fathoms off the coast of China’”’. Figs. 26,27. Rissoina nitidula Gould. Specimen inthe U.S. National Museum “Type C. 578, Smithsonian Institution 24071’. China Seas. Figs. 28, 29. Joculator semipictus (Gould). Specimen in the U. S. National Museum ‘‘Type C. 376, Smithsonian Institution 24208”’. China Seas. Figs. 30,31. Lzotia asteriscus Gould. Specimen in the U. S. National Museum “Type C. 2050, Smithsonian Institution 24055’’. Hong Kong, China. Figs. 32, 33. Leptothyra lenticula (Gould). Specimen from original lot in the U. S. National Museum “Type C. 400, Smithsonian Institution 24196”. China Coral Seas. (Continued on next page) 584 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Smr. PLATE 50—Concluded Figs. 34, 35. Hyala abnormis Gould. Specimen in the U. S. National Museum ‘Type 392”’. China Sea; coral regions. Figs. 36, 37. Actaeopyramis sinuaia (Gould). Specimen in the New York State Museum ‘‘Gould Type Cat. No. 47 (original no. 2459)”’. China Seas. Figs. 38, 39. Alvania trochlearis (Gould). Specimen in the U. S. National Museum “Type 661’. China Seas. Figs. 40, 41. Semisulcospira libertina (Gould). Specimen from original lot in the U. S. National Museum ‘'Type C. 2120’. Originally cited from ‘‘Simoda and Ousima, in sluggish streams and ditches’. Japan. Figs. 42, 43. Plesiotrochus luteus (Gould). Specimen from original lot in the New York State Museum ‘‘Gould Type Cat. No. 87 (original no. 2526)”. China Seas. Fig. 44. Cerithiopsis laqueata Gould. Specimen from original lot in the U. S. National Museum ‘‘C. 505b, Smithsonian Institution 24098”’. China Seas. Figs. 45, 46. Actaeopyramis puncticulata (Gould). Specimen in the New York State Museum ‘‘Type Cat. No. 45 (original no. 2457)”’. China Seas. PLATE 51 Figs.1,2. Fossarus tornatilis (Gould). Specimenin the U.S. National Museum “Type, 560”... Hong Kong Harbor, China, in 10 fathoms. Fig. 3. Pyrene araneosa (Gould). Specimen in the U. S. National Museum “Type C. 1368, Smithsonian Institution 24180”. Originally cited from ‘‘Kagosima Bay and China Coast’’. Fig. 4. Pyrene bicincta (Gould). Specimen in the U. S. National Museum “Type C. 517, Smithsonian Institution 24167’... Hong Kong Harbor, 10 fathoms, shelly sand. Fig. 5. Pyrene lineolata (Gould). Specimen in the U. S. National Museum “Type C. 562, Smithsonian Institution 24199”. Hong Kong, China. Figs. 6, 7. Asthenotoma vallata (Gould). Specimen in U. S. National Museum “Type C. 528, Smithsonian Institution 24195’’. Originally cited from ‘‘Vicinity of Hong Kong, in 10 fathoms, shelly mud’’. China. Figs. 8,9. Pseudorhaphitoma tetragona (Gould). Specimenin the U.S. National Museum ‘‘? Type C. 375, Smithsonian Institution 24197”. China Seas. Figs. 10, 11. Pseudodaphnella intaminata (Gould). Specimen in the U. S. National Museum ‘‘Type C. 402, Smithsonian Institution 24214”. China Seas. Figs. 12,13. Anachis minuta (Gould). Specimenin the U.S. National Museum “Type C. 397, Smithsonian Institution 24231’’. China Seas. (Continued on next page) Vor. XXIII] YEN—CHINESE MOLLUSKS FROM THE NORTH PACIFIC EXPEDITION 585 PLATE 51—Continued Figs. 14, 15. Amachis atrata (Gould). Specimen from original lot in the U.S. National Museum ‘“‘Type C. 2026, Smithsonian Institution 24172". Hong Kong Harbor, China. Figs. 16, 23. Euctthara lota (Gould). Specimen in the U.S. National Museum “Type Gas+i6. China seas: Figs. 17, 18. Veprecula pungens (Gould). Specimen in the U. S. National Museum labelled ‘““C. 515’. Hong Kong Harbor, China, in 10 fathoms, shelly sand. Figs. 19, 20. Hemidaphne gouldi Yen, nom. nov. Specimen in the U. S. National Museum ‘‘Type C. 436, Smithsonian Institution 24246’. Hong Kong Harbor, China. New name for Mangelia pura Gould, not Mangelia pura Reeve. Figs. 21, 22. Mangelia dorsuosa (Gould). Specimen from original lot in the U. S. National Museum ‘‘Type C. 495, Smithsonian Institution 14191". Hong Kong, China. Figs. 24, 25. Daphnella aspersa (Gould). Specimen in the U. S. National Museum ‘‘Type C. 532, Smithsonian Institution 24147"’. Originally cited from off Hong Kong, China, in 15 fathoms, shelly sand. Figs. 26, 27. Hemidaphne deluta (Gould). Specimen in the U. S. National Museum ‘‘Type C. 316, Smithsonian Institution 24225’’. China Seas. Figs. 28, 29. Anachis alternata (Gould). Specimen in the U. S. National Museum ‘‘Type C. 582, Smithsonian Institution 24222'"". Hong Kong, China. Figs. 30, 31. Ringicula arctata Gould. Specimen from original lot in the U. S. National Museum ‘‘? Type 567”. Hong Kong, China. Fig. 32. Actaeon secale Gould. Specimen in the U. S. National Museum “Type 557”. ‘China ;Seas. Figs. 33, 34. Amachis virginea (Gould). Specimen from original lot in the U.S. National Museum ‘‘Type C. 382, Smithsonian Institution 24139’’. China Seas. Figs. 35,36. Ringicula doliaris Gould. Specimenin the U.S. National Museum ‘“Type 1692’’. Hakodadi Bay, Japan, 6 fathoms, sandy mud. Fig. 37. Cylichna protracta Gould. Specimen in the U. S. National Museum “? Type 1864’’. Coast of China. Fig. 38. Cylichna operosa Gould. Specimen in the U. S. National Museum “Type 537’’. Hong Kong Harbor, China. Figs. 39, 51. Plectopylis pulvinaris (Gould). Specimen in the New York State Museum ‘‘Gould Type Cat. No. 286 (original no. 2479)”. Originally described from Hong Kong, high up in the ravines; also near Canton, China. Figs. 40, 41. Atys muscaria Gould. Specimen in the U. S. National Museum ““? Type 334’. China Seas. Figs. 42, 50. Galba ollula (Gould). Specimen in original lot in the U. S. National Museum ‘‘Type C. 831’’. Originally described from streams and marshes on Hong Kong Island, China. (Continued on next page) 586 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. PLATE 51—Concluded Figs. 43, 44. Cylichna melampoides Gould. Specimen in the U. S. National Museum ‘‘Type Smithsonian Institution 419’’. China Seas. Figs. 45, 46. Anachis nebulosa (Gould). Specimen in the U. S. National Museum ‘Type C. 412, Smithsonian Institution 13283”. China Seas. Figs. 47, 48. Olivella spreta Gould. Specimen from original lot in the U. S. National Museum ‘‘Type C. 516, Smithsonian Institution 24169’. Hong Kong Harbor, China, in 10 fathoms, shelly sand. Figs. 49, 52. Gyraulis spirillus (Gould). Specimen from original lot in the U. S. National Museum ‘‘Type 1557, Smithsonian Institution 24217’. Ousima, Japan. Fig. 53. Cylichna villica Gould. Specimen in the U. S. National Museum “Type 418’. China Seas. Figs. 54,55. Polypylis lucida (Gould). Specimenin the U.S. National Museum “Type C. 834, Smithsonian Institution 24243’’. Loo Choo. Figs. 56, 57. Discus pauper (Gould). Specimen from original lot in the New York State Museum ‘‘Gould Type Cat. No. 234 (original no. 2478)’. Originally described as occurring on dead wood in thickets, Petropaulski, Kamtschatka, also Hakodadi (Island of Jesso). Figs. 58, 59. Pusia russa (Gould). Specimen in the U. S. National Museum “Type C. 431, Smithsonian Institution 24164’. China Seas. Figs. 60, 61. Persicula tantilla Gould. Specimen in the U.S. National Museum “Type C. 445, Smithsonian Institution 24258’’. China Seas. Figs. 62, 63. Crithe atomaria Gould. Specimen in the U. S. National Museum “Type C. 386, Smithsonian Institution 24181”. China Seas. Fig. 64. Philine vitrea Gould. Specimen in the U. S. National Museum “Type Smithsonian Institution 24077”. Dredged at Hong Kong. [YEN] Plate 50 38 XXII1, No. Vol. 4th Series, Sele PROC. CAL. ACAD. / 4 ea HL [YEN] Plate 51 ». 38 Ni Vol. XXIII, PROC. CAL. ACAD. SCl., 4th Series, | Bas Ne ane Si a re i ae. f pis piri VIC ae ae AIS Ant, a vr iY een yee? rs aoe Ca Nites Baad! a wi ate) ‘i eyo marr ie ee ge ual at na earaee hi gHAL ier Lhd Og Wont, ¥ ona ie Wie abt he sic nt : a leash Be Ca pee caee aes i: (pe ro off oes Ep si nays tasted PO sen ( Dany tBu st ox): er volt Ot ris, 1 vee bait MONS ret Wy in a si a ith i) mht Dh “#5 Sa ae at h hbavid "ips : wp et ist apc. 34 ya Gb Ca : j Pi it hie ' ie Tir 4 iii ee, bs eos Meese ie Ae i rea ye Sy re ; Sea ae Pos Why. ry py 1 ie DAN Ente attety, oa intie! he yereat, . hi~ Poe Pad Mats a Lah Mets iy it Peat ese Riri ue fi a ee ; ye RES Naty ae ar Aihive, Paes Vor, ere ft ie Pa be a Oty, Hf she ‘ + Payey if ue it ; ax J dpe ws Lt ; + P “ak Ltt, SRR ERR Si , ‘olen ator PUB) ony pe sey.: i ioe ti i nist het MN sl¢ tens vagy Na Dearte Aaa ee BY i oan .e ‘ J v i va ee ry wel HTS ae tS cee ny gy. eile a Lille emit), Vs re mae ih Ba eect Os af ¥ f 7 ; ar’ ust ae via : te a, one re an . | V4 ee a ¥ whe ama Ast sap 3) : de DAS etka Tae as are eT ‘Pes Coe a ra ce mie Ai ey pei 9 havi peat Nie iit qe Ab eth Mi. ae “ie ny hy) baer .y pene oat ee ay: ry hae pane! pes Nios it ae, 3 | ie ve i . Gus ee 7 at. oe ) CRE ve bes Oe Pit sey! a ty 4 dh sae ek ree, a ned oe Nd MP its Sa i at ae vehsh tgs. in aii CAR fy Moet ey si A Soak asl aa ae 13% Se Chi Dr ee Ue Ahk at ral Sulit eM Wi a cd Fi ping wh, Hs 1 : ee ay #) i J a PROCEEDINGS on OF THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES FouRTH SERIES VoL. XXIII, No. 39, pp. 587-590, 1 text fig. AUGUST 22, 1944 No. 39 RHINOBRYCON NEGREWNSIS, A NEW GENUS AND SPECIES OF CHARACID FISHES FROM THE RIO NEGRO, BRAZIL. : BY GEORGE SPRAGUE MYERS Stanford University Among the fishes obtained by the late Dr. Carl Ternetz during his ascent of the Rio Negro in 1925, I have found a very interesting little tetragonopterid nase allied to Bryconamericus, and its description is herewith presented, RHINOBRYCON Myers, new genus Genotype.—Rhinobrycon negrensis Myers, new species. This strange little characin forms one of the most. distinctive genera of Tetragonopterinae, and one of the most easily recognized. Only three other genera of the subfamily have a projecting snout and inferior mouth, and two of these (Creagrutus and Piabina) have a peculiar, massive, three-rowed, premaxillary dentition, as well as a much heavier head. Pzrabarchus is more like a normal Brycon- americus in appearance, but is immediately distinguished from all its congeners by its very long anal fin, originating before the dorsal. None of the three is very similar to Rhinobrycon in appearance, but I believe that they as well as Rhinobrycon originated from Brycon- americus or from the same line from which Bryconamericus sprang. Snout pointed in profile, projecting beyond the mouth, which is definitely inferior in position. Seen from below, the edge of the lower jaw is broadly arcuate, becoming somewhat restricted behind the point at which the maxillaries normally cover it, and the lower lip is sharp with its edge projecting horizontally, rather than ver- tically as in other characins. This lip fits up within the more ver- tically directed upper lip, which completely hides the premaxillary August 22, 1944 588 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. teeth. The maxillary is shortened, being especially convex on its anterior margin, which meets the upper jaw at an angle very close toaright angle. The maxillary does not, however, have the strange form of that of Creatochanes. The mouth rather forcibly reminds one of those of certain Scaphiodon-like Asiatic cyprinids with an in- ferior mouth and sharp-edged, flaring, horny, lower lip, except that the lip of Rhinobrycon is not horny. The mouth, when closed, is almost exactly of the same general form and position as that of Epalzeorhynchus. The pupil of the large eye is distinctly elongate vertically, although broad and not at all slit-like. In this character Rhinobrycon differs from nearly all the Tetragonopterinae. : Dentary with a single row of teeth, six or seven on each side, grad- ing down gradually in size to the small posterior ones; the anterior teeth are 7- or 5-pointed, the middle cusp highest, and the cusps ar- ranged in a very slight arc, convex side outward. Premaxillary teeth in two rows. The main, inner row is composed of an even row of four close-set teeth on each side; these are 7- or 5-cusped, the central cusp highest, and the cusps arranged in a much stronger arc, concave side forward. Outer row of premaxillary teeth formed of four or five small conical or faintly tricuspid teeth on each side, spaced widely, the row even or the third tooth set slightly back. Maxillary with two or three close-set, broadly tricuspid teeth at its upperend. All of the teeth are strong, and the larger ones have the sculptured surface common in Bryconamericus and other tetragon- opterines, but the dentition in general appears to be more reduced and delicate than in most Bryconamertcus. Gill-rakers short, weak, setiform. Preventral area rounded, its squamation normal, with a regular median series of scales which are neither reduced nor enlarged. Predorsal line only weakly keeled posteriorly; anteriorly it is flat. Median predorsal scale row regular and complete, the scales equal in size to those on each side. A somewhat enlarged scale on each side of the base of the supraoccipital process. No procumbent predorsal spine. Scales regularly arranged, very little smaller on belly than elsewhere. Lateral line complete, weakly decurved, the lateral line series of scales parallel with the scale rows immediately above and below. Anal fin completely naked, lacking the usual shallow basal sheath of scales, the fin margin weakly concave. A lobe of large scales ex- tending out for a short distance on the base of each lobe of the caudal fin, but these scales are deciduous and easily lost and I am not sure that they are invariably present in fresh specimens. In any case, they are not similar to the scaly covering of those genera said to have ‘‘caudal scales’’, and they do not extend out as far. Tech- nically, this genus is to be placed with those genera which Eigen- mann considered to have a naked caudal. Caudal lobes equal. On the body, the scales are not deeply imbricated, the hidden sector of the scale being shallow, the basal border squared with a slight, Vo. XXIII] MYERS—NEW GENUS OF CHARACID FISHES FROM BRAZIL 589 evenly curved convexity at its middle. Exposed sector evenly rounded, entire. The circuli are fine and radii, except at the limits of the visible sector, are absent. Adipose fin well developed. Males lack the squamous caudal pouch characteristic of the Glan- dulocaudinae. Great suborbital in contact with the preopercular flange along its entire lower and posterior borders, leaving no naked spaces on the cheeks. A small lower and a larger, deeper, upper postorbital, both roughly rectangular in form and reaching the upper limb of the preopercular flange. The cheeks are thus fully armed. Although the strange appearance of this little fish tends to obscure its relationships and emphasize its distinctiveness, I am certain that itis a close relative of Bryconamericus. Itis,infact, Bryconamericus with a produced snout; inferior, broadened lower jaw; sharp lower lip; shortened maxillary; weaker dentition; and conical or weakly tricuspid teeth in the front premaxillary row. It resembles such species as B. eigenmannt, B. theringit and B. ternetzi in the compact, comparatively little-compressed body, short fins, and pale color, and is likely closely related to such species or derived from the same stem. However, the generic characters are very sharply defined, all known species of Bryconamericus having the lower jaw prominent and of the comparatively narrow, normal, tetragonopterine type. Rhinobrycon negrensis Myers, new species Description.—Head 3.6 to 4 times, depth 3.4 to 4 times in standard length. Dorsal 9 or 10. Anal 13 or14. Caudal with 19 principal rays, the two outer unbranched. Pectoral 12. Scales 37 or 38 in lateral line, plus one or two on caudal base. Scales from dorsal origin to pelvic origin 44-1-2%, the halves being small scales at the fin bases. Predorsal scales 11. Eye 2.4 to 2.7 in head, its length about a third longer than width of bony interorbital. Snout 2.8 to 3.4 in head. Body trim and fusiform, its cross section oval and therefore less compressed than in most Tetragonopterinae. Occipital process tri- angular, shorter than a tenth the distance from its tip to dorsal fin, bordered on each side by only two scales. Top of cranium smooth, convex; length of the frontal section of the fontanel (to the frontal bridge) three fifths that of the parietal section without the supra- occipital groove. Maxillary-premaxillary angle sharp, the length of the maxillary from the angle to its end equals half length of eye. Dorsal origin midway between snout tip and middle of end of hypural fan, or slightly nearer latter, its height (anterior rays) slightly less than head length. Caudal lobes equal, each somewhat longer than head. Anal emarginate, the longest (anterior) rays considerably shorter than height of dorsal, its origin under the base of the eighth dorsal ray. Pelvics not reaching anus, which is just before anal origin. Pectorals falling short of reaching pelvics by a third the 590 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. length of the former. Scales regularly imbricate, none especially elongate vertically; all closely adherent; supra-anal rows regular, not deflected; lateral line slightly decurved. Pale yellowish, silvery. A faint, vertically elongate humeral spot at the third and fourth lateral-line scales. Scales of dorsum faintly dark edged. Fins clear except for a few melanophores on the basal half or third of each dorsal ray. For comparison with related genera reference may be made to Eigenmann’s The Americam Characidae. (Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. 43, 1917-1929). VELL "Nhe EAE Bz y esses i ; ce Ry ee ies Riehe Oey Rhinobrycon negrensis Myers, new species. Holotype. Drawn by Pablo Bravo. Holotype.—C. A. S. Ichthyology, No. 11089; 35 mm. standard length; Santa Izabel, Rio Negro, Amazonas, Brazil; Jan. 14, 1925; Dr. Carl Ternetz. Paratypes.—C. A. S. Ichthyology, No. 11090; 20 specimens, 33 to 39 mm. standard length; same locality, date and collector. Note: Paratypes.—Stanford 37076; 9 specimens; same locality, date and collector. PROCEEDINGS OF THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES FOURTH SERIES VoL. XXIII, No. 40, pp. 591-602, 1 text fig., pls. 52-56 NovEMBER 7, 1944 No. 40 TWO EXTRAORDINARY NEW BLIND NEMATOGNATH FISHES FROM THE RIO NEGRO, REPRESENTING A NEW SUBFAMILY OF PYGIDIIDAE, WITH A REARRANGEMENT OF THE GENERA OF THE FAMILY, AND ILLUSTRATIONS OF SOME PREVIOUSLY DESCRIBED GENERA AND SPECIES FROM VENEZUELA AND BRAZIL BY GEORGE SPRAGUE MYERS Stanford University Among the many interesting fishes obtained by the late Dr. Carl Ternetz in Brazil and Venezuela during 1923, 1924, and 1925, none is more remarkable than two singular species of minute blind pygidiids collected at the Sao Gabriel Rapids of the Rio Negro. A third genus with functional eyes but very nearly as peculiar was described by the writer in 1927, and these three are here placed together in a new subfamily, differing markedly from all other mem- bers cf the family. The collections were made by Dr. Ternetz under the direction of the late Dr. Carl Eigenmann for Indiana University. These as well as all of the other fish collections of that institution are now the property of the California Academy of Sciences. November 7, 1944. - So. (AS? C nat 592 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. GLANAPTERYGINAE Myers, new subfamily Dorsal fin absent. Anal fin present or absent. Pectoral and pelvic fins reduced or absent. Nasal, rostral, and maxillary barbels present. No mental barbels. Cheeks without spines. Eyes very small and functional, or vestigial, or absent. Mouth small, with little or no lateral gape, not sucker-shaped. Teeth conical, apparently in a single series in each jaw. Three minute species, all of them known only from the vicinity of SAo Gabriel Rapids, Rio Negro, Brazil. Pygidianops Myers, new genus Eyes apparently absent, no vestige of their presence visible ex- ternally. Body rather compact and laterally compressed; depth 6 in standard length. Snout flattened, shovel-shaped, merging at the sides into the connective membrane of the rostral and maxillary barbels. Nasal, rostral and maxillary barbels all with a stiff core and a fringing wing of membrane. A vestigial pectoral fin of one ray and fringing web, much like the barbels. No pelvic fins. Caudal fin well developed. Anal fin present. No dorsal fin, but a narrow rayless membrane down dorsum from nape to caudal. A similar membrane from behind anal fin to caudal. Gill openings restricted to lower part of sides, below level of pectoral fin. Gill membranes forming a free fold across isthmus, at- tached to the latter at a single median line. Mouth a transverse slit, narrow, inferior, far forward, slightly posterior to insertion of rostral barbel, without complicated lip structure or sucking disk. Teeth comparatively large, apparently conical and in a single close set series in each jaw. A constriction across lower surface of head, behind insertion of maxillary barbel. Myomeres very conspicuous. Genotype the following species. Pygidianops eigenmanni Myers, new species Plate 52, fig. 1; Pl. 53, figs. 3, 4, 5 Anal fin 5. Pectoral fin 1. Myomeres about 42 to caudal base. Caudal fin rounded. Depth 6 in standard length, body well com- pressed. Head 6.25. Distance from anal origin to caudal base contained 2.5 times in standard length. The barbels are stiffened by a cartilaginous core, and the nasal ones stand erect. A band of peculiar reticulate tissue from pectoral fin to above anal fin and another along base of dorsal fringe. A conspicuous papilla at anus. There is a series of fine bones faintly visible in the opercular region, apparently branchiostegals. Two others, very similar, are seen above the pectorals. I have not dissected the types (only two or three of which are adult) in order to determine the relations of Vov. XXII] MYERS—PYGIDIIDAE 593 these bones, but a study of a stained and cleared example has been made by Miss Gloria Hollister, and it is hoped that her anatomical notes will be published. White, without color. Holotype: No. 11,120 C. A. S., Ichthyol., 23' mm. in stand- ard length, from rock pools below Sao Gabriel Rapids, Rio Negro, Brazil, Feb. 1, 1925; Dr. Carl Ternetz. Besides the type there are 13 other specimens ranging from 12 to 21 mm. standard length. Three of these 13 are in the collections of Stanford University. It is especially appropriate that a blind fish, and particularly a blind fish from South America, be named in memory of the late Dr. Carl H. Eigenmann, to whom more than to any other we are in- debted for our knowledge of both the blind fishes of the caves and the fish fauna of the fresh waters of South America. Typhlobelus Myers, new genus Resembling Pygidianops in most characters, this genus differs as follows: Eyes vestigial, visible as minute black dots. Body greatly elongate, subterete in cross-section; depth 12 or 13 in standard length. Snout elongate, trowel-shaped, not merging into the mem- branous wings of the barbels. No vestige of a pectoral fin. Occiput bulbous behind. Caudal fin reduced. Teeth more widely spaced in jaws. Gill membranes as in Pygidianops. Mouth a little anterior to insertion of rostral barbels. Genotype the following species. Typhlobelus ternetzi Myers, new species Plateys2 he. 2) Pl 53 eS Om ieo Anal fin 5. Myomeres 38 to origin of anal fin, number uncertain posteriorly, the total number probably about 50. Caudal fin rounded. Depth 12 to 13 in standard length. Body less compressed than in Pygidianops, subterete in cross-section. Head 8.8. Distance from anal origin to caudal base 3.3 in standard length. The barbels are stiff, but less so than in Pygidianops; their structure is similar. A rayless membrane along dorsum, and another from behind anal, to caudal. Asin Pygidianops there is a band of reticulate tissue from pectoral region to above anal fin, set lower than in the other genus, and another at the base of the dorsal membrane for its entire length. A series of thin bones beneath the integument in the opercular region, perhaps branchiostegals. White, colorless. A slight dark shade on top of head. Eye black. Holotype: No. 11,118 C. A. S., 33.5 mm. in standard length, from rock pools below Sao Gabriel Rapids, Rio Negro, Brazil, Feb. 1, 1925, Dr. Carl Ternetz. 594 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. There are three paratypes, slightly smaller than the type, and from the same locality. One of them is in the collection of Stanford University. It seems fitting that this peculiar little fish should bear the name of the late Dr. Carl Ternetz, whose valiant labors, while collecting these fishes in a little-known and fever-laden region, were the ultimate cause of his death. Glanapteryx anguilla Myers Plate 54, figs. 9, 10, 11 Bull. Mus. Comp. Zodl., 1927, LXVIII, p. 128. This little fish, known from a single specimen collected at the same time and place as the above two, has very small but functional eyes. The anal as well as the dorsal is absent. What appear to be small pelvics are present, and the caudal, which is well formed in the other two genera, is reduced to a fringe. The fish differs greatly in appearance from the two blind genera, being dark brown in color and eel-like in form. The barbels are not stiff or fringed and the snout is blunt. DISCUSSION The question of the habitat of the Glanapteryginae is unanswered. Dr. Ternetz is dead, and the data he gave (‘rock pools below Sao Gabriel Rapids’’) are all that are known. The tiny mouth and weak, unspecialized dentition make me fairly sure that they are not parasitic. Very probably they spend their time buried in the sand, like Pygidium. The two blind genera were undoubtedly of a glassy translucency in life. In spite of the considerable differences between Glanapteryx and the two blind genera, it would appear that they are not distantly related. The absence of the cheek spines and dorsal fin and the presence of nasal barbels show similarity and distinguish the group as a whole from most other pygidiids. Of course it may be argued that the absence of the dorsal, as well as the reduction of the paired fins, is merely a mark of independent degeneration, as the reduction of the eyes may well be, and, as such, of no significance as an indica- tor of phylogenetic relationship. While recognizing this possibility, I still feel that these fishes really are rather closely related. For one thing, the absence of cheek spines throws the three genera into a group with Nematogenys, the most primitive pygidiid, a group that, outside Nematogenys and the Glanapteryginae, includes only the strange, blind Phreatobius cisternarum of the Island of Marajoé. I rather incline to believe that the absence of cheek spines is a primitive character which indicates the derivation of Phreatobius and the Glanapteryginae from some form similar to Nematogenys. Vor. XXIII] MYERS—PYGIDIIDAE 595 Moreover, the discovery of Glanapteryx and the blind genera does much to reduce the apparent gap between Phreatobius and Nema- togenys, and to make it appear that the zoogeographically natural association of Phreatobius with the Pygidiidae is more reason- able than Fuhrmann’s suggestion that the relations of Phreatobius are to be sought among the Afro-Asiatic Clariidae. It is true that the blind African clariid, Uegitglanis, described subsequent to Fuhr- mann’s work, resembles Phreatobius even more than the clariids known to him, but this resemblance is superficial. While discussing the relationships of the blind genera, it seems useful to present a brief résumé of my tentative conception of the phylogenetic history of the pygidiid subfamilies. I do this in the form of a sketch (Text-fig. 1), upon which some comments are neces- sary. Little is known of the osteology of the family except for the Pygidiinae and Plectrochilus (= Urinophilus). But Nematogenys, as Eigenmann has said, seems to be the most primitive genus and I presume that it originated from the still more primitive Auchenipteridae (now reunited with the Doradidae by Gosline). Vandelljinae Highly parasitic Stegophilinae Parasitic Tridentinae Non - parasitic ? Glanapterygiinae Phreatobiinae Pareiodontinae Parasitic Pygidiinae Non - parasitic Nematogenyinae No cheek spines, non - parasitic Cetopsidae Pygidiidae No cheek spines, mostly parasitic Doradidae 2 Auchenipteridae Text fig. 1. Sketch of suggested phylogeny of the subfamilies of Pygidiidae. The origin of the family from the Auchenipteridae is highly speculative, although the relationship of Cetopsidae to that family seems fairly certain. If the Tridentinae are not parasitic it is probable that their immediate ancestors were. 596 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES (Proc. 4TH SER. From the Auchenipteridae almost certainly arose the Cetopsidae, which Regan unites with the Pygidiidae, but which I prefer to regard as a distinct family, rather far removed from the pygidiid stem. From the Nematogenyinae, as indicated above, I believe the Glanapteryginae and Phreatobiinae to have developed, but they have travelled a long road. The Pygidiinae are practically identical with the Nematogenyinae except for the reduced maxillary and pectoral spine and the acquisition of interopercular and opercular spines. From the Pygidiinae, or perhaps from a parallel line, came the truly parasitic subfamilies, which all possess one or the other, or both patches of cheek spines. The Stegophilinae have specialized on a wide mouth and sucking disk, with which they attach themselves to other nematognaths, or to other aquatic animals, in order to use their fine teeth to rasp the skin to draw the blood upon which they feed. The Vandelliinae have developed an even more diabolical dentition, with which they attempt to pene- trate the body wall of large nematognaths, and there suck blood, but they lack the large sucking disk of the Stegophilinae. To the Vandelliinae belong all the species of candiri that are accused of entering the human urethra (undoubted cases are on record of entrance into both male and female) and all those tiny forms that live in the gills of large fishes and suck blood from the gill filaments. The habits of the Tridentinae are unknown, but even if they are not parasitic, I believe that they originated from the stegophiline stem or perhaps even from some genus of that subfamily. Haemomaster is very suggestive of Tridens. The parasitic Pare1odon seems to be much closer to Pygidium than the others are; consequently I place it near the Pygidiinae. It has not the inferior mouth of the Vandel- linae, Stegophilinae, and Tridentinae. A REARRANGEMENT OF THE GENERA OF PYGIDIIDAE The Pygidiidae were revised by Dr. Eigenmann in 1918 (Mem. Carnegie Mus., VII, pp. 259-398). More recently (1927, Mem. Nat. Acad. Sci., XXII, p. 37) he raised Nematogenys to family rank. Since several new genera have been described recently, and at least one of Eigenmann’s main group characters shown to be inconstant, it seems best to regroup the generic categories. With Dr. Eigenmann I would exclude the Cetopsidae, but Nema- togenys is so evidently related to Pygidium that I think it better to retain it in the Pygidiidae. Phreatobius is included, for reasons given above. 1The development of bloodsucking habits in both the Cetopsidae and the more specialized and highly modified pygidiids is notable. As a matter of fact, it has been doubted that the cetopsids are parasitic; their large size would appear to make such habits scarcely credible. However, Mr. William G. Scherery of Pevas, Loreto, Peru, has sent me a halfgrown Cetopsis that he caught when it attached itself to his leg and attempted to rasp the skin with its teeth and to suck blood. The Indians of the Amazon have long known that Cetopsis is a caendir& or bloodsucker; this knowledge is preserved in the specific name of Cetopsis candiru. Vor. XXIII MYERS—PYGIDIIDAE 597 Key to the Genera 1a. No opercular or interopercular spine patches. 2a. Pectoral fin with a spine; mental and nasal barbels present; dorsal fin inserted over pelvics. (Subfamily Nematogenyinae).. Nematogenys Girard 1854. 2b. Pectoral fin without spine or entirely absent. 3a. Dorsal fin absent; nasal, rostral and maxillary barbels present; no mental barbels; anal (if present) and caudal fins not confluent. (Subfamily Glanapteryginae). 4a. Anal fin present; eyes degenerate; caudal fin small but well de- veloped. 5a. No externally visible vestige of eyes; snout shovel-shaped; pec- toral fin present; form compact, compressed.............. ite. Wad rene las uan wae wrostan Pygidianops Myers 1944. 5b. A vestigial eye present; snout trowel-shaped; no pectoral fin; body very elongate, subterete.......... Typhlobelus Myers 1944. 4b. Anal fin absent; eyes functional; caudal degenerated into a fringe; eel-shaped.. Bs 20 ssf at thee’ ..Glanapteryx Myers 1927. 3b. Dorsal fin eee. Aten mae liacy a meatal Aegpels present; anal and caudal fins confluent. (Subfamily Phreatobiinae)......... otic nae aed sero Es Seto ache ate tao a nan area ie ea en Phreatobius Goeldi 1904. 1b. A patch of spines on the interoperculum and usually on the operculum. 6a. Mouth subterminal, not sucker-like. 7a. Gill membranes free or narrowly connected with isthmus; caudal rounded to emarginate; head flattened; nasal barbel present. (Sub- family Pygidiinae). 8a. Opercle with long dermal flap; maxillary bone larger than its bagbellgg? qrsoase. SOT. 2 cay? Scleronema Eigenmann 1918. 8b. Opercle without dermal flap; maxillary very small. 9a. Dorsal fin long; caudal peduncle subterete. . Hatcheria Eigenmann 1909. 9b. Dorsal fin shorter; caudal peduncle compressed. HOGER elVic! tins presembyyt. cis ere 4